A Dictionary of Manipuri Verbs

RktjfsnzerT

oo

© \o%L- f/r

-

5

A Dictionary of Manipuri Verbs

FKCJTJigerf

MALADES Series-5

Published by Ms. Memyo Ningombi

for and on behalf of Manipuri Language Development

Society(MALADES), Imphaal.

Compiled & Edited by: M. S. Ningomba

First edition-2010

Cover designed by : Tommaton Ningomba

Number of copies - 500

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may
be reproduced in any form, photocopying, recording
or otherwise, without the prior written permission of
the compiler.

Printed at Bir Computer Printing Works

85-PDA Complex, Lamphelpaat, Imphaal

Preface

This dictionary is specially prepared for those who need
to know Manipuri verbs. It consists of about one thousand
verbal roots and bases, and their derivatives, such as, adverbs,
adjectivals and nominals; more than two thousand phrases,
about one hundred idioms, scores of proverbs and a few
riddles.

It is written both in Mitay Mayek (Manipuri Script) and
Roman script in order to facilitate reading for those who are
not conversant with Mitay Mayek.The meanings of each head-
entry and the example sentences, phrases and idioms are
invariably rendered in English.

This dictionary is a departure from the traditional rut of
alphabetical order by strictly adopting the actual number of 4
vowels and 15 consonants in the order of i u o aw p t k ph th
kh m n ng ch s I h w y.Those who use the dictionary or desirous
of using it may read the examples under 'Guide to the
dictionary'.The transliteration adopted in the dictionary may
seem outlandish at first sight, but please bear with the compiler
as it is the dictate of the science of language and your
wonderful mother tongue. You would get unexpected result.

In order to help writing imported English words in Mitay
Mayek, a list of about one thousand English words is provided
as appendix, written according to the pronunciation of the
native language in Mitay and Roman scripts. It would be of
immense use for you.

MemyoandTom, my two children, who have gladly taken
the responsibility of printing and going to press, l am thankful
to them. My special thanks go to the proprietor of Bir Computer
Printing works, 85-PDA Complex, Lamphelpaat, Imphaal and
his staffs for their meticulous works and co-operation.

II

Guide to the dictionary:

Every head entry is a verba! root or base immediately
followed by Roman transliteration, meaning in English and
the verb and its derivatives {adverb, adjectival and nominal)
with example sentences and their meanings in English.

To find out an entry, say, pam or tak you have to look up
page number of p or t letter from the table below:

Signs

Page

i

1

u

8

0

15

aw

25

P

25

t

58

k

89

ph

118

th

135

kh

170

Thereafter proceed ti

Signs

Page

m

195

n

212

ng

228

ch

238

s

265

1

297

h

327

w

351

y

355

you find the word.

A dot (.) mark immediately after a vowel indicates

level tone as in the examples below:

'water hyacinth'

'dry, big, thin, pregnant'

'to colour, dye, keep eyes on'
'green, free, put pressure'

Those words which have same spelling and
pronunciation, but have different meanings, are treated as
separate entries. Such entries are marked with numerals as in
the examples below:

Kang

ka.ng

sang

sa.ng

m

01. ID ka.ngl
be dry

v.Ef.ST 03.020°! phi.duka.ng-nge. The cloth has dried

up. ^

adv. W ^FFC9fm^T 01.017 01.017 S 6 * X a DT I

pukhamsingdu k.ngna k.ngna

taythok-u. Wipe off those rice plates properly dry.

adj.DI01.0X IKR'ff ak.angba

unaa mayaain chaa.yduna la.yrc. Dry' leaves aic lying

scattered.

nom. DT* Ef.C9f ® .DJ'ST 5IR .RFRcfl ay phi.si k.ngba
paa.mmi. I want this cloth dry.

01.0 ka.ng2
be thin

V. KTo'DT f£R'0 CE.ni 2 mri mahaak mayaang ka.ng-
ngi.Heisthin.

adv. F£R'0 01.017 tom mayaangka.ngna
uy. Tom appeared thin.

adj.f£R'0 H.0X l75HfST mayaangka.ngba

nupaadu tomni. The man who is thin is Tom.
nom. (70<5Tf R ID 01.0X 51'ffXff'? yaang ka.ba
paambara? Do you like to be thin?

tffl.ID ka.ng3
be big

v. fkTo'lF fkYDT M.lDalDfl mahaak mabuk ka.ng-ngi.
He has got pot-belly.

adv. dTiF' f£XIir 03.0(7 &55I aygaa mabuk k.angna
uy. Aygaa appears to have pot-belly.

IV

adj. R'DHJ f£>f KW.m f£*nr^ iTTcrfl waangna
maagi ak.angba mabuktu naalli. Waang rubbed his pot¬

belly.

nom. MDT ffl.mx Bff£J C9 3IR FFST o l pukk.ngba kanaasu
paamde. Nobody likes to have pot-belly.

®-DI ka.ng4
be pregnant

v. (JMf HTSl fkXDT H.niaflloi nupi adu mabuk ka.ng-
nge. The woman is in her family way.

adv. nr Fk'gnr ffij.nnj mahaak mabuk

ka.ngna ure. She appeared to be pregnant,
adj. fkxnr tffl.nnr tjjutfsrf yt'ni cj'hu j^onr
S 6 HI mabuk k.ngba nupidi chaang naayna chek tawba
taay. Pregnant woman needs regular checking,
nom. RcRFT UMtU FkXIF 10 fflX

HcyO C9 GTI mayum paallaba

nupina mabuk k.angba mahawsaani. To be pregnant by I
a married woman is natural.

In the transliteration of Manipuri into Roman, the
following distinctions are made to avoid confusion; e.g.
ph and p-h; th and t-h; kh and k-h; ng and n-g; koy and I

k-oy and ki and k-i. The hyphen (-) mark indicates
syllable boundary as in the examples below.*
makoy ‘a circular shape’

mak-oy ‘will not fade (colourV

siki

sik-i

sak-hen-gi

‘25 paise’

‘pinched’

‘Sak-hen’s’

V

Vowel signs used in the dictionary are the following:

a

as

0

n

some, come

aa

as

a

in

far, father

aw

as

0

in

home, hope

aaw

as

ou

ii

loud, found

oy

as.

oy

•

n

toy,joy

uy

as

wea

in

weak, weave

ay

as

ay

in

day, lay

aay

as

i

+

n

high, might

Abbreviations used:

V.

for

verb

adv.

for

adverb

adj.

for

adjectival

nom.

for

nominal

r

■

©

J 5 i

(archaic) be sick
v. jsufmx'' ou' zonra'in
JS 0T ° I iningthaw Sanaa
hakchaang ire. His Highness
is indisposed.

adv. KUfina;’' OU'

^nrx'ni e'er-!

iningthaw Sanaa hakchaang
iduna layre. His Highness has
been sick. C9(J'

^nrK'lD Jx>U

gonjJG & Hr^6r°l iningthaw
sanaa hakchaang ina ina
lengthokkhre. His Highness
went out in spite of sickness.

ex?' yonrsTm Kerferf^sT
55f?^^Ix , ' sex R'er^Ei

Sanaa hakchaang iriri-ngayda
iningthaw unaba yaaroy. No
one is granted audience
during His Highness’s illness.

adj. <tt s e'nix's?f ^nrw'm

Hc^fTCfl olaangthaadi
hakchaang iba rnatamni.
Summer is the season of
illness.

nom. OU'

TjQT^'Ul KY
ntT? XCfl iningthaw sanaa
hakchaang iba laybaakki
awaabni. The illness of His

Highness is a displeasure to
the people.

Phr: ^nrsr'ni

hakchaang iba ‘be indisposed’

J5. i.

write

v. BcyO AT C9 V 0T°ID 5^.1 inahaak
sayreng i. She writes poems
(habitually), IF
5^0T°! mahaak sayreng ire. She
has written poems. RtyO'HT
heroin E>GTfl mahaak
sayreng iri. She is writing
poems, ffcyo'nr C^fiToin
mahaak sayreng igani.
She will wTite poem,
adv. Rt'STf Ik^FF 5f ffCK-

nrs* c^Grom eetc 5 * 0 m

maadi matam pumnamakta
sayreng iduna layre. She has
always been writing poems.

c?gt°iij ku ku nraiii'mcofnKJ

C9 {5dTC9 sayreng

ina ina angaangsingna saan-
nabasu yeng-ngi. She is
watching the play of the chil¬
dren while wanting poem,
adj. ntHX f£f mfk mC9f5T
IGrnr^l aiba mi ama asida
purak-u. Bring in a writer here.
n'Grf Hirax Fkfsr nrofsr
ElVnr^l waari igadaba midu
asida kawrak-u. Call the man
here who will w'rite the story.

TfGrT serf's fkfsr wu'u*\

it 1

2

Waari iriba midu kanaano?
Who is the person writing the
story? R'erf JSFfY IfcfST
RtRtfllJ 5^ ID Y 8P I Waari
ikhiba midugi maming
khangbara? Do you know the
name of the person who wrote
the story?

nom. tJOJ 5iY nang iba
phay. It is good for you to
write. 5ID C9*£T°QJ 55Y
5IR FFYGT'I nang sayreng iba
paambara? Do you like writing
poem?

Phr: HUS mer nr ai araak
‘piece of writing’, H. i.

khotpa ‘act of writing’,

5SC9f(5 ithok isin ‘writing and
rewriting’, f£5S BcfiT'ET mai
maraak ‘mode of writing’, Jjj-
?'nrJS khui laak-i ‘style of
writing’.

it 1

shape, scrap

v. Rc>0 ID 1 57 5SV5fl mahaak
chay itli. He is scrapping a
peg. fk^'lF 57* KVWUU
mahaak chay itkani. He will
scrap a peg. Be yo'QTC
5^5fl mahaakna
pang-itta itli. He scrapped and
scrapped (a peg),
adv. fk^'nr 5 ? 5*1

w

mahaak chay ittuna lay. He has
been scrapping a peg. B^TfUT
57* KXU KVU 5SO*

JUMfl mahaak chay itna itna
isay ngang-ngi. He is
humming a song while
trimming a peg.
adj. BX55^J1R 57 Ufl aitpa
chayni. (It) is a scrapped peg.
KOf FEISTY 57*CJfl masi
itkadaba chayni. It is a peg to
be scrapped. BeC?f
57 tjfl masi itkhraba chayni. It
is a peg already scrapped,
nom. JWJIRlPf ffif(55Y 5*1
itpagi kaanaba lay. There is
merit for scrapping. Bt5o'lF 5^
J5VJIR JTfffkfl mahaak chay
itpa paammi. He liked to scrap
a peg.

Phr: JSYOftg

itthok itsin ‘scrap and rescrap’

JW it 2

depend oneself
v. Ht BcC? maa

masaa itle. He has grown up
(can support himself). R^'
fkO' maa masaa

itlagani. He will be able to
support himself,
adv. f£O v U-

IDaffl 5S5flrfY5fl masaa itpa-
duna ngung-ngaayjaribani.
He is well off because of his
being able to support himself.
BT f£C9' 55^5 55^5 3CYHT
S 6 Hfl maa masaa itna itna
thabak tawwi. He did every¬
thing with ease.

3

55DT ik

adj. Rc>o nr RcC9
fctufl mahaak masaa itpa
mini. He is a capable man. Rc
JkO' DEISTS’ FF^fGTfI maa
masaa itkadaba mini. He will be
a capable man. Rc' RcC9
Rcf&fl maa masaa
itlaba mini. He is already a
capable man.
nom. RcC9 JS^31R
JHUTtJRcIFO - JIR'FTG^I masaa
itpa ngamba pumnamakna
paamnay. To be able to
support oneself is liked by all.

fTSTf ICC?' JSVK* M'fffCfl
maadi masaa itchaba paammi.
He wanted to be able to
support himself.

Phr: f£C9' JZVM/ EtfKX
masaa itpa / itchaba ‘self
sufficient, capable, self
supportive’

HUT ik

bake (brick)

v. J^oOT^f (£* TSIffHl chekti
may ik-i. Bricks are burnt (in a
kiln). yOftoffl K°nr Rc*
J^nriHUfl hay eng chek may
ikkani. Bricks will be burnt
tomorrow, cheksing asidi may
ikle. These bricks have already
got burnt. .

adv. Rcyo'nr Tc°nr Rc*
S*l mahaak chek

may iktuna lay. He has been
burning bricks. Rc^'flT 5£°lir

ic* jsnra rc otso

w

OcTcJfl mahaak chek may
ikna ikna sansu selli. He is
tending cattle while burning
bricks.

adj. k* HnrniY x°nr
jflTnr^afl may ik-aba chek
ngaaktani. These are all baked
bricks. Rc* ^nrFflF'ETIT 5T°1F
jffl'nr^afl may ikkhigadaba
chek ngaaktani. These are the
bricks to be brumed.
nom. Rc* HlirJIRCJ BUSY
yOo^^fl may ikpana kanba
helli. The burned one (brick) is
stronger. Rc' 5^°HT Rc* fsHTM
R'ffCJ yO*l maa chek may ikpa
yaamna hay. He is skillful in
burning bricks.

Phr: st k nr of nr Knrofts

may ikthok iksin ‘burning and
rebuming’, TC°QT chek

ikpa ‘burning of bricks’

J5Ef J5 ikaay

be ashamed

v. K>o'nr &1TS7

JSnTH'^l mahaak nangbu
ubada ikaay. She felt shy of
you. Rc^'lD 1 JSfflTlF&PCJfI
mahaak ikaaygani. She will
feel shy. Rc75'HT 5SH 5S5^6T°I
mahaak ikaaykhare. She had
felt shy. adv. Rcyo'DT

s

J5(3 in

4

i

75lffl'55S(17 g*flM mahaak
ikaayduna Iayre. She has
been feeling shy. Rc>o'flr
55Bfl'75(7 7)(5F6P°I mahaak
ikaayna hankhre. He went
back disgracefully. fkyo'lF
75Ef55 Km'KU y5(5£ff°l
mahaak ikaay ikaayna
hankhre. He went back
disgracefully (emphasis),
adj. CJlDSTf 75ET75* FE¥
Htf nangdi ikaayba

khangba mi natte. You are not
a sensitive person. (7E5Tf
J5El'75 EEJf FESTX KfGtl
nangdi ikaay iki khangdaba
mini. You are a shameless
person.

nom. f£y3'nr 5^Dffl'JS'S’
5^ Hlalllfl mahaak ikaayba
khang-ngi. He is a sensible
person.

Phr: 55BB 757T 5^ES ikaayba
khangba ‘be sensitive, sensi¬
tiveness’; TattH'E J5BEf
BEST'S’ ikaay iki khangdaba
‘be shameless, shameless¬
ness’

idiom: 55fflf55

^'(55T Of* mataaw ikaay
laanda siba ‘prestige is more
important than life’; 75 OB'75
ikaay phiruk
khumba ‘act of swallowing
insult’

5515 in

push

v. 75 (5 Ft? in-ganu. Don’t
push me. RtF^75
75(5(7 I makhoy ani innay.
They (two) push each other.

adv. 75(5(7BT(7

m

C9 (5(7 I makhoy innaduna
saannay. They play pushing
each other. B5'(7 35®& v p'0rf
75(sa 75(5a 75 c? onr^i

i

maana thelaagaari inna inna
isay sak-i. He sang a song
while pushing a pushcart,
adj. K'iDl“©ST ICfSt

HEC9fST cT'UT&l maangonda
inba midu asida laak-u. Come
here the one who pushes him.
CEjE^ST KfST

M

03 (7'(7*1 nangonda illiba midu
kanaano? Who is the man
pushing you? dTTS^TT HtfST
57^7LBT 0 I ainba midu
chatkhre. The person who
pushes has gone,
nom. 75(51T5T F5T*E

yp M M

CJ I inbada khudong thibasu
lay. There is danger in the
mode of pushing.

FSffEPf E'75(5~ $>*\ ainba
khuding gi phaayn taw. You
fine him for evefy push.

Phr: inthok insin ‘push and
repush’; 75(5(7 EJJSCJ inna
kaawna ‘somehow’

5

T5.1S i.n 2

i.n l

feed

v. He fk'(7 f£57'7 57'nr

55(571*1 mamaana machaabu
chaak inbi. A mother feeds her
child.

adv. RcR5'(7 R557'7 57'DT
S(5ET(7 cTl mamaana
machaabu chaak induna lay.
The mother is feeding her
child. Rcflt C 57 UP 55(5(7

!j‘nrj5i

mamaana chaak inna inna
momon nok-i. The mother
smiles while feeding her child,
tuafli'in nrufsT 57 'nr 55(5(7
55(5(7ST(7 57'55l angaang
anidu chaak inna innaduna
chaay. The two children ate
(cooked rice) feeding each
other.

adj. nr^rn'm 57'nr 55(57 fkfst

f£(7'(7*l angaang chaak inba
midu kanaano? Who is the
feeder of the child? mdOl QJ
K'nr 55(5Ff7 Refsr

S^FFdfl angaang chaak
inkhiba midu tomni. Tom was
the feeder of the child,
nom. R5'(7 dTjID'lIIIft 57'UT
55(57/ 55(57f7 M'fflkfl
maana angaangdu chaak inba/
inbiba paammi. She wanted to
feed the child.

Phr: F’er’SB (K'flLE)

55(5 7 khavroyna inba

‘feeding with a spoon’, 55C9flD
55(57 ising inba ‘feeding
water’

J5.JS i.n 2

to wear

v. R^^'nr C2'^ 55.3^fl
mahaak saal i.lli. She wears a
shawl (habitually). RcTS'lIT
C9 ^ 55.(55^fl mahaak saal
i.nkhi. She wore a shawl (and
left this place).

adv. ffcyo'nr C9'3 55.(5ST(7
57^Ffl mahaak saal i.nduna
chatkhi. She went out wearing
a shawl. f£^'UT C2'^T 55.15(7
55.15(7 57^Ffl mahaak saal
i.nna i.nna chatkhi. She went
out wearing a shawl (not
completed the wearing),
adj. 'IIJs.ISiT Efgt XCffRfl
ai.nba phidu thanammo. Leave
the cloth (wrapper) that you
worn. 55.(5(7 IT Esf HIRt
Mernr&l i.nnaba phi ama
purak-u. Get me a cloth for
wearing (for wrapping the
body).

nom. fkyD'lirFf C9'3 55.(57
JIR FFRcfl mahaakti saal i.nba
paammi. She wanted to wear a
shawl.

Phr: CW(J 55.(5(77 Ef
setna i.nnaba phi ‘cloth for
wearing’, 55.(5(7Ef i.nnaphi
(i.nnaba phi) ‘lady’s wrapper’

6

y&IU ing 1

insin

to instigate

v. JIRo^ST

^(gC^f^ST montekna petoda
insilli. Montek instigated Peto.

m'jsP'VFU

5E{gC9f(gP(Jf I montekna
petoda insin-gani. Montek will
instigate Peto.
adv. fk^^olira
JlfftJfkflrS 0 5S(gC9f(JSTU
€ I montekna matam
pumnamakta insinduna lay.
Montek has been instigating
all the time. Rt 6 (g S 6 ° DP (J
55<SC9f<g 5E*gC9f(g(J

montekna
insin insinna peto upaay layte.
Peto was helpless inspite of
Montek’s instigation,
adj. E*gC9f*gX FEf WU'U*\
insinba mi kanaano? Who is
the instigator? JEtgCPftgiraiT
Ref ^erfxer'l insin-gadaba
mi layribara?Is there persons
who will instigate?
nom. HtgOftgX fEX
X'X'Iir insinba

aphaba thabak natte. To
instigate someone (for
something undesirable) is not
a commendable activity.

Phr: Qigong FVongX
insin khotsinba ‘act of
instigation’

Jblll ing l

be cold

V. dDCPfSTf JEIDdllfl ngasidi
ing-ngi. It is cold to-day.

fktjfJiRersrsTf e'ejn'erf
X'U FE'HSTIEf HIDaDlfl
manipurdadi jaanuwaari
thaana khwaaydagi ing-ngi.
January is the coldest month
in Manipur.

adv. Re'^STf RcS^ff
MffG-KlirS 6 JSIDSTCJ e * I

M M

maawdi matam pumnamakta
ingduna lay. Mao is cold
throughout the year.

BfniaGffas' yvSTfnnfcnr
JiWU KDHj”
ningthamthaa khudingmak
ingna ingna hawkhi. Every
winter season had passed
coldly.

adj. mEDIY

RtEffCfl ukhrul aingba
maphamni. Ukhrul is a cold
place. JSffE'TO (JftUiEff

arsrsrf nrysrax’ KEffafi

imphalsu ningtham thaadadi
aingba maphamni. Imphal is
also a cold place during winter.

nom. JblUXIPf EftgCJXC?

c*»

V fl |

^ I Ingbagi kaannabasu lay.
There is advantage also of
coldness. EfflX JUfffY RcfC9

M

cJ I ingba paamba misu lay.
There are people who prefer
coldness.

7

TSUI ing 2

pin*; tm-aDJlT Rt^ff aingba
matam ‘cold season’; HI HID
3 G' aing thaa ‘winter month’;
DIHin RIC9' aing asaa
‘weather’

JSID ing 2

be calm

v. fkEff TTC9f STf
JSIDalDri mapham asidi yaanina
ing-ngi. This place is very
calm and quiet. ^EFF DIC9f
ftotn^ET Ref ^ HlFaUlfl
mapham asi yengbada mit ing-
ngi. This place is pleasing to
the eyes.

adv. HDJTJ ^DTH^Ofl
ingna takkhatsi. Let us do it
calmly. RtEFF DIC9fSTSTf Rtf

jiRffUR^nr hdkz Hina

M

J1D tgC9f e°3^fl mapham
asidadi mi pumnamak ingna
ingna punsi lelli. At this place
every body spent their life
peacefully.

adj. EEff DXC9fBT TffHnTS
JlRT5C?f 30'HXST

mapham asida aingba punsi
laytre. There is no peaceful life
here. RtS^ff RTRtST RtEFF
TCC?f mHlD'S PFEff

m 6 HBrffRtf l matam amada
mapham asi aingba mapham
oyrammi. Once it was a
peaceful place.

nom. lEHRIS /) HITS!,

EIST'HST KtfHfT 0 ! aingba
haaybadu kadaayda chatkhre?
Where has gone the
peacefulness?

Phr: HDJC KfHTC JIB'©*

ingna chikna paanba ‘living a
peaceful life’; HDJ
3 |DTK^ ingtappa pukchel ‘a
calm mind*

serf in

be waterlogged
v. HBTff Etf JSfiTfGM
iram phattabana irire. It has
been waterlogged due to want
of drainage. HGTFF
Etf^fTITSTf HBTflPUfl iram
phattrabadi irigani. It will be
waterlogged it there is no
good drainage,
adv. EEff iof *>5f ^3K31R
HBTfSTa 5*1 mapham asi
chahi chuppa iriduna lay. This
place gets waterlogged all the
year round. a b fflcT tk ST
HDJl^nil^f ffcEff
H0Tf HfiTfSTC &\ non&ju
thaada khungganggi mapham
ayaamba iri irina lay. During
rainy season most of the
places in the village gets
waterlogged.

adj. f£C9f HertS EEFFUfl

masi iriba maphamni. It is a
waterlogged area. RtEff RTC9f
ySGTfHf W>Uf I mapham asi

&. u. 1

8

irikhigani. This place will
remain waterlogged,
nom. keff utor

57 cfl iribana mapham

asi chottuna lay. This place
remains wet due to
waterlogging.

KCCZ iruja

take bath

v. Rc./ 3 IIT J^earfl mahaak
irujari. He is taking bath.

Re'srf ro^nrs 6 J5erc''i

maadi ayukta irujay. He takes
bath in the morning,
adv. fk'C ^Orr^ST
Re Re (5 <Jj ID 2 ID I maana
irujaringayda momon thung-
ngay. Momon arrived when he
was taking bath. UUiU
^'OTM fk^FFST ffc'
^ € I nangna

laakpa matamda maa irujaduna
lay. He is taking bath when
you came here,
adj. Jaflr eerf* u mfsr
C9U (TGTI irujariba nupidu
sanaanuni. The woman who is
taking bath is Sanaanu.
nom. U\H JzBlZY
3IR FMTfT I nang irujaba
paambara? Do you like to
have a bath?

Phr: KPH 57^511? irujaba
chatpa ‘go for taking bath’

Idiom: r'h

C9Dnr irujabagum waay
sangba 'feel comfortable, free’

S. Ul.

see

v. rTs um maana

nangbu u.y. She saw you. UID
Re ^ nS.lTir nang maabu
u.rabara? Have you seen her?
adv. t?nnr fk^'nnj r^ff
575f?5H?5T ^.STCJ <? I nangbu
mahaakna matam chuppada
u.duna lay. You are always in
her vision. Rci/o'linj

mahaakna aybu u.na u.na
usinnade. She pretended not
to have seen me.
adj. DDaS R if EBaVl auba
mi kanaano? Who is the eye
witness? DI^IT 2HJ'

BC? (J 6 | auba mi kanaa
kanaano? Who are the eye
witnesses?
nom. Vl&YU
aubana ikaayre. He who has
seen it felt ashamed. CHD f£ v, g
Jll? FF¥£T I nang maabu
uba paambara? Do you like to
see her?

Phr: cT QTCJ una laakna

‘meeting casually’;

9

XX up l

urer'nr au araak ‘things seen’
Idiom: r&.U

u. na u.na thinetpa. Procr¬
astination is the thief of lime

a. u*.

cultivate

v. R^yo UT mahaak

law u.y. He is "a cultivator,
f^^'nr e* sser®l mahaax law
ure. He has become cultivator,
adv. e* sstcj

Ff^^FF ch^Sfi mahaak law
uduna matam lelli. He is
spending time by working in
the field. tJIU cJ &.U &.GT

nang law

u.na u.na yen yokpara? Do
you rear fowls besides
cultivation?

adj. e y 5 y Pf

Hi9PffST FtDaffif! lawubamina
lawgi maramda khang-ngi. A
cultivator knows about
cultivation. c? y Btf(7

C9£T(jfl lawmira khunnaaygi
yaanglen saruni. Cultiviitiors
are the backbone of a society,
nom. e’ ax hr nrcfin
JiVV* RJ^rur J?'Jal law
uba pukning thawgatpa matik
chaay. The work of cultivation
is worth to be encouraged.
K'lPf 5 y K& Se y | maagi
law mau phajay. His way of

cultivation is good.

Phr: e y S 3G lawwu thaa
‘season for cultivation*;
5 y r‘nr k^ff lawrok matam
‘harvesting time’

SSJH up 1

lay face down, upside down
V. S&HMl glaastu

uppu\ Keep the glass upside
down. fkyo'lF ^ 3R 5IR f i
mahaak uppi. He lies facing
down.

adv. HFE*E 85TCC S53EG
KVSfl rrakhoy upna upna
chatli. They move crawling.
Ipe OS 6 SSlf 1 U 5*1

" " M M

glaastu uptuna lay. The glass
is lying upside down,
adj. £J SIR'S?

EIST'^ST ®l**auppa

nupaadu kadaayda chatkhre?
Where has the man gone who
lies facing down? J&JRJIRflT
fftfST EBCJ'CJ 6 1 uppiba midu
kanaano? Who is the man
laying upside down?
non.. nTalll'lII^T S53RJ1R
angaangdu uppa hayre. The
baby is able to turn face down.
&JRpf S^ifB'5^ EStTO e v |

M

uppagi tangaay phadabasu
lay. There is also need of
laying face down.

Phr: (ff8' ! 'nJYf

auppi arongbi ‘act of tossing’

10

&3H up 2
&3I£ up 2

wear, cover

V. !70°^°{5 S^ITf ^JTCS 6 ®
yW£*Z 'STf JaJUmfl helen

M

tubi upte, khut mojaadi uppi.
Helen does not wear cap, but
she wears hand gloves. ET
KoVC ZMVUej chaadu
pletna upsillu. Cover the tea
with a plate.

adv. Rt°nrC9fF Yt

M

SlFjtZ RolBiHfl meksilaana
tubi uptuna yeng-ngi. Maxilaa
tries wearing cap.

K°nrc9f^'u Py!

m m

R’Mfl meksilaana
tubi uptuna uptuna yeng-ngi.
Maxilaa tries wearing every
cap. fk^'nrC
l&WU €KZ°1
mahaakna tubi upna upna
lamjel chelli. She runs a race
wearing a cap.

adj. SOIUST* JBU'O
51R'FFST°I upnaraba tubi
kanaasu pamde. Nobody likes
used cap.

nom. HTani'mST U 5° Xf

« n

JlR'FFRtfl angaangdu-
na tubi uppa paammi. The
child wanted to wear a cap.
Phr: Jaipur SiJKOflg
upthck upsin ‘wearing and
rewearing or covering and
recovering’

SW ut

show

v. FEC9f FfcR'ff f^K'DIST
masi mayaam
mamangda utlu. Show it to the
public. CJJIRf HTSTU K'fFT
KU^Y EfST

nupi aduna maagi
anawba phidu mamaannada
utli. The woman showed her
new cloth to her friends,
adv. Y°Yte'U fffc'lpf

»•» «

elf I bebilaana maagi
laayphadibidu uttuna chatli.
Bebilaa goes showing her doll.

Ffc'lFf F'SSI

M

maagi khaawdu
uttuna uttuna/ utna utna
chatli. She goes on showing
her bag all the time.

adj.Kft'ff

e'jserfnrs^ mofafi

mayaam mamaangda utlaba
laayriktu asini. This is the
book that was displayed in the
public.

nom. ®' mC9f m\
JIRfflJFEIirifflf

M

kaa asi potchay pumnamakki
utphamni. This room is the
place of displaying all articles.

urn raerfiPffT yer svi

M'ffXET'l nang karigumba
khara utpa paambara? Do you

11

affOlg umsan

like to display something?

Phr: Rt0T ID 1 ma-ut

maraak ‘arrangement of
display’; ZWX'W BVCtflS
utthok utsin ‘show oft and on

um

be conical I

v. KOfPf KHl'e ®C9f
15 ff Ht f I masigi maong asi
ummi. The shape of it is
conical. °fiTFTIT^r RctU IDSTf
SSffKfl yerumgi maongdi
ummi. The shape of an egg is
conical.

adv. (ECPflPf Km"nJC?f
SFF51 S t> ’’ R f I masigi
maongsi umlap tawwi. The
shape of it is slightly conical.

R^njofm hist ^irem

maongsing
adu umlap umlap taay. Those
shapes are slightly conical.

adj.tfrVfstf m&ffx ikrt

aygidi aumba maong
paamjay. For me I like conical
shape. RtOfSTf UIDt? 3IR FF-

zy m&ffx R^njSTGfi-

masidi nangna paamjaba aum¬
ba maongduni. This is the
conical shape that you have
wanted.

nom. S5FFBT UYYIU
RofflYST umdaana-

baduna yengbada nung-
ngaay. That rather conical

shape looks nice. M FF-

KfTOf ttt^FFYSTGr'l nan-
gna paammibasi aumba adura?
Is it the conical one that you
like best?

Phr: SffSf'tTT K®: t ’in

umdaanaba maong ‘shape
rather conical’

SOTO® umsan

shut, close (umbrella)
v. SffWfqel

saatindu umsillu. Shut the
umbrella. Rt'U C9
JaFFC9f TcJIFGTf I maana

saatindu umsillagani. She will
have shut the umbrella,
adv. K^'nr O'FfE Sff-
Of© SffOfEtJ 5TV5fl
niahaak saatin umsin umsinna
chatli. He goes shutting the
umbrella, cfffc C9 rftFF-

5*1 laymaa saatin
umsanduna lay. Laymaa is
shutting an umbrella,
adj. EffOfaeX
2 *KPfCf The umbrella that
is closed belongs to Laymaa.
nom. ^FFC9ft57 flTETCJ &Y
yOotSIFUf! umsinba aduna
phaba hen-gani. The closed
one would be the better. C9 5^-

H5 ^FFC9ft5M'^^ 5IR'ff-

Y £T I saatin umsinkhrabadu
paambara? Do you like the
umbrella that was closed?

SS.ff u.m

12

Phr: ^Ff3G b HT JSffOftg
umthok umsin ‘open and
reopen’.

u.m

put into the mouth
v. UlOf asi

u.msallu. Put it into your
mouth. 2 oDl 2 Ql & ya

5ft. FF5^6r°l linna hang-ngoy
u.mkhre. A snake has
swallowed a frog,
adv. IfcOf £FFF£i

M fl

masi u.mduna thammu. Keep it
into your mouth. Bc'(J
lEfl'JS S.ffC SS.ffC R'
Jl'Mfl maana mithaay umna
umna waa ngaan-ngi. She
spoke with a sweet in her
mouth.

adj. (COfSTf S.fflSfiry
BLR'Cfl masidi u.mmuraba
kwaani. This is the Paan that is
already put into the mouth.

F£8T vnjfwu ss.ffipsj*

RefX J^(7f! madu inahaakna
u.mgadaba mithaayni. That is
the sweet she will keep in her
mouth.

norn. TE&.FFYSTf Jt'FFSM
au.mbadi pamde. I don’t want
the one that was put into the
mouth. i£>f Ifcrt

5^ Js I maagi khu-u.mdu
maong taay. His way of putting
tilings in the month is nice.

Phr: 5a.FT ^.ffSTU u.m
u.mduna ‘keeping something
into the mouth (by more than
one person).

u.n

give dowry

GTIRf FERFfC

n'wu

luhongbada nupi mayumna
potchay yaamna u.Hi. The
bride’s family gives many
things as dowry at the time of
marriage.

adv. ffifGT 5ft.(5(J SS.lgCJ
^.(55T° >o'ySl kaar u.nna
u.nna u.nde haay. Someone
said that no car was given as
dowry' contrary to reality,
adj. Hr&.Igy

siffafcnr mx'emrs.

M M

au.nba potchay pumnamak
puthorak-u. Bring out all those
things that were given as
dowry.

nom. 2dFFST Y IFf IT'tJf
EfETCJl ngamdaba-
gi waani u.nbadi phaydana. It
is better to give dowry', but for
monetary constraint. RcSTC?
31R 8 # cffT 0 ! madusu

pot khu-unda layre. That too
depends on the nature of dow¬
ry*

Phr: dT5ft.l5 U 5^ au.n naay
‘servant as part of dowry’;

> to' ^

SID ung

spin (as top)
v. TCaflfiiKJ 5^ni
angaangna kliung ung-ngi. A
child spins a top.
a dv. fk^o'nra ssiDETtf
3*1 mahaakna khung ungduna
lay. He is spinning a top.

fid &dhz ^DJtJ

5^C9* 2 QHD 2 fllf I angaanna khung
ungna ungna isay ngang-ngi.
Angaan hums a song while
spinning a top.
adj. FID JSDJjIlf'S’ EM

khung ung-ngiba
angaangdu kanaano? Who is
the boy spinning a top?

ur^in* fid Dif^srai

aungba khung paayrunu.
Don't touch the top that is
spinning.

nom. FED ^DT? (JEM Fi
khung ungba nung-ngaay. To
play with top is enjoyable.
ffc^'DT FDJ &DIX ft'FFEJ
yf\ mahaak khung ungba
yaamna hay. He is very skilful
in spinning top.

Phr: FID

ZC*'? khung ungthok ungsin
tawba ‘playing with top'

$. 3! F H r • gu i w a<.
mahaa’ :r. He

u

jr

siau-.ui.fi- W'TM E.Mf!

karigi u.ng-ngi? Whai gets
you perplexed?
adv. fk^DT 2UDSTU S s ’er<>i
mahaak u.ngduna layre. He
has been in a state of
perplexity. ^.IDU

S5.DHJ K^Ffi tom ungna
ungna chatkhi. Tom went
away perplexed,
adj. ^ y cfnr Hi'iswf
ma.nix fcr ft'PFc e-’eM

hawiik kaansi au.ngba mi
yaamna layre. Now-a-days
there are plenty of perplexed
persons.

nom. ss.njxu ®erfq
um' zt'nr^l

u.ngbana karisu kaannaroy,
nupaa thok-u. There won’t be
of no use of dilemma, act like a
man. i

Phr: DI)*.I 3 Ettfir'DT au.ng
araak ‘state of dilemma’ ;
S.IDST U S*1T u.ngduna
layba ‘be in the horns of
dilemma’.

uy

be unbreakable, hard to chew

v. K^flDX WR'Stf

S5.J5 u.y

14

itingba Payaa (a thin piece of
bamboo for binding, etc.) di
uy. The soaked Payaa is
unbreakable. R°T5C9f
eferfk'Stfo O'^XST
^5^6T°I yensi liramaanne
saaybada uyre. Perhaps this
chicken is old, it is hard to
chew.

adv. MR' 5SC?fQJST

^flUaQl'SSrf &55STCJ 5 ,v |

n

Payaa isingda ting-ngabadi
uyduna lay. Payaa is
unbreakable if it is soaked in
water.

adj. MR' 7 v 0 r

Mfirnr^l auyba Payaa khara
purak-u. Bring some
unbreakable Payaas. CJ ID
HTSEX RoTgO' M'ffXfiT'l
nang auyba yensaa
paambara? Do you like
chicken that is hard to chew?
nom. Ref U M'FFBtf 1

mina auyba pammi. People
prefer unbreakable ones
(payaas).

Phr: SSHSTIT uyba

uydaba ‘breakable or
unbreakable’

&.J5 u.y

be drowsy

v. fkyo'j jioer'ni cj mxf^r

^.551 mahaak ngaraang
nungthil u.y. He felt drowsy

yesterday afternoon. U ID
^.HfiTXBT'l nang u.yrabara?
Are you feeling drowsy?

adv, mVtllX IE5*14ST Kf
R'ffTJ S.KSTTJ 5*1

M

olaangba matamda mi yaamna
u.yduna lay. When the
weather is sultry many people
spent time drowsily. RtTj'nTGT

terror

M'fiTfl mahaakna u.yna u.yna
laayrik paari. He is reading a
book drowsily.

adj. THS5.55Y fcTU fflBTf

S^'lR'TJfl au.yba mina kari

taagani? What will a drowsy

man hear? Rtf ST

•«*

BBCD -6 1 au.yba midu
kanaano? Who is the drowsy
man?

nom. Bfl'TgTJS’

<? u.ybana kaannaba

layte. Drowsiness makes no
use. Rt >0 DP S . H ^ J'fiT
rfWXUfl mahaak u.yba
khara haynabani. He is
drowsy by nature.

Phr: Ja.ElPlSY HE f
u.yganba mi ‘a person
habitually drowsy’

tit 6 o

vomit

v> tEaiD'njof tn er°i

angaangsi ore. This child has
vomited. K' aTOfr'DI
maa ngaraang oy. He vomited
yesterday.

adv. OTjU'IDSL <ff*SLC
angaangdu oduna
layrammi. The child was
vomiting (when 1 found her),
til2ID' ID ST tE^C tE*(J
fflnKSRffKfl angaangdu ona
ona kappamtni. The child was
crying while vomiting,
adj. urraV m;jn'msr
USfTff'?E 6 l aoba angaangdu
karambano? Which one is the
child who vomited? tEtE Y
RtEFFST Xa <T HT^ 1
aoba maphamdu vvaay
taythok-u. Wash the vomited
place.

nom. til tE 6 ¥ ST, 3*,-^
Om^nTT^I aobadu thuna
sengdokkho. Clean the vomit
at once. ®<n: !, xsr

H'FJT°1 huyna aobadu
chaakhre. A dog has eaten the
vomit.

Phr: HTtlX 6 -XHBT OF ao-araak
‘vomit etc.’; tE^ct HT tE C9fl5
othok osin ‘vomiting etc.’

Idiom: J* C91F

oningba sak ‘an undesirable
appearance’

mV ot 1

stir

v. Omi^VST ®‘V5J

sanggomdu otlu. Stir the milk.

dz^'nr onin^ff trr a ^efi

mahaak sanggom otli. She is
stiring the milk,
adv. RJ'lPf Kffc'STf CW*ff
tE*V5^U 5*1 maagi mamaadi
sanggom ottuna lay. Her
mother is stiring the milk.

K'STf

mVe R'F^ ^'erfl maadi
sanggom otna otna waakhal
tawri. She is pondering over
something while stiring the
milk,

adj. GfUldGfa

onHF'ffsr sir ernr^l

ningthina c.tlaba sanggomdu
purak-u. Bring the milk that is
thoroughly stired. tE ^ c?

rFf5'c9£ cVst

JlRTernr^l otla otlaba gilastu
somda pirak-u. Pass on those
glasses that are stired (with a
spoon).

nom. tEtE>tf3TCe9flIJST
fiflET aotpasingdu

kadaayno? Which are those
stired ones? CJID C9 IQ FF ff
tE*tf M M'FFYGT'I nang

16

®V Ot 2

sanggom otpa paambara? Do
you like to stir the milk?

Phr: m'vx'nr

5^ a otthok otsin tawba ‘to

stir and restir’

Idom: nrnr'VM'
aotpaa saaba ‘be officious’

nrV ot 2

torture

v. Kfc? Kff mVefl mina
mibu otli. A man tortures a
man.E^S 6 * l£fU Y15U' 5S-
■y m ^STI phattaba mina
khunnaaybu otli. Evil doers
torture the society,
adv. Kfurtsro fkrm^si;

2^1 mioybana
mioybabu ottuna lay. Human
beings are torturing human
beings. IkfOfniU

fkfm*5^7

XI Vi phattaba
misingna mioybabu ottuna
ottuna lay. Evil doers are
torturing human beings.

adj.nrVjrcfer jEformu

HIR 1? Y IUT? 5^ otpiraba
missingna awaaba khaangba
taay. Oppressed people have
to bear the brunt of hardships,
nom. W\W 5° y X jIEFFY-
C9flUn t f W IT fip I otpa tawba-
ngambasing gi paambayra? Is
oppression the means of the
dictators?

HlVjI JIR'ffX R^fO 5*1 mi¬
oybabu otpa paamba misu lay.
There are people who want to
torture human beings.

Phr: m*V U If ot nayba ‘act
of tortuing’, m^JTCf
U 'S'fflTY otpi naybiraba
‘persons who are oppressed’,
HUH ^ m(7 aot anay

‘torture’; mVjIRlPf mVjIR
otpagi otpa ‘continuous
action of torture’

n^nr ok i

be sufficient, enough
v. RcC?fU m & nT5Zfir°l inasina
okchare. It is sufficient (for
me), fkf fk^'lFfSTf J?oQj

rate* mufu m 6 nr^i mi

mangaagidi cheng kilo aniua
ok-i. Two kilo of rice is
sufficient for five persons,
adv. m'Vys m^nrux K'er°i
aykhoy oknaba chaare. We
have eaten enough. UY*Y>

IFFUfknr m a nru m'nrux

57 i nakhoy pumnamak
okna oknaba chaaw. All of you
eat to your fill.

adj. niVurz lEf x‘ar-

nri I ok-aba mi makhay
ihorak-o. Come out those who
have had enough. HI 6 ATM
tJ'fSSTT? (EfSt okpa

naaydaba midu kanaano? Who
is the unsatiated person?

17

m b nr ok 3

nom. rc'HTJIRUEtf

okpanadi phaydana. To be
sufficient is better. Rt'lffBTf
&Z*\ maagidi
oknaba layjay. He has all his
requirements.

Phr: ttttn^nr TONE'S 6 aok
okta ‘sufficient quantity or
not’

m 6 nr ok 2

welcome, receive
v. e'nrJiR

Fkft'ffG - m a HT5^l mithunglen
laakpada may amna ok-i.
When the chief guest ai.'ived
the crowd welcome him.

(E'x nr 6 nrc9fi

aykhoy maabu oksi. Let us
give him a reception.

adv. fkft'ff EfT'^lT

FkfGfc^er nr B nr^cr s*erfl

makhoy mayaam praaym
minister oktuna layri. They are
welcoming the Prime Minister.

s«>er'ffa nr^nrrr nr°nrcj

ElIJC9{5Et taraamna

okna okna phangsandu
hawkhi. The function began
with warm welcome.

adj. KfH'ff u

nr 6 nrFf* uw'^ nrofcjri

miyaamna taraajina okkhiba
nupaadu asini. This is the man
who was warmly received by
the people.

nom. €* ®‘nrSIK

JUf fffKfl ay makhoybu okpa
paammi. I want to welcome
them, m* ffc'x

VL'wm ay

iyaarpotta maabu okpa
chatluy. I went to airport to
receive him. Rt'JFf

I maagi maok phajakhi.
His reception was appreciated.
Phr: fkrtr s'nrm 6 nr maok
laak-ok ‘nature of reception’;

Fer'ff ^er'ffc nr a nr jir

taraam taraamna okpa ‘warm
reception’

nf nr ok 3

catch

v. nr^nrssi boisiok-u.

Catch this ball, fE U Y n
ttt'nrffidfl maana bol okkani.
He will catch the ball.

adv.

C9'{5C* makhoy bol oktuna
saannay. They play catching
the ball, nt 2 ID IDC9flD(J IT n

tE 6 nr^c o'tscz* jnffffkfl

angaangsingna bol oktuna
saannaba paammi. Children
love to play catching ball.

5? o n5fl makhoyna bol okna
okna chelli. They ran catching
the ball.

adj. f£C9f BI*GE,1IISfG
m 6 lir5IR masi

18

AT* ff~ o.m 1

konungbina okpa bonni. This
is the ball caught by
Konungbi.

nom. SID ttt & nT31R

JIR'Frsnr'l nang bol okpa
paambara? Do you like to
catch ball? IE>f ^HC‘nr
yc FF RSf I maagi bol khuok
chummi. His way of catching
ball is good.

phr: nr'nrj^nr n^nrofts

okthok oksin ‘catch and
recatch’; 5^XU a nT S nrm^lD 1
khuok laak-ok ‘style of
catching ball’; 5^m 6 IF

nTK bol khuok ama ‘a rare
way of catching ball ’

HE 6 FT o.m 1

ferment

v. S GOR'E UflDXfCJ

E^s^nrnrip nr*.ffKfi

nunghawaay ningthina
phuttok-aga o.mmi. Soybean
is femiemted after thorough
boiling. y5R'5t>C'0T

HI*. FFF ST ° 1 hawaayjaar
o.mkhre. The boiled soybean
had kept for fermentation.

yan'ES'er k^idst

cjf inzcf cj 57'ffi*nr

y^^nr s^ern*

nr\ffnMJfl hawaayjaar
lollaba matungda ningthina
chaamthok khottok tawraga
o.mgani. The boiled soybean

will be fermented after
thorough washing,
adv. kk's yon'^e'er
HE . IT ST U S' I mamaana

M

hawaayjaar o.mduna lay. Her
mother is preparing for
fermenting soybean. Kyoto'S

nr*.ffs nr*.ffs

K'nr a^nuofl mahaakna
hawaayjaar o.mna o.mna
chaak thong-ngi. She is
cooking while preparing for
fermentation of boiled
soybean.

adj. nrnr*.ffx ron'jss'arsrf

Kf^WflDS M'ffKfl ao.mba
hawaayjaardi mitaysingna
paammi. Mitays like fermented
soybean. nr*. ff J5. 6T X

yojr^'ersTf SKf^ Kerf
KdD'Sf 5"fiTF ®'E3G*lir^l
o.mkhraba hawaayjaardi numit
mari inangaani layraga
kaaythok-i. The boiled
soybean that has been kept
for fermentation is open after
four or five days,
nom. nt\ff* SKftf
BBR'Sf ^nJYlF 0 ! o.mba
numit kayaani changbage?
How many days does
fermentation take place?

yotgstnr^f Knr*.ff esgm

handakti mao.m phajare. This
time fennehtation is well done.

Phr: pf‘i e'nr®*.ff/

19

fker'nr khuom laak-
om or maom maraak ‘way of
fermentation’; A IT

o.mba hayba haytaba
‘one who is skilful or unskilful
in fermentation'

m*.FF o.m 2

be wann

v.

nasaadu o.msallu. Keep your
body warm. S'EL^ niC9nJ'8’
ttt d .Fn7*l laphoy asangba
o.mnay. People keep wanning
the green bananas.

• adv. (GO'?! ©‘.FTC ©"FTC
5'5575* CfUTEl masaadu
o.mna o.mna laayhaw nik-i. He
is shivering in spite of keeping
his body warm. (JIUSTf HcS^lT

mFFCKnrs 6 bf'ib

m

tD^.FFETlZ 2*1 nangdi matam
pumnakta nakhong o.mduna
lay. You are always keeping
your legs warm,
adj. I'.fffES F 6 niSt O'X
2 ID H 7 5T°I o.mmaba khongdu
saaba ngamde. The legs that
kept warming do not get
enough wann. 2 .a HT .TFY
laphoy o'.mba
adum chatnay. Keeping the
banana warm is still in
practice.

nom. ttfYf F fc DIC2f

51lf fffkfl aygi khongsi o.mba

on 1

paammi. I want my legs to be
kept warmed. ffttlT . ff
5E“?5 ©StFT

7j'*5Rfl mao.m chummabadi
laphoy adum haawwi. The
banana, if properly getting
wann, gets natural taste.

on 1

change, alter

v.

HIFc ® t ’©H'- 0 l khong-ngupsi
chinmalle ama on-ge. As this
shoe is rather small, I want to
change another one. UnHT*
tE^lF nangga

ayga onnasi. Let us get it
changed between you and me.
adv. f> b UUJ T^IDiDj,3H
e'firfiHi'ST ^‘ff
2'nrJ&! tonyna khong-ngup
onduna layringayda tom laak-
i. Tom came while Tony was
changing shoes, IFf

tfisuu imm

aygi saatindu onnana pukhre.
Someone has taken my
umbrella by mistake.

adj. <E*©!Z5Iff:y M b V

©n^nr Einif©si«i

onnakhraba pot amuk
phanggande. Things that are
taken by mistake hardly get
back. RtcGID

THcJ'HTlEKJfl mathang
chahida aonba ama laakkani. A

20

on 2

change will come in the next
year.

noni. ST

nr 6 <sx jiR'ffxufi

mohilaanna kolomdu onba
paambani. Mohilal wanted to
change the pen. nniI 6 ^5X

yv srfmFFcnr w (gcofipf

y 6 0I^ v nKZfl ~ aonba
khudingmak punsigi

khongthaangni. Every change
is a process of life.

Phr: m^ST aon

onda ‘change or not change’;

Ker'nr maon maraak
‘nature of change’; HI 6 T3(Z

* \a

5° UY onna taynaba
‘something unusual';

V(5C9f(g onthok
onsin ‘change’

Idiom: f

maon maon ‘alternative,
process of thought’

m 6 (5 on 2

roll, turn

v. m; e ^er 6 ffST
oyromda ollu. Roll on the left.

CZ 6 ID3I & nr^ & ffST \

M

nongpoklomda ollu. Turn to
the east.

adv. qT^STCZ

O'CgtZ*! makhoy onduna
saannay. They play rolling.

a @srTz nfigsra/

X£T b £fiT 6 UrtgSHZ C9'(gG*

M

makhoy onduna onduna/
tharo tharo onduna saannay.
They play rolling and rolling,
ad/. m^'lIJST

BUC'C*! onthaba angaangdu
kanaano? Who is the rolled
down boy?

noni. Hf JIR'ffKfl

ay onthaba paammi. I want to
roll down. Hr'lP'f
maagi khuon phajay. His style
of rolling is good.

Phr: xV xr* m“©xz

tharo tharo onthaba ‘rolling
and rolling down’; TT^TSSTCZ
C9'(3TZir onduna saannaba
‘play rolling’

flE 6 (3 on 3

hatch.

v. ft°erffsr RtJT'

M M

yerumdu machaa olle. The egg
has hatched.

adv. ftofiTffOfnj^

kx' m 6 i5STcz ^er°/
RerffC9fIDST f£5T'

K'rg'ztu nr 6 (5SHZ e"eM

M M

yerumsingdu loyna machaa
onduna layre or yerumsingdu
machaa onduna onduna layre.
All the eggs are now hatched,
adj. R°STff

^ernr OEM machaa ollaba
yerum taruk sure. The eggs
that are hatched are six or
There are six eggs that are

21

nr‘©tj onna 2

hatched.

nom. Cstf E5?'

W'ffRcfl aydi machaa onba
paammi. I like to be hatched.
Phr: Reft' machaa

onba ‘act of hatching’; 9 ?°££Tt
(£££' HIyerum machaa
onba ‘ hatching of egg'

onna l

exchange

v. urcf %erfv

makhoy ani phurit
onnay. They (two) exchange
their shirts. 91 HESYIF'
C9HTy5°^n T ' m\ MftflPCZfl
yaayphabaga sak-hen-ga pot
pinagani. Yaayphaba and Sak-
hen will exchange gifts,
adv.

M FFGfkHrS 6 nzmW
HI 6 (3 (J 5 TU I makhoy
matam pumnamakta mapot
onnaduna lay. They always
keep on exchanging their
articles. Rt3IR 6/ ^

2*Rif 13(2*1 makhoy mapot
onna onnaduna layminnay.
They live on exchanging their
articles.

adj. <n: 6 (S(2erx ^'^erfnr^
FHC9fCfI onnaraba laayriktu
asini. This is the book that has
already exchanged. (JlUPf
HI b (3UFfX ^'^BTfUT

S^ITBT' nang-gi onnakhiba
laayrik laybara? Do you have
a book that has been
exchanged?

nom. HI s (3(JirST (JM'^X

pi

cl onnabada ngung-
ngaayba lay. There is pleasure
in the exchange.

Phr: WfU (H 6 (3(Jir pina
onnaba ‘something given and
received’; 5lftJX 6 nnfrc
pinnathokpa ‘giving out in
exchange.

onna 2

be wrong

v. UJaU S^eTfXST
d 6 (3(JEr o l nangna tawribadu
onnare. What you are doing is
wrong.

adv. (7 DI(J Rt S 6 ff
Iffcicnrs 6 qCistzstG 5*1
nangna matam pumnamakta
onnaduna lay. You are always
doing wrong. RtTo DT(J

e'jaerfnr tfmuu e’sfiM

mahaakna laayrik onnana
lawkhre. He had taken the
book wrongly. RtF^Fs EETfV
HE*(gGG WGFfiM

makhoy phurit onna onnana
punakhre. They have gone
taking shirts wrongly.

adj. ®*©C 5 ifi:S

e'Herrnrs 6 . w er nr cii »l

onnakhraba laayriktu purak-c.

22

TIT ID ong

The book that had taken
wrongly has brought back,
nom. KTi'nr ^

JlK'ffST°l mahaak onnaba
tawba paamde. He does not
like to do wrong. BflfTflFff S'
EflgST

karigumba kaanda onnaba
yaawwi. Sometimes it happens
to be wrong.

Phr: THESIS P'UYl
TD^TgCS onna taynaba / tayna
onnaba ‘something that is
unusual’; HE
m 6 {gILfrXC2 onnarabasu on-
nadrabasu ‘wrong or not
wrong’; 33 5^-3 HI H5CJS waa-
khal onnaba ‘derangement,
mental imbalance’; HE 6 I5TJS
onnaba waakhal
‘wrong thought’;

onnana lawba ‘perceive
otherwise, wrong perception’

\tt 6 in ong

become daughter-in-law of a
family

v. EhSfOTJ' UflrfffXff
rtdDfl kebisanaa ningom-
bam ong-ngi. Kebisanaa is the
daughter-in-law of Ningom-
bam family.

adv. ffc/3'nr afnrfffSFF
VZ'W’SIU I mahaak

ningombam ongduna laykhre.
She had married to Ningom¬

bam family;- Re >0 DT

'3^er'nrwff st kjt'

31R & 1F3^I mahaak ningombam
ongna ongna khwaayraak-
pamda machaa pok-i. She gave
birth to a child of Kwaayraak-
pam father while she was de
jure daughter-in-law of ningo¬
mbam family.

adj. H^^'nr afnjjifff'Sff

mahaak

ningombam ongba mawni. She
is a woman who married to
Ningombam family,
nom. UfnrfffSff HE^tDSTJ
5*1 ningombam ongbana
phay. It is better to marry to
Ningombam family. Rc>0 OF
UTRcST uflDFfTO
E*l mahaak yumnaak amada
ongkhibana phay. For her it is
better to get married to a
family.

Phr: aong

aun ‘dowry’; HEDI ID

aong aun tamba ‘to
give dowry’

«

oy

be, become

v. ic^'nr ra:*3' rc‘551
mahaak ojaa oy. He is a teacher
by profession. Rc STf
TH^EfO'BT maadi

ophisaar oygani. She will

23

oysan

become an officer.

adv. Rt'ETf J&HSi-T HI

ni^s'c? ni^erfl

maadi ukil oyna oyna ojaasu

oyri. He is teaching while

practicing law. RL BTi ^ 3If

K'STC fK5IRv5C9f

«

' IU all] U f 1 maadi tolop
chaaduna mapunsi maang-
ngabani. He spoiled his life by
becoming a salaried man.

adj.fk<3£erf ni 6 ^* nsctf

CJID 2 ID' mantri

r»

oyba punsi nung-ngaayba
natte. To be the life of a
minister is not a happy one.

crnstr Fc'pf <tt s 5S5i:x

(CfCfl nangdi maagi
oykhraba mini. You have
become his right hand man.
nom. fk'C2 HI 5^^

fllf FFRtfl maasu mantri oyba
pammi. He also likes to
become minister.''

Phr: HI 6 ^* oyba

oydaba ‘to be or not to be’;

HC 6 Eer 6 E oyni
oyroy ‘will be or not’; HTHT 5t>
aoy aoyba ‘the
truth’; HI 6 55Uf HI 5t>fT
FID ST'S oyni oyroy
khangdaba ‘no certainty of
becoming something’;

HI 6 EX 6 nr HI 6 J5C9ft5 oythok
oysin ‘becoming and not
becoming’; HI B 5SZC> & HTJITCIFf

[£ HI 6 £ * DP oythokpagi

maoythok ‘to be and continue
to be’

oysan

to heal up, become
proportionate

v. K'lPf nio 6 nrjiRST

ni^C^Tc? 0 ! maagi asokpadu
oysalle. His wound has healed
up. FTc' IFf HIC^HTMST
rc*JSC93?*fiT'l maagi
asokpadu oysallabara? Has
his wound healed up? Rt U

x 6 inx k'dt ^ofso'insTf

HI a 5EC9T^fl maana thongba
chaak yensaangdi oysalli. Her
cooking is good (well
proportionate),
adv. HI 6 55 OISE

3 C; 6 ni 2 lfll yensaangdu oysanna
thong-ngu. Cook the curry
well (proportionate in all
respect). Belief HIOUTSIRST
ni*53C9tgtJ &BM maagi
asokpadu oysanna ure. His
wound looks healed up.
adj. HI 6 ^C9^eY HTCAra^
HIOfGfl oysallaba asokpadu
asini. This is the wound that is
healed up.

nom. cEC HI 6 55C9H5ir HI 6 -
550TC9GM thuna oysanba
oyrasanu. Let the wound be
healed up soon. HI^OISYC
FBT RcTf&JHfl oysanbana

®*J53G*1D’ oythok

24

khara mahaawwi. Proportion¬
ately well cooked one is better
tasted.

Phr:

oysan khosanba ‘being pro¬
portionate in cooking; healing
up well'; HI 6 5a C9 (5 IT ttt -
oysanba oysanda-
ba ‘whether proportionate or
not; healing up or not’

m*B3G 6 nr oythok

be possible

v. ksto tn^j^nriHKJfl

madusu oythokkani. That too
will be possible. HcST

I madu

oythoktabani. That is
impossible.

adj. tn^x^nre

oy-

thok oythokna taanjaadu
maangkhrabani. The chance
has lost inspite of all possibil¬
ities. iff-

GFktirS 6

thawdoktu matam
pumnamakta oythoktuna lay-
ba natte. The event is not al¬
ways made possible.

adj. qr * 55 3G * nr ire

R'jflfni ad'm 2 ffl 1 oythokpa
yaaba waa-ngaang ngaang-
ngu. You make your statement
sensible. HI 6 IG 6 ID 1 5IR Vl'Y
RoffljIDl oythokpa

yaaba taanjaa yeng-ngu. Find
out an opportune time.
nom.fkST H'55l

madu oythokpa yaay. That
possibility is high. KST

madu

oythoktaba natte. That is not
impossible. .

Phr: Vt'Jtt'WM

oythokpa
oythoktaba ‘possible or not
possible’

oyna

nag

v. KK'tJ HtRt'BT I

machaana mamaada oynay.
Children nag to their mother,
adv. tCdD BT HI 6 5x> (J
6T°I angaangdu oynaduna
layre. The child has been
nagging. HT 2 ED HIST til U
57^ST°I angaangdu
oyna oynana chatkhre. The
child went away nagging,
adj. tM'njsr

57 ^ y^fiT YST 1 oynaganba
angaangdu chatkhrabara?
Has the child gone who
frequently nagged?
nom. nun'miFf

7> y tJC9'tJf I oynabana
angaang-gi hawnabani. To
nag is the nature of children.
Phr: 57 oyna

chaawba ‘too much nagging’

25

MX pat

©

awraay

to study, practice

v. cjn'raornic? cricfv

FstfiiPf e'JiErrnr nr*-

M

flp'351 angaangsingna numit
khuding-gi laayrik awraay.
Children study their lessons
every day. UlUCQ 09n5(J m -
Br'JSRl nangsu kanna
awraayyu. You too study hard,
adv. n'nj?°<2 KW*
3*1 waanglen
isay awraayduna lay.
Waanglen is doing singing
practice. 3'^GTftir IffVjS

nr*er '^3 tzo * amniaiDf l

laayrik awraay awraayna isay
ngang-ngi. (She) hums a song
while studying her lessons,
adj. 3'yserfnr nTfir'jsx
m 2 ID' HI laayrik

awraayba angaang kayaano?
How many children do study
their lessons?

nom. nr y er'EX(j uv'
UO'lPf W"<5UYUJ\
awraaybana nasaa nasaagi
kaannabani. To do practice/
study is beneficial for every
one of you.

Phr: iV*5
awraay khotlaayba ‘doing
practice or study’; TC (T 55
Eff awraay pham ‘place or
ground for practice/ study’;

nr*0T'55 C9m awraay sang
‘indoor studium’

MX pat

be rotten, decomposed
v. K^'-icofinofin nrc9f
3*^3 31R^3°I manaa-

masing-sing asi loyna patle.
All these vegetables are
rotten.

adv. S5.-n'oriD mor

SRV

3*AM u-waasing asi loyna
pattuna/ pat pattuna layre. All
these plants are lying rotten.
^GTC9fSTf MVU J*0T •!

M

charusidi patna ure. This
straw looks decomposed,
adj. Jaa'oftD

tHOf 5IR ZC 6 DT & I apatpa
unaasing asi puthokkho. Take
out all these decomposed
leaves. KJ^KOfOI HOfStf

makhoysing asidi loyna
patlaba ngaaktani. All these
are rotten stuffs.

nom. nfSTf

s5°15U JlR'ffRtfl aydi apatpa
aduna henna paammi. I want
that decomposed one better.
Phr: mSIRtf tEJlR^W apat
apatpa ‘any one that is rot-

JHWS b V pattat

26

ten’; STOP'S 6 STOtf SIR patta pat-
pa ‘more decomposed’;

JlRtf^f S 6 ** path
patli tawba ‘state of rather de¬
composed’; TCJiRtf
apat apaa ‘useless stuff’;
JlRtf^erfnr SIR SIR patthrik
patpa ‘very rotten'

pattat

be extreme

v. fkyo'nr smtf

S^icJfl mahaak laayrabana
pat tatii. He is extremely poor,
adv. fkyo'nr
SIR 5*0M mahaak

hawjik pattattuna layre. He is
now broke. IF SIR^

TiflMri

mahaak pat tatna tatna hing-
ngi. He is living in an extremely
poor condition.

adj. K^'nrix mwn
ICfB E6Tt ifllffllMjfl

mahaakkumba pattatpa mina
kari tawba ngamgani? What
an extremely poor man like him
could do?

nom. Rt^o lir SRVS^VSIRUTI

mahaak pattatpani. He is
completely broke.

Phr: c?* SPITE SIRtf^tfSTO
Ef'Sff laytabana pattatpa
phibam ‘state of stony broke’

SHUT pak 1

stick.

v. tJiE^iirs 6 sierfcj 6 sn:i£
JlRnm°. nakokta karino ama
pak-e. Something is stuck on
your head. HcEFF Sljj ; PF(Jff&“
nrs 6 ySSlROT 3IRnr^H°l mapham

pumnamakta ipak pak-e. It has
stuck everywhere,
adv. UU DJIl^ST STOUTS^
g^ET 0 ! nanang-ganda paktuna
kayre. It is sticking on your
back. S5CT UtC9f STOUTS

smnrs e'urjs* iaerfpfs a l

unaa asi pakna pakna laak-iba
karino? Why are you coming
sticking this leave?
adj. SK SIR UP SIR fkEffST
TfECXer'l apakpa mapham-
du haakaj®abara? Do you feel
etching at the spot where
something is stuck? tlTSTOUT
tESTOUTSTO fKEFFST EIET'55
EST'ESTS*! apak apakpa
maphamdu kadaay kadaay-
dano? Where are the places
that stuck something?
nom. m STOUT SIR RcT* 1TST
XffR&l apakpa makhay somda
thammu. Keep this side all
those stuck something.

Phr: HI STOUT TCer'UT apak
araak ‘anything stuck
anywhere’; STOUT SIR IP f STOUT SIR
SIRIIT57^ pakpagi pakpa
pakchaba ‘ indifference to the
object that is stuck’

27

31RFF pam

31RUT pak 2

be nice, suited

v. eerfV nrc?f

3IRDTJSI phurit asi maangonda
pak-i. lliis shirt is nice to him.
fk'U O^SIR Mnr5^1

maana setpana ipak pak-i.
whatever she wears looks
good.

adv. BE'STf EOf
iMTHC SHI maangondadi
asi pakchana uy. It looks nice
to her. Rc 2 DI & 15 ST ST f He ST

y* STfnJKlir EM 0 T 5 6

JlRnr^U 2*1 maangondadi
machu khudingmak ipakta
paktuna lay. Every colour is
nice to her.
adj. dlSEnrW kCg
J^MnrS 6 JWirJSl apakpamina
tawbadi. ipakta pakchay.
Handsome is what handsome
does.

nom. 3 6 , x ! ’nr 0 riirwsr
WHTH^ ^'h^ 5*1

tawthok-rakpada pakchaba
haayba ama lay. There is
something that looks
elegance.

Phr: J^JIRIirS 6 MIFM ipakta
pakpa ‘be always being nice/
well suited”; MnTKlT
MnT5T5T5' pakchaba

pakchadaba ‘something that
looks nice or does not look
nice’; UTMIF 1UF5 6 apak

pakta ‘well suited or
otherwise’

5Kff pam

to hold baby

v. CE'B ICH' iUTKfl
mamaana machaa pammi. A
mother holds her child. fk'Ff

host's rf nnkac? mikac?

S551RFP MffRefl maagi
machaadi amanasu amanasu
ipam pammi. Everybody holds
her child.

adv. !7) o ^I2 o £J 2 ID HI
MffSTCJ 2 s * I hellenaa
angaang pamduna lay.
Hellenaa is holding a child.

fkfk'sTa Ksr' Mira Mira

2'S^Grfnr M'JSl mamaaduna
machaa pamna pamna laayrik
paay. The mother is reading
while holding her child,
adj. MITRcfY EdD'niST
HIHenrS 6 JilTF^I pammiba
angaangdu amukta thamkho.
Put down the child who is
holding (by you). MITRtfir
t&jlD'nJST HCJ'lFf HZ5T'a a |
pammiba angaangdu kanaagi
machaano? Whose child is it
that you are holding?
nom. MtTlTa E?l pambana
phay. It is better to hold (the
child), am nraffl'mcpf mtty

H'ffTTfT'l nang angaangsi
pamba paambara? Do you like

28

M^ZUtNY HZf
5*1 delida

to hold this child?

Phr: 31 RFFXST F'lBY

pambada khut khaangba
‘state of being well and
healthy’; 51Rff 5^51

pam pamduna chatpa go
holding a child each’

3IR15 pan l

to halt at a place

v. w*w b u xn^ofin nr bz
JHR5fl sosona
ahing ama Iinphalda palli.
Soso halted one night in
Imphal.

adv. \BfaC&U tf°5fST 5IRIS-
EUJ 5*1 kodaama delida pan-
duna lay. Kodaar stayed back
in Delhi. Hfl^ET'GTETf EEff
jz STflDKIFS 6 ST 51RT5ST5
5 I kodaardi
mapham khudingmakta pand-
una panduna lay. Habitually
Kodaar stayed back every¬
where. B3 b ST GT U ST°5fSt
5IR(5 U 3IRT55 MjrC9fST°{5
kodaama deli¬
da panna panna prasiden un-
narakte. In spite of his staying
back in Delhi. Kodaar did not
meet the President of India,
adj. ST°5fST J!R^5fy
fkfOflDST E15' EI5'5 a l
delida palliba misingdu kanaa
kanaano? Who are those
staying back in Delhi?

panjaningba mi yaamna lay.
There are many people who
like to stay back in Delhi,
nom. EEff rcsrsr

5^'6T° 1 makhoy
mapham aduda palhawba
taare. They have to halt there.
KEJT mSTST 3IR^23 v Z 17
EfF5fl mapham aduda
palhawbana phagani. It would
be better to halt there.

Phr: Jnn3X a nr mtgofzr
S^y panthok pansil tawba
‘stay at a place from time to
time’, J5J11KS M^y EEff
ipan panba mapham 'common
resting place’

SIRtS pan 2

to obstruct

v. estc zc'ynr s^ysr

maduna thabak
tawbada palhalli. That makes it
a hurdle when doing some¬
thing.

adv. RE ST 5 RZ 2 ID I5ST
3IO;73T5ST5 5*0fM maduna
maangonda palhanduna
layre. That has made him an
obstacle. IT® ]T5
31R^25I5 31RT20I5ST 5

ban

bloketna palhan palhanduna
miyaambu waahalli. Bandh

29

31.(2 pa.n 2

and blocket made people
suffer.

ad). OTilRlSX tCf 75'ttQ
K>3'nr m^erol apanba ini
haaybadu mahaak oyre. He
has been a man of stumbling
block. dniTSS uRffCFor

(c'55R i, nrB'?

apanba pumnamak

maayoknaba taabani. We
have to face all obstacles.

urM(3 nrar'iL srs

51Jl(3C9f sfU ST° I apan

araak yaawdaba punsi layba
hawnade. There is no life free
from obstacles,
nom. dl 51T3 S G DG SlIT
Rc^FT 51'nJST°l apanbana
thabak mangam paangde.
Obstruction makes progress
retarded

Phr: dE51(SS 5lfS apanba
piba ‘to give obstruction’,
dI51(S Wer'nr apan

araak laytaba ‘free from
obstruction’

9

11.(2 pa.n i

mention

v. tnoffc pIV'st wren
asumna Gitada palli. Thus it is
mentioned in the Gita,
adv. Kf JIJJFFCJF^nrCJ ESTS 6

ksstc mi

M

pumnamakna maduta

panduna layre. That, has

always been mentioned by all.

FSTfnJffcHTG EtfS 6
51(3ST C II(3ST C G^BM

M M

makhoy khuding makna
maduta panduna panduna
layre. That has been
mentioned time and again by
every one of them. BtRtftH
(IT ST J1(SG 51T3G KG'
dlK^G J^O'SfSTol
maming adu panna panna
kanaa amatana thawsaabide.
No one is interested in it in
spite of mentioning the name,
adj. FIST 51(35^1*S’ fftfST
B9G'G I madu pankhiba inidu
kanaano? Who is he that men¬
tioned it? 51(3GfflJS J1FFG-
EUT yo'y^fSTfiT 0 ! panningba
pumnamak haaykhidre. We®
have not said whatever we
wanted to mention,
nom. 51(3SSTf KffSGfl
panbadi chumbani. It ought to
be mentioned.

Phr: 51 (SG f HI G JKSS

panningna panba ‘to mention
deliberately’; JICSEFF Jj 6 nT51
panpham thokpa ‘ought to be
mentioned’.

11.(2 pa.n 2

hook, entangte

v. EfST phidu

pankhre The cloth gets
entangled. \

30

5TCID pang

adv. EifS! m:C9fST WESTS'
^Gfol phidu asida panduna
layre. The clothes lying
entangled here. B^IUST 5*fT

5IR13S KVFfl

makhongda charu panna
panna chatkhi. He went away
with straw being hooked on
his legs.

adj. WW.

S*X b nT&l apanba charudu
lawthok-u. Remove the straw
that is hooked on you. HI5IR15

traiSX GfnJjTS

ftonijlDl apan apanba
maphamdu ningthina yeng-
ngu. Look carefully those
entangled places,
nom. WW 3IR ffGH^nr
e y X 6 nr^l panba pumnamak
lawthok-u. Remove those
entanglements.

Phr: HT31R15 mer'HT apan-
araak ‘anything entangled ,
mm© m©ET apan-panda
‘any possible hindrances

5IRID pang

be foolish

v. Kys'nr K'ffs MnuDfi
mahaak yaamna pang-ngi. He
is very foolish. v

adv. K 75' HT 31R0IG S 1
mahaak pangna lay. He lives
foolishly. 5^3IRID

millS S* I makhoy ipang

pangna lay. They live an
innocent life. 6

adj. mmm* ^ 10

33 tg GlDdDfl apangba midu
khudong thiba nang-ngi. The
foolish man encounters
problems.

nom. nnnnnxs merr
Bfl'©SlT * ElDlPSfl

apangbana kari kaannaba
phang-gani? What benefit will
get by a fool?

Phr: HI HMD TEC9flD apang-
asing The wise and the fool ;
mm in afs' apang thawnaa
‘an act of foolish bravery’;

mnnnr' mtnsr cot id ^

C9f ID ST pangbara pangda
singbara singda ‘neither a fool
nor intelligent’; HIO*
Km'© X & nrm apangba
mapaan thokpa ‘to expose
one’s silliness’

JIR' paa

be thin

V. flt'Slf KC9' M'%\ maadi
masaa paay. He is thin.
EfCtfStf 3R'55. phisidi

yaamna paay. This cloth is ;
very thin. RcC9fSTf 5^SIR j
m'Jal masidi ipaa paay. It is
too thin.

adv. H^C9T^rr * &

SR I masidi yaamna paana uy.
It looks very thin. HcWfSu

31

W\ paa. 2

H5ITC' Jlii'CJ ^^1 masid’ ipaa
paana uy. It looks too thin,
adj. HE5HfY Ef W'ffSM
apaaba phi paainde. I don’t
like thin cloth. IIcC9' 5IR 'Y Ref

Efr

masaa paaba mi yengbadj- mit
thande. A thin person does
not look attractive,
nom. Unrc'lT MGfUT^I
apaaba purak-u. Bring a thin
one. HIlfTO H'SUlFCJfl
apaabasu kaannagani. Even a
thin one will be useful. Re BTf
W'Y UjTffRtf! maadi paaba
paammi. He prefers a thin one.
Phr: JIK'erf JlR'BTf paari
paari tawba ‘rather thin one’;
JIR'fiTJII paarap tawba

‘slightly thin’; M'STjTf^
M'Y paadrit paaba ‘too thin’;
mi' HET'nr apaa araak
‘something thin one’; 51RU
paana i pa ‘to trim

thinly’

3IR\ paa. l

read

v. Kf3GfC2f W'&l chithisi
paaw. Read this letter.
HEJD'ISU angaanna chithi
paay. Angaan reads a letter,
adv. fityO DT 5Tf3Gf w'stu
3i mahaak chithi paaduna
lay. He is reading a letter. He STf
Kf3Gf M'U m'U EVCfl

maadi chithi paana paana
chatli. He goes reading a
letter.

adj. mm'* Kfu y^ra'S'CJfl

apaaba mina khangbani. A
man, who reads, knows it.

^'HGrfnr siR'erf* feTst

ffiKJ'U i laayrik paariba midu
kanaano? Who is the person
reading a book?
nom. K'm U'JzU W'Y
Efl5Uir&fl chaang naayna
paaba kaannabani. Reading
regularly is of use. W ’S’ST
EftSUETlT ^>o| paabada
kaannadaba layte. There is no
uselessness in reading.

Phr; HHIR' HHITT apaa
apaaba ‘one that is read’; M'U
31R17 paana paana ‘while
reading’; 51H OTlD 5IR UflDir
paaning paaningba’ wish to
read a number of books’;
3IR ' E ' V f alD * ST

paaphaattri-ngayda ‘hardly
start reading’; W'fEFF
<?'nrfiBFF paagum

laakkum tawba ‘doubtful of
reading’

3R\ paa. 2

to do account

v. cw nr erf I

makhoy sel paari. They are
doing account. Rc' 2 lDBP'ID
C9°T Jl'Hl maa ngaraang sel

SIR', paa. 3

32

paay. He did account
yesterday.

adv. 03 JIR'STTJ

5T^c?fl makhoy sel paaduna
chatli. They went counting
money. C9°3 JIR U JIR U
K03 SWTf I
sel paana paana makhoy masel
maray yetnay. They argue
themselves while doing
account.

adj. SIR'* ^GT* 03
C9 6 PFST JiffRiil paaba loyraba
sel makhay somda thammu.
Keep this side all the money
that have been counted.
aflier'lD JJR'Ff* 03 ST
^fC9flD ngaraang

paakhiba seldu Using
kayaano? How many
thousands that we had
counted yesterday?
nom. TOR'**? lH0rff*TJ 6 l
apaabana karambano? Which
is the one that is counted?
iTO 03 301'* SIR'ffKfl
maasu sel paaba paammi. He
too wanted to do counting
money.

Phr: 31R'^ 6 1F JIR'OfTS
paathok paasin ‘counting and
recounting’; JIR'*!Pf JIR *
paabagi paaba ‘as you count
so you count’; TEJIR' JIR'ST
apaa paada ‘whether counting
or not’; JIR'CJfflJ JIR'TJfllJ

paaning paaning ‘as one
wishes counting’; JIR BTC2
51RC paarasu paana ‘in spite
of counting’

SIR', paa. 3

to match

v. TEUf e'ff*'

JIR'5^ I makhoy ani laambaa
paay. They two were
opponent rivals,
adv. e'ff*'

JIR'STTJ makhoy ani

laambaa paaduna chatkhi. The
two went out as partners.

THTJf 5'ff*' JIR C
W'U Rtf (7 afflffFfl makhoy
ani laambaa paana pana mina
ngamkhi. The other party won
in spite of their joined effort,
adj. e'ff*' JIR'* KfST
Rc 75' UP TJ f I ayga laambaa
paaba midu mahaakni. He is
the man I fought with. Rt'STf
nr> ^'ff*' JiR'arf* fetuU
maadi ayga laamba paariba
mini. He is the man who is my
partner / opponent,
nom. Til* Rc'lF S IT*' JIR *
dOB'JSBTf*TJf I ay maaga
laambaa paaba ngaayribani. I
am waiting to fight with him.
fk'JPf RcJlR' UTRc JlRfftl maagi
ma.paa. ama piyu. Arrange an
opponent / rival for him.

33

51lf (S paan

3Hf . paa. 4

overflow

v. JIR'X 6 nm°l turel

paa.thok-e. The water of the
river overflows the bank,
adv. 5^0T°3 EC9flD
31R\ZG5T CJ cf£T°J turel ising
paathaduna layre. The water
of the river is overflowing.

nffufknr w'

M

M'StC nongjuthaa

matamda Iambi pumnamak
isingna paa paaduna chelli.
During rainy season water ran
• down overflowing all roads,
adj. M'X ,, nr5X JaOfDJ

inner? ^cerfl

paathoklaba ising thingnaba
hotnari. People are trying to
stop the overflowed water.

nom. 3ITC ' X 6 IFM ZCflD'X’

paathok-

pa thingba nakhoygi nathaw-
ni. It is your responsibility to
stop the overflowed water.
Phr: JIR'X'IFM Iambi

paathokpa ‘overflowing of
road (due to excessive water);
JCEs SIR'^EIT chaphu paathaba
‘overflowing rice water from
cooking pot’

3Hl\lT paam

like

v. K^'nr Evrt o'tguY

mahaak phutbol

saannaba paa.mmi. He likes to
play football. RcTfOTU
9? H'FFBtfl mahaakna

aybu yaamna paammi. He likes
me very much.

adv. R^'nr WUY JIR'FF-
STU cJ ./) BM mahaak saan¬
naba paamduna layhawre. He
stayed back as he wanted to
play. BITS'W O'tSCJX M'UU
JIRFFCJ S^UT^fl mahaak
saannaba paamna paamna
tokkhi. He stopped playing in¬
spite of his liking to play,
adj. {H5!'lTir Rtf fiflCJ'

apaamba mi kanaa
kanaano? Is there any person
liking it? M FFRe 5IR FFRt^T
51R^ 2*y5*BM paam-

ma paammaba pot yaamna lay¬
hawre. Many things that I
wanted were there,
nom. mJIR FTX’CJ Ref dDl Jft-
apaambana mi
ngaawhalli. Desire makes man
mad,f£S(tJ K'lFf
Ufl maduna maagi apaam-
bani. That is what he wanted.
Phr: tttW'FT ffl'ffST apaam
paamda ‘like and dislike’,

3Uf IS paan

be white in washing

v. 0'JK*15C?fir Ef C??

saaponsina phi suba
paalli. Washing cloth with this

31R'.(g paa.n l

34

soap is white. ff& (T ^2^ Ef STf
M'^fl maana suba phidi
paalli. The cloth she washes is
white.

adv. Ht'(J Ef 3JR (5(J O^
maana phi paanna suy. She
washes clothes white. E
f£ S 6 ff 5IR, FTCFEIITEf
Jllf(g(J M'(5(J OEl maadi
matam pumnamakta phi
paanna paanna suy. She
always washes clothes white,
adj. Ef

HE Of ST' I paallaba phi
haaybadu sira? Is it the cloth
that is washed white?
mom. Ef C20riT5Tf 31R (51T(J
E*l phi surabadi paanbana
phay. Washing white is better
if you wash clothes.

Phr: t5M'(5 M'(5ST apaan
paanda ‘be white or not’;
Hlfn^f JIR'tgST 0
paalli paande yengba ‘to see if
the washing is well or not'.

51R\{S paa.n l

to hit

v. fe'u emxsT Jifn^fi
maana langbada paalli. He hits
the target. FE (? <? UHT

FSTflDPf JIH'TOfl maana
langba khudinggi paalli. He
hits the target every time,
adv. HfJTCM TySTflUTPf
31R'(5<57(J kaappa

khudinggi paanduna lay. He is
hitting every shot. SIR (5(?
M'W JlRfSLQTol

paanna paanna poin pidre. No
point is given in spite of
hitting the target,
adj. HriT®* EEFFST
^'nr^l apaanba maphamdu
taak-u. Point out the mark of
hitting. 5 6 'GTll l ’ 0 ^5 t> 5Ilf(5ElT
cJ^ETffRtfl taargetta
paanpham tara layrammi.
There were ten marks of
hitting.

no m. FE O f ST JIR (5 (J

eiM I masida paannaba
lang-ngu. Throw to hit here.
(Jin 5 b 'B'H lol S5 b

SIR'ffSLiTl nang taargetta
paanba paamdra? Don't you
like to hit the target?

Phr: XE^ST JllT©*
thamoyda paanba ‘to feel in
one’s heart’, tJDJOf 3 & °15(J
!llf (5Y nungsi tenna paanba
"hit by cupid’s arrow'

M'M paa.n?

to yoke

v. o(5 nrufEnr 0 ( 5 -
IF'BTfST ffl'(50^l san
animak san-gaarida

paansallo? Yoke the two oxen
to the bullock cart. 0(5
JlH'lSO^c? 6 ! san paansallo.
Yoke the oxen.

35

adv. CHS SECJffEIir

san animak (san-
gaarida) paandui a layre. Both
the oxen are already yokai (to
the bullock cart),
adj. c9©-nt'erfsT rwf*
C915 tlE f 5^ HI yQ T
HI s ^fkT(? 0 l san-gaarida
paalliba san anidu ahal
oymalle. The two oxen yoked
to the bullock cart are too old.
Dom. 015 Un3fC9f 015-
JF'erfST JIR'ISO©*
JIR'ffYfiT'l san anisi san-
gaarida paansanba paambara?
Do you like to yoke these two
oxen to the bullock cart?

Phr: (IP'erfST >3'(5 U) 015
yiK'^yO^TT san paalhawba ‘to
yoke oxen beforehand’

Slf.15 paa.n 3

to live, get married
v. [S' EfXff EG 31'^efl
maa phibham phana paalli. He
is doing fine (living well off).
K’ 5ZFF M TS’ 0 ! maa yum
paalle. He got married,
adv. f£'

»*»

JllflSEtlT cTl maa ngung-
ngaay yaayphana paanduna
lay. He lives in a good
condition. R ffl'STfJ

JIH'tSE 3llf<5C
ft ^BTJT°I waatta paadana
paanna paanna machaadi

MM paa.n 4

yaawdre. Though he lives well
off, he is issueless,
adj. fC' W'STU

W'TefX Kftjfl maa waatta
paadana paalliba mini. He is a
man living in a good
condition. CJ tDdD'HC

Kf ^FTfin^nr

UTE HISTff 5*1

nung-ngaayna paalliba mi
khudingmak awaatpa ama
adum lay. Every rich man has
his limit.

nom. IT IIIdD' U SfR'lS'S’
JlR'ffSTjM ngung-ngaayna
paanba paamdra? Don’t you
like to live happily? H'GT
SIR'©* m T'O M'ffSM
waana paanba kanaasu
paarnde. No body likes to live
in a poor condition.

Phr: Sfcff 5IR'©7 yum
paanba ‘to get married’,
ITHIdD'^lT SlR'lSIT nung-
ngaayna paanba ‘to live
happily’

M'M paa.n 4

to bear fruit

v. SIR'ffSf nrOfSTf f£yf
ft'FTU W TcTfl paambi asidi
mahay yaamna paalli. This tree
bears plenty of fruits.

3GSTC9

nongju thaadasu kihom paalli.
Pineapple plants bear fruits

36

JUf (J paana l

during rainy season also,
adv. 75 'cfnrq Ti’n''
I'BaE e’erfl hawjiksu
haynaw paanduna layri.
Mango trees are still bearing
fruits. sfU* M
5^'lT EIDST 0 I haynaw paanna
paanna chaaba phangde. I
don’t get mango for eating
though I have mango trees.
adj.^G* 5HI':j5r& M'ffYf-
C?f[D5T IR'B’l haynaw
paallliba paambisingdu
kayaano? How many mango
trees that are bearing fruits?
nom. JUTtglT

^°13KJf nJXBT' 1 haynaw
paanba yengningbara? Do
you like to see fruit bearing
mango trees?

Phr: &70* M'&Y uhay

_sp

paanba ‘to bear fruit’;

5?6T 6 1D 31U'(5X uhay charong
paanba ‘to bear fruit in
bunch’; JSTf K0r*III 3^fif 6 ID
JIK'tSX uhay charong
charong paanba ‘to bear fruit
in bunches’

Idiom: uhay paanba una
maraay luk-i. Learned men are
humble.

W'U paana l

be a spouse

v. X'SOT JIR'Cfl

chaawbaga tombiga paanay.

Chaawba and Tombi live
together as husband and wife,
adv. mtJ f M'UW*

3IR 6 nryal makhoy ani
paanaduna tomnaa pok-i. Out
of their wedlock Tomnaa was
bom. K'SSG S^RTf Jl'G

shTog qrsnif ancnjnr xfi

*

chaawbana tombi paana
paanana nupi amamuk thi.
Chaawba married another
woman in addition to his first
wife, Tombi.

adj. 5 c>6 lT(?'n T ' JIR U'Z
CJlRf^T UEOfdfl tomnaaga
paannaba nupidu asini. This is
the woman who is married to
Tomnaa. 5^ ^¥1^

yfztw sfzW M'uerTx

CMftJfl tombi chaawbaga
hawjik hawjik paanariba
mupini. Tombi is the existing
wife of Chaawba.

nom. CMtP W

M *"»

nupaana nupiga
paanaba paammi. A man
desires to live with a woman as
husband and wife.

Phr: JIR'CJSTCJ M 6 1FM
paanaduna pokpa ‘bom out of
wedlock’; JIR GT1T ££ 3K
paanaba nupa ‘husband of a
woman’; paanaba paamnaba
‘having desire of getting
married’

i _

37

31R'(J paana2

take care of as guardian

v. K'C JUt'G’l

maana aykhoybu paanay. He
took care of us. He Rt' FfcM'CJ
fk^'OfnJIT 3IR(J*I mamaa
mapaana machaasingbu

paanay. Parents take care of
their children.

adv. Fk'tf tM'lIJOfllJ*
ffl tJSTCJ cl maana an-
gaangsingbu paanaduna lay.
He has always been keeping
an eye on the children,
adj. fk'ETf WFFtJFk-

nrs 6 tM'tnofni JiR'^aerfx

HtfCTfl maadi matam pumna-
makta angaangsing paanariba
mini. He is a person who has
been looking after the
children.

nom. Fk'STf FJc^lT

IffUfknrs 6 ni^'m m'u*

M'ffRtfl maadi matam
pumnamakta angaang
paanaba paammi. He is always
fond of looking after the
children.

Phr: SUf&lT Jllf IT'S" paonaba
paamba ‘fond of looking
after’; M'derfX f£f
paanariba mi ‘a person who is
looking after someone’;
paanaduna layja ‘to have
been looking after someone’.

3Hf ID paang 2
3IR'ID paang l

be able to make progress
v. FkTo'nr R'&enp
JlR'DIdDfl mahaak yaawraga
thabak paang-ngi. With him
we can make progress.

KTo'nr Fk£ y ifmarnrs 6 -

EUJ c? 0M mahaak mathaw

M

paangthoktaduna layre. He
has been without discharg¬
ing his duty. RccE* J1R IDC?
5i'nK3 FkTfnr ^er'^xnr

XffiTol mathaw paangna
paangna mahaak maraaybak
thire. He is unlucky inspite of
discharging his duty well,
adj. xVnr M'meV Fkfsrf
fk'TSSf tha¬

bak paanglaba midi mondaa
nung-ngaaybani. Those who
are successful are in good
mood.

nom. ^ererxsrf hr'iduy
7q 6 ^17*I tawrurabadi
paangnaba hotnaw. If you
have started something, try to
succeed.

Phr: M'DIIT paangna

saana ‘somehow’, ffcf^
m'm mit paangba ‘to realize,
come to understanding’,

mit paanghanba
‘to make realize someone.’

SUTlD paang 2

be bold

v. (C75'nr rn'insw ai'nrfEi

38

SIR .ID paa.ng

mahaak paangde/ paang-
ngoy. He is not/ will not bold
enough.

adv. f£yo'nr Jllf

g* GT°I mahaak paangdaduna
layre. He has remained inac¬
tive. fk^o'nr M'msr w'nioUJ
1 mahaak paangda
paangdana layre. He has re¬
mained without courage,
adj. f£>o'nr 5IR'mSTX Kftffl
mahaak paangdaba mini. He is
a coward. 3IR IDST M lUBTlT
Ffcf 5*1 paangda

paangdaba mi yaamna lay.
There are many persons who
are timid.

nom.31R'nJ5T'££J 09 ^5(31?’
g^oj paangdabana kaanna-
ba layte. There is no merit of
cowardice.

Phr: JilftlJY JIR'ID BT7

paangba paangdaba ‘either
brave or timid'

Sflf.DI paa.ng

to help

v. KFff * ff n e nrs 6

e'KETT?; K5 6 °ni w'.mJBi

matam pumnamakta layrababu
mateng paa.ng-ngu. Always
help the poor. FkfUI
TCKII 0 K

HR'.lDtf! mioybana amaga
amaga mateng paa.ngnay.
Human beings help each other.

adv. H m KS^ID 3IR'.ID5
m'.JSU K3o'DT n'ST XL
tESTff 5*1 mina mateng
paa.ngna paa.ngna mahaak
waaduna adum lay. He is still
in a bad position in spite of the
help from others. 09°% ETf
fk^^oiiref tk^in

M'.IHETU g"| kenudi montek-
ki mateng paa.ngduna lay.
Kenu is always supporting
Montek.

adj. KfC JK'.TDaraiir51R
MVC9tnJ^ri mina paa.ng-
ngakpa potsingni. These are
the gifts from others.

nom. MffX (ES^ni

jir.nre Krortswr swv-

tffdfl angamba mateng
paa.ngba mioybagi chatnabi-
ni. To extend possible help to
others is a societal norm.

Phr: JIR'.HrS mateng

paa.ngba ‘to help’, 5^°ID 'S’ ID
5ltY tengbaang piba ‘to olfer

gifts’, sif.inafnr m'MOf®

paa.ngthok paa.ngsin
tawba ‘to do give and take'

SIR'E paay

hold

v. EHJ'U JIR'y&BTfI

kanaana bol paayri? Who is
holding the ball? f£ C "S’ 0 !!!

maana bek paayri.
She is holding a bag.

39

JiltE paa.y

adv. (£ C ¥*1 m'KU
M'ySC n' 2 m'lUsIDfI maana
boi paayna paayna waa
ngaang-ngi. He is speaking
holding a ball. F £'U X 6: T
JHf558TG 5*1 maana bol
paayduna lay. He has been
holding a ball.

adj. M'JSX tM'DJST
HI ernr^l bol paayba
angaangdu kawrak-u. Call in
the boy who holds the ball.

w'jserf? min'rasr

] EU'U”\ bi 1 paayriba
angaangdu kanaano? Who is
the boy holding the ball?
noin. <M'ID?5 51T55X

®'FfRcfl angaangdu bol
paayba paammi. The boy
wanted to hold the ball. (JIB
m'KY W'ff^er'l nang
bol paayba paambara? Do you
like to hold the ball?

Phr. HIETfPffX Qllk

JUTE'S karigutnba pot ama
paayba ‘to hold something’,
SIRlFaX khutna paayba
‘to hold by hand’

Idiom: 51R'5r>3&X paaythatpa
‘to rebuke or insult in public’,
M'jay

R'S! r^'iFf; iv

^ B/o ®>f. khuta p£.ayba
itaawgi, yaada hukpa ichaagi,
kut laawba aygi ‘There are slips
between the cup and the lips’

HiT.h> paa.y

fly

v. .rcFfR'xt m\ 5^1

uchekna atiyaada paa.y. Birds
fly in the sky. Jl_cT °(S
5IR'.y5ern plen paa.yri. An
aeroplane is flying.

adv. nun'mctfiniz ^oeniiF'
m'.jzwu o'tgerfl

angaangsingna telanggaa
paa.yduna saannari. Children
are (playing) flying kites.

^eniip' si'.kej
SR '.XU e'.serri makhoyna
telanggaa paa.yna paa.yna
laa.wri. They are shouting
while flying kites,
adj. TCJlT.RX JNcJOJIF'
EIR'tf 6 ffoOflD If 911
apaa.yba telanggaa kayaano
masing thiyu. (You) Count
how many Hying kites are
there. 5 b °eiDIF' sr.JSBTfS
tHiDl'in^ BlVnrSl telang-
gaa paayriba angaangdu
kawrak-u. Call in the boy who
is flying kite.

nom. U SU'IUR'OflDCr
^•5 ID IP' 5T.HX W'.fflCfl
nuppaamachaasingna telang¬
gaa paa.yba paa.mmi. Boys
liked to fly kaites. S e, °S'niII t
Ult'.EX JIR'.RFXBT'I telanggaa
paa.yba paa mbara? Do you
like to fly kite?

Phr: M'.^erfX S^DM 6 '

40

paa.yriba telang-gaa 'flying

kite’; 3*°5 ID IP'

telang-gaa paa.yba to fly
kites’.

‘verbal rhetoric’, S3 alD ID'S’ST
JR\55fir* Ef waa

ngaangbada paa.yraba mi a
person who is excellent in
ilWution’

JIR'.K paa.y

be smart

v. qun'iDof n'

SIR\55£T°I aangaangsi waa
ngaangbada paa.yre. 1 his boy
is fluent in speaking,
adv. E'STf H'

SlR'.ISStG &BM maadi waa
ngaangbada paa.yduna layre.
He has been fluent in speaking
adj. U' 20 '®^^ SIR'-StiX
tttJD'lDST Iffl er TT'S'C? I waa
ngaangbada paa.yba an-
gaangdu karambano? Which
one is the boy who is fluent in
speaking?

nom. SH 20 SIR

5IR'.ffS6T'l waa ngaangbada
paa.yba paa.mbara? Do you
like fluent in speaking? S3

20'fflssr if.HS siRf^ernrsiR

nttgUfl waa ngaaybada
paa.yba pithorakpa gunm. To
be fluent in speaking is an
inherent quality. E STt

y^fniEiirs 0 nnm'K.Yfafl

maadi hiram khudingmakta
apaa.ybini. He is smart in
doing everything.

Phr: n' 20 'nJXST SIR'SS.Y
ngaangbada paayba

3IRf pi

give

V. ffiKJ'CJ 6 HIEU E'a0
S'^erfnr SlRfl kanaano
amana maangonda laayrik pi.
Someone gave him a book.

fk'tJO Mfl

maanasu tomda khayroy pi.
He also gave Tom a spoon,
adv. HIE* Ef£
jinff^Enrs 6 c?0C9fs

SlRf^TIJ (? v l aphaba mina
matam pumnamakta nungsiba
piduna lay. A good man is
always giving love to others.
iGys'nrG

s'^erfnr siRfiz sinftz >o'jsi

mahaakna mamaannabada
laayrik pina pina haay.He said
it to his friend giving a book.

adj. nisiRfx e'^erfur hie
yoonrs 6 sir ernr^l apiba

laayrik ama hekta purak-u.
Bring any book that (he) gave
you. SIRfOf ^ SIRV StCElF
9 Z'HBT°I pikhraba pot
amuk lawba yaadre. What was
given cannot be taken back,
nom. SIRfGTi^ nTX**
lp(5 Ufl pinahayba achawba

waa

41

51Re pe.

guni. Kindness is a great
virtue. HI Rt C? 51 fY
51'FF Rtf I ay maana piba
pammi. I wanted his giving me
something.

Fhr: 51fC?f(g pithok

pisin ‘give and take’; 5lf&
pina khotnaba ‘act
of giving something’; HlJlf
HI 51 f S' api apiba ‘whatever
things given'; HEJlf 5lfST api
pida ‘giving something or
not’; sntfc yf's pina hayba
‘generous, someone who is
generous’; 51 5lfCX pot
pinaba ‘exchange of gift'

MflDP pik

small

v. FR&COf5Tf 9 TRU WfOT^I
masidi yaamna pik-i. It is very
small. RtSTSTf 5lfnrRt^T5TI
madudi pikmalli. That is too
small.

adv. prof mfnra sifnrc:

masi pikna pikna
soyyu. Cut it into small pieces.

Kof mfwPu

M M

^’lESTS' U^S^ol masi
piktuna asum laygadaba natte.
It will not remain small for ever,
adj. HE51f HT51 ^oQJEI 6 ^
HIRt 5lfRl apikpa tengkot
ama piyu. Please get me a small
bowl, jrcfnr^x xir 2 H 1 'm st f
l C£lDC?fi pik-iba

angaangdi khwaayna nungsi.
Everybody loves the baby,
nom. HI* 'H5lfHT51 (HIRt)
51'FFRtfi ay apikpa (ama)
paammi. I prefer small one.

wfnrMST cj J5°t5u egm

M

pikpaduna henna phare. That
small one is better.

Phr: Jifnr^nr ^ni^nr piktak

p

chengtak ‘small in size’, HIST
31 f OOP achaw pisak ‘big and
small; high and low’
idiom: HI 51 f DDT 31 Rtf
2^'!Fi>£rG; apikpa mi Iaayrunu
‘Do not ignore the quality of a
person’

SR°. pe.

about to cry

v. HEaTU'lIIST, 51°. ST 0 1
angaangdu pe.re The child is
about to cry.

adv, in HIRt 51°ST(J

e erf l angaang ama pe.duna
layri. A child is almost crying.
HI 2 HI HIST 51 °.U 51°.U
angaangdu pe.na
pe.na chatkhi. The child went
away about to cry.
adj. 51°.IE<2¥ nrfm f£f£'ST
57'5^1 pe.ganba angaang
mamaada waay. Easily cried
baby is a burden to the mother,
nom. nrfmsr yio.S - TfGM
angaangdu pe.ba hayre. The
child has developed the

5RW pet i

42

feeling of cry.

Phr: MR°.8Tf 51TC°.firf ft Y

pe.ri pe.ri tawba ‘begin to cry’;
pe. pe.duna ‘to be always
about to cry’; K51R°. HcfiT HT
mape. maraak ‘state of crying’

511W pet l

soft

v. ^Y'nr tuofsrf
51M'Rtt3£'fr°l laybaak asidi
petmankhre. This mud is too
soft. Ffcofstf 2o y z:fnrq
I masidi hawjiksu
petli. It is still very soft
adv. f£C9f JIM^f

masi petli petli taawre.
It has become slightly soft.

W oL tU 5111 STOTI maana
laykhomdu petna petna purak-
e. He has brought the mud
soft.

adj. -rfTZ* TO

FReDTSU apetpa haynaw
ama khallak-u. Pick up a soft
(ripe) mango.
e^PFST " (7 lUO'ST

SV^I petliba laykhomdu
nungsaada phawdok-u. Dry
the soft mud in the sun.

Bom. J1R °^ SIR

JlR'lTRtf! ay apetpadu
paammi. 1 want that soft one.

{joic; nrjuwn:

nangsu apetpa paambara? Do

you also want the soft one.
Phr: TT511l°^ tHer'AF apet
araak ‘something rather soft’,
jiro^^ht e'nr^nr pettak
laaktak ‘rather soft', 31E 0 ^5t
31TC°YSfir petli petliba ‘rather
soft’, 5IR°^U JllWC petna
petna ‘softly’

Riddle: W oL 6U RY TZ'TRJZ
OUT J1R petna yuba naadana
sekpa ‘Human excreta’

31RW pet 2

be choosy

v. fc'srf ficH' Far mwefl

maadi mawaa khara petli. She
is rather choosy,
adv. UR' JIR°V£U tfVgl
nawaa pettuna layganu. Don’t
remain to be choosy, He St f R
5IR°tfU JIR°^U affl'lUafllfl
maadi waa petna petna
ngaang-ngi. She habitually
speaks too much,
adj. K'flf KR' 3fffo^5IR
IKfUfl maadi mawaa petpa
mini. She is a choosy person,
nom. ER' ABU'<2

M'FFBT°I mawaa petpa
kanaanasu paamde. Nodody
likes choosy person.

Phr: R' J1R°^U aTO'DIX waa
petna rigaangba ‘to speak too
much’; R' / R&R

1W5IR waa petpa or mawaa
petpa ‘be difficult to deal with’

43

O

peng

M°W pek

scoop

v. ffcyo'ura sVnr smutsi

mahaakna laybaak pek-i. He
scooped earth.

adv. feyt'WU &Y'W
cTl mahaakna
laybaak pektuna lay. He is
scooping earth. Rc U S' ¥ UP

mowu M°nrcj n' rtnuDfi

it

maa laybaak pekna pekna waa
ngaang-ngi. He spoke while
scooping earth.

adj. sVnr mwnwx

H3ST'E>S? EIVSiflM laybaak
pek-amba midu kadaayda chat-
khre? Where has the man gone
who was scooping earth?

mom. s'Vnr yiR°nrm

SIR' FF H fif' I laybaak kekpa
paambara? Do you want to
scoop earth? RcEFF tHOfST

s*Vnr M°nrm xfffldiol

mapham asida laybaak pekpa
thing-nge. Scooping earth
from here is prohibited.

Phr: 03 JIRoUTM sel pekpa
‘to earn lot of money’,

siRonr^nr siRoirottg
pekthok peksin tawba ‘to
scoop and collect’

pen

satisfy

v. SJRfftJfclir

M°3Sfi makhoy pumnamak

pelli. They are all satisfied.

adv. si*one nr

JlRot5(J JIRotSC: 5*'55l
makhoy pumnamak penna
penna chaay. All of them ate to
their full satisfaction.

adj. IttJIWg'Sr Her"

<5"^ YGfl apenba midi iray
laytabani. There are few
people who are satisfied in life.

noni. QI51R 0 ^5'X' C9 f ID t>

^er'^ipuf

COflDCJ R'GT>Ufl apenbas-
ingna haraawgani, pendabas-
ingna waarawgani. Those
who arc satisfied will be happy
and those who are not satis¬
fied will be unhappy.

Phr: 51R°{51T penba

hayba ‘be easily satisfy’,
5IR°I5(J 51R°{3(J "5Z Y penna
penna chaaba ‘eat to full
satisfaction’

Idiom: yf* Kl-

Gf SHl-ET C'EStX iCTm 6 -

penbi haybana
mapuni, penba naaydabana
mioybani. He who satisfies is
godly, and he who is insatiable
is human

peng

weed

v. e'fd’oftnc Grid’s 6 e*
JIU^EDiIDri laVmisingna labukta
law peng-ngi. Farmers are

weeding out the weeds in the
field.

adv. KF 55G 5 5m°fflCJ
JIRoOKJ R'fiTf C9'5^l makhoy-
na law pengna pengna waari
say. They talk as they are
weeding out the weeds,
adj.c?* JlWMt* KfC9fin5
yv^olir JD'BP^CJn law
peng-ngiba misingdu khunek
ngaaktani. Those who are
weeding out the field are hired
labours.

nom. 5 * Jilt ° ID* Of IDE
G* 01 IE St JIQK©

EOJjfl law pengbasingna
nongmada khusuman kayaa
phang-ngi? How many rupees
do the labours get per day as
wages?

Phr: (?* ffl°nnr law pengba
‘to weed out’, 5^ 51°UIRt^5

law apengman ‘wage for
weeding out’

1 pu

borrow

v. iTq Hefdn^iBsn^r 03
5IREI maasu mingondagi sel
puy. He also borrowed money
from others. Be CJ ^ %
03 SR^TCfl

rnaana aybu maangondagi sel
puhalli. He made me borrow
money from him.

adv. 03 51 51STG:

e'Herfnr seipu

puduna laayrik tammak-i. He
studied by borrowing money
(from different persons). fE
fKfdD^SSUPf 03 51S£C
yotMfl maa mingondagi sel
puduna hing-ngi. He is living
by borrowing money from
others.

adj. SHIR* 03

of mS7 a nr5^_6T** 1 apuba sel
singdokkhro. Repay the
borrowed money. 03

MGTfX RtfBT BKjVl sel

« ” #

puriba midu kanaano? Who is
the person borrowing money ?
nom. 51! IT 5H53 puba

awaabani. Borrowing is
sorrowing. 511T c?

JoSUTtffl puba laayrabagi
khudamni. Borrowing is the
sign of poverty.

Phr: 51(J 51C puna puna Hn
spite of borrowing’; 51 HT
MOfl5 puthok pusinTending
and borrowing’; 51'? ft ?

51 ¥ puba yaaba
makhay puba ‘To borrow as
much as possible’;^T51£ JljlSt
XfBT'?^ apu puda thidaba
^respective of borrowing and
non-borrowing'

5|. pu.

carry

45

^firfnr I mahayroys-

ingna khaawda laayrik pu.y.
Students carry' their books in a
bag. if cT'iJ

DR.ITTJfi gadhaana potlum
pu.bani. It is the donkey that
carries heavy load.

adv. e'Kfrfnror dr.stg

5^2 r FFE & l laayriksi pu.duna
ehatlammo. Go ahead carrying
this book. EOo HTG 5^ ^
HIE 1- D^ETC K^ffEfl
mahaakna khaavv arna pu.
pu.duna chatlammi. He was
going everywhere carrying a
bag.

adj. ii.erfx P'asi
saarflpfc 1 ! pu.riba khaawdu
karigino? What is the purpose
of the bag that is carrying with
you? JiR.firnrw
vHC9fST £FFE*I pu.rakpa
pottu asida thammo. Put here
the thing that you have
brought

nom. C?03 ECOf DR.IT
JIR'ff’STfir'l nang masi pu.ba
paambara? Do you like to
carry this? CO HIE

DR.Wf G ID 2 ID H IT CO

M M M

Saatin ama pu.bagi nung-
ngaaybasu lay. There is
pleasure of carrying an
umbrella.

Phr: HR .£ 6 DT DR . CO f 55

M M

pu.thok pu.sin ‘carrying in

pum i

and out 1 ; SIR. DR.TsTU pu.
pu.duna ‘carrying something
number of times*; DJI.& DK.TJ
pu.na pu.na ‘in spite of
carrying 1 ; ST .5^ DR.'S’ daa.y
pu.ba ‘taking responsibility
on behalf someone 1
Idiom: DR.IT la.mjaa

pu.ba ‘facing unavoidable
problem 1

ilgff pum 1

spread all over.

v. EGTfTJ ECO' DRFFE°I
phurina masaa pumme. His
entire body is infected with
scabies.

adv. E£Tf(J ECO' DR ff ST O’
cJ^fipol phurina masaa
pumduna layre. He has been
infected with scabies all over
the body.

adj. SfiTfO ECO' MJTEX
EfSt KflST'JSST S*l phurina
masaa pummaba midu
kadaayda lay? Where is the
man whose body is covered
with scabies?

nom. ECO' Iff* fVJSBM

masaa pumba khogaayre. The
entire body is scratched.

Phr: EEff DR PHI EOT
maphatn pumnamak ‘all
places 1 , ECO' DRAFTS’ masaa
pumba ‘entire body

3lgff pum 2

46

5igFF pum 2

be conical, whole
v. fkm B tDST JIRff5T'U v |
maongdu pumdaanay. The
shape is conical,
adv. KUIEff'Of MKU
Ei^gl manggraasi pumna
phutlu. Boil this sweet potato
as it is (as whole),
adj.

?7°!DXST £2^1 pumbum taaba
maong yengbada phajay. The
oval shape is nice to look at.
nom. CJ HI IF* f C9
ffcMFF mfk gVl nanggisu
komlaa mapum ama (one
whole orange) lawro. Take one
(whole) orange for you to^ 5 .
ffclIJlM:'C?f IfcSIRTT fkJTCff
5^ C2TI manggraasi mapum
mapum chaasi. Let us eat this
sweet potato one (whole)
each.

Phr: MFFXFF pumbum

taaba ‘to be round in shape',
5IRFH7 M FFC pumna pumna
‘without cutting into pieces’,
51RFT?FF(JX pumbumnaba
‘slightly round shape'

Jlg.FF pu.m

be rotten

v. mgOfEtf MffRc°l alusidi
pumme. This potato is rotten.

5IR FFFC1F-CJfI

ngaadusu pummagani. That

fish will also be rotten,
adv. mgC?f!IIC?f 3TR GT
g^GM alusingsi pumduna
layre. These potatoes are
lying rotten. 2 ffl

jin FTtJ SlilffE R^efl
makhoyna ngaa pumna
pumna yolli. They always sold
fish rotten.

adj. ttJIRff* mg mU'O
3lR'ffST°l apumba alu kanaasu
paamde. Nobody likes rotten
potato. nniR i? 2 IU srf
HUJ'lP ff YU

apumba ngaadi
kanaagumbana paambasu
yawwi. Sometimes some one
likes the rotten fish,
nom. m JIR ff ITC?f ID ST
5^C5ST 6 HT° I apumbasingdu
khandok-o. Take out those
rotten ones. mSlRFFY
SIR'FF'S’GT' apumba paambara?
Do you like the decomposed
one?

Phr: THWRT flic?' apum asaa
‘decomposed garbage’,
mJIRFF mer'nr apum araak
‘decomposed ones’, JlRinilff
JlRfflT pungpum pummaba
‘completely decomposed’,
51RFMJFF gfflT pumnam
namba ‘smell rotten

pun

assemble

47

pu.n

v. amofflf I 5 I 5 6 fcf
y?'JT2 JIRtgfl^fl ngasidi
klapta mi yaamna pun-gani.
To-day many people will
assemble in the club,
adv. fkf R'lT2 ffl<52
lijj|{S2 2*1 mi yaamna punna
punna lay. Many people
assembled in groups, fit E IT
KTSfST Kf 3TR(55?2 2*1
mapham aduda mi punduna
lay. There are people gathered
together.

adj. 5TRariFf TC51R<5S
FEfCPfID tfflR'2 b l manipurgi
apunba mising kayaano?
What is the total population of
Manipur? Ef FKEFFST

mi punba maphamda
chang-ngunu. Don't go where
there are crowd,
nom. HUIR (5 Tf 2

5llf UJ!P<22fl apunbana
paangganni. Unity is strength.
£i 5**55 IP f JlR(SEff
DSfGTfl makhoygi punpham
ama thirl. They are looking for
a meeting place.

Phr: JI152 31 (52 punna
punna ‘in groups’, HI 3111(5 IT
RtfEIT apunba mipham
'combined meeting (sitting)’,

1(5 pun

be difficult to find

v. emsr sir © ip n f m 8

M «

5T°nrC9f4i2 I langdu pun-

ganiko, cheksilSu. Take care,
the thread would get
entangled (would be difficult
to find the head).

adv. 2IDSnTST 5ITC(5E(2

t*l M M

vp *

2 £T°I langdumdu punduna
layre. The threadball is getting
entangled.

adj. ^3IR(5Y 21D KKf©
JjGflT 57 ¥2fl apunba lang
machin thiba waabani. It is
difficult to find the head of
entangled thread,
nom. HIJIjl!(5ir Rt5^ TEC9fBt
JlfTRcl apunba makhay asida
thammu. Put here those
entangled ones.

Phr: 21U JlJJJS'y lang punba
‘difficult to find head of
thread’, 3IR(5EJT tEfl>
punpham thiba ‘to find
entangled place’

1.(5 pu.n

bind

v. KOf xVf ICKC Sg.^?l
masi thawri aniana pu.llu. Bind
it with a rope. 1F2 C9(5ST
M.©P2fl fSHTToHiniEiW

M

sandu pu.n-gani. He will bind
the cow (with a rope).

adv. K'C I’fiTf

qr net? si.jg'STtJ sffKfi

maana sandu thawri amana
pu.nduna thammi. He kept the
cow binding with a rope.

sc nr pung

48

adi. mm.*57 C9.T5ST
BE 9? TZ I apu.nba sandu
kayaano? How many cows
that are roped? C9.D5
W.iefY KfST EKH^I san
pu.lliba midu kanaano? Who
is the man binding the cow?

n o m. m m. m y st

« M

Rt°mST a fP'fUfI apu.nbadu
mendogini. The roped one
belongs to Mendo. UID C9.I5
m.miT 5^^cTn^ST'l nang
san punba chatlugera? Would
you go there to harness the
cow?

Phr: Kl.® DIRt mapu.n
ama ‘one bundle’, Rc51R 15
El® mapu.n mapu.n
‘number of bundles’, C9fDJ
fftJIR (5 3^6T sing mapu.n

khara ‘a few faggots’

inr pung

be leafy

v. 9Z°igCZfni DG'ST S5- R'

mffURenr r iu ' rnm^fi

« n

yenning thaada u-waa
pumnamak manaa pung-ngi.
During spring all trees are
leafy.

adv. RtEEF 5^ ST f {DEBTS 6

j&m'ffxtofin "regt' mnnz

M

75 BTfl mapham

khudingmakta upaatnbising
manaa pungna hawri. All trees
growing everywhere are leafy.

m'ff’S'fOffflSTf RtS 6 #
m9?'FfXST E(T miDSTC? 5*1

« M

. haynaw paambisingdi matam
ayaambada manaa pungduna
lay. Mango trees are always
leafy.

adj. RtCJ' mni'S'

^m'FF^fC9flD RolDYST EZfl
manaa pungba upaambising
yengbada phajay. Leafy trees
are beautiful to look at. Rt(J'
3IR nJsfDf'S' ^m'FFXfOflDSTr
RtW'15 E~£TfY(Zfl manaa
pung-ngiba upaansingdi
mapaan pharibani. Those
leafy trees are at their hey day.
nom. Ret?' miDSTST M'FFGT'I

M M

manaa pungbadu paambara?
Do you like the leafy one?
Phr: RtU' W ID'S’ manaa
pungba ‘leafy’, REmDI E'"S
mapung phaaba ‘be mature’

SIR* po l

be lost in game

v. mufqxm

er'&msr m*eM makhoy
anisuba raawmda pore. They
lost the game in the second
round. 2 fflfir'DI £6fED5
m 6 ^er °1 ngaraang jarman
pokhre. Germany had lost (the
game) yesterday,
adv. E5^ a E> yomsTDTRinrq
m'ftU ^"nrmol makhoy
handakmuksu poduna tok-e.

49

art pop

They lost the game this time

too. 3IR*81CJC9

7)15ST°I makhoy
podunasu mathawnaadi

hande. They have not lost
their spirit in spite of defeat,
adj. 5irc 6 erx

EI'ID^ST Ffc3LH'^

U m 2 fl3'5 fe «l saannabada

Cl

poraba kaangbudu mathwaay
nung-ngaayte. The defeated
team is not in a happy mood.
Xfyo'erSTf

bihaardi pokhraba
timni. Bihar is the defeated
team.

nom. U\a 5l'FF¥0T'l

nang poba paambara? Do you
like to be defeated? HEM IT
U\ P'ortej apoba
makhay not tawsallu. Note
down those defeated ones.

M 6 po 2

carry on back

v. ffcffc'C 51R^I

mamaana machaa poy. A
mother carries her child on
back. HERtU

tub'll] 51 a £Tfl nupimachaa
amana angaang pori. A girl is
carrying a child on her back,
adv. lJ5lf HEKC TC^'lD
51 a G 51 a C nupi

amana angaang pona pona
chatli. A woman goes carrying

a child. R^’IF

nrjB'ni 5i a ^u

c? I mahaak matam puninakta
angaang poduna lay. She is
always carrying a child on her
back.

adj. 5ITC a 0rf* HUflUSJ,
F6T °I poriba angaangdu
tumkhre. The child on your
back felt asleep. HEW 6 '?'
fM'rnST BBSfHET OffTyfH

apoba angaangdu kadaayda
sumkhre? Where have you
lulled the child who was on
your back?

nom. anj 51 6 1? 51 IT^fiT I

nang poba paammabara? Do
you like to carry (a child) on
back? TE 2 IH DQ ST 51 6T IF
yoer'^nfl angaangdu poraga
haraawwi. The child was
happy by carrying on back.
Phr: Cff'? 6 5IR 6 ^ nambo
poba ‘carrying load on back";
mdll'ID 51 &1 £ angaang poba
‘carrying child on back 1
Idiom: CJ a lDRc'5^^flD EJfflT
51 6 ¥ nongmaayjing (ching)
nambo poba ‘attempting the
impossible'

5K 6 3IC pop

be soft

v. jS HEC9f H31 a 3R 51 a 3K51°l
hay asi ipop poppe. This fruit
is soft (due to throwing or

SIR 6 !}’ pom l

50

from falling).

adv. ffcO'ST

m n

JiR a Jlf5^G’ S* 0T° I tusanbadagi
masaadu poptuna lay re. His
body has been injured (soft)
due to stumble. Fkyo'lir
31R a 31iTJ¥ E Y-9 T °I mahaak
popnaba phukhre. He has
been beaten blue and black,
adj. <HM a 15ITC f£EffST
yofST DP apoppa

maphamdu hidaak tayyu.
Apply medicine to the
affected part (of the body).
JlfjUFfX fkEFFST WO fCJfl
popkhiba maphamdu asini. It
is the part which was affected,
nom. 3IR a 51UlR¥5Tf B0(J'C9
31R' fffk & 5^ | poppabadi
kanaasu paammaroy. Nobody
would like if it is soft
(decomposed part of fruits).
Phr: JlrtcTf e'&X

popli popli la-awba ‘that is
slightly soft’, ^nsr'nr

apop araak ‘those soft ones’

3!R a lT pom 1

appear bud

v. ftoafnj x' nr^ersru
JIR'ff ¥fC9f{DC9° fkjnflg
W 6 ffRt°l yening thaa
oyraduna paambisingse
mapaan pomme. As it is the
season of spring, buds
appeared in the trees.

adv. : M 6 FFKf2lIl v ST

93 o Hr0BGrl lay pommingayda
hekkanu. Don’t pluck flower
when it is budding,
adj. & ^oUTEKJI

apomba lay hekkanu. Don’t
pluck flower buds,
nom. & HTJlfffTOflll
H3KU CWSCTl lay

apombasing asi kupna
sennaw. Take care of these
flower buds.

Phr: 5* mJIR a FF¥ lay apomba
‘flower bud', * e ffb'VCX

\p

c3 pomsaatnaba lay ‘half
open flower bud’

pom 2

prepare (curry)
v. 2mC9fSTf OU'UU
3111 FTHcfl ngasidi sanaanuna
chagem pommi. To-day
Sanaanu prepared

Chagempomba (a popular
Mitay curry)

adv. CXTds JlfffG -

3in a ffcj 5^09* dnunri

sanaanuna chagem pomna
pomna isay ngang-ngi.
Sanaanu hummed a song
while preparing

Chagempomba.
adj. JlR 6 ff¥ C31RfST

OU'U n Uf\ chagempomba
nupidu sanaanuni. The
woman who prepared

I

51

5!R d nr pok l

Chagempomba is Sanaanu.

nom. KIFoff

^‘ffKFre'onnst is'

EC?'0 s I chagem

pommambasingdu kanaa
kanaano? Who are the
persons who prepared
Chagempomba?

Phr: 57IP°IT chagem

pomba ‘prepare

Chagempomba’

3IR 6 3R pop

be well soaked

v. EtniFTofstf esc
31R b 3Tf31H°l manggalsidi phajana
poppe. These peas are well
soaked. 5IR9? Of ESC
payaasi phajana
poptri. This Payaa (small
pieces of bamboo, which is
gererally used for binding) is
not properly soaked,
adv. :/3'*SCC

Verxcfl adudi
haannana poptuna layrabani.
That one is already well
soaked.

adj. mirtJlR EIDIPT FGT
SIR GTHT^I apoppa manggal
khara purak-u. Bring in here
some soaked peas,
nom. Rtyo'nr^T VIM 3TC51RC
SIR'ffEfl mahaakti apoppana
paammi. He preferred the
soaked one. H3R 3R31R

eidift 5in ernr^i

apoppa manggal makhay
purak-u. Bring here all thosed
soaked peas.

Phr: yoJT'Jii HE SIR 6 311 SIR

hawaay apoppa ‘bean that is
soaked in water’, 3IR a 3RSlR
poppa poptaba
‘whether well soaked or not’.

5IR 6 UT pok l

be bum

v. tEaDi'ni^ nfc siR a nm°i

angaangdu mayna pok-e. The
child gets burned. 2 IDBT 11109

msflfiu hee nfc srt^i

ngaraangsu angaang ama
mayna pok-i. Yesterday also a
child got burned.

adv. fe/o'nr Rfc srtr^c

mahaak mayna
poktuna layre. He has been
suffering from burn. E U

srtrc sir 6 nrc E'srf Eierfc?

ZG^CP''S'fST° I mayna pokna
pokna maadi karisu
thawsaabide. He doesn’t care
in spite of being burned,
adj. TESIR 6 Hr 5 IR EEFF5T
9WDIM apokpa inaphamdu
yengge. Let me see the burned
part. E IFf EC SIR HT SIR
EGM maagi mayna
pokpa khuttu phare. His burnt
hand has healed up.
nom. siR 6 nrFf*sr Eerxer'i

Jifnr pok 2

52

pokkhibadu pharabara? Is the
burn alright? Rt*U
W FTST®! mayna pokpa
paamde. No body likes getting
burned.

Phr: qrM 6 nr mar'nr apok

araak ‘something hurt from
burning’, FCVUT S'lO’may-
pok laang-haw ‘catching fire
by accident’, FJt^VlF ?'lD3j y
X HT31R maypok Iaanghavv
thokpa ‘event of catching fire
by accident’

m'w pok 2

born

v. m'iro esst

(SOOS?) !TO*nr55l chaaw-
thoy aagas 22da (2007) pok-i.
Chaawthoy was born on 22
August 2007. TjHXfST
Rcfirf w nrsr°j huybidu
machaa mari pokkhre. The
bitch gave birth to four
puppies,
adv. fE'Stf

J1R 2^ fT°I maadi

matamduda poktuna layre. He
was born before that time.

m a nrtj kt?

K 8T£o| machaa pokna
pokna mahay chaadre. In spite
of having children, she has
got helpless.

adj. Jifnrmx {M'njoftnsr
XlT TyfiT 0 ! pok-aba

angaangsingdu kadaayda
thamkhre? Where have
those newly bom babies kept?
U V U M & 0TW C91g(j'&8T
(7fmXf(7 nawna

pokpa sannawdu ningthina
sennaw. Take care of the
newly bom calf,
nom. unrc 6 nrjrcc9ftn5T

arnixfu

apokpasingdu ningthina
sennaw. Look after those bom
ones. (7 JIRf 3*STfinfkIF

neH'aw" m i nri sTffisfi

nupi khudingmak machaa-
nupaa pokpa pammi. Every
woman likes to have a male
child.

Phr: TLafll III M^DTJIR angaang
pokpa ‘to deliver child’,

poknapham lam(dam) ‘once’s
birth place’, JlR'nTJlR OfY
pokpa siba ‘birth and death’
Idiom: HIJ1R HT HTC9 apok
asaa ‘special offerings for
ancestors’, 113111% HTC9' X%
apok asaa thaaba ‘to serve
offerings to one’s ancestors’

5iR ft nr pok 3

to pop

v. 5ZZ IF M nrm°! chujaaktu
pok-e. The corn has started
popping. ilDTo'nriHlf fE(7QIST

Rj'nr m*nrin;iM?f i

53

nuahaakki manungda chujaak
pok-agani. In a very short
time, the corn will start
popping.

adv. ffc^'nr xs nr w nr^a
g*| mahaak chujaak poktuna
lay. He is popping the corn.

fk'u yzz'w

J^C9 V afflmdDfl maana chujaak
pokna pokna isay ngang-ngi.
She is humming a song while
popping the com.
adj. rcrtM xe'nr ^er
tf’IDOfl apokpa
chujaak khara mahaaw tangsi.
Let us taste some popped
corn. m*nrmx nr

FETStSTf ^'X b nTM‘°l pok-
aba chujaak kharadudi
chaathokkhre. Those few
popped corn had been eaten,
mom. rcrtfflOfinST

Mfernr^l

apokpasingdu somda pirak-u.
Give us those popped corns.

ie'c? ks'ht iw^nr*

M r»»

M'KEfl maasu chujaak
pokpa paammi. She also liked
to pop com.

Phr: JIK*nr JK*Hr 5'a?

Fft 5^ ^ pok pok laawba
makhol ‘sound of popping
com, etc.’

pom l

swell

_flf ff pom i

v. K'Pf KF*lD<si 7?Zl nr
3IR°1T!F^ cJ°l maagi ma-
khongdu hawjik pomkhatle.
His leg has started swelling
now. K>r KF*ID nr^fKIF
I maagi ma-
khong animak pomkhatlagani.
Both his legs will be swelling,
adv. RcEFFST 75 y £flir E S51T
31R b ITSTG 2*1 maphamdu
hawjik phaawba pomduna lay.
The place is still swelling.

K^'nr si°ffc im'ffc

JZ ^ 7^ 8P ° I mahaak pomna
pomna chatkhre. He has gone
in spite of swelling,
adj. KEffST

alD'IDTBr'l apomba maphamdu
ngaangbara? Is the swelling
area red? 31R ITRt^ ffcfBT
TZXM JffX ^aSTeM
pommaba midu chatpa
ngamba hawnadre. He who is
suffering from swelling cannot
walk.

non). 5I e ffX EBTTer'l

pomba pharabara? Is the
swelling alright? HI HR * ff T
TOST UJlU Efl'Gf QfiM
apomba adu numit kayaani
sure? How old is your
swelling?

Phr: nrer'nr apom

araak ‘swelling, etc.', 31TC FF5T
5111 * FF X ST f pomda

pommabadi ‘if there is

54

51K 6 ff pom 2 _

swelling at all’, M b ff 1? ^ DTHR
pomba laakpa ‘anything like
swelling’

Jlfff porn 2

to have boil

v. fkyo'nr JTC s fffEfl mahaak
pommi. He is suffering from
boil. fE'STf FfiT Jlfff
maadi khara pomgalli. He often
suffers from boil,
adv. fE°(2ST b C2 5!R b ffSTtf
€ GT°1 mendosu pomduna
layre. Mendo also has been
suffering from boil. fE' 31R b FF(J

m'nu xmwut ^'yserf.

maa pomna pomna chatkani
haayri. He is saying that he
will go in spite of his suffering
from boil.

adj. FEfST

Qflff5T y y^fiT o l apomba midu
kamdawkhre? What

happened to the man who
suffered from boil?
nom. Iff SIR“IT ST EEM
apombadu phare. The boil is
now cured. BBC? C9 FE IFf
mC9FP(7 JIR'ffX 5HZ'FFSTo|

M

kanaasu maagi asumna pomba
paamde. No body likes having
boil like him

Phr: JlfffX to have

boil on one’ buttock.

3IR 6 (5 pon l

be dependent

v. fktjfner

FE5^' JlR^^fffEfl manipur
britiski makhaa pollammi.
Manipur was under the British
rules.

adv. 'Orf5 6 fC9Ef FEF'
m'VZU W'TSU ^ b l51Pf
cjfnj^ffYSTf ^erfffEfl
britiski makaa ponna ponna
lon-gi ning-khaa tambadi
layrammi. While under the
British rules, there was
linguistic freedom,
adj. fE^JT UlfEST fEfS^O
fEfF' Z'Pt

matam amada
mitaysu mikhaa ponba jaati
oyrainmi. At one time Mitays
also were a nation that was
under foreign yoke.
nom.EfF' Slf©* IR'SKCfl
mikhaa ponba paapni. To be
under foreign yoke is a sin.
Phr: fEfF' 51R & 1SSTCJ
mikhaa ponduna layba ‘to be
under foreign yoke’,
EHJ'lPffX qiFEIPf 1EF'
JIR 6 ®'? kanaagumba amagi
makhaa ponba ‘to depend on
someone’

5IK*13 pon 2

be humpbacked

v. ic^'nr necff si'Tefi

mahaak manam polli. He is
humpbacked.

55

adv. KTS'ID 1 KCff
^5^1 mahaak manam ponna
uy. He looks like a humpback,
adj. KBFF

f£f2fl mahaak manam ponba
mini. He is a humpbacked man.
ooni. ffc'c? o ffn t f
Ilil^'lEfiriFST KCff 5H!‘t5X
2*IT ^5^1 malemgi mapham
kayaamarumda manam ponba
layba uy. Humpbacks are seen
at different places of the
world.

JMir: CffX°!5X Kf

nambonba mi ‘a person
having humpback’

il 6 {g pon 3

be humble

v. K^'nr ks 6 . rsi’©
B^efl mahaak matu ipon
polli. He is helpless,
adv. R^'Hr KJi SI^ECJ
^ofUJafflf l mahaak matu ponna
hing-ngi. He lives a humble

rife. "ie> 5 'nr

Iff GRID'S 6

2*1 mahaak matam
pumnamakta matu ponduna
lay. He is always in a helpless
condition.

adj. RcfSTf RctC

matu ponba midi
mina tuhatpi. The helpless
people are exploited by others.

nom. msrf

iTfl l pong l

Kf KID matu

ponbasingdi michang layjade.
There are no supporters for
the helpless ones.

Phr: BI*I5 SI 6 ©'?

matu ipon ponba ‘a state of
helplessness’

51R 6 ID pong l

be proud

v. fk/5'nj’5 6 f 3IR afflfi
mahaakti pong-ngi. He is a
man of pride. f£./0 IF /) 3fnT
oq- Far

5IR B ID 2 ID 0 1 mahaak hawjik sel
khara paayraduna pong-nge.
He is proud because of having
money now.

adv. lE^'nr^r

sinffGicnrs 6 si 6 nistG 5*1

m

mahaakti matam pumnamakta
pongduna lay. He is always
proud. Rt Re 5^ FP

sijiffUfkiirs 6 rtu 5 ir & hiu
n' alD'niaDlfl maana matam
pumnamakta pongna pongna
waa ngaang-ngi. He always
spoke proudly.

adj. m5!R*nJ¥ fktSTf FEf U
2tDC9fST°l apongba midi mina
nungside. A man of pride is
not liked by others. ReT^ HSTf
51R 6 III£jr* fkf am'nrjpufi

makhoydi pongkhraba mi
ngaaktani. They are all showy
people.

I

r

J1R QJ pong 2 56

nom. 3IR a ID^CJ RtTfnTIHIf
7)* U Y f U f I pongbana
mahaakki haynabini. To be
proud is his nature. JJI^QJXIFf
US TgCSr HI erf 2*1 pongbagi
kaanaba kari lay? What is the
use of being proud?

Phr: JIR^IDS pongba

hayba ‘know the art of
showing off’, J1R 6 IDX 6 QT
3T pongthok

chaawthokpa ‘the nature of
being proud’, DEJlR^ffl DEST'Dr
apong araak ‘an iota of being
proud’

5R ft m pong 2

to bulge

v. ikEff qror rtweri
mapham asi pongkhatli. This
place bulges out. DTOfST
DIBc IF M & ID 2 ID 0 I asida
amuk pong-ngene. Look, it’s
here bulges out now.
adv. mC9fST2 rtSTC 2*1
asidana pongduna lay. It is
bulging here. ffcERF DIC9f
M 6 m2JlI M 6 ID21 DISTff
JftfTfl mapham asi ponglap
ponglap adum uri. This place
still looks rather bulging,
adj. nrm'nix KEffsr
DTOfST 2 GT°I apongba
maphamdu asida layre. Here is
the place that is bulging.

w mz htjir KEFFofni
EIST'JSST 2*6T°I

pongthokpa maphamsing
haaybadu kadaayda layre?
Where are those places of
bulging?

nom. nrM 6 nJYC9flD5T fk'DT
S 6 *! apongbasingdu maak
taw. Mark those bulges.
UWWX EGTlVF'JaST 3I 6 DJ-
X 6 nr2f7^ BBTfU*! nanggi
phuritkhaawda pongthokli-
badu karino? What is that
bulge in your pocket?

Phr: nrjrt men'iir apong
araak ‘something that appears
to be bulging’, 3IK 6 ID 'S’
3ITCDJ ST S’ pongba pongdaba
‘bulging or not bulging’

JltT pay

not straight

v. fkOfSTf JSJIlf JlfI masidi
ipay pay. It is not straight.

nrsTSTf nrstff nfarip&fl

adudi adum payragani. That
will remain curved forever,
adv. 2flFSfC9fIST Jlftf JUftz
OfflKfl lambisingdu payna
payna semmi. Those roads
were made curved,
adj. DTJlf* 2FmoflDST
XFF^n™ ^Vuerfl apay-
ba lambisingdu chumthokpa
hotnari. They are trying to

57

straighten those curved
roads.

nom. (KSlfSJ ^'551

mapaydu maong taay. The
curve looks in good shape.
Phr: Jllferf JUferf payri
payri tawba ‘slightly curved',

v o v

HIM Y BcM apayba mapaa
‘curved point'

5lf. pa.y

pile up, heap

v. JSPTE'T Of^flPf
EV^yo'SETf fkR'ff
• <?1TE 0 T ffl'YS 6 M^erf I

imphaal sitigi phatta-haawdi
mayaam lamphel paatta payri.
Garbages of Imphal city are
being piled up at Lamphel
Paat.

atlv. M'VS 6

JlfSTC

5*1 Lamphel paatta phatta-
haawdi payduna payduna lay.
There are heaps after heaps of
garbages at Lamphel Paat.
adj, 51RtfJlffiTfX
FkEffSr £|HX-

5fID 2 ID' CJ f I phatta-haawdi
payriba maphamdu yengbada
tukachaning-ngaayni. The
place where garbages are be-

WT paw

ing heaped up is disgusting to
look at.

nom. JIR^EIT^

8fl5T'5 : S5TG’ a l phatta-haawdi
phayphamdu kadaaydano?
Where is the dumping ground
of rubbishes?

Phr: RcJlR* EM* mapay
mapay ‘heap after heap', RET
JUfOftSlT charu paysinba ‘to
pile up straw’

5IK* paw

big

v. icofstf ^er w'nri

masidi khara pawwi. It is rather
big.

adv. iksi, srf Fer w'c

madudi khara pawna
soyyu. Cut it a little bigger (in
size).

adj. HEJIR*X C9BT

V2U 3GFfFfcl apawba
saruksi tongaanna thammu.
Keep the big one (portion)
separately,
nom. ClUSTi
31R' IT ¥ GT' I nangdi apawba
paambara? Do you want big
size?

Phr: apawba

khanba ‘to select bigger ones’

tap l

58

Q

tap 1

be slow

v. fkyo'nr f£C9'(J
mahaak masaana tappi. He is
slow by nature.

K^o'nr

3H 5IR f I mahaak thabak
tawbada tappi. He is slow in
doing something,
adv. S 6 311 O' S 6 *! tapna taw. Do
it slowly. 5^3110 3^ 1

tapna tapna taw. Do it slowly
and carefully or Do it slowly
taking your own time. Rcyo IF

xxi y^ffflfknrs 6

S’*! mahaak thabak
kliudingmakta taptuna lay. He
is slow in all respect,
adj. HIM31IM KfST
atappa inidu kanaano? Who is
the sluggish one? FR ySStlFf

s^ii Ktst Kyo'nrofl

khwaaydagi tappa midu
mahaakni. He is the slowest
man.

nom. HI'*gO¥

tappana kaannaba
layte. There is no use of
sluggishness.

Fhr: KfiT'lF matap

maraak ‘the nature of
slowness’, Met Fief

tapli tapli ‘slowly’, 5°3K51T?
PWPY tappa taptaba, slow
or not slow tFS 6 ! 5°IS 6 atap
tapta ‘whether slow or not*.

tap 2

to authorise someone for
buying something,
v. ODIlFf MV5^ fk'afll^ST
nang-gi pottu
maangonda tappu. You
authorise him for buying your
thing.

adv. Rc'STf Rt^FF
MffOJklFS 6 Kftf©* MV

R'Hl maadi matam
pumnamakta mingonda pot
taptuna chaay. She always
lives on things bought
through someone,
adj. mC9fETf MV

zflflF^Ofl asidi atappa pot
ngaaktani. These are the
things only bought through
someone.

nom. m5^31131 090 O 1

atappa kanaano? Who is he
purchasing things through
someone? OHJC9 Rt jJD

ft'35 I nangsu
maangonda tappa yaay. You
may also authorise him for
buying.

Phr: mV 3*3011 pot tappa
‘to buy things through
someone’, S^Of®

59

^ tat!

tapthok tapsin
tawnaba ‘to extend he'p in
buying things’, nJX

fEf tapchaningba mi ‘person
who habitually seeks help for
buying his/ her things’.

tap 3

prepare

v. fE'C EH' maana

kwaa tappi. She is preparing
Paan. EH' TCIES 6 MMfRl
kwaa amata tappiyu. Please
prepare a Paan.
adv. K'C IEH' pmc

Rc ft fit b $5 O^DTHI maana kwaa
tapna tapna momon nok-i. She
smiled while preparing Paan.

c'nnm E'tssr fE' eh'

PwPU CVfflEfl ayna
laakpa kaanda maa kwaa
paptuna layrammi. When I
came, she was preparing Paan.

adj. ttrs^ot as'

atappa kwaa laytre. All
prepared Paans were sold out.
1H' RJfSt

kwaa tappaba midu kanaano?
Who is the person who came
and prepared Paan?
mom. EH' SR'FFXGT'I

kwaa tappa paambara? Do
you like to prepare Paan? EH
fE^JTC HUES 6 MfXfft I kwaa
matap amata pibiyu. Please
give me a Paan.

Phr: EH' FE^TC FE5 6 !
kwaa matap matap ‘a number
of prepared Paan’, HIS 6 !
mfiT IIT atap araak ‘something
(of Paan) prepared’, EH
5^3R<I> IE 1 kwaa

tapthok tapsin ‘preparation of
Paan’.

S 6 ^ tat l

break (thread)

v. CHI S^C®! lang tatle. The
thread has broken. UToTFFG
C9'eTY5Tf CDJ ^CPCfl
adumna saarabadi lang
tatlagani. If you weave like
that the thread will be broken,
adv. CdET C*0M

f» M

Iangdu tattuna layre. The
thread is lying broken. CHI
PXU Ef O'JSI lang

tatna tatna phi saay. She
weaves in spite of torned
thread.

adj. tlt^^JIR CID FE5**
JljtGTIF^I atatpa lang makhay
purak-u. Bring all those
broken threads. HTC9fSTf
s^cx cm am'nr^ufi asidi
tatlaba lang ngaaktani. These
are all broken threads,
n o m.

tllOfST ZCFTRE1 atatpasingdu
asida thammu. Put here those
broken ones. CmS 6 ^ CC9 Ef
C?"X R'JSI langtatnasu phi

tat 2

60

saaba yaay. Rejected threads
can also be used in weaving.
Phr: HI5 6 ' atat ataa

‘broken pieces’,
tcer'nr atat araak ‘torned
pieces’, matat

matat ‘piece by piece’,

tatpa tattaba
‘whether broken or not’,
matat mataa

‘pieces’

S 6 ^ tat 2

be broke

v. ffcyD'nr

mahaak khut tatle. He is broke,
adv. ira'nr w

I mahaak
nahaandagi khut tattuna layre.
He has been broke for quite
sometime. ^ U

s&vc ^R'ersrf C9'aarf!

makhut tatna tatna juwaardi
saannari. He is still playing
(cards) in spite of being broke.

adj. Kyo'nr

KfUfl mahaak khut tatlaba
mini. He is a man who is broke.

kjjv Kfc2 3W'er

makhut tatlaba misu juwaar
saannabagi nisaadi hande.
Even the one who is broke, the
spirit of gambling does not
decrease,
nom.

K.5^1 khut
tatlabasingna bibhulaa chuy.
Those who are broke (in
gambling) are restless,
idiom: khut

tatpa ‘be lost in gambling’.

S 6 ! 1 tak l

to grind

v. fEK'B PUTS l

mamaana hawaay tak-i. Her
mother is grinding grains,
adv. RcHc U RcK C9fHI'^ (

^nrc fflfnfl

mamaana machaasingbu
hawaay takna takna kawwi.
The mother called her children
while grinding grains.

ru e'nruR
ygjffierf 5*1

mahaakna laakpa matamda
Renu chakri taktuna lay. When
he came Renu was grinding
paddy in a grinding machine,
adj. >5

tak-aba

hawaaydu pusallak-u. Bring in
the ground grains.

SZ'R'J^'Sl EierT(J a l tak-iba
hawaaydu karino? Which
grains are you grinding?
nom. He' ^HTJIK

W'ffKfl maa hawaay takpa
paarnmi. She likes to grind
grains.

Phr: 5°nrx a nr Pur of©

61

tak 3

5° 1? takthok taksin tawba
‘grinding grains occationally',
E* Pnrw phaw takpa
'grinding paddy in a rice mill’

i 6 nr tak 2

to run over

v. GBf 9T HlfkG' 45=5 tIEfk
Pnrpfi kaar amana huy atna
takkhi. A car ran over a dog.

dner'nic? %jircfFksr qr k

PUTT^fl ngaraangsu

nupimachaa ama tak-i.
Yesterday also a small girl ran
over (by an automobile),
adv. B0' £T trUkC 7 55
PDTPtJ 5^FTI kaar amana
huy taktuna chatkhi. A car had
gone running over a dog. 7)55
Pnru Pnru t>' 55I huy
takna takna haay. He said
running over a dog.

• adj. Fnrex/ tirPnri

C9f£T°| taklaba/atakpa
huydu sire. The dog ran over
(by a vehicle) is dead.

tff’pnrJIR fEfST

M I**

E 2^°I atakpa midu pulisna
phaakhre. Police had caught
the person who ran over the
dog.

nom. 7>55 PlFM

huy takpa kanaano? Who is
the person (amc.ig you) who
ran over the dog?

Phr: Pnr^'HGTS' 4.5=5
takkhaayraba i<uy ‘dog ran
over by vehicle’

s 6 ® 1 tak 3

persuade

v. F0T EHStf BHTC^Cl

CO

khara kanna taksallu. You
persuade (him) seriously.
Fkyo'HTC yoSC l 7*5U
PHTPfl mahaakna hanna
hanna takkhi. He persuaded
(someone) repeatedly,
adv. B575'nnJ PlFPtf e"|
mahaakna taktunata lay. He
always keeps on persuading.

fk^'nrc Pnrtj Pwu ;s'55l

mahaakna takna takna haay.
He says persuasively.

adj. PUJIR

flcT) nrPfl takpa hayba mini
mahaakti. He is an expert in
persuasion. PlFG'S'

KfU W'lSU'ZUn taknaba
hayba rnina kaannabani. Man
who knows persuation is
benefited.

nom. Pnrwf 5*1

takpagi kaannaba lay. There is
merit of persuasion.

takmallabasu phatte. Too
much persuation is not
appreciated.

Phr:

62

f>nr tak 4

taksinba hayba ‘one who
knows the art of persuation’.

tak 4

rub

v.

^nrx'nr^i ukhongsi
phajana takthok-u. Rub this
pillar smoothly. Rt BT
5*>nr^l maa nuraa tak-i. He is
rubbing his body,
adv. wm'w PwPv

e v erfl mahaak ukhong
taktuna layri. He is still
rubbing the pillar. HP

^nrc ^nru jsd*

affllDdDfl mahaak ukhong takna
takna isay ngang-ngi. He's
humming a song while
rubbing the pillar,
adj. i

tak-aba ukhong kayaano?
How many pillars that are
rubbed? TCSTSTf

ftnr^erg :*F a ni ^'nr^afi

makhoy adudi takhraba
ukhong ngaaktani. Those are
already rubbed pillers.
nom. KJ'’ BteC^flD

3Gf5$l atakpa makhay masing
thiyu. Count (pillar) those are
rubbed, ffc C9 ID 5^*HTSIR
ft'^UfTOdDfl maasu ukhong
takpa yawning-ngi. He also
likes to join in rubbing the
pillars.

Phr: Fnrx'nr ^nrof®

takthok taksin tawba
‘rubbing in and out', Rt^DT
Kfr'nr matak-maraak ‘way of
rubbing.

S^HT tathak

be restless

V. ic'str KPff iircon 6

maadi matam
pumnakta tathak tathak-i. She
is always restless,
adv, Rcyo'DT ^XDT
^erfl mahaak tathak
tathakna layri. She is in a state
of anxiety.

adj. ^xnr s^iEiiniR

Mnrefnj

n£'35f 1 tathak tathakpa midu
pukning laaynaa layba maalli.
The person who is in a state of
anxiety seems to be a mental
patient,
nom.

tapthaw tathak tathakpana
kaannaba layte. Calm down,
there is no use of restlessness.
Phr: tf’lOT tathak

tathakpa ‘state of being
restless’

ta.m l

learn

v. XL a" ttt^erfjDfST KlA

nahaa oyringayda

63

fi.W ta.m 2

mahay tamrni. One received
education when they are
young. UWV

nangsu mahay
tamgadabani. You should also
receive education,
adv. fkya* ^FFC

F'^Sfl mahay
tamna tamna sensu taalli. He
earned as he studies. RtTflD 1
ji'zn T VH7? BEG
S 6 FT5' I <'GOTSfl mahaak
havvjik mahay kanna
tamkhatlakli. '.ie has now
started studying very hard,
adj.

IE^'er*35 dR'E^Gf! makhoy
tamkhatlakliba mahayroy
ngaaktani. They are all fresh
students. ^FFFEf*

RF53*0'“55 BR'G‘1 daans
tammiba mahayroy kayaano?
How many students are
learning dance?
nom. (CTT f'ff'S (Cf ERq[
C5°FF"S’CJf I mahay tamba mi
amabu sembani. To study is
making a person perfect.

dfflSTf "f£7T PUY jTffSff'l

nangdi mahay tamba paam-
dra? Don't you like to study?
Phr: tamminna-

ba ‘learning together’, S^PF-
fBcfiTJU tamminnaba
marup ‘class fellow’, S^FFSflD

PnufmY ta?nning tamning-
ba ‘number of subjects wish to
learn’, PVfrf'EW'l 7<i miTY
tamhawbagi kaannaba ‘gooc
for learning in advance',
^PFSitJEFF tamjan-

apham oyba ‘be an ideal for
all’

5 6 FF ta.m 2

aim

v. (J 6 IDH? KfHESTIFf
^'arin^F s^ffKfi maana
nongmay kaapkadagi taarget-
ta tammi. He is aiming at the
target for shooting,
adv. kp“js mffGKnr

fitstg

'P ***

S Sfrfl makhoy pumnamak
taargetta tarn tamduna laynari.
They are all aiming at the
target.

adj. K'Rf ^'IFo

maadi taargetta tammiba
nongmaykaappani. He is the
shooter aiming at the target,
nom. Ik'IPf G*fflflf

57 FF Rtf I maagi nongmay
khutam chummi. His aiming at
the target is accurate.

Phr: G^R^G
nongmayna tamba ‘aiming at a
target with a gun’, M
5 c, ff'8 r paanphamda tamba
‘aim at a target’

ta.m3

64

ta.m 3

start bearing fruit

v CF'SIPf K'JSir*®

nakhoygi maayren paambisi
tammehe. Your pumkin plant

has started bearing fruit.

adv . ffif f5C9tST

*>r©a' flrtcj
^fsfnr Fer Er3!tx 6 nr/> l

tammakpa kaansida laaynaa
tinnaa koknaba hidaak khara

kaapthok-haw. Give a spray
(of insecticide) to protect from
diseases when it statted

giving fruits.

adj.

J5yfC9niI flEC9f VLK'K'SU

®otgy^f|fGtl tamkhatlakliba
uhaysing asi ayaambana
kenkhigani. Most ot the
budding fruits will fall out.

nom. pffFtfenrcfTOfln

y?"CJ 7 )U IP* STTHT f I

tamkhatlaklibasing asi ken-
khidanaba matam chaana hot-
nagadabani. These budding
fruits should be protected in

chaawren-gi mata.w ta.mmi.
Thoyren imitates Chaawren

adv.

yfBTHrSl thoyren-
na mata.w ta.m ta.mduna
hayrak-i. Thoyren learns ev¬
erything by imitation.

adj. K5 6 ’. R ' fc

RITfX C9'55l mata.w ta.mba
mina ahayba saay.An imitator
poses as expert.

nom. K.? r -

MfTCKHrS 6 K'&X -

nr5Sl mata.w ta.mbasingna
matam pumnamakta chaaw-
thok-i. Those who are imita¬
tors are always proud.

Phr: mata ^

ta.mba ‘to imitate , Rc5° .
IkT mata.w ta.mba mi

‘an imitator’

ta.n

be lazy

V. ex'.

natha.w ta.wbada ta.n-ganu.
Don’t be lazy in discharging

time. y° ur duty ' 6 -5

Phr: S b ff’S’ uhaytamba adv. OfUIX

‘to start giving fruits' SIRR-GR^nT^

singthoydi matam

S^.IT ta.m 4 pumnamakta ita.n ta.na uy.

imitate Singthoy seems to be always

v. 0b*5ser°<ga K'&er°<2Pf lazy.

mf 3 *. tfVffKfl thoyrenna ad j. RtfBtf Ffc^ffG

65

S 6 ' taa 1

5 T GTOry^l ata.nba midi
matamna waarak-i. An idle man
is cursed by time,
nom. ^.(STOftlJIPf 5T*S-
{JEff S^S 6 ®! ata.nbasinggi
channapham layte. There is no
place for lazy men.

Phr: Fkf mi katan Mazy

bone’, .Et°

ta.nde maande ta.wba
‘be inattentive tc work’

^DJ tang

be harden

v. KEffsr tfnryf
’^M®! anaaba maphamdu
hawjikti tang-nge. The wound
has turned into a scar now.
adv. FEEffC9fm HI ST
5*GT®I maphamsing
adu tangduna layre. Those
places remain bearing scar
marks.

adj. EEffofni msr

91 0 HI 'S' ST ECST®! atangba
maphamsing adu yengbada
phajade. Those scar marks do
not look nice.

nom. m ^nnTn'Ofnj nrof
5TRTSC9f 5JJRJIR
atangbasing asi punsi chuppa
kok-aroy. These scar marks
will remain forever.

Phr: TH5 e> nJ'S' RcEFF atangba
mapham ‘scar mark’, Refill
FftS^DI matangmatang

laa.wba ‘to have wavy lines'

$>.W ta.ng

taste

v. EC9f ^ncnr^.ni

M

3^. ID 2 fD I masi amuktang
mahaaw ta.ng-ngu. You just
have a taste of it.
adv. 5T\ FkT)'.^ IDdDfallTST
xnrjiR eni75 y irff®l
chaa. mahaa.w tang-ngingay-
da sanggom thakpa phang-
hawdre. While tasting tea l
missed drinking my share of
milk.

adj. Be C9 f ST f R&>0 .
3 t> IH. 2 lD' 8 ' R?©C9'lUtJfI masidi
mahaa.w ta.ng-ngaba yen-
saangni. It is a tasted curry.

nom. H90TFF Bfl £T FT 1H7 6

5 & ni- 2 nixc?rinsT tt l

karam karambano mahaa.w
ta.ng-ngabasingdo? Which
are those tasted ones?

Phr: S^ID.X mahaa.w

ta.ngba ‘to have taste’,
R^'.S S^ni.TJflDS m 6 ™
mahaa.w ta.ngningba pokpa
‘wish to have the taste'

S 6 ' taa 1

hear

v. jD'mcjfirf'8'ST w*

S^fT®! nakhoyna ngaangnari-
badu ay taare. I have over¬
heard your conversation.

S 6 ' taa 2

66

adv. fc'G

ST° I maana taana

taana taasannade. He
pretends not to hear though
he hears well.

adj. BtfSt,

taariba midu
angaawbani. The man who
listens is a mad man.
nom. R'fiTf ^'BTffTOflD^
RtRffST 7515U££T°\
waari taarambasingdu mayum
mayumda hannakhre. Those
listeners (audience) of story
telling had gone to their
respective homes.

Phr: n'BTf S €> '¥ waari taaba
‘to listen to story telling’, JIR'^
5^ X paaw taaba ‘to listen to
news broadcast’

taa 2

twist thread

v. K'STf afarf ^'erfl maadi
thawri taari. He is making a
rope (twisting 3/4 strands of
fibre).

adv. K'stf £ y erf $>'U P'U

Koofnjsr n'erf eferf!

M

maadi thawri taana taana
masusingda waari li-ri. He is
telling a story to his
grandchildren while making a
rope.

adj. ^'erfx affirm aerf

S 6 (JITC? 6 ! taariba thawridu

kari tavvnabano? What are
you going to do with that rope
(in the making)?
nom. £ v 0rr ^'erf^ofm
mC9f fl thawri

taaribasing asi yonnabani.
These ropes in the making are
for sale.

Phr: 3G*STf F'Y thawri taaba
‘to make rope’, F 6 J5fTf S 6 ¥
khoyri taaba ‘to make fishing
string'

. taa.

fall, solve

v. tEdD'HIEt f

. 6T ° I angaangdu

kaangthondagi taa.re. That
child has fallen from the cot.
nmJffilST P'.flM

angkadu phol taa.re. The sum
has been solved,
adv. tttain'IDSr
He Hit' 5^ o: ?^nr5^! angaangdu
taa.ringayda mamaa chellak-i.
The mother came running
while the baby is lying fallen,
adj. ^Y'nrs 6 ^'.erx

tM'msr ri&u

laybaakta taa.raba angaangdu
mamaana lawkhatli. The
mother picked up her fallen
baby.

nom. BcRc'

ER& IDSTflPf S 6 '.* H'ffSM

mamaa amatana machaa

1

67

P W taak 1

phamungdagi taa.ba paamdc.
Not a single mother likes her
baby fallen from the cot.

Phr: E*n S^'.TT phol taa.ba
‘to solve problem’, EBtlllSTlF’f
phamungdagi taa.ba ‘to
fall down from cot’

taa.

be axiomatic

v. W'um'raf C9f* f£C9'(J
pok-abadi siba
masaana taa.bani. If you are
born, you must die; it is
axiomatic

adv. C9flT .U tf 3
[HKJ'CP OfUflDSM siba
taa.na taa.na kanaasu
siningde. Nobody likes to die
though it is bound to (die).

adjTwrx F'.erx k fa

an^k'' J nf , sic 2 a*#^-! siba

taa.raba mina kaydawngay-
dasu nokte. A person who is
about to die never smiles,
mom. CPflT 5^ .GT'S’OflDtJ

H^^onriHirsTf tobt'^eff

ZG a nr 3IR U f l siba taa.raba-

singna mayekkidi haraaw-

pham thokpani. In reality

those persons who are about

to die should be happy.

Phr: C?f1T 5 C> \'S’ siba taa.ba

‘be bound to die', HZC9 U

Sb'.TT masaana taa.ba ‘be
,1

axiomatic’

S 6 ID 1 taak i

teach

v. rz^'etc nr am' m

e'^erfnr ^'HTlFal mahaakna
angaang laayrik taak-i. She is
teaching a child. HI Z, U

BE'c??* e'^BTfnr F'nnsi

ojaana klaasta laayrik taak-i. A
teacher is teaching in the
class.

adv. ffcTo'nrti nr am'm sr
e'^erfnr s^'nn^u
^erfjQfst vu'u ernrm>l

mahaakna angaangdu laayrik
taaktuna layringayda Sanaanu
yawrak-e. Sanaanu has arrived
while she is teaching the child.

adj. RZTo'nr^f e'^BTfnr

nr am' mu f I

mahaakti laayrik taakkhraba
angaangni. She is the child
who has already been taught.

tM'ni e'^erfnr P'wmt'x

angaang

laayrik taakpiba ojaadu
kanaano? Who is the teacher
teaching the children?

nom. Rt>0 HTU

^'nrFf’rofnisj orfmofm'S'

jDJFF^oI mahaakna

taakkhibasingdu ningsingba
ngamde. She cannot
remember all that was taught.

Phr: e v 5SBrfnr ^'nrjiR

laayrik taakpa ‘teaching
lesson’, m 2 ffl m ^ 5SBPfnr

5*>'tir taak 2

68

P'WM angaang laayrik
taakpa ‘to teach children their
lessons.

5^ HT taak 2

tell, disclose

v. fit ST EKJ tJ (U m 2£D°^5 ST

madu kanaana nang-
ngonda taak-i? Who told or
disclosed it to you? n'E-FPST

nWvu tcVst ^'nr^i

waaphamdu chitanna aygaada
taak-i. Chital disclosed the
matter to Aygaa.
adv. f£ET qr'GTfflo(j 56'nr-
y^njaffifl madu aarkena
taaktuna khang-ngi. 1 knew
that from Aarke. RtST

^'nrc ^'nrc

^ y 7fSTol ma du
aarkena taakna taakna
aykhoyna lawbide. We don’t
consider it worthwhile in spite
of Aarke’s repeated telling,
adj. tii^'orm Fkfsr
® y arnr^l ataakpa midu
kawrak-u. Call in the person
who disclosed it. U UHJ

^'nr^nr^fx Kfsr Baerf

FkRi-fnJ EB^Rfl nangna
taakthokkhiba midu kari
maming kawwi? What is the
name of the person to whom
you had disclosed (the
matter)?

nom. 57°{5Sr°l

ataakpadi chenkhre. The per¬
son who disclosed it ran aw r ay.

Bc'c? ^'nrx*™ srffsrx-

cfl maasu taakthokpa paamd-
abani. He also doesn’t like to
disclose it.

Phr: ^'irafStJ EY taak-
pibana phaba ‘better to tell
something beforehand’,
ft'* n' taak¬
thokpa yaaba waa ‘matters
that may be disclosed’, S 6 '-
II TsflSU 091517* taak-haw-
bana kaannaba ‘better to dis¬
close’, ^'^erfnr ^'nrm
laayrik taakpa ‘teaching a les¬
son’

S^'iF taak 3

merge, disappear

v. P&oi wfftffknr

M PI

S^'lirS 6 S^'nrJSl turel pumna-
mak loktaakta taak-i. All rivers
are merged in Loktaak. 10 -

mip^r iffcfknr ^'nrFSM

konggol pumnamak taakkhre.
All bubbles have disappeared.

adv. 5^0r°3 MfftJRcOr

^nr^'nrs 6 5*1

turel pumnamak loktaakta
taaktuna lay. All rivers remain
merged in Loktaak.
adj. ^nr^'nrs 6
^ero^T e^er'l loktaakta
taaktaba turel laybara? Is there
a river that is not merged in

69

$»'HT taak 5

Loktaak? ®‘-

micnr 3G s ernr5^ar'»l

taakkliraba konggol amuk
thoraktre. Bubbles that have
disappeared do not reappear
again.

noin. ^nr^'tF^f £fir°3-
CQfDJIP'f ^'UTEffdfi loktaak-
ti turclsing-gi taakphamni.
Loktaak is the place of merger
of all rivers.

phr: ^ 6 nr 5IR FF (J Rt HT 03 f
^'RTEFF lok pumnamakki
taakpham ‘place where all
rivulets are merged', 03 mil 1 -4
S^'IITM konggol taakpa
‘disappearance of bubbles’

S^lIT taak 4

be barren, deserted
v. REff m;c9f js^'nr
mapham asi itaak
taak-e. This place has become
deserted. Rtf OT

^'nTTC 0 ! mi itaak taakkhre.
Most of the people have gone
adv. 75*CfnrS b f RtEFF 0IC9f
S'*6 °l hawjikti
mapham asi taaktuna layre.
Now this place is lying barren.
RFEffOftD 0IST
5^'OTU ^>BM maphamsing
adu itaak taakna ure. Those
places look deserted.

adj.Tfefnr^f ffcEffsr K'm

^'nrmY keff

hawjikti maphamdu maang
taak-aba mapham oykhre.
Now that place became a
barren land.

noni. RF'ffl P'WM

yiR'iTST°l kanaasu maang
taakpa paamde. Nobody likes
to be in destruction, c?

kf erf* is erf K'ni ^'nrw

g*5*fl laanda kari kari maang
taakpa lay kb i? What were the
destructions wrought during
the war?

Phr: RF'DI maang

taakpa 'destruction'. 5^,^“
^'DT khuntaak

laansiba ‘state of being de¬
serted', Rtf ffl 1 5^ IFM mi
itaak taakpa ‘almost all people
have gone’

S^lff taak 5

ruin

v. 0F5T' PEFJfJIRGT

fk'lD 5^'HT5b I awaa laanda
manipur maang taak-i.
Manipur was ruined during
Burmese invasion,
adv. Rt&fflRBT 5^yof
K'lD

manipur chahi taret maang
taaktuna laykhi. Manipur
remained devastated for
seven years.

adj. e'id ^'nr^a;*

fcenmer c’tz uncnr

taa.m

70

maang taakkhra-
ba manipur nawna amuk
semkatkhi. The devasted Ma¬
nipur was reconstructed
again.

nom. fE'lD 5 6 'nr£ff , TOftD

he sr nr fk nr q,x fvjir

20 IT STfT 0 1 maang taakkhra-
basing adu amuk kupkhatpa
ngamdre. Those ruined assets
could not recovered again.
Phr: ^'OTM

konggol taakpa ‘to dissolve
bubbles’, Ffc'lU ^'HTJIR maang
taakpa ‘devastation’

taa.m

be far

v. lT*f STf P'ffEflM

maagi mayumdi taa.mkhre. Her
home is far away,
adv. TOBf F'.fftJ

S^'.fFC I makhoy ani

taa.mna taa.mna laynay. They
live quite far off each other,
adj. F'.ffCJ

niOf taa.mna

uriba yum asi tayaalgini. The
house at the far end belongs
to Tayaal.

nom. ^'.FTGrerXOfnia

taa.mnarabasingna taangna
taangna unay. Those who are
far off meet each other once in
a blue moon.

Phr:

tHKET taa.mkhraba khun-
gang amada ‘at an out of the
way village’, S 6 .ff 7^6C ^

taa.mkhraba matamgi thawdok
ama ‘an incident of by gone
days’

S 6 '.^ taa.n l

drive (animal)

v. o'ofm nrof y^er

saasing asi
khara taa.nthokkho. Drive
away these cattle.

adv. O'-Wl

KTo'nrtJ 550* HEBT £>'551
saa-sal taa.llingayda mahaak-
na isay adu taay. He heard the
song when he was driving cat¬
tle.

adj. ois^

tEFfcOT taa.nthok-

M

khraba sandu amuk hallak-e.
The cow that has been driven
away has come back again.

nom. SOfmq.

eTirjsipr I

taa.nkhrabasingdu laykaaygi
san ngaaktani. Those driven
away cattle belong to our
village.

Phr: O' saa taa.nba

‘to hunt’, CJ'-CJ®
saa-san taa.nba ‘to drive
cattle’ „

i

71

S®*\© taa.n 4

5 fe \© taa.n 2

chase, compete

v. jier'iD ef'h ©ef

5FFC»© £ , \©C'*I ngaraang

makhoy ani lamjen taa.nnay.

They competed a race

yesterday.

adv.

!f>'.©tZSTG O'. ©U ETf I
makhoy mayaam taa.nna
taa.nnaduna saa.nnari. They
are playing chasing each
other.

aclj. c?IT£ 0 © tf 3 .©CJETflT

w'tne^fnm C9\©eer 6 ^

JD'nrS^Ufl lamjen taa.nnariba
angaangsingdu saannaroy
ngaaktani. Those children
who are competing the race
are all athletes.

nom.X*J5S ^'.©©erfXOfin
©Of fktZfJill ETlPf S^fff
offl'nr^Ufl thoyba taa.nnari-
basing asi manipurgi tim
ngaaktani. Those who are
competing for a win are
Manipur teams.

Phr: S 6 '.©^ P\©&B

taa.nna taa.nnana ‘chasing
one another',

lamjen taa.nnaba ‘to
have a racing competition.

S^\© taa.n 3

hunt

v. O'

makhoy saa taallammi. They

w'erc hunting wild animal.

TTcfnr^r o' ^'©stGpoi

hawjikti saa taandre. Now they
have stopped hunting wild
animal.

adv. O' ^'©STU

cferfffftfl makhoy saa taand-
una layratnmi They have been
hunting wild animal. O St ©-
TOfUHI O' S 6 '©^ ^'©C
cJ J&GTfffftfl saadaanbasin-
gna saa taanna taanna
laawrammi. Hunters were
shouting while hunting,
adj. dm FBTPf

Iklk'lDST O' ^'©Ff?
FkEffST nang

matam kharagi mamaangda
saa taankhiba maphamdu
khar.gbara? Do you know the
place where hunting took
place sometime ago?
nom. RcTf O ST ©XTJ
E'GT¥ O'lFIT ^5IR'5^
mahaakti saadaanba-
na phaaraba saagum upaay
laytre. He is helpless like the
hunted animal.

Phr: O' S 6 '©^ saa taanba
‘hunting animal’. O S 6 ©EIT
saa taanpham ‘ground or
place for hunting

3^'.© taa.n 4

dig

v. am shr'

^'ID taang 1

72

nang ukhul kayaa _

many post-holes have you
dug? rcr RZrfll'U
S 6 (glFUfl mi mangaana
ukhul taan-gani. Five people
will dig post-holes,
adv. KTo'DT

^ I mahaak ukhul taanduna
lay. He is digging holes.
fcJS'WU

P'tSU JS C/ du nun f |
mahaakna ukhul taanna
taanna isay ngang-ngi. He is
humming a song while digging
holes.

adj. JftFTOfinBT

fftC^riD Zt^\ taallaba
ukhulsingdu masing thiyu.
Count the number of holes
that have already been dug.
nom. ^'©TOfni^r

HC ®C'GT*| ukhul taanbas-
ingdu kanaa kanaano? Who
are those persons who have
dug the holes?

Phr: fkmiFjr'
manggraa taanba ‘digging
earth for obtaining sweet
patato, tapioca, etc.’, S 6 '©

S 6 taan taanduna ‘go

on digging’

—jjmimamaK mamal
taang-nge. Everything i s
costly now.

adv. Jgourp

s^'inc

^ ^fl blekta petrol mamkl
taangna taangna yolli. Petrol
is selling costly in the black
market. . • ]

adj.

ft W15Z FFR^fir

^'DT^I ataangtya
mamalda yollabadi kanjummar
klapta taak-u. If someone sel s
at higher price, report to the
Consumers’ Club,
nom. UTS^'in* W\ fey?

5TE0'(5ST EDJTOf
ataangba pot makhay ma-
khoygi dukaanda phangbani.
Those costly items are avail¬
able at their shop.

Phr: HcRc^T 5^ DHT mamal
taangba ‘costly price’, HT^'ID
ataang thaa ‘lean season’

P'w taang l

be costly

v. ^'srnrsof mW

MFFCR^nr fefej F'njjflH

S 6 m taang 2

be rare

v. Rc'if Fnrsrf s^'niamri

maagumbadi taang-ngi. A man
like him is rare.

adv. TCE* fefH f fepjf
MfFUfeUTP p'ni& f X d UTEI
aphaba midi matam
pumnamakta taangna thok-i. A
good person is always rare.

73

S^'ID taang 4

adj. cpfsr'eriCETf
R^fUfl siddhaarthadi ataang-
ba mini. Siddhartha is a man of
rare quality.

nom. TC^'lDTOfllKJ KfHT -

5 y c?fniPf KtID'^

flRf'g’fTrtJf I ataangbasingna
mioybada lawsinggi mangaal
pibibani. Those luminaries be¬
stowed the light of knowledge
to humanity.

Phr: TT^'lDX O'CgCJeT 6 ^

ataangba saana»oy ‘a player
of rare skill’, ^'UK?
taangna uba ‘to see rarely’

S 6 '® taang 3

be bold headed
v. u°7sei Kirt s^'nidnri
nehru makok taang-ngi.
Nehru is bold headed,
adv. KyS'nr RHl'lir
S^HRf SSSItMfl mahaak makok
taangduna tupi uppi. He wears
a cap because of bold
headedness.

adj. KE^nr s^'rax Efsrf

K'^Sfl makok
taangba midi waakhal layba
maalli. A bold headed man
appears to be intellectual.

nom. DD*nr 3^' ID'S'C9 f ED CJ
morns’ mRtC2 mo'xsriPf
affl'nr^nrcs kok

taangbasingna aingba ama-
sung asaabadagi ngaak-
thoknaba hotnay. The bold

headed men try to protect
themselves from cold and
heat.

Phr: B0 a nr ^'tUX kok

taangba ‘bold headed’,
xfer'js chi raay

taangba ‘frontal bold headed'

S^'ID taang 4

be blind

v. amar'm e'mwx am'sT
KKfv s^ nunfi ngaraang
laak-amba nupaadu inamit
taang-ngi. The man who came
here yesterday is blind,
adv. K^'nr KfCfV S 6 '!*?

KVii mnzt\

mahaak mamit taangna
taangna adum chatpa ngammi.
He is still able to walk even
though he is blind.

adj. f£>f ^'nUBf* fElktV
mC9f S'fMDX sTFfnwi

maagi taang-ngiba mamit asi
laayengba yaakhigadra? Is his
blindness curable?

nom. H»Cfr S^mSOfraiJ

thaTy 5fc2 mne JiR'^eriP

mamit taangbasingna
angawba chaysu ama
paay/aga chatli. The blind men
go with a white walking stick.
Phr: HctV 3 €> 'HI'S' mit taang¬
ba ‘be blind’, KfV S^mOf©-
(JX mit taangsinnaba ‘to pre¬
tend to be blind’

5 b \HI taa.ng

74

Jh'.ni taa.ng

depend,

v. I 2 DI HJOfDHJ HcRt
KJlR'IFf KJIR'© S^'lUafflfI

angaangsingna mamaa
mapaagi mapaan taa.ng-ngi.
Children depend on parents,
adv. KW KJT®

ITofm'S' yo*(7SH migi mapaan
taa.ngduna hingba hawnade.
One should not live
depending on others,
adj. KflPf KJIR'TS P'.IH*
KfSTf ffcfF' M 6 ©TOfl migi
mapaan taa.ngba midi mikhaa
ponbani. The man who
depends on others is
subordinate to them,
nom. KfilR'lS S^'.lDTOflDC
Kfia'iir

mipaan taa.ngbasingna mikok
thongba ngamde. Those who
depend on others cannot play
the role of a leader.

Phr: KfJlK'tS ^'.IDSTO
7oflD¥ mipaan taa.ngduna
hingba To live depending on
others’, Htf31R 5^ .IDIT yo T
mipaan taa.ngba hayba ‘one
who knows the art of
dependency’

Proverb: ft FT ST' ID ¥ T7

fflfC'JS'S yumdaangbana
kaynaayba ‘A lazy man pulled
himself down’

f’fnr tik 1

bargain

v. ^fnraerf mamal

tiknari. It is being bargained or
Bargaining (for the price of an
article) is going on.
adv. yTefnrq RcRc^j
^ ftFUSTC cTbtTI hawjiksu
mamal tiknaduna layri. They
are still bargaining. RcFk^I

5<>fnnj fker"

ftotftjarf I mamal tikna
tiknana maray yetnari. They
are arguing while bargaining
for price.

adj. $1X11 ^mnTBTffX
Rtf ST mamal

tiknaramba midu chatkhre.
The man who was bargaining
(for the price) had gone.

morsTf kkt Ffnrcerx

masidi mamal
tiknaraba potni. It is the article
that has already settled the
price.

nom.

S^erxer'l mamal tiknaba
loyrabara? Is the bargaining
over? T7inc2 fkfk 1 ?

5IR' FT X0T' I nangsu mamal
tiknaba paambara? Do you
also like bargaining for price?
Phr: RcH^fUTCJ'S’ mantikna-
ba (mamal tiknaba) ‘bargain¬
ing for price’, FToTS5^fIITGT'S'
ft IT mantiknaba yaaba ‘to

75

S 6 ® te

have the condition of bargain¬
ing’

^fnr tik 2

sit by the fire

v. RcTo'lD 1 Rif ^fnr^l mahaak
may tik-i. He is sitting by the
fire (for warming himself).
(E'STf IE* ^mnsnefl maadi
may tikkalli. He sits by the fire
habitually.

adv. B t ^fUr^E €\

makhoy may tiktuna lay. They
are sitting by the fire (for
warming themselves). RcT* Ts

^fnnz ^fnm Tferf

C9'0Tfl makhoy may tikna
tikna waari saari. They are
engaging in conversion while
sitting by the fire.

adj.V Ffnrw

EJtJ' may tikpa mis-

ingdu kanaa kanaano? Who
are those persons sitting by
the fire? He* Rcf-

C9flDST EBIST'5SST
may tik-amba misingdu
kadaayda chatkhre? Where
have they gone who were sit¬
ting by the fire?
nom. Ht* ^fUTWCJfinST.

may tikpas-
ingdu chatkhrabara? Have
they gone who sit by the
tire? ^fnrtiiff^ofniFr
EIST'^ST W&fiM may tik-

ambasingdu kadaayda chat¬
khre? Where had they gone
who were sitting by the fire?
Phr: Re* ^fUTM may tikpa
‘sitting by the fire’, Re'*
S 6 f HT HK3 X may tikkanba
‘sitting habitually by the fire’

S 6 ® te

be tame

v. K>f ^o|

maagi sandi yaamna te. His
cow is very tame,
adv. H9 6T f*C9(? IF* C9t5STt
poTRU krisnagi sandi

tedunata lay. Krishna’s cow
always remained tame,
adj. oji^srf iF'erf

ateba sagoldi gaari
chingnay. A tamed horse is
used for pulling carriage.
noin. tll^oYOfn] ®STSlf
crx nr-^ff7i'nj5T oefnr

M

5?'£8TC9GM atebasing adudi
labuk-lamhaangda sajik
chaajarusanu. Let those tamed
cattle graze in the fields.

Phr: O'ffc saamu

M V

ateba ‘tamed elephant’, C9 -
C9I5 R^f saa-san

tehanba mi ‘a cattle trainer’
Proverb: C9^f

C9 fiT EIDX sal

atebana waayba saru
phangba ‘to be beware of
unassuming persons’

5&onr tek l

76

S^oiir tek l

break

v. nrof s^nTHE*!

pensil asi tek-e. This pencil is
broken. UlUlF'f 31R°H5C9T^JS?
^onr^rxer'l nanggi pensildu
tek-abara? Has your pencil
broken?

adv. f£7o IF Rc^ID
er^BToi mahaak
makhong tektuna layre. He is
suffering from broken leg. f£

fkF 6 tu

HJ'fflZT 9WD* maa

makhong tekna tekna
kaangjay yengba chatli. He
went to witness hockey match
inspite of broken leg.
adj. ikTD'nrEif he^etm
Efirxer'l mahaakki
atekpa makhongdu

pharabara? Is his broken leg
alright? 5^^111°IirJIK RtfC?
3^flDC9f

khongtekpa misu chingsi
kaaba ngammi. A lamb man
also can climb this hill.,
nom. HE5^°IIT511?ST 310TDT^I
atekpadu purak-u. Bring the
broken one. CUIPf HE5 60 -
UTIIST ft°lDIF°l nganggi
atekpadu yengge. Show me
your broken part.

Phr. m^onr hiei'e/ ffc^nr
RcS 6 ' atek-akaay or matek-
mataa ‘broken pieces’, C9BT

HE^olirW saru atekpa
‘broken bone'

Idiom: F 6 H15 6o lir51RU 5^flIJ

G3 'S' khongtekpana ching
kaaba ‘doing something
unimaginable’

S^ID 1 tek 2

be absent

v. tfTo'nr wn'uf

S^UTEI nahaak numit kayaani
tek-i. How many days were
you absent?

adv. KTo'nr Kifll'af

SM Tpu e^fiTfiTol mahaak
numit mangaani tektuna
layrure. He has been absent
for five days.

adj. HE^oUTW (mtVOflD
HESTIFf FC9FkT MfGTEJl
atekpa numitsing adugi
khusumal pirunu. Don’t pay
wages for those days ol
absence.

nom. tEK?'C2 E

5^oHT5HZ I?' FFST° I kanaasu
nongma phaawba tekpa
paamde. Nobody likes to be
absent even for a single day.
Phr: ^olirS 6 ^ tektaba

yaaba ‘to be without absence’

5*°nr tek 3

be fresh

v. 2 ID^onr^xer'l ngaadu
tek-ibara? Is the fish fresh?

77

tu. 1

^otroFFIFdfl ngaadu
tek-amgani. That fish might be
fresh.

adv. dDGT'lD E'X aflTST

yo^flF E'&X ^IFtf

(?*l ngaraang
phaaba ngaadu hawjik
phaavvba tagat tagat tektuna
lay. The fish that caught
yesterday is still very fresh,
adj. HIE IT 2 GI E
R 6 (5X 6 nT3iGr «l aphaaba
ngaa rnakhay yonthokkhre. All
the fish that have caught had
sold out.

nom. alD' 1D<5T

ngaa

atekpasingdu kaythenda
pukhre. All those fresh fish
have taken to the market.

Phr: 2 JH' TT^oDTM ngaa
atekpa ‘fresh fish’, S^oOTCJ
TZ'Y tekna chaaba ‘to eat
fresh’, P-DTH

tagat tagat tekpa ‘very fresh’

£ tu

sew

v. ajoff^in ^erfY s^erfl
thembung phurit turi.
Thcmbung is doing tailoring
work.

adv. EETfV PU
55DI^ S; JC2 ffll*5Serri phurit
tuna tuna ingkholsu koyri. He
is doing gardening as well as

tailoring. EGTfY S^EPfjfR
e'BTEl Phurit
turingayda mamaanaba laak-i.
while tailoring his friend came
to see him.

adj. ^erf^ofmsr

^nrx'iF^! atuba
phuritsingdu isti takthok-u.
Iron those finished shirts,
nom. mS^YOflSl S 68 -
jID'tgCJ XITHtl atubasingdu
tongaanna thammu. Keep
those finished ones separately.
Phr: ATOM'S F X
khonggraa^ tuba ‘to make
trouser’, E£Tf^ 5^, S’ Ef
phurit tuba mi ‘a tailor’

tU. 1

fall, slip

v. main'ni hie

angaang ama tu.re. A child has
fallen on the ground,
adv. fflHgSTBr IDlFf E5T'
5^. ST £7 <7 v 0Tfl kandranggi
machaa tu.duna layri.
Kandrang's child is lying
fallen (on the ground)
adj. 5^.GTS HUD UJS]| A 1F^-
JlRfRl tu.raba angaangdu
ha.wgatpiyu. Please help the
child who slipped on the
ground.

nom. ^.ersofmsr

Effl'lDfF^ O^SOTlIKJn

tu.rabasingdu mapaanggal

S 6 . tU. 2

78

sonbasingni. Those who fell
on the ground are weaklings.
Phr: P.'S

laymaayda tu.ba ‘to slip on the
ground’, C9 Xft? 5^,.X
saathina tu.ba ‘to fall down
dangerously’

5^. tU. 2

Peck, humiliate

V. XffXfR

ittsr'xofiiic K57'c9fnjc9f

S^.Xf 0T°l tongaan tongaan
thambiyu, achawbasingna
machaasingsi tu.bire. Keep
them separately; the bigger
ones pecked the smaller ones,
adv. C 9 fnKJ P.u

P.U KK'C9flD^C2 RcKf(5-
C'HT 5^'STfl achawbasingna
tu.na tu.na machaasingdusu
machinjaak chaari. Inspite of
pecking by the bigger
ones, the smaller ones are also
picking their feeds,
adj. ^.XffiTX

c?fnj

^'nufl tu.biraba
yennaawsing aduna koy-
chen chenduna khaang-ngi.
Those pecked chicks are
avoiding themselves by run¬
ning around.

notn. .^JiRferxofnj

tcstg 'kw'JZY F'ni^fl

tu.hatpirabasing aduna

ikaayba khaang-ngi. Those
humiliated ones are
swallowing the insult.

Phr: fkfCJ fkfX ^.^o^31R
mina mibu tu.hatpa ‘to
humiliate man by man’,

S^.UX uchek tu.naba ‘to peck
birds one another’

5^55 taay l

sew

v. Rcfk'tJ fTlPf Ef ^GTfl

mamaana maagi phi taayri. Her
mother is sewing her cloth,
adv. Ifclk'a Ef
P'KU fktf'X ElVfl
mamaana phi taayna taayna
machaabu kawri. The mother
is calling her child while
sewing.

adj. dDGT'lD ^FfX EfET
mfElFS 6 9Z°nin , ' 0 l ngaraang
taaykhiba phidu amukta yeng-
ge. Let me see the cloth that
was sewn yesterday,
nom.

13G 6 0rnr^l ataayba makhay
puthorak-u. Bring out those
sewed ones.

Phr: ETS^'^X ataay

ataayba ‘any one completed
sewing - , 5 6 '553G i 'nr
P*S taaythok taaysin taawba
‘to do some needie work’,
S 6 J^X yO*X taayba hayba
‘one who knows sewing well’

79

S 6 '^ taay 2

sell

v. ffiTlWST UJIRf TEEC E*

M

^'ySfiTfl kaythelda nupi
amana phaw taavri. A woman
is selling paddy in the market,
adv. llkf HISTC E* P'KU
C9(S U'JZUY
97°ID 2 lDf I nupi aduna phaw
taayna taayna san waaynaba
yeng-ngi. The woman is
watching bull-fight while
selling paddy.

adj. TttttfSTf P'KF&Y
E*Ufl asidi taaykhraba
phawni. This is already sold
out paddy.

nom. E* ^'EXfOfnJST
C9 6 ffST EFFToTcJl phaw
taaybisingdu somda

phamhallu. Let the paddy
seller women occupy this side.
Phr: E* Ref phaw

taayba mi ‘person who sells
paddy’, E*

\p y

(E ST JSEFF) phaw taayph am
(phawdaaypham) ‘a market
place for selling paddy’

taay 3

buy

v. UK Xff 5 e, 'J56Tfl

hanubi ama thum taayri. An
old woman is buying salt,
adv. K'0 P'Tin

P'jiu rc'arf bieu co'orn

^'.SStaawi

maana thum taayna taayna
waari kanna saari. She is in a
serious conversation while
buying salt. 5T'^lTf(Z XFF

^'^erfaflTsr s^irsf ^ v nr^i

chaawbina thum taayringayda
tombi laak-i. Tombi came while
Chaawbi was buying salt,
adj. TJJIRfST

5Z ^ 7^ 6T ° I thum taayraba
nupidu chatkhre. The woman
who was ouying salt had
gone. ReSTSTf TZ <LFF

F'lgC' TCSTSTCfl
madudi chaawbina thum
taayringay taanjaa adudani.
That was the time while
Chaawbi was buying salt,
nom. Re Re' DGff P'TiY
mamaa thum taayba
chatkhi. Her mother went out
to buy salt.

Phr: D^FT ^'HEFF thum
taaypham ‘place where salt is
bought’, tLFF TJMf

thum taayba nupi (thumdaay-
bi) ‘a woman who buys salt’.

taa.w l

float

v. & qriHnjx 5^c9fnjsr

u akangba isingda
taawwi. Dry wood floats on
water. dOQ IT U y&C9flDST
ngaanuna isingda
taawri. A duck is floating

A-

taa.w 2

80

(swimming) on the water,
adv. !/5f Rt9Z FT 3^ C9 f QJ 5T
P'.'&'ZIU <? v | hi mayaam
isingda taawduna lay. Many
boats are floating on the
surface of the water.

P'.'SmU KVFfl turenda

M

kabokang mayaam taaw
taawduna chatkhi. A large
number of water hyacinth
went down floating,
adj. JaOflDST

^fnjCP^T^nr^ I ataawba
usingdu chingsallak-u. Pull up
those woods which are
floating (in the water).
P ' . S5 F V U Y
A R ' 5^ C9 f ID ST f
I taavvkhatlaba
hawaaysingdudi phattrabani.
Those floated beans are
useless ones.

nom. IK S 6 '. ^ 'STC9f ID ST
S’ y X 6 Iir^l ataawbasingdu
lawthok-u. Take out those
floated ones. 3IR FF Re IT SI f
S 6 '.^5^^'5IR(jn pummabadi
taawkhatpani. If rotten, it is
floated.

Phr: ^*IDST'3* P'.XY
longdaaw taawba ‘swimming
facing upward’, 3^5^ .

itaaw taawba ‘floating
completely’

idiom: 2fll'17 ngaana

taawba ‘fish available in
plenty’

taa.w 2

fry something in oil
v'fcoffT iID' ^'SGTfl meri
ngaa taawri. Mary is frying
fish. JiRo^errsrf jin' mu
F '^ST°I petoridi ngaa
pangna taawde. Petori hardly
fries fish. 2 IE
S &v ^3j 6 nr^fiT°l ngaa loyna
taawthokkhre. All the fish
have been fried,
adv. rtf JD'

afflnialDf I maana ngaa
taawna taawna isay ngang-
ngi. She is humming (a song)
while frying fish. 2 fll

^'serfanTsT fK^'ur ^'nr5Si

ngaa taawringayda mahaak
laak-i. She came while frying
the fish.

adj. tK^'^Y m ' fgt

31'FT Ref I ataawba ngaa khara
paammi. (I/we) want some
fried fish. 2 ID ¥ 5^ S51T
K'(?fID 2111 "“I ngaa ataawba
chaaning-ngi. 1 wish to eat
fried fish.

nom. FGT MfXfftl

ataawba khara pibiyu. Please
give me some fried ones.

(? 6 7a0r¥GT'l taawba
loyrabara? Have you finished
frying (fish)?

81

Phr: tUGr'HT ataavv

araak ‘anything fried\

S 6 taa.w 3
be less serious
v. (c^'nriaf r'fr
^'.^Rfl mahaakki waakhal
itaa.vv taa.wwi. He is not
serious, maadi itaa.w taa.wwi.
He is completely careless,
adv. Iff 'STf

tESTff 85.551 maadi itaa.w

M

taa.wna adum u.y. He seems to
be less serious, Iff IF f R 5^R
5*1 maagi waakhal
taa.wduna lay. His thinking is
always undecided,
adj. R'FR KF'.S
Kf U HtS^ni R'lFTJfl
waakhal itaa.w taa.wba mina
panthung yawba waagani. It
would be difficult to reach the
goal for a man without
determination.

nom. F'.SXOfUIC

JD IT Sto I

waakhal taa.wbasingna
panthung yawba ngamde.
Those who arc less serious
cannot reach the destination.
Phr: R RR 5^ waakhal
taa.wba ‘undecided mind’,
R'FR ataawba
waakhal ‘a floating mind’,

itaa.w

taa.wba ‘state of flitting mind’

top 2

5 <>a 31t top l

fix on

v. fffC9f fffXHI fffXTO
S^ITOfRcf I masi mathang
mathang topsillu. Fix on it one
after another.

adv. IffOf Ef fffRtf
OffTOfl masi
phi machet topsinduna
sembani. It is made by fixing
pieces of cloth on to a fabric
background.

adj. 5 b# JItBIST y £rr'? EfST

a erf HfK. ®‘J5iPBf l

topkadawriba phidu kari
machu oygani? What would
be the colour of the cloth that
will be fixed?

nom.

fffFR FffFRIFf H'55l

toppiba adu machu makhal
makhalgi oyba yaay. The cloth
that is being fixed on may be of
various colours.

Phr: Ef IffR 0 ^ ^311 SR IP
Off IT phi machet toppaga
semba ‘make by fixing of
pieces of cloth’, R ST C9T5<Ef
S t>6 RJlR chayda santhi toppa
‘to fix/ paste cowdung on a
stick

top 2

be different from

v. Iff'lFf fffft'ffStlff

5& 6 R3lltfI maagi asina may-

1

f>\ tot

82

aamdagi toppi. His is different
from others.

adv. P'MU IFFRJI

topna topna thammu. Keep
each one separately,
adj. DTS^JITflR RZf
57 IEPGT I atoppa mi
chang-han-ganu. Don't allow
outsiders to go inside,
non). Of ID ST

2lDC9'^(J 57VFJM

atoppasingdu ngasaayna
chatkhre. Those outsiders
have already gone.

Phr: RTS^JIIJITC Ref atoppa mi
‘outsider’,

atop atoppa ‘different kind’,
HRFFS^JTC & 3R5TR pumtop
toppa ‘entirely different’

JPV tot

mix

v. KVnnjo

alD'enfCJo 1 thumne

morokne ngaarine totlu. Mix it
with salt, chilli and ngaari
(fermented fish)
adv. ^er 6 <g*srf xx

rzVut rce; rzcT-

KOfDKJ ” P'UZW'
C9 ° FF X (7 f I ironbadi thum,
morok, alu amadi manaa-
masingna totlaga sembani.
Ironba is made by mixing of
salt, chilly, potato and
vegetable.

adj. nzVnr

nrfksrf dn'erfs? C9 a .yserx
mu' fkofmp

OfDJ^ OffBZfl totlaba thum,
morok, amadi ngaaridu
so.yraba manaa-masingga
totlaga singju semmi. Singju is
prepared out of cut pieces of
vegetables and the mixture of
salt, chilly and ngaari (a
fermented fish) by thoroughly
mixing them.

nom. HIST C9flD3

B0 £T°I totlaba adu singju
kawre. The mixture is called
Singju.

Phr: Off* JIllV

totlaga semba pot 'a mixture’,
QIRZP DTKP $>\ot^UY
amaga amaga totsinnaba ‘to
mix with one another’

s^nr tok i

withdraw, resign
v. ETo'nr i^nr^pf
S^OrDI 0 ! mahaak thabaktagi
tok-e. He has resigned from
service. RZ^'lIT J^nTDIPTJfl
mahaak tok-agani. He is going
to resign.

adv. RZ'srf ZG^nr

M

u >

(5 0M maadi thabak toktuna
layre. He is now without a job.

adj. Z3*nr S^DrUE* RZfSTf

yofn juuy w wz 75 \uy

5^'El thabak tok-aba midi

83

^“DT tok 3

hingnanaba kanna hotnaba
taay. Those who have
resigned from a service should
be industrious for a living,
nom. uin s^nra Jirc'ffxer'i
nang tokpa paambraa? Do
you prefer resignation?

EXC9 5*1 tokpana
phabasu lay. There is merit in

the resignation.

Phr: J^nr ^nrSIR thabak
tokpa ‘resigned from a
service’, 5IR fiTS^fSTn^f

paartidagi tokpa
‘resigned from a party ,

chatpa tokpa ‘stop

from going’

£>*iir tok 2

finish

v. ffcyo'nr k'ht ^ a iirTC°i
mahaak chaak tok-e. He has
finished eating (his meal).

eoffxf K'nr ^"nrs^rfi

lembi chaak toktri. Lembi is
still eating (her meal)
adv. fcys'nr E'ur
CPfiM mahaak chaak toktuna
layre. He has now finished
eating (sometime ago)
adj. K'nr s^nTtn* kTsj
SKJ'C*! chaak tok-aba midu
kanaano? Who is the person
finished eating? 57 AT

f£f mh' cferfi

Chaak toktriba mi kayaa layri?

How many persons are still
eating?

nom. 57'nr S 6 6 IF tE IT ET 1

chaak tok-abraa? Are you
finished eating?

Phr: 57S^tFW chaaba
tokpa ‘stopped eating', 57 HT
chaak tokpa ‘finished
eating (end of a meal)’

s^nr tok 3

break

v. C 0 * 55 ? 5 bi nr®»l

ay maabu koyba tok-e. 1 broke
my relation with her. Rc^
tH(jf S^UrGBM makhoy ani
toknarc. They have broken
their relationship,
adv. tltUf

J^linZSTCZ £T°l makhoy
ani toknaduna layre. They
remained broken their
relationship.

adj. FtafsT

37'©cgM

toknakhraba anidu amuk
chaannare. The two (persons)
who broke their relationship
resumed intimacy again.

n o m . mofc me
S^UTCHT 5TK' IT ST 0 1

nungsinabasingna toknaba
paamde. Level's do not like to
break their relationship.

Phr: koyba

tokpa ‘stop courting',

S 6 *© ton l

84

cfo'xf JIR'FIIJ
P'WW laysaabi paakliang
koynaba tokpa ‘to break
relationship between a boy
and a girl'

S 6 *© ton l

be youngest

v. f TC I

maana kliwaaygi tolli. He is the
youngest.

adv. HZ'tJ

s^ariF nr hz mHznr afnrioi

maana tolle haayduna layraga
ama amuk pok-e. While he is
the youngest a new one is
born.

adj. tUS 6 *©* M'lEST
El fif FT IT U 6 1 atonba an-
gaangdu karambano? Which
one is your youngest child?

nom.

H lU 2 ID ° I atonbana henna
waang-nge. The youngest
one has become taller.

Phr: HaDl'lD
angaang atonba 'last child',
aton-ataang

‘youngest child’

S 6 *© ton 2

be poor

v. RZ'G - HZfl'ffSTFf Fer
S 6 TcJ°l maana mayaamdagi
khara tolle. He is comparative¬
ly poorer than others.

adv. RZ'tJ P*15U
yofffl^erf HZlf

Tv f 5T £T »I maana tonna
hingjaringayda mapaa laykhi-
dre. When he is living in poor
condition his father expired,
adj. ms 66 ©* HZflFf
JlR'ff^STf

atonba migi paambaydi su-
nombani. The only means for
poor people is to work hard.

nom. S^T^YOflDlpr

F'HIY

EJt5XCJfl tollabasinggi
aroyba paambaydi khaangba
kanbani. Perseverance is the
last resort for downtrodden
people.

Phr: HZf tollaba mi

‘helpless person’,

C9fEIFf tollabasinggi

lup ‘organisation of helpless
people’

tong

be raised area

v. HTC2E 5^GT

S 6 Mfl aswaaysina khara
tong-ngi. This place is rather
higher.

adv. Off* jfflffSTYCJftJ
P'm ^DKJ HEOFF a\-

M

C? 6T° I semba ngamdabanina
tongna tongna asuin hotnare.
As we cann’t afford for levelling
we have been using it as it is.

85

F ID to.ng 2

adj. nr^DJX ffcEffSTIFf
r*Vnr W& e y C2fl atongba

profits in the bank.

Tr^ 6 mynfni^T

n n m

maphamdagi laybaak khara
iawsi. Let us take some earth
from the higher level.

,,om. EK5 6 €£g°

eSsB 5 6 »ffx“nrM' o i atong-
ba amata laytre loyna
temthokkhre. There is no
raised up area, everything has
been levelled.

Phr: xn: “ ID ^ EEff
atongba mapham ‘raised up
area’, Xl'KY

atong-akut naayba mapham
‘the place where there is up
and down surface’

Proverb: S F X

J&P'WSl akutpa-

da laytawba atongbada lay-
thonba ‘see under taw 1

ID to.ng 1

be profitable

v. dflOf Elft' 3 t>& nJ 2 ffl°l ngasi
kayaa to.ng-nge? How much
profit have you got today?
adv.Rt'ETf JjSrfiMPf

o:j SADIST £ 5*1 maadi
nuinit khudinggi sel tongduna
lay. He is getting profit
everyday.

adj. 0@ST

YodjES 6 3GFF5f^%l

atongba sendu bengkta
thamjillu. Deposit those

XL IH IF f Gf' I atongbasingdu
natiggira? Are thovse profits
yours?

Phr: C 9 °l 5 ET 6 ni

sendong taanba ‘to earn

profit, nr Rt id - nr 5 ^ id

amaang-atong ‘profit and
lost’

t * 1 ".ID to.ng 2

ride

v. vw'l P'.W* tf.YGT'I

sagol to.ngba ha.ybara? Do
you know how to ride a horse ?
adv. IBi,lSET5'5 C91F 6 ^

e'nr^fl kundalaana sagol
to.ng-ngingayda memchaanu
laakklii. Memchaanu came
when Kundalaa was riding a
horse.

adj. UWU S^.IDalDfy
HI ST ® ' IF f a l nangna

to.ng-ngiba sagol adu
kanaagino? Whose horse is it
that you have been riding?
nom. C9IJ^

mn 'ff 5'nr^i ngasi sagol
tongba kayaam laak-i? How
many riders came today?

Phr: W'KWl F*.ID* Kf
saaykal to.ngba mi ‘cyclist ,
I^'GTf S^.lDTr gaari to.ngba
‘to travel by bus’

Jf* tay

86

S 6 " tay

smear, wash floor

v. ie* rccj y *fsr n'5^ s^erf!

maw anawbidu waay tayri.
The new bride is washing
floor.

adv. fk/oUTCJ R 5^ S 6

mahaakna waay tayna tayna
manembokta yeng-ngi. She is
looking at her mother-in-law
while washing the floor,
adj. R' 5 S KEffST

nraffi'm RlDi/O^IFC? I waay
tayraba maphamda angaang
chang-han-ganu. Don’t allow'
children to the place where it
w f as washed,
nom.

Ur'GTEDlFf KR'^JlRfafl

waay tayribadu aarkegi
machaanupini. The one who is
washing floor is Aarke’s
daughter.

Phr: Enr^'tn
phaklaang waay tayba ‘to
smear wall with treated mud',
Hnr°GT S^TT aber tayba ‘to
smear vennilion'

tayna

be different

v. urn Terrs’ msTiraf

F0T nangna

haayriba adugadi taynare. The
one you are telling is rather

different.

adv. E*nr P'u-

m'tguu Fnr

thabak tawbada tayna-
onnana kliak tavvganu. Don’t
do anything haphazardly.

adj.

R'EffEt nr nr

^s^nrernrniGM tayna-
onnaraba waaphamdu amuk
hawdokrak-anu. Don’t revive
again that unrelated matter.

nom. m'lSGSffSCtflll

or st iFfsTR^nr rr'er ern^cs, l

tayna-onnakhrabasing
adugidamak waaruraganu.
Don’t cry over those split milk.
Phr: tayna-

onnaba ‘be different from
expected or normal one’

S 6 * taw

dig

v. UW' UTRc El'ff s^erfl

nupaa ama kom taw'ri. A man is
digging a trench. >0^°IDSTTT l T

a if unzHJ tf^lPCJfl

hayengdi nupaa anina
taw'gani. From to-morrow two
men will dig the trench,
adv. KF'^STr E'ff P V G
S^G R'ETf O'HI makhoydi
kom tawna taw'na waari saay.
They had talks while digging
the trench. e 6 rf ^err^sr
nraffl'm RIDX R'ET°1 kom

87

ta.w 2

tawringayda angaang chang-
ba yaade. Children are not al¬
lowed to come while digging
trench.

adj. 0 ^'

O'fflallH tawriba komdu kayaa
saang-ngc? What is the
length of the trench at work?

arc' C9er-1

tawkhraba kom kayaa -ure?
How many finished trenches
are there?

nom. US 6 ’? KCJfm

3 “f^l atavvba kayaano
masing thiyu. Count those
already dug ones (ticnch).
SJ 6 ff \HC9fKBtf
EZ8M kom asimadi khutaw
phajade. T he way ot digging
of this trench is not good.

Fhr: EiflT kom tawba

‘to dig trench’, ^ ^

ukhul tawba ‘to dig post-

holes' v y

Proverb: S' X

qt sbra ^ st s*x 6 <5X

akutpada laytaw.ba atongbada
iaythonba ‘fortune favouis
the rich'

ta.w l

employ

v. K^'nr EisT'^s 6 xxnr

tttK mahaak kadaay-

dano thabak ama ta.wwi. He is
employed somewhere.

adv. f^y5'nr xxnr
s^erfanTsT Efer

mahaakna thabak ta.wri-
ngayda kaar tongde. He
hasn't a car when he was in
service.

adj. xxnr s^entx

FkfET' M^X'BTXRT'I nahaak
thabak ta.wriba mira
potthaarabara? Are you a man
in service or retired?

nom. XXHT 5^ 0TfXC9flUX[
^ B s 6 31t EMITOfl

thabak ta.wribasingdu anow-
ba tolop .phang-ngagani.
Those who are in service will
get new (revised) pay scale.
Phr: XXHT 3P*.X thabak
ta.wba 4 to gel employed’,
3GYHT thabak

ta.wpham ‘place for work or
office’

S 6 * ta.w 2

study

v. x a ^er°<3 s'^erfnr

^.fiTf! Thoyren laayrikta.wri.
Thoyren is preparing his
lessons.

adv. s'^errnr

UsT*

thoyrenna laayrik
tawringayda mamaannaba
laak-i. When Thoyren is
preparing his lessons his
friend came (to see him).

S 6 * ta.w3

88

adj. e'Korfnr ^.erfs
x 6 ^ero(5(7ri

laayrik ta.wriba mahayroydu
thoyrenni. The student who is
preparing his lessons is
Thoyren.

nom. 5Tni u'ku terror

s 6y .erfTOfinsT nrsy

Rc>0 0T 6 5TOf QI17f I chaang
naayna laayrik ta.wribasingdu
aphaba mahayroysingni.
Whose who are studying
regularly are good students.
Phr: U'JZB'tW $>*.Y laayrik
ta.wba ‘to study one’s lesson
or to do a narrative ritual’

S 6 *. ta.W3

have talk

v. mrjf R'erf \d:k

erf! makhoy ani waari ama
ta.wri. They are having a talk,
adv. rcaf R'erf

S^ffTjflFST TO EYFE*!
makhoy ani waari ta.wri-
ngayda bas chatkhre. They
missed the bus when they are
having talks.

adj. n'erf Serfs' Kf urcjf

flEST mu' mU'U*\ waari
ta.wriba mi ani adu kanaa
kanaano? Who are those two
persons (who have been)
having talks?

nom. R'arf s^erfTOfnisr
Htain'm m'WPuM waari

tawribasingdu angaang
ngaaktani. Those who are
having talk are children.

Phr: R'fiTf waari tawba
‘to have talk’

S 6 *. ta.W4

cohabit

v. nrcjf $>*KU

C ^ vp

y 3 U I maklioy ani toyna laay
ta.wnay. They cohabit quite
often.

adv. VLU f

^.crfirfjDTsr Kt e'nr^i

makhoy ani ta.wnaringayda
mamaana laak-i. When they
are cohabiting, her mother
came.

adj.

nnrfsr u*uy r'st°i

ta.wnariba makhoy anidu
lawnaba yaade. Those two
having cohabitation are
forbidden degree,
nom. S^.CJerftfST FkfK'C
S3 (5 U yl ta.wnaribadu
mamaana kanna yaade. Her
mother condemned their
cohabitation.

Phr: laay ta.wba

‘to have sex’

S 6 *. ta.w 5

do

v. fk^o'nr ®erf s^^.erfI

mahaak kari ta.wri? What is he

kat

89

doing? & qfirfxer'i u
suribara? Is he doinu
carpentry?

adv. Bc'CJ XYHT 2 HTBT

&uy fkf uek ^'dthi

maana thabak ta.wringayda
maabu unaba mi aina laak-i. A
visitor came to see him when
he was working (doing
carpentry).

adj. 3GXDT 5 6 ''.GTfX (JilU'S?

ne'e'ffpf x*5ser»ic?ri

thabak ta.wriba nupaadu
maalomgi thoyrenni. The man
who is doing the work is
Thoyren of Maalom.

n o m. 3G Y HT HHk

s^.erfTOfniST fker'HYnr

Earxaf! thabak ama
ta.wribasingdu maraaybak
pharabani. Those who arc
engaged in (employed) some
work are lucky.

Phr: tklTIir 5* > *.’5T thabak
ta.wba ‘to do a work’, BSSTfd*

_ , vp

HIRc 5° .Y karino ama ta.wba
‘to do something’

kap

weep, cry

v. BnrciEKJI kapkanu. Don’t
cry. Minfin UTK IHIMfl
angaang ama kappi. A child is
crying.

adv. iM'nJSTtJ GBJRC? IffilCJ

HI angaangduna kapna
kapna haay. The child said
with tears in the eyes.

nram'HJST effirfl

angaangdu kaptuna layri. The
child is still crying,
adj. tUBBlW m ID' HI ST,
W fiTHFI akappa angaangdu
purak-u. Bring in the crying
child.

nom. WU'U *I

akappadu kanaano? Who is
the cried one?

Phr:

kapchetpa angaang ‘a crying
child (habitually)’,

UTJirc'H fi ? Y kappoy
laakpoy tawba 'be at the verge
of crying', H93TCC9f(gUIT
tHaffl HI kapsinnaba angaang
‘nagging child’

WX kat

offer, sacrifice

v. OTi'TOrnjc KerVurEf-

fflJfF kak i

90

sue nr E^crfl

athawbasingna maraybaak-
kidamak mathawaay katli. He¬
roes sacrificed their life for the
country.

adv. fiefft ffTJ cf IHMU
BD^TJ H93IUIRf! miyaamna lay
katna katna kappi. People
cried while offering flowers.

e'erfini'st b*id ^'ernrysi

makhoyna lay kattuna
layringayda nong tarak-i. It
started raining when they are
offering flowers,
adj. d* EV5RT Kform^
lay katlamba
misingdu chatkhre. Those
people who offered flowers
have gone,
iiom. S

M'ffffefl makhoyna lay katpa
pammi. They wanted to offer
flowers.

Phr: ^'5SST laayda

katpa ‘to offer something to
God’. XTfH BJtf 5IR thawaay

y)

katpa To sacrifice life', >0 (TOT
hayruk katpa ‘to offer
fruits to God'

SHUT kak l

cut

v. Ef^fC 03lirS&l kaatina
kak-u. Cut it with scissors,
fi^'nr Off SinTESl mahaak
sani kak-i. He is having his hair

cut.

adv. 3lR 0 5Iil°TJ E=f
2*1 Pepenu phi kaktuna lay.
Pepenu is cutting a cloth.
3^o0o(j C9fnj HOTS fflUTS
JEDaDlfl kekenu sing
kakna kakna isay ngangngi.
Kekenu is humming a song
while cutting firewood,
adj. El nr 31R Of ID ST
WOf^SHTDI 6 ! akakpa singdu
pusallak-o. Bring the firewood
that is already cut. BB UTS'S

c^fniof.njsT ma^nr^l

Kaklaba sing si.ngdu
pukthokkho. Take out those
firewoods that have been cut.
noru. QSnTDlHT EIFTJfl
kakpana phagani. It would be
better to cut it.

Phr: ^O' IffllirSR usaa kakpa
‘to hew branches of tree’.
DG'IDTJ WWW thaangna
kakpa ‘to cut with a knife’
ffffflinr Iff®nr makak makak
‘piece by piece', EmTDo DT
HDTOfTg kakthok

kaksin tawba ‘to cut into
desired shape’

Riddle: EIDTH! ® AT TUP
C9'fflS kak-a kak-aga
chaangba ‘digging a trench'

BUT kak 2

fix

v. ffff FffOflD fflDTOfl mi

91

Kan l

masing kaksi. J st us fix the
number of person.

adv. SRtIV KOfni usurps

w m

V0 .

S’ GT°I numit masing kaktuna
layre. The number of days lias
been fixed.

adj. majors*

f£ S 6 IT HTfkST SSSCPfl
aykhoy akaknaba matam
amada unasi. Let us meet on a
stipulated time,
nom. SffctV UK EHFHRS
liffeicnrmf FSt‘m

Sr'lI^Sf! numit ama kakpana
pumnamakki khudong
chaagani. It would be
advantageous for all to have a
fixed day.

Phr: WmWU'Z FkS 6 JT

akaknaba matam ‘fix t : me\
FfcS^FF EHFM matam kakpa‘to
fix a time’, HOTS'Er

•

matam kaknaba ‘to fix a time
between two persons’

HR 7 kam

decay, rot

v. HIC9f HSlTBt 0 ! hay asi
kamme. This fruit is rotten.

adv. yfof.lD

u >

S 0T°l haysi.ng asi kamduna
layre. These fruits are lying
rotten. yo’of.ID HIC9f BIFFS
haysi.ng asi kamna ure.
These fruits appear decayed,
adj. UllfflffX Ztf’ETf BKJ'S

5Ilf FFlTflFSf! akamba haydi
kanaana paambigani? Who
w'ould like the rotten fruits?
nom. BHfTffc'B’STf HS'SO
M FFRtfiT & Hl kammabadi
kanaanasu paammaroy.
Nobody would like the rotten
ones. HHEJFF HTHFFX
akam akamba
khandok-u ‘Pick out those
rotten ones’

Phr: tHUTRcir ~A kammaba
hay ‘rotten fruit', 1310 FF
HI HIT'S' akam akamba ‘rotten
ones’, J^BBFF BlffHr* 7? ikam
kammaba hay ‘almost rotten
fruit’

EK5 Kan i

be strong, hard
v. Re 75'HP QS^Sfl mahaak
kaili. He is strong. RcTd'OT
Tj'VS'ET mahaak

hotnaba kaili. He is
industrious.

adv. R^'tF BUSS Ktfcfl
mahaak kanna chatli. He walks
fast. fftyO lF BH5S H®S
3T^Sfl mahaak kanna kanna
chatli. He habitually walks
fast. RcTi'AF fk^FF
jir FTSRtiirs 6 ^nr^'nj

M

EK55TS S^l mahaak matam
pumnamakta hakchaang
kanduna lay. He is always
stout and strong.

(K(g kan 2

92

adj. Rc2o HT ©B0©1T KfGfl

mahaak akanba mini. He is a
strong man. ©EJ©1T XlTUr
C9IFCJI akanba thabak

p*» w

suganu. Don’t do hard work.
©E© KfC9

akan akanba misu
sikhre. A number of strong
men also had died. Hc-/0 DT
IB^cTflT FkfTJfl mahaak
kalliba mini. He is a man who
is still strong. f£7) UT
El ©Ff IP STY H2fTJfl mahaak
kankhigadaba mini. He is a
man who will remain strong,
itom. IK* El ©Y 3111 FFHcfl ay
kanba paammi. 1 want to be
strong. ©EI©YC9 G^IUfk
e?f.IFTJfl akanbasu nongma
si.gani. Strong man also will
die one day.

Phr: TO© ©BStJY akan
akanba ‘those strong/ hard
ones’, ©El© ©C9 b ©
akan ason thidaba ‘irrespec¬
tive of weak and strong’,
El©t? Ef.1T kanna ka.wba ‘to
call someone with loud voice’,
EI(?Y thamoy kanba
‘cold-hearted, ruthless’
Idiom: FTtEl©3oi'2 HTT©
E^ST^M makanthina maran
phoydatpa ‘to destroy one’s
own property out ot tit’,
flfl©3Gf kantlii tawba ‘to
resort to force’

EBTg kan 2

beat, flog

v. wefcxj 7jer'©Ysr x u

pulisna huraanbadu
chayna kalli. The policeman is
flogging the thief,
adv. 25er'©*ST Ktt'lT
5THJSTCJ VCU E!©ST(J
^fiTfflCri huraanbadu
mayaam changduna chayna
kanduna layrammi. All men
were beating the thief with
sticks. 7>er'©XST tfu W5

f£3Tf© TiMPFfkfl
huraanbadu chayna kan
kanduna machin hang-
ngammi. The thief was interro¬
gated by repeated flogging,
adj. K25 y C9' 5f(J
q[Jl'5T ©OfUfl mahawsaa
chayna kankhiba nupaadu
asini. This is the man who was
flogged last time,
noitt. TTGT SB©Y 31H ITYET
U V IF © K IT Y

!7o' 1F5 TP 0 GT' I chayna kanba
paambra nattraga achumba
haaygera? Do you like flog¬
ging or speaking the truth?
Phr: TCXZ HI©X chayna
kanba ‘to beat with a stick', 5T
•^0BT5 FIffi©YT c?*Y chay
khukan khukanda layba
‘depend on the type of
flogging’, 32 U IB©Y

EGOIST chayna
kanba m.akhay kallaba

matungda ‘after flogging
number of times’

ka.n i

save, protect, acquire

V. STafll'in ro5T

90.3 S’f I angaang adu

maalemna ka.lli. Maalem saved

the child.

adv. fk'U CJtDX FkS 6 ^
MffUKDTS 6

oG FF IF-CJf I maana nangbu
niatam pumnamakta ka.nduna
thamgani. Me will protect you
forever.

adj. fGEff roof
EL^criT S’.ff’JJf | inapham asi
mosinna ka.llaba la.mni. The
place is acquired by Mosil.

roans7 kdjifcji

aka.nba la.mda chang-ngunu.

Don't encroach on the

acquired land.

nom. Hi’" S.FFCpf

iiR FTRef I ay la.nisi ka.nba

paammi. 1 want to protect/

acquire this land.

Phr: BS.tgFjBT T e.FF
ka.nkliraba la.m ‘land that has
already been acquired’,

g’.pp aka.nba" la.m
'acquired land'.

®.{3 ka.n 2

scoop

v. f£7j'QT 5^C9fm

mahaak ising ka.lli. She is
scooping water.

adv. Fk°Fkfc:' KWftil
mMKU O'tSBflrfl memila
ising ka.nduna saannari.
Memila is playing scooping
water. GHJC9fJSOflD
E.15C? RZUM
C9f^c?Ti nungsiray ising
ka.nna ka.nna manap sitli.
Sungsiray is blowing her nose
while scooping water,
adj. El * IDE VS 6 IF f

J^ofira roofer larnr^i

kongkuttagi ka.nba isingdu
asida purak-u. Bring the water
that has scooped from the pit.
mom. STfiTJTS?

^3 JlfJIR ! aka.nba makhay
daramda haappu. Keep all the
scooped water in the drum.
UQJ JSOfDJ Iffl.tf'g’ JlR'ffSffl
nang ising ka.nba paambra?
Do you like to scoop water?
VMir; Jj ^ 80.(51? thaaw
ka.nba ‘to scoop oil’, JSC9fE
EJ.^Sfdl] 5T ising ka.lli-
ngayda ‘while scooping
water’

39.55 ka.n 3

lake share
V. UDJlFf C9£TQT
nanggi saruk ka.njahaw. Take
your share yourself,
adv. f£73'lir

DD.IU ka.ng l

94

sir Kyo'nriHif

oernr GB.IgSnJ S*l mahaak
matam pumnamakta mahaakki
saruk ka.nduna lay. She is
always taking care of her
share. REO'IPf Off IF 1EB

B.EB ICflPfO TOfC nr

n"?rarri masaagi saruk
ka.nna ka.nna migisu amuk
waabiri. She worried for others
also while taking care of her
share.

adj. BZ'U 181.35* CQGTlirS 6
rcofaf I maana ka.llaba
saruktu asini. This is the share
that he has taken,
nom. tfYf oernr la.©*/
02.3 >0** SIR IT Ref I aygi saruk
ka.nba/ ka.lhawba paammi. I
want to take care of my share.
Phr: CTffHT saruk

ka.lhawba ‘to take care of
one's share in time', fle'lPf

maagi

maagi saruk ka.nnaba ‘to take
care of one’s share by
everbody’

IB. ID ka.ng l

be dry

v. EfST UD.Ul2fl3 0 l phidu ka.ng-
nge. The cloth has dried up.
adv. ffctJ' f£C9fOJST

M

m 0T ° ff IT ST 03. IU,/) £5 ST XL
tf 3 nrm° I manaa masingdu
arembada ka.ngduna tok-e.

The vegetables have dried up
in vain. SIR Fff Of HI Eft B0.HHJ

ro M

H.DKJ S^Vnral pukham-
singdu ka.ngna ka.ngna
taythok-u. Wipe off the rice
plates properly dry.
adj. HIIH. ID* sV
3T\5t>Eft(J 5 H> .£f°l aka.ngba
unaa mayaam chaa.yduna
la.yre. Dry leaves are lying
scattered.

nom. E f. C 9 f SB. HI *
SIR'ffRefl ay phi.si ka.ngba
pammi. I want this cloth dry.
Phr: 2 ID' DTBfl.HJ* ngaa
aka.ngba ‘dry fish’, SEOflU
SB.ID* ising ka.ngba ‘to
become dry of water’

fflS.lD ka.ng 2

be thin

v. nr nj .nj 2 ILt*!

mahaak mayaang ka.ng-ngi.
He is thin.

adv. Eft'DJ B.ID5

Tom mayaang ka.ngna
uy. Tom looks thin.

flkft'DJ HB.DJST5 5*1 Tom

n

mayaang ka.ngduna lay. Tom
has been thin.

adj. fER'nj B.m*
u si'k^'et siRC935nrs*i

M M «

mayaang ka.ngba

nupaamachaadu pusaliak-u.
Bring in the thin boy. Reft'QJ

ro.njdi* EfETf Roidx

95

mayaang ka.ng-
ngaba midi yengba nung-
ngaaytc. A thin person does
not look nice.

nom. a^JSIPSTlPf C9GT IF
EE.ID Y CJ /0 o E5tJ E I
noygadagi saruk ka. ngbana
henna phay. To be thin is better
than to be fat. L’IDSTf ft ID
03. ID IT M'FFlTfir'l nanedi
yaang ka.ngba paambra? Do
you like to l->e thin.

Phr: ffcft'lD EE.DI* fkf
mayaang ka.ngba mi ‘a thin
person’. Reft'ED S3 ffiafl]
EB.Ql 2 fllX Ref mayaang ka.ng-
nga ka.ng-ngaba mi ‘number
of thin persons’

kffl.HI ka.ng 3

be big

v. i£y5'nr fkxnr m.uMU

mahaak mabuk ka.ng-ngi. His
belly is big (He has pot-belly),
adv. rc>' fkxnr Buna
^>H>I Aygaa mabuk kangna
uy. Aygaa appears to have
pot-belly.

adj. n'nnj Re^o'nrisif

dtgd.hix Ffcxnr^ a'^afi

waangna mahaakki aka. ngba
mabuktu naalli. Waang
rubbed his pot-belly.

fkufwarsr ikxnr bud* Kf

ft FTC ^GT 0 ! manipurda
mabuk ka.ngba mi yaamna

iii.yj ka.ng 4

lay re. There are number of
persons in Manipur having
pot-belly.

nom. jronr m.mu Efuas'

M

vp >

(5 P°l puk ka. ngbana
kaannaba layte. To have big
belly is of no use. M IF 03.FIT
03t£'C9 SIR'ITS? 0 1 Puk ka.ngba
kanaasu paamde. No body
likes to have pot-belly.
WIFE!.ID'S DXRZ cJlTlTfST
R fl pukka, ngba

ama lambida vvaana chat-
hawwi. A pot-belly man was
trudging or. the road.

Phr: W IF 03. IDS' f£f
pukka.ngba mi ‘a pot-belly
man’, MlFBHUXa 3RHI@7
C9IF5IR pukka.ngbana akanba
sakpa ‘an ostentation'

BD.in ka.ng 4

be pregnant

v. EJWf FT ST K^IF tHUDdE 0 !
nupi adu mabuk kang-ngc.
That woman is in her family
way (She is pregnant),
adv. RtTflF R^IF 03.OJU
03.1D(J tliXlF mahaak

mabuk ka.ngna ka.ngna
thabak suy. She worked in
spite of being pregnant.

adj. Re? nr* ffli.m'sr awfsrf
x'm

mabuk ka.ngba nupidi
chaang naayna chek ta.wba

p

taa.y. Pregnant woman needs
regular checking.

non).

umfv Hrsnr Ei.ni'g' fcs * -

6'Ufl mayum paallaba nupi-
na mabuk ka.ngba mahaw-
saani. To be pregnant by a
married woman is natural.

phn RcYnr yiRr

mabuk ka.ngba nupi ‘pregnant
waman' See also mironba
nupi.

FkfGlf l mahaakti mina kallak-
pa / kallak-iba/ kailakpiba/ kal-
lakpiraba mini. He is a man
who is jealous by others.

fTsrf rcfks?

fkftffl maadi
matam amada mina kallakkhiba
mini. In the past he was jeal¬
ous by others. Bt C9 fkTC
KfCJfl maa-
su mina kallakkhigadaba mini.
He too will be jealous ot by

kallak

be jealous
v. KoffK'CJ

HR3lirFal memchaana metn-
tonbu kallak-i. Memchaa is
jealous of Memton.
adv. R fr°l7U EGT°ST \
isi^eDr^c? e^aM Yaarenu-
na pharedaabu kallaktuna
layre. Yaarenu has remained
jealous of Pharedaa. ft IDYfU

'^onniRfy EH3nr Ensure

g*6M yaangbina tekpibu kal¬
lak kallakna layre. Yaangbi hap
remained intensely jealous of
Tckpi.

ft’Mfl kenuna
phajabibu kallakna yeng-ngi.
Kenu looked at Phajabi jeal¬
ously.

adj. HtTfnr^f
®q^nniR/ wiewK'gi
aR^nmrsv ERennntfer*

others.

nom. EIT^HniR *

kallakpa mihawba
mioybagi phattaba gunni.
Jealousy is the negative
quality of human beings.

Phr: HTenrSt 0-
kallaktuna layba ‘to remain
jealous’.

kallaktunada layraba ‘to be
always jealous of others ,
®^eHT fefs? kallak

mihaw chaawba ‘state of being
* jealous”

Idiom: BSTcHir ftff

fff uchi kallak yum may
thaaba ‘to dig one’s own
grave’, 03-1311? lit ID 5-tOJ
kallak maang chaang
taaba ‘to get insult before an
adversary’, 98-13 ID 1 Rt C9
kallak maysaa laangba
‘to bear the brunt of jealousy’

i

97

KT kaa 3

r

kaa l

climb

v. Kf^’orme xtst

S7fmf Rfm h'si

«

mitaysingna cliahi khudinggi
ching kaay. Mitays climb hills
every year.

adv. 0'C

n'GTf C9'E>I makhoy ching
kaana kaana waari saay. They
talked while climbing up the
hill.

adj. KOf Stf EfC IH'SfffS
57fnJCfl masidi mina kaadriba
chingni. This is the hill
nobody has ever climbed,
nom. 5?'ID ftflD 0'S

SIEY C9'S°TSCJtl chaang
naayna ching kaaba aphaba
saajenni. Climbing a hill
regularly is a good exercise.
Phr: 0'S u. kaaba ‘to

climb up a tree’, 0 IT

masal kaaba ‘to have a good
muscle' 1

Idiom: 0S amyaa

kaaba ‘to kill time’

fflf kaa 2

intoxicate

v. KTfnr £57'ersr
0'fT°l mahaak juwaarda
mayaa.y kaare. He has been
intoxicated in gambling,
adv. £ 57'0T ST Rt 9Z .55
0 ' sr f 0 * sr MffCEnr

K'lD^fSCf I juwaarda
mayaa.y kaaringayda pumna-
mak maangkhibani. While in¬
toxicating in gambling he has
lost everything,
adj. <£57GTST 5S 0'0fTS
fftfST jffl'SftGTSCJf I juwaarda
mayaa.y kaariba midu
ngaawrabani. He who is under
the spell of gambling is a mad
man.

nom. ffcft'.H 0 S tUFkS 6

C9fCf{5tJlF;! mayaa.y kaaba
amata sijinnaganu. Abstain
from any kind of intoxicants.
Phr: ®'S mayaa.y

kaaba ‘any kind of
intoxication’. £57 ST "ST CfC9
0'^ juwaarda nisaa kaaba ‘be
abdicted to gambling’

fflf kaa 3

be lucky

v. Rt/) or si

0'El ngasidi mahaak daaw
kaay. He is lucky to-day.
adv. ST'& 0' EP f iiDT ST
S^TZflDS 5 by 75 y er b l daaw
kaaringayda tawningba
tawhawro. Do whatever you
like when luck smiles,
adj. ST'^ 0'S Kf 75'55SC9f
fkft'fflF K'TSCZSM daaw
kaaba mi haaybasi mayaamga
maannade. A lucky man is not
like any other person.

1H\ kaa.i

nom. ST' S5 03 XC9fIU(7
BUST'S XS'QT cf^ 0 ! daaw
kaabasingna ngamdaba
thabak layte.Those who
favour with luck can do
everything.

Phr: ST'^ 00’S F£f daaw
kaaba mi iucky man’, ST
El'ETfalE ST daaw kaaringayda
‘when luck smiles’

fflf. kaa.i

open (mouth)

v. Gft' nayaa

kaa.kliatlu. Open your mouth,
adv. kaa.khattuna matam
khara layyu. Keep open your
mouth for sometime,
adj. EiJ'

®ini'nior mtrnM' ikr'c'i

mayaa kaa.khatliba angaangsi
kanaagi machaano? Whose
child is he who is opening his
mouth?

nom. Re ft' 0B'. S’
R'ETffRtlPTJfl mayaa kaa.ba
waarainmagani. He might be
tired of opening his mouth.
Phr: ft' HE'.Y yaa kaa.ba ‘to
open one’s mouth’, 03 .cC 0T
El'.OfTS S 6 *.* kaa.thok-
kaa.sin ta.wba ‘to do opening
and closing of mouth*

ffl!\ kaa.2

over cook

v. KHT5 6 03'fiM chaaktu

kaa.re. The rice is over cooked,
adv. KIP' fflf.BTfaflfST tJOJ
BflBTf S^STTJ cT*lchagaa
kaa.ringayda nang kari
tawduna lay? What did you
do when the rice is being over
cooked? KIP 03 .SITCJ K IT
ft ' ST6T °l Chagaa kaaduna
chaaba yaadare. 1 cann’t eat
because of over cooking
(rice).

adj. KIP' m'.STY K'nr^
K'fTfriJl chagga kaa.raba
chaaktu chaaruranu. Don’t eat
the rice which is being over
cooked.

nom. Hl'.ers’ofnj TUSTSTf

kaa.rabasing adudi tong-
ngaanna thamkhro. Those
that are over cooked, keep
them separately.

Phr: KIP' ST.'S chagaa
kaa.ba ‘to over cook’, (J-
mo'c* Effl'.3j°nrJlR nungsaa-
na kaa.thekpa ‘to get sunburn’

iHf JIl kaap l

shoot

v. fkUfJIRff'IPf CJJlRfRtK'-
C9fni m'KSR ft'fftf

>0*1 manipurgi nupimachaas-
ing nongmay kaappa yaamna
hay. Manipuri girls are excel¬
lent shooters.

adv. (CP*j;g c'idik'*

99

*_?

C9'(30*l makhoyna
nongmay kaaptuna saannay.
They play shooting rifles.

adj. d 6 tUf£* fflfJRW

^airicK'ST, m'nrwOf

mongmay kappa
nupimachaadu paakpigi
machaani. The girl who shot
rifle is Paakpi s daughter. ^

nom. ffcBTFF tfKG c‘lDlk

i'ii ft sm

maram chaadana mongmay
kaappa aainna yaade.
Indiscriminate shooting is
prohibited by law.

Phr: El'M ten kaappa

‘to shoot arrow', E S 6
ffif M photo kaappa ‘to take
photograph', ® 3R3IR

uchek kaappa ‘to shoot lor
game'

if 311 kaap2

play (marble)

v nTyv*55lJ ^ 2 ID'ID

0'JMfl aykhoyna angaang
oyringayda marbal kaappi. We
played marble when we were

children. „

adv. E'er^ DD'3K31RfalD ST
t£f XL ffifS ol marbal

kaappingayda mina kawba
taade. When we were playing
marble we didn’t hear
anybody.

bal kaappingaygi matamdo
nung-ngaaybani. The time we
were playing marble was a lot
happy.

nom. moID'ID

zcer t EfmsiRf o'TgGerffKfl

angaang oyringayda thri
kaappi saannarammi. We used
to play marble when we were
children.

Phr: 3 SBT f IBf JTCSIRf O'tgTJ'S
thri kaappi saannaba ‘to play
marble’

BB'nr kaak i

open

v. fk'STf R'GTf BB'UrJSl maadi

yaari kaak-i. He has protruded
teeth ridge.

adv. ir*f ft'erf mfnm
&5SI maadi yaari kaakna uy.
He appears to have protruded
teeth ridge.

adj. ft'erf Hfnrai fcfss,

s^jsb e'nrsi

yaari kaakpa midu ophista
toyna laak-ii The man who has
protruded teeth ridge came
often to office,
nom. rc'err fflTnm
X%55l yaari kaakpa taangna
thok-i. To have protruded
teeth ridge is rare,

Phr: BB'HTflR ti kaakpa‘to

100

fflj'DT kaak 2

open penis', 9Z fiTf EB OTM
yaari kaakpa ‘to have
protruded teeth ridge'

Bf DT kaak 2

be showy

v. r c'srfonr^f ursr*

onr FGT m'WK\ maadi sakti
phajay adubu sak khara kaak-i.
He is handsome, but he is
rather showy.

adv. fk' onr Far ei'htcj

maa sak kliara kaakna uy.
He appears to be rather
showy.

adj. C9QT ffiftFIf (JJlfST
5^ST°I sak kaakpa
nupidu ngarang chatkhre. The
showy woman had gone
yesterday.

nom. C90T ffiJ'IFM HCEY
U^$>°\ sak kaakpa aphaba
gun natte. To be showy is not
a positive quality of a person.
Phr: OT K'DTM sak kaakpa
‘be showy’

9ff ff kaam l

be dirty

v. rasSs wn'KYu evm
S3 FFRtfl makhoydi

ayaambana lamchat kaammi.
Most of them have dirty habit.

adv. K'JFf

RF^fF IFFGFOTS 6 BD'ffSta

S I roaagi lamchatti matam

pumnamakta kaamduna lay.
His habit is always dirty,
adj. ^FFXtf RFfSTf

mu' VLfePU Jffl'ffSM
lamchat kaamba midi kanaa
amatana paamde. Nobody
likes a man of dirty habit,
nom. FF 57 ^ S3' IF Y O’
KO'Pf FkfUIW
ST I lamchat kaambana masaa-
gi mingchat maang-halli.
One’s personality is damaged
by one’s moral turpitude.

Phr: ffil'lFT lamchat

kaamba ‘to have moral
turpitude’

Kl'ff’ kaam 2

be impolite

v. fk^'nr R'jQfm odD'm
5^0T SB FF Rtf I mahaak
waangaang sangaang kara
kaammi. He is rather impolite in
speaking.

adv. 57' alD'IDYST K'fFtf
dB'SHF'CTI waa ngaangbada
kaamna ngaangganu. Don’t
speak impolitely,
adj. 57' 2 m'ID El'FFX KfST
Rt'(JC9 ft 5T°I waa-ngaang
kaamba midu maanasu yaade.
He also does not like the
person who speaks impolitely,
nom. 57'jJD'lD El'PFY RFffiriF
RtfUfl waangaang
kaamba mirak-tindaba mi. To

101

ffi'M kaa.n i

speak vulgar is an indecent
person.

Phr: n 2 ID ID El TfTT waa-
ngaang kaamba ‘to speak
impolitely’, HtfV9Z°nJ 59
mityeng kaamba ‘to look at
wistfully’

2lf fF kaam 3

be clumsy

v. K'STf xxnr
El'fffkfl maadi thabak
tawbada kaammi. He is clumsy
in doing something,
adv. X^DT E'ffCJ

FDT 5 t>y fl T 'C?l thabak tawbada
kaamna khak tawganu. Don't
do clumsily "'hile doing
something,
adj. DIEl'ffX
jTsfnr&l akaamba lamchat
thaadok-u. Abstain from
clumsy behaviour,
noni. DTE'FFX f£f

akaamba

lamchatna mi amabu maang-
halli. A bad behaviour spoiled
a person.

Phr: ePFKV O'W El'ffX

lamchat-saajat kaamba
‘clumsy behaviour'

fflf.JF kaa.m

blow with mouth
v. UTCU5U K'.ffF^I
nachinna kaa.mmu. Blow it

with your mouth,
adv. f£'(Z 9T^BT

03 '.ff Ref I maana
machinna rabar bol kaa.mmi.
He is blowing wind in the
rubber balloon with his mouth,
adj. fesi'WU ffl'.ffX
fft 2 ED' C9 6T°| mahaakna
kaa.mba bol mangaa sure. It is
five balloons now that he has
blown wind in.

nom. (ZOO ET.fflT
yiR'ff'S’GT'I nangsu kaa.mba
paambra? Do you also like to
blow wind inside the balloon?
Phr: Ef.iTlT bol kaa.mba

‘to blow wind inside a balloon
with mouth’, He* ffif.ff'8' may
kaa.mba ‘to light up by
blowing wind through mouth’

kaa.n 1
cross over
v. Fkyo'nrtJ

mahaakna
sambandu kaa.nkhi. He had
crossed over the fence.

adv.

CJEOfST
of tfc? nr Hi makhoyna
samba 1 kaa.llingayda nungsit
sitlak-i. The wind started
blowing when they were
crossing the fence,
adj. 03 .13 IT

CWSigSt

Ef.lS kaa.n 2

102

nakhoyna kaa.nba sambandu
thaadoykhovgini. T| Je f ence
you have crossed over
belongs to ThaadoyY

nom. Uinc?

9? ^(Jfni'g'er I nangsy sam-
bal kaa.nba yaawningbara?
Do you also like to join in
crossing the fence?

Phr: KtfJIR

kaa.nduna chatpa ‘to go
crossing over something’,
01 afll ff ^ kaa.nba

ngamba ‘be able to cross over’

!Hl\l5 kaa.n 2

to skip

v. RTC

HD .155^11 maana mangaasuba
lamaaydu kaa.nkhi. He
skipped the fifth page,
adv. HTC9fC2 HS'.^STC
K^£fr°| asisu kaa.nduna
chatkhre. It has also been
skipped.

adj. CD 0 p ID’S 6

ESI I kaa.nkhiba saruktu

kadaayno. What j s that
portion which has been
skipped.

nom. HIST

^ HI d I kaa.nkhrabasing

adu khangjillu. Note down
those skipped portions.

Phr: 5^°(J H chenaa
kaa.nba ‘to skip a page’,

HD .©'S’ dam kaa.nba ‘to leave
out someone’

EI'III kaang l

press up and down of pedal in
weaving

v. Ef V'Y Ffc^ffST
y-*\RU oL JP HTfl^nr U
HIKUr EB'lDW S^Rfl phi

saaba matamda khongnettu
amuk nettha amuk kaangkhat
tawwi. While weaving (in a
handloom) the pedal is
pressed up and down,
adv.

cMD£ v HEl£

khongnet kaang-ngingayda
langjaa ama phelli. A strand of
thread is crossed while
pressing the pedal.

adj. EJ'jlDFffX

miEnr

kaangkhraba khongnet amuk
netthagani.The pedal that is
pressed up will press down
again.

nom. ET111X0

Eo'tFf htRc 5*1

khongnet kaangbasu masaagi
chaangchat ama lay. The
movement of pedal has it’s
own rhythm.

Phr: K'nJX

khongnet kaangba ‘to press
up and down of pedal of
handloom weaving'

103

M kaa.ng

HI kaang 2

stand tip-toe

v. urn'3 F„afni

ffll'lDFV5fl angaal khuning
kaangkhatli. Angaal stands
tip-toe.

adv. ^cftn

^o{D 2 lDfl angaanna khuning
kaangkhattuna thongnaawda
yeng-ngi- Angaal looked
through the window standing
tip-toe.

ad]. ^.UflD ffl'HIFtfef*
tEJD'ni^ tM'lSUfl Khun¬
ing kaangkhatlil a angaangdu
angaanni. The child WaO is
standing tip-toe is Angaal.
nom. UlUPf ittJD'niG:

yv grin hi'idt so Ter i

nanggi angaangna khuning
kaangba haybara? Does youi
child know how to stand tip¬
toe? x

Phr: ysaTin HI HIJDIP-

c5°M khuning kaang-ngaga
leppa ‘to stand tip-toe ,
yctjfin El'IDSTCJ ST
khuning kaangduna layba to
remain standing tip-toe

fflf m kaang 3

be upturned (lip)

v. G_mrn;K'.si KKf®

BB'HiDin nupimachaadu

machin kaang-ngi. The girl has
an upturned lip.

adv. (JJIRfKX'Tt
ffl'lDS HfHHZ n'

nupimachaaduna machin
kaangna kaangna waa
ngaang-ngi. The girl spoke
upturning her lip. Ro'lFf

UMRfST EKf© DU'ID SIR

yp ^

XL ESI maagi machaa
nupidu machin kaanglap
tawna phajay. His daughter is
beautiful with slightly
upturned lip.

adj. HI'DIT

Tkk'st £ 6 ^er°<2iPf

KK'Stl machin kaangba
nupimachaadu thoyren-gi
machaani. The girl who has an
upturned lip is the daughter of
Thoyren.
nom. KEf!5

31R HT U m TOPf U f I machin
kaangba mamaa puknunggini.
To have upturned lip is inborn.
Phr-.fkKtiS HI'HT Kf
machin kaangba mi person
having upturned lip

Ef.ID kaa.ng 1

over boil (sugarcane juice)
v. EiT 6 nr mofETf Kftff
H'fflJDol kabok asidi chim
kaa.ng-nge. This kabok (a
sweet) is made of over boiled

sugar. ^ „

adv. KfGf

chini kaa.ngdri-

104

ID .HI kaa.ng 2

ngayda thaangthahawro.
Take down before it (sugar) is
over boiled.

adj. xfu f m'.rn lBY b WM
5T Y ~A ^Rfl chini kaa.ngba
kabokti chaaba haawwi. The
kabok (a sweet) made of over
boiled sugar is good to taste,
nom. RfUf E'.nJXC
W\x b \ff SZTim To I chini
kaa.ngbana potthok phajah-
ande. The over boiled sugar
doesn’t make good product.
Phr: RftJf E'.DJ* chini
kaa.ngba ‘over boiled sugar’

ffiT.IIf kaa.ng 2

empty

v. e*£fifo Kl'.m^oEf 6 ! laytre,
kaa.ng-ngeko. It is finished
and empty now.
adv. qifSSTf

E .IDET(J c^HTfl kaangkhul
amadi kaa.ngduna layri. One
hole is lying empty,
adj. E'.MfY E'tUFfgSr
kaa.ng-ngiba
kaangkhuldu mensillu. Fill up
the empty hole,
nom. BB'.nnriFf E'-IDIT
E . HI Z STC?(J 1 kaa.ngbagi
kaa.ngba kaa.ngjarasanu. Let
the emptiness prevails.

Phr: E'.IUSTtJ Z*?
kaa.ngduna layba ‘be
remained empty’

fflfff ki 1

be afraid

v. Rt STf UtlJX Ef! maadi
nangbu ki. He is afraid of you.
UIDSTf FftfC Efl nangdimina
ki. You are afraid by others,
adv. K'C K5T Ef(J Eft?
ITt 9? ff ET maana

mapaa kina kina mayumda
hankhi. He w'ent home afraid
of his father.

adj. EfGTX tM'HJST &ZU

S 6 TTf 9? i kiraba angaangdu
phajana tawbiyu. (You) treat
the frighten child well,
nom. mtlflfY 3GFnFG[i akiba
thamganu. Avoid any kind of
fear.

Phr: STEfY JJlflFM akiba
pokpa ‘to have a feeling of
fear’, EfXf EfGTff
kithi kirum tawba ‘be timid’

Ifflf ki 2

tie, bind (thread)
v. Efc?f Eferfl

bebichaa kisi kiri. Bebichaa is
tying a knot.

adv. Ffc'U EfC9f EferfjflfST
RtRc'CJ E^ernnfSl maana kisi
kiringayda mamaana kaw r rak-i.
Her mother called her while
she is tying a knot,
adj. BfCjf Ef* (EEffS
OTOfCfl kisi kiba maphamdu
asini. This is the trace of tying
a knot.

105

IBM kep

Kiom. BBfOf G3f? TffiT
/) GT? Fkf c? I kisi kiba hayra
hayraba mi lay. There are
people who are skilful in tying
knots.

Phr: HfC9f EJf? kisi kiba ‘to
tie knot’, ? fi GT ElV Ef£f
HITS'? bor kaynaa phiji
kinaba ‘to tie nuptial knot’

M° ke l

be dandy
v. EE'V4*a
Js^ffKofsrf R'ffc cffl’i
mamaangngayda konunggi
ibemmasingdi yaamna ke.
Long time ago ladies of the
royal family were dandy,
adv. Tw^flF^f 59°S

S v ? SJIRf R'FFS gFfiM

M

havvjikti kena kena layba nupi
yaamna layre. Now-a-days
. there are many ladies who live
dandily.

adj. U MfOfIDSTf

9J°HI?<5T SQIdliyal akeba
nupisingdi yengbada nung-
ngaay. Ladies who are dandy
look good.

nom. lffl°?!FfC9 ®'(gtf? 3*1

kebagisu kaannaba lay. To be
dandy has its merit.

Phr: U9°? 7)*? keba hayba
‘to know the art of make-up’,
^ ST? khuke chaadaba
'showy appearance’, Qfl°S
^ IF51R kena yokpa ‘to rear a

child with utmost care',

C91D make-sang ‘beauty
parlour’

Ifflo ke2

nag

v. HTdE'DIS FkFk'ST EM
angaangna mamaada ke. A
child nags to her/ his mother,
adv. fkVs Fklk'ST Ho-

erfnfsr nef’ff a’fU

machaana mamaada keringay-
da matam hawkhi. The time
passed away while the child is
nagging to her/his mother,
adj. BB®lPTg? tttalll'DHJ
ffcf£'? R'yWSfl keganba
angaangna mamaabu

waahalli. A nagging child
gives trouble to her/his
mother.

nom. 8 B°?G’ HdD'QIIPf

7i' f UV'un kebana

angaanggi hawnasaani. To
nag is the nature of a child.
Phr: H°C9f(g(J? Waffl'E
kesinnaba angaang ‘a child
who indulges in nagging'

IBM kep

keep

v. uTlPf !P3f HOfST
HoJlTM 0 ! aygi guli asida
kcppe. I have kept my marble
here.

adv. HoMfdlTsr CTZ

EW ket

106

Bfl'JIlJIRfl maana keppingayda
ayna kaappi. 1 shoot (to hit his
marble) while he is keeping
(his marble).

adj. !7) y £flir Bfl°31£JHI fftfSt

I hawjik keppa midu
kanaano? Who is the person
who has kept his marble now?
nom. CID OMKK M ff-
HtYBr'l nang keppa paamma-
bara? Are you willing to keep
your marble?

Phr: 1P2T Qfl°3!t3lR guli keppa
‘to keep marble at a point’

ket

be relieved

v. u in u nrmer js
sd'KerxztT nfsrf

nang laak-aroy haayrabadi
aydi ketle. If you are not
coming it’s a relief for me.
adv. fk'STf UtilJQ'K'XU
^SPlTCfl maadi
nung-ngaaybana kettuna
layrabani. He remains happy
with the sense of relief,
adj. Wove*

lfcfC9 mSIff K6T P ^17fl nung-
ngaaybana ketlaba misu adum
maraybani. There are also
people who felt relieved of
hindrance.

nom. >0 ySXCQf

jiRnnjfnuFf sfxff mfktjfi

ketlaba haaybasi pukninggi
phibham amani. To feel relief is
only a state of mind.

Phr: Gmjm'ysxa ei^jir

nung-ngaaybana ketpa ‘relief
of happiness'

flfloff kem 1

«

crisp

v. IfcOfSTf o'erfdifsT
tffloFFR^f I masidi saaringayda
kemmi. It’s crisp when it is hot.
adv. F£C9f B9°ff R&f 2 llf St
masi kemmingayda
chaahaw. Take it when it is
crisp.

adj. mEbffX C9STHT5^.
C ID IF f m b 5ti9Zl akernba
saruktu nanggi oyyu. You take
the crisp portion.

nom. mE°!TXC9flIJST

akembasingdu tongaanna
thammu. Keep those crisp
ones separately.

Phr: B0°FFC l kemna

ngawba ‘fry crisply’, m HUFFS’
^ akernba beskut
‘crisp biscuit’

1H°IT kem 2

ruin

v.

X^YU fK5IRmC9f XU
0fl o FFZ3TcJf.mioybana
waakhan thenbana mapunsi

107

HoQJ keng 1

thuna kemhalli. A man caused
to ruin his life early out of
ignorance.

adv. ffcxnge'nr Etf

machinjaak phattabana
mapunsi kemduna layre. He
ruined himself because of bad
food habit.

adj. ED 0 FT fit IT 51R t5C9fSTf

uzfc! c?£&o\

kemmaba puns«di hingbagi
mamal laytre. A mined life has
no meaning of living alive,
nom. cinq m,©of
Bfl ° IT IT W' FT1T6P I nangsu
napunsi kemba paambra? Do
you also like to min your life?
Phr: Mt3C9f fi0°lTir punsi
kemba ‘min one’s life’

ken

fall (old leave)

v. g'hws x'sr merfx skT
naaken thaada ariba
unaa kelli. During winter old
leaves fall out.

adv. (JflDXff X'ET \H0rf7
SCJ' 5*1

ningtham thaada ariba unaa
kenduna kenduna lay. During
winter old leaves are laying
scattered everywhere,
adj. Una*©*

TO Of F'ffCffSIP IffEff
TOK3T Iff(C I akenba

unaasing asi khomjallaga
mapham amada thammu. (You)
Collect these fallen leaves and
keep at a place,
nom. UnfflotSyCPfDJ
>015 ST* OF 5BT 6 1 akenbasing
asi hundokkhro. You throw
away these fallen ones.

Phr: akenba

unaa ‘fallen leaves’

Blom keng i

grit

v. itz'ipf x'nr^f mn'ffs
RcS^FfST ffiJoDOfamfl poonagi
chaakti ayaamba matamda
keng-ngi. Rice (cooked) in
Poona is generally gritty,
adv. EF‘5SSTf EMEU
Home TOST ff K'JSI
makhoydi kengna kengna
adum chaay. They ate it with
those grits.

adj. tttEbnJX X'HTS 6 f
TO'*F < ’558Tr K'7 JDffSTol

akengba chaakti aykhoydi
chaaba ngamde. We cann’t eat
gritty rice.

nom. nrffloiD^ofnj test
^X 6 nr51RC2 JEFFS7° I akeng-
basing adu lawthokpasu
ngamde. We cann’t remove
those grits.

Phr: tHHoffl'S' 5T'1F akengba
chaak ‘gritty rice (cooked)’

EffloIQ keng 2

108

Sfl°lH keng 2

be arrogant, proud

v. fk'STf EO'C C9UT FGT
tftSTff EofflaDiri maadi

M

masaana sak khara adum
keng-ngi. He is rather arrogant
by nature.

adv. rmf KR'HTCtfigq
tUSTff lffloID53K

r>

S^lRfl maagi mayaambasing
dusu adum kenglap kenglap
tawvvi. All his older brothers
also are slightly egocentric,
adj. HUM* Kf5Tf
Tf'ST akengba midi

loynaba hayba taay. You have
to have the art of dealing with
self-centered people,
nom. R&C9 CJ

ih omz:xC9finsrf

2 ID' ID P 3 f I masaana
kengjabasingdi waajaaw
ngaanggalli. Arrogant people
use high-flown language.

Phr: JZ' 2 IB'IDY5T ®°ID¥ waa
ngaangbada kengba ‘be
arrogant in speaking'

IQ ku 1

have crease

v. uyo'nrEif Ef nrc9f
EEM nahaakki phi asi iku
kuy. Your cloth is full ol
creases.

adv.Sfl firfdD 51 RtC9f 92 FFU

Xfl kuringayda masi yaamna

thi. It's very ugly when it has

got creases.

adj. HUH* Ef5Tf

3J|f ffSM akuba phidi mina

paamde. People do not like

creased cloth.

nom. Fk'

maadi kudaba paammi. He
liked one without crease.
Phr:095T5' Ef kudaba phi
‘cloth without crease’, ^STT
fflfiTf S 6 ** kuri kuri tawba ‘be
slightly crease’

2jJ ku2

lost in gambling
v. K'iir SR'ersr E GT°I
maadi juwaarda kure. He has
lost everything in gambling,
adv. fTC ^W'GTST HflPTrfW
f£'pf maana

juwaarda kuringayda maagi
marup layte. There was none
for him when he was down in
gambling.

adj. E ETlf FkfSl

X'SfiT°lS(?f I juwaarda
kuraba midu chaawrenni. The
man who has lost in gambling
is Chaawren.

nom. cmq c‘DIESTf

zn'erst in'? c^nser^cfl

nnangsu nongmadi juwaarda
kuba soydrabani. You are also
bound to lose in gambling one
day.

109

kup 3

fhr: 6 2 fD 9T5T 1Y juwaarda
kuba ‘lost money in
gambling’, £R'aTST
Rtf juwaarda kuraba mi ‘man
who lost in gambling'

SSJl kup 1

cover

v. f£C?f Ef HEfRC K3RJIRI
masi phi amana kuppu. Cover
it with a cloth.

adv. RFC9f Ef tjfktj
rnwstc masi phi

amana kuptuna thammu. Keep
it covering with a cloth,
adj. ffiJJUMfX Ef^ ffljerf
£f& I kuppiba phidu kari
phino? What is that cloth
which is covering it?
mom. fkSTO IfflJItM
W JflTtf I madusu kupa
paambara? Do you want to
cover it too?

Phr: EfC ZKY

phina kuptuna thamba ‘to
keep covering with a cloth'
Proverb: l£*Y EfU
cEFFZ maybu phina
kuptuna thamba ‘a secret kept
for a long time

adv. C9fll},X b ^(7
E: PHE

® ^ nTJal singthoyna
yum kuppingayda mi amana
niaabu kawba laak-i. A man
came to take Singthoy when
he was fixing the roof,
adj. 5ECJ |II RffSTf
R'FFC CM'JSl
ina kuppa yunidi kaalenda
yaamna nung-ngaay. A
thatched roof house is
comfortable during summar.

nom. diier'niSTf rff rams?

\ _ ^ ^ #**

c? QTPjTol ngaraangdi yum
kuppadu laaktre. The man who
fixed root was absent
yesterday.

Phr:

jing-ghana yum kuppa ‘to fix
roof with C! (corrugated iron)
sheet'. ZfTKU H331UIR RR

e*i m

jing-ghana kuppa yum ‘a
house with Cl sheet roofing"

kup 3

be stingy

v. Kafnrjpf h'rgt CTjoiifi

mahaakti yaamna kuppi. He is
very stingy.

11 kup 2

fix

v.C9flDX a ^ 9ZR EfflMfl

singthoy yum kuppi. Singthoy
is fixing the roof (of a house).

adv. BBJMfjflfSt EHTfRS 6
K S?£r°i kuppingayda kari-
mata chaadre. He doesn’t eat
properly while saving money.

adj. rcny.KX w Efsrf
fEfzffl^ST Mf^CflD5To|

110

akuppa ‘tiny strand of thread’,
MU MU F'HY kupna

akuppa midi mingonda
pijaningde. A stingy man
does't feed any body.

nom. rcMJlTCOftDU EGTT

K°UrC9f : JUri akuppasingna
maral cheksilli. Misers keep
their property carefully.

Phr: 3IIM31R Ef akuppa mi
‘a miser’, H0 3HU 3111
kupna paanba ‘to live a
balanced life'

Proverb: !ICIH131l31Rn T 'f RtETT
C9ffU 5*'IT akuppagi maral
sumna chaaba ‘A penny wise
and pound foolish’

kup 4

be small

v. X°tDC9f ft'ffU M3IRfl
chengsi yaamna kuppi. This
rice is too small,
adv. X°ID5T Mfk<5STU
fkfU 31R'lT^jr o l chengdu
kupmanduna mina paamdre.
Customers do not like the rice
as it is too small,
adj. ¥MM SWIIEtf EfU
H'^Ufl akuppa
chengdi mina paamba waatli.
Hardly people like broken rice,
nom. mM3TCOflIJStf
MfZU'X XfflEl akuppa-
singdu yen pijanaba thammu.
Keep those broken rice for
feeding fowls.

Phr: UID 3R31R lang

kupna khaayba ‘to cut into
small pieces’

kut l

be low in level

v. (tEff qicof^f FST
MUfl mapham asidi khara
kutli. This place is somewhat

low. „

adv.EEff HTC9f MUfoIDST
^U*! mapham asi kutlin-
gayda law unay. ^e do paddy
cultivation when this place
was lying low.

adj. TClffitfW EEffST

ia 6 JSlPU,l akutpa
maphamda ingkhol koyganu.
Don’t do gardening at low
lying area.

nom. TCM31HU EY

€*\ akutpana phaba kaansu
lay. There comes the time
when low lying area is better.
Phr: EEff akutpa

mapham ‘a place of low level
area', M^lIT kuttak

tawba ‘slightly low' ^ y

Proverb: S ^ ^

m; s 5 * id x ^

akutpada laytawba atongbada
laythonba ‘see under taw’

kut 2

be sunken (eyes)

v.UJIR' tttST EKtV QgVUfl

Ill

8FF ku.m

nupaa adu mam it kutli. That
man has sunken eyes.

adv.oav mvefjlfat flf

XfC S55I inamit kutli-
ngaydadi ithi thina uy. He
looked ugly when had been
with sunken eyes.

adj. H^JIR FkfSTf

r*»

mamit kutpa midi tnitaa-
lugadaba maalli. A man with
sunken eyes seems to be
clever.

nom. KfkfV B9^MC9fHJC

j&er-

ffPSTGr'l mamit kutpasingna
ataydagi henna uramgadara?
Could those sunken eyes see
better than others?

Phr: BtRkfV akutpa

mamit ‘sunken eyes’.

mitkutpa ‘a

• person having sunken eyes’

SijJF* kum

go down

v. Mffyv 6 T°l maKhoy

kumkhre. They have gone
down. fk^'DTC2 ffiEllTffcIPCn
mahaaksu kummagani. He is
also going down,
adv. rc'erf

C9'6TC9fl kumna kumna waari
saarasi. Let’s talk while going
down.

adj. WU'V b \

kumkhiba midu kanaano?
Who is the person going
down?

nom. EIFFFfTOfinsr

r*v m

B3 9?'(J a | kumkhibasingdu
makhoy kayaano? How many
of them have gone down?

Phr: FkF'ET HHT/ EiffTiY

»»» cn

makhaada kumba/ kuinthaba
‘to go down’

BjJPF ku.m

be sensitive (teeth)
v.ffc/a HT V? ffi3 FTFTc 0 1 mahaak
yaa kumme. He has sensitive
teeth. CQJC2 VV l^lTfknrF-
flP'GTfl nangsu yaa kum-
makkhigani. You will also have
sensitive teeth,
adv. VI' EffFfcfaOfsr K'HT

M

3T IT (J niaDl'ySS 6 ®! yaa
kummingayda chaak chaaba
nung-ngaayte. While there are
sensitive teeth, eating food is
not easy.

adj. Vl' Bfl fffkfX KfC
UM'KPYZl FMfl yaa
kummiba mina nung-
ngaaytabadu khang-ngi. The
person who has sensitive
teeth knows the problem,
nom. VI' MffXOfnJC

^onrc^ftgr'Sri ®erf 5*1

yaa kumbasingna cheksin-
gadaba kari lay? What care

HjjtS kun

112

should be taken by those who
have sensitive teeth?

Phr: ft HIT'S' yaakumba‘to
have sensitive teeth*
idiom: Reft' HIT'S mayaa
kumba ‘be rame’

BglS kun

sit (cattle)

v. C9IDIP e TST H^TSfl

sanna sanggolda kulli. The
cow is sitting at the cow-shed,
adv. OlSU H 15U

C?'3^l sanna kunna
kunna saaygup saay. The cow
chew the cud while sitting,
adj. H^STS C9(5ST
onr^DJIFfefl kulliba sandu
sak-hen-gini. The cow that is
sitting on the ground belongs
to Sak-hen.

nom. DIH<SSC9fnJST 5Z'-
S°(gSfC9fnief I akunbas-
ingdu chaajenbisingni. Those
sitted ones are milch cows.
Phr: HJ5S san kunba

‘sitting of cattle'

BP kung

be dense, thick

v. RtEffST IEf ft'FTG:
BB IU 2 IDf 1 maphamdu mi
yaamna kung-ngi. The place is
very crowded.

adv.lEEff DIOfSTf SS. HDKJ

y5 v Rf! mapharn asidadi u.

kungna hawwi. Trees grow
thickly at this area,
adj. (Ef H ID'S IEEITST
S°3TCHe I mi kungba
maphamda lepkanu. Don’t
stand at crowded place,
nom. DIH IDSOflDSt
I akungbasingdu
sattok-u. (You) pull out those
thickly grown plants.

Phr: S. HIDC s? S u.
kungna hawba ‘to grow trees
thickly’, FEf Baffle S S
fEElT mi kungna layba
mapharn ‘thickly populated
area’

33*311 kop 1

be dented

v. etupf mofsrf

y^H 6 H H e 3TC 5IK° I nanggi
baaltin asidi ikop koppe. Your
bucket is dented (at a number
of places)

adv. H^mURfaDTST HU'ff^
S*SfET°! koppingayda
kanaamtana laybide. Nobody
was ready to buy it when it
was being dented,
adj. DIH*JKM S'35 6 f©
OFT2315S ft 'J5l akoppa
baaltin semhanba yaay.
Dented bucket can get it
repaired.

nom. DIH a 3TCJIRC9f HIST

akoppasingdu

113

thuna semhallo. Get those
dented ones repaired immedi¬
ately.

Phr: EE! 6 ! BB 6 M ikop
kopba ‘dented here and there’,
3GflZ E 6 M thina koppa
‘dented badly’

23*311 kop 2

be depressed (cheek)
v. HtTjnTEJf fftES E
I mahaakki makhajaay
koppi. He cheeks are
depressed.

adv. fk^'UTElf E

^EI mahaakki
makhahaay kopna uy. His
cheeks look depressed.

adj. HEE! 6 !3in f£E£'E

msr g: K75'nr3HL tcths

akoppa ma-
khajaay aduna mahaakpu
ahan maalhalle. His depressed
cheeks make him looked old.
nom. i£f HHZ'C? KFS'JS
10*311 SR SR'ffSW mi kanaasu
makhjaay koppa paamde.
Nobody likes to have
depressed cheeks.

Phr: RcES'E
makhajaay koppa ‘to have
depressed cheeks’, RcEC E
E! 6 !M f£f makhajaay koppa
mi ‘a man having depressed
cheeks'.

fflfV kot2

an°v kot i

scoop, collect
V. OTKfcs' eVr uVefi
amisaa laybaak kotli. Amisaa is
collecting earth.

adv. K/5'nru ^^'nr

^ffC2'E

^'IITEI mahaakna laybaak
kotlingayda umsaay laak-i.
Umsaay came when she was
scooping earth,
adj. EiVefx
Kerf kotliba

laybaaktu kari tawnabano?
What are you going to do with
(the earth that is being
scooped) it?

nom. E! 6 tfEFF

EIST'EST^ 6 ! laybaak kotpham
kadaaydano? Where is the
clay quarry?

Phr: JlREBTfSTlFf eVlF
tlllWM pukhridagi

laybaak apetpa kotpa ‘to
scoop soft earth from the
pond*

BDV kot 2

hook

v. HEfkfC?; SE

amisaa lang kotli. Amisaa
hooked thread for weaving,
adv. K'C 51 BlVeflTst
(CIC'G E'er ITS I maanalang
kotlingayda mamaana kawrak-
i. Her mother called her when

114

biV kot3

the thread was being hooked
for weaving.

adj. RcSTSTf <5mt\

inadudi kotlaba langni. That
thread is already being
hooked.

nom. a mo kVjIR F6T
J1TC' HI M ST XL I nangsu kotpa
khara pang-ngudana. Why
don’t you lend your hand in
hooking thread (for weaving).
Phr: SID iVl lang kotpa
‘to hook thread for weaving’

ffllV kot 3

gain in gambling

v. ;o®sTiir^f K^'nr
£ R'BTST 03

w

handakti mahaak juwaarda scl
kotle. This time, in the
gambling, he has got lot of
money.

a d v. Rt 7i' IF U 03

is’VsfdifET ffc'Ff
dD'nrs 6 ojD'^erFF^f i

mahaakna sel kotlingayda
maagi mi ngaakta ngaayrammi.
When he was making lot of
money every body was
around him.

adj. 03 fkfST

R'm£ 6 5^Pf fkR'SJIR'GTl
sel kotliba midu waangthoygi
machaanupaani. The man who
is making lot of money is the
son of Waangthoy.

nom. 03

03 ElVjIR JlTffffcfl sel
taalliba mina sel kotpa paammi.
Those who are earning money
w ish to make lot of money.
Phr: 03 sel taanba

‘to make money’, S® S 6 '®^
lan taanba ‘to earn wealth’

ffljV kot 4

be ironic, sarcastic
v. Rc'STf R' dD'nJXST fflfRf
IHJ^Sfl maadi waa
ngaangbada kochi kotli. He
speaks ironically,
adv. Ik'S EI*Rf

Ti^fl maana kochi
kotlingayda matam hawkhi.
Time passes away when he
w'as speaking sarcastically,
adj. Iffl'Kf ffcf

ikfariirFf®* R'y5] kochi
kotpa mi miraktinba waay. He
w'ho habitually speaks
ironically is unpopular,
nom. U Diq R' jIH'IUXST

nangsu vvaa-ngaangbada
kochi kotpa paainbara? Do
you also like to speak
ironically?

Phr: R' EB s Rf

SB^M waa ngaangbada
kochi kotpa ‘to make ironical
statement'

115 kon 1

kom 1

be loose

v. UfC Elf Elf Of 85,
E s ffM nangna kiba kisidu
komme. The knot you have
tied is loose.

adv.EertV^ ® ^

tttETff 5fV5*l phurittu
konina komna adum litlo. Wear
that shirt as loose fitting.

adj. serf*

roin'ffssi M'ffsM

maalemdi phurit akombadu
paamde. Maalem doesn't like
that loose blouse,
nom. El?STf HIB9 Ft'S
EXCJfl phabadi akomba
aduna phabani. As to quality
the loose one is better,
phr: HfOf akomba

kisi ‘loose kn yt \
tEEl'ff'g’ phurit akomba
‘loose shirt/ blouse'

kom 2

be free

v. uni Tin 0 ® x'snr

lPSTfT'1 nang hayeng
thabak komgadara? Will you
be free tomorrow?
adv. 5^GT

E^FFIEfsnf ST H'Eff ST
FT5G 7T£TC9f I mayaam
thabak khara kommingayda
waaphamdu khannahawrasi.
Let us discuss the issue when

we are rather free,
adj. ^'55S

e^ol akomba matam haayba
layte. There is no free time (for
me).

nom. 13 FT S ^ ff fR ^

n'XTTfl komba paammunu;
waabani. Don’t wish to be
free; it’s a miserable life.

Phr: THEIRS akomba

matam ‘free time’, Bfl RS
ft'YGf' ft°tHS komba
yaabara yengba ‘to try to
make free'

DB & (5 kon i

bend

v. rcor ker

OTGrfyoff x'nm in^efi

yotchay asi mapham anihum
thokna kolli. This iron rod is
bent at different places.

adv. jH^refsnTst

cnn ipf sr c?

3IR GTIIT TH 6 1 aykhoyna

kollingayda nanggidusu
yaawhawrasi purak-o. Bring
yours also while we are
bending (irom rods),
adj. mia'TSX n'VTC STQ2
>o y z:fnr 3iR ernrnr^l akonba

yotchaydusu hawjik purak-o.
Bring that curved iron rod also
right now.

nom. dim HUHTTSSr
JlIl'ffFESSTf ^'iPTJfl

116

gg*(g kon 2

nangna akonba paammabadi
mamal taagani. If you like
curved one you will get at
reduced price.

Phr: ftV yot konba

‘to bend iron’, ZES'HJ
khwaang konba ‘bent
backbone’

kon 2

roll

v« um afarf og^sfxer'i
nang thawri kollibara? Are you
rolling the rope?
adv. S’arf

^'551 bem
bemna thawri konna konna
haay. Bem Bern said rolling the
rope.

adj. ei^sx j; y erf^,
y^RclDST 51RC9fTSl kollaba
thawridu imungda pusillu.
Take that rolled rope inside the
house,
nom.

Etire'niST akonbas-

ingdu phaklaangda yaallu.
Hang those rolled ones on the
wall.

Phr: 3G ¥ 0rf E 6 15Y thawri
konba ‘to roll a rope’

$^.15 ko.n 1

embrace, be under the care of

v.

S° ID IJ 1,6 (3 TZ* I makhoy ani

unabada lenggonnay. When
they meet they embrace each
other.

adv. lITSf

EffKfl makhoy
ani ko.nnaduna phammi. They
sit embraced each other,
adj. EE'E
mJl'DHJ U'Y ;o’CSt°l
mamaana ko.lliba angaangna
naaba hawnade. A child under
the care of the mother will not
fall sick.

nom. FklE'S fflfTSfTOflU

ursisTf fkfir'ft¥nr serf*-

M

Sfl mamaana ko.llibasing adu-
di maraaybak pharibani. Those
children who are under the care
of mother are lucky ones.

Phr: S°HI leng

ko.nba ‘to embrace’, UlsflfflJ
angaang ko.nba ‘to
hold a child’

ko.n 2

sit on (hen)
v. yo^fnr^r
RtGTFF Sfl^TSfl hawjikti
yenbidu marum ko.lli. Now the
hen is brooding,
adv. SWSXfS RtETFF E!*T-
SfiDfST R^erff yen-

bina marum ko.llingayda
marum kokte. A hen does not
lay eggs when it is sitting on
eggs.

117

HD* kaw

adj. ftoerff
<ft°(g¥f^f fkft'lD HMf!
yerum ko.lliba henbidi
mayaang kang-ngi. A hen
sitting on eggs is thin,
nom. fkETR- HI !c5T^
tn^BTf ^ff^ferPFK 6 ! marum
ko.lliba adudi thambirammo.
Let the one sitting on eggs be
left untouched.

Phr: ft°ffff yerum

ko.nba ‘to sit on eggs (by a
hen)’

BB* ® ko.n 3

be last

v. jiDGr'nistr

nga-

raangdi chaawthoyna kh-
waaydagi ko.lli. Yesterday
Chaawthoy was the last per¬
son (to leave the place).

adv. ReTfnr^f

mahaakti ko.nna

chatkalli. Nonnally he left the
place late.

adj. hi'.^g: e'nra iM'njsr
C9 Z Elf Uf I ko.nna laakpa
angaangdu sujukini. The boy
who came last is Sujuki.
no 01 . tEEI l, .13'8’C?flDET <
E'yStg P *I ako.nbasingdu
phaain taw. Fine those who are
late.

Phr: S'UT3i ko.nna

laakpa ‘to come latter in time”,

fkf ako.nba mi ‘the
last person'

10*111 ko.ng

be poor

v. K^'nr To^fnr
IH 6 .m 2 mf I mahaak hawjik
mathun kong-ngi. He has been
broke now'.

adv. RtTo'nr EI 6 .HST(7 5*eM
mahaak ko.ngduna layre. He
remained broke,
adj. (E^'nro HAIM'S
fkfOTl mahaaksu ko.ng-
ngaba mini. He is also a person
who is broke.

noni.^ > C9°IDC E! .HJ 2 ID^-
OffllST EKJ'

tasengna ko.ng-ngabasingdu
kanaa kanaano. Who are
those real losers (brokes)?
Phr: B3 6 .ID HI 6 .ID

c'la* mathun ko.ng ko.ng
laawba ‘be very poor',

hi 6 .idst g e'er*

ko.ngduna layraba mi ‘a man
who remains broke 1

2fl* kaw

be short (shirt)

v. eetIV Diof

yter phurit asi

phajathoyda khara kawwi.

This blouse is rather short for

Phajathoy.

adv. Hr'GT'S’O Eft?

118

fflj y ka.w

ft'IFUfl kawrabasu kawna
litpa yaagani. It can be worn in
spite of shortness,
adj. EDX*E5Tf
EGTf^ 3IR'ffSr°l phajathoydi
akawba phurit paamde.
Phajathoy does not like short
blouse.

nom. c? 7T

^ N gT6Tl kawdaba ama lawba
yaadra? Cann’t you take one
which is not short.

Phr: 0*eri kawrap

tawba ‘rather short', 5 Z IT
0*1?' chaaba kawba ‘short of
ration’

fiB . ka.w

call

v. ainx VQU'U* mfktJ
0*£Tfl nangbu kanaano ama-
na ka.wri. Someone is calling
you.

adv. IEf U ffif.CZ
OflUZC^JSU J^ffTTfST 0 ! mina
ka.wna ka.wna singthoyna
khumbide. Singthoy does not
response in spite of someone
calling him repeatedly,
adj. c9finx*E is'.erfY lEfst
HKZ' U* ^lU^er'l singthoy
ka.wriba midu kanaano
khangbara? Do you know the
person who is calling
Singthoy.

nom. UIDX IEf(Z El*.'*

S^'&TfTl nangbu mina ka.wba
taadra? Don’t you hear
someone’s calling you?

Phr: IEf Ktf J1TC mi

ka.wba chatpa ‘to go for

* y W W

calling someone’. 0 XL 0 -tZ
cZ'lFJIR ka.wna ka.wna laakpa
‘to come by calling'

©

E pha

be good

v. RtCOf E^.l masi pha.y. It's
good. ffETQ EPCZfl madusu
phagani. That too will be
good.

adv. MffeZfEnr EtZ

^3^1 makhoy pumnamak pha-
na uy. All of them appeared to
be good. FE./0 nTS^f Es^teZS^
5*1 mahaakti phadunata lay.
He is always good,
adj. RtZo HT eHElT RtfCZfl
maliaak aphaba mini. He is a
good man. JIIEs TTEslT A
5^0T JlR6f¥^l apha aphaba
haytup khara purak-u. Bring
some good (selected) apples,
nom. GTlDSTf
M'FFSTST I nangdi aphaba
paamdra? Don’t you like to be
good? TIfEl? J1R FT ST 1?
0CZ'C9 aphaba

119

enr phak

paamdaba kanaasu layte.
There is nobody who does not
like to be good,
phr: € JtiXiir EX laaybak
phaba ‘lucky’. EX

matam phaba ‘good time’,
3mnr5=C°^r EX pukchel phaba
‘good mentality’, FfoC9HT E£X
masak phajaba ‘good look¬
ing’. EX taanjaa pha¬

ba ‘oppoutune time

E pha

stop

v. JK' O'^X EGT°I maa
saawba phare. H' has stopped
being angry.

adv. IT O'SF EETSTC
maa saawba
pharaduna chatkhre. He has
gone alter being stopped his
anger.

adj. O'^Y EGTX urn xt
E'en saawba pharaba
nupaadu maani. He is the man
who has stopped being angry,
no m. C9 2bX E £T X C9 f ID X[
tttC9flDX EfCfl saawba
pharabasingdu asingba mini.
Those who have stopping
being angry are wise men.
Phr: C9'J£X EX saawba
phaba ‘to stop being angry’.

EtfS 6 phattc.

be bad

v. fETo'nr EVfiflM mahaak

phattre. He has become bad.
Kya'nr E^S 6 ®! mahaak
phattc. He is bad.
adv. KZ'nra EV^STC
fk'mxtjfi mahaakna phatta-
duna maangbani. He was
spoiled because of his bad
conduct.

adj. EV^X EfXTf EfC
W'ffXM phattaba midi mina
paamde. People do not like
bad persons.

nom. E^XOflDlP

phattabasingga totna-
tinnaganu. Don't associate
with bad persons.

Phr: EV^X OffllP' phattaba
sangga ‘bad companion ,
cJ*C9fni phatta
lawsing ‘evil design'. Etf ^X
^^X phat'aba tawba ‘to do
undesirable activity', E^^
75'^Ytt phatta haawdi
‘garbage’.

EHT phak

pull out a piece

v.mofsrwf fet sum I

asidagi khara pliak - o. Take
something out ot it.

adv. E^'nrc ®orsni^r

oernr fet eif£c mfCI

mahaakna asidagi saruk khara
phaktuna pukhi. He had taken

Eff pham l

120

some portion out of it

adj. mElflPM UHJ*f

aphakpa saruktu
nanggi oyjaro. Let the pull out
porson be yours,
nom. UTEnrJIROfniST

aphak-

pasingdu makhoyna lawkhre.
They have taken those pull
out pieces.

Phr: EnrEf^x/ enr^nm

khakkaayba/ phaktokpa ‘pull
out into pieces’,

Eff pham l

sit

V. EffRcl phainmu. Sit down.

e'isst

Eff Rtf I mahayroysingna
phaanda phammi. Students sit
on the bench.

adv. Effd Effl7

J3'0Tf C9'E>I makhoyna pha-
mna phainna waari saay. They
talked while sitting. HI 2 DQ ID
FM'FHT EffEtU S*l

angaang mangaakhak ukhaa-
da phamduna lay. Five chil¬
dren are sitting under a tree,
adj. EffUY E'lg Hlffc
wernr^l phamnaba phaan
ama purak-u. Bring a stool for
sitting. Bring a seat,
nom. EffEff HIE mWW\
phampham ama pibiyu. Please
get me a seat.

Phr: Eff Eff 8TU pham
phamduna layba ‘doing
nothing to pass time’,
EffIFISSV EffClFlSX Ef
phamganba/ phamjaganba mi
‘a person who is habitually
lethargic’, EffEff DUST
5" ° HI C9 f 13 X phampham
laangda lengsinba ‘to take a
seat of honour’, IF ^ EffZL
hawgat phamtha tawba
‘to do exercise of standing up
and down’

Idiom: EffE° 17 ID IF ff IT
17,lDC9ftf Ifflff X

phamme nunggumba chatle
nungsitkumba ‘having an
extraordinary habit’, EffY
®^^lf EffE°3[ EtDX
O'KY ER^IF
phamba kallaga phammel
phangba saayba kallaga
oynamba ‘perseverance has
rewards’

Proverb: Eff IT K^cJlF
ToflUW 5313Y phamba chall-
aga hippa chanba ‘in for a
penny, in for a pound’, 53 -

EffST o lU'51R waatonna waang-
laga kwaakna phamdekpa
‘pride goes before fall'

Eff pham 2

settle (as curd)

v. C?lDlF*ffST EffE°l

121

IslS phan 2

sanggomdu phamme. The
milk has settled (become
curd). EFFSLfffl

sanggom phamdri. The milk is
not yet settled,
adv. sanggomdu phamduna
layre. The milk has already
turned into curd,
adj. OTEffX C?IEP I> R7

(icer-x ii'ffyer'i

aphamba sanggom/ sanggom
aphamba paambara? Do you
like curd? EffSTGTfY C9HJlF & ff
W FFEfl phamdriba
sanggom khara paammi. I like
some fresh milk,
mom. C9QJIF a IT nTEFFYd
yD°(5(J J1R FTRef I sanggom
aphambana henna paammi. 1
prefer curd (to fresh milk).
TOBTf EffMarfXefl adudi
phamdribani. That is unsettled
one (not turned into curd).
P2ir: LEFTS' sang¬

gom aphamba ‘curd', ECfin
SFFY maning phamba ‘to
have sediment’, EFF£T(?X
R phamjallaba waakhal
'muddled thought’, R FT
EFF£fT^l? Ef waaklial pha¬
mjallaba mi ‘muddle-headed
oerson’

phan l

spread

v. E(55flirnr<>|

uchektu masaa phandok-e.
The bird has spread its wings.

adv. EC9' E(5En?

vp 1

c ST®! udu masaa phanduna
layre. The tree is spreading its
branches.

adj. mE(5X EC?' FST
HUFF AM aphanba masaa
khara kakkhare. Some
spreading branches have
been cut off.

nom. E(5ST & nmc9rnj nrs?

phandokpasing
adu kakthatlu. Cut off those
spreading ones (branches)
Phr: EtgsfnrFe:* EC?'
phandokkhrakpa masaa
‘spreading branch/ wings’.
nEE® mEdSlT EC? aphan
aphanba masaa ‘every
spreading branch’, EC?'

masaa phanba
‘spreading of wings/
branches’

phan 2

be showy

v. E'STf F0T E(5£*l maadi
khara khara phanjay. He is
rather showy. E ETf FST
E(5^CfHlaillfI maadi khara
phanjaningngi. She loves to
be showy.

adv. E'STf ES^FF
IFFGEHTS 6 E(55T(J 5^1
maadi matam pumnamakta

EDJ phang i

122

phanduna lay. He s been
showy all the time. Z (30
TCSTff E^123ll E32JK

r-*

jonsu adum phallap
phallap tawwi. John is also
rather showy.

adj. (EE^Y Ef BK? X ^C2
If FFST°I aphanba mi kanaana-
su paamde. Nobody likes
showy person. E ETf EC9 2
EfUfl maadi masaa-
na phallaba mini. He is by na¬
ture egocentric,
nom. E<3YlM
KI0f'f(J C l phanbagi kaannaba
karino? What is the use of
showiness?

Phr: E(5BT 2
phanduna chatpa ‘going with
pose’ E(5 E(3%2 dU'E*
phan phanduna ngaangba
‘speaking with an ego’. E^JIt
E^21 phallap phallap

tavvba ‘to be rather egocentric
EC9*IIJ ECT masong phanba
‘egocentric manner or way of
speaking'

SID phang l

reach

v. EST E'2 2\ffX ElUSM

madu maana laa.mba phangde.
That is beyond her reach.
OfESTf EUJPCn siinadi
phangngi. This one will be
within my reach.

adv. yo y 3tnrc9 e^o nr
e'.FFX EIDSTET2 2*erf
hawjiksu rnahaak laa.mba
phangdaduna layri. Still she is
not reaching that one. 2 .fflT
EEC EIU2 EtDC9(528M
laa.mba phangna phangna
phangsannade. She pretend¬
ed to be unreachable though it
is within her reach
adj. E'2 EtDSTX EEff
cTtfM maana phangdaba
mapham layte. There is no
point which she cannot reach,
nom. ESTSTf E2o'nT2
EmX2fl rnadudi
mahaakna laa.mba phangbani.
Tltat one is within her reach.
Phr: 2'.ff’8' EOX laa.mba
phangba ‘to be reachable ,

EDI phang 2

get

v. 2'5^0rfnr^ EM^er'l

laayriktu phang-ngabara ?
Have you got the book?
EMol phang-nge. Yes, I
have got it. EDJST°1 phangde.
No. 1 don’t get it.
adv. 2'^erfnr^ eidu

E1H2 2*1? laayriktu

phangna phangna layba
ngamde. Though the book is
available in the market, I can-
not buy it. rEerfnrofmst

iffcicnrs 6 Eiu^B

I

123

S' phaa l

v p

I laayriksingdu matam pum-
namakla phangduna lay.
Tliose books are always avail¬
able (in the market),
adj. nrEnix u'jsarfnr my?
S’ GTIF^I aphangba laayrik
makhay layrak-u. Buy all
available books. EfflgTBTfY

s'^arfnr Ferq e^erf I

phangdriba laayrik kharasu
layri. There arc some books
which are not available,
noni. mem* fETv'ST
METHToSl aphangba

makhaydu purak-u. Bring all
those available ones.

s'Herfiir nrsrc? Emxufi I

laayrik adusu phangbani. That
book is also available.

Phr: nrsnj^ u'^erfnr
aphangba laayrik ‘books
available in the market’

S3 phaja

be beautiful

v. mot Eci masi phajay. It is
beautiful. RTST E£IPUfl
madu phajagani. That will be
beautiful. ,

adv. BTC9f mZU masi

phajana uy. It looks beautiful.

mV FSTfnuknr mz mzu

ZC IT HTl pot khudingmak
phaja phajana tl jniniu. Keep
very thing in good shape,
adj. FkTo'nr mzY ^b'yfufi

mahaak phajaba laysaabini.
She is a beaufitul girl.

nom. M'ffSTS HU'

v p

U I phajaba paamdaba kanaa
lay? Is there any one who does
not like beauty?

Phr: mZ^zZU OFHT phaja
phajana semba ‘to prepare
things beautifully’.

U C9 Xfof m phaja phajaba
laysaabi ‘a number of beautiful
girls RtRlT phajar-

ingay matam ‘top time of j
beauty’

Idiom: &ZY fkM'tg E'SM
phajaba mapaan thaadc
‘Beauty is only skin deep’.

S' phaa i

arrest

V. M Uf(X>£J 75 6T ' 155'S'ST
m ST°I pulisna huraanbadu
phaare. The police have
arrested the thief,
adv. MUfC9U

E cf GTo 1 huraanbadu
pulisna phaaduna Iayre. The
thief is in the custody of
police. MUfC9U E'U E'U
^ar'tg'S’ipf zgsif

^ 5°°l pulisna phaana phaana
huranbagi thabak tokpa layte.
There is no end of theft inspitc
of police arrest
adj s E'GTX Tier'S^ST
ZG phaaraba

S' phaa 2

124

huraanbadu thaadokkhre. The
arrested thief has been
released. EBT'lg EfSl

E'ax 2o®nr x 6 nr^aro|

M M ■ ■ ■ — •

maraan layraba midu
phaanaba hukum thokkhre.
Order has been issued to
arrest the culprit.

nom. yoBr'lEY EOID 1

H

FIIUM huraanba masak
khang-nge. The thief has been
identified. HKJ'C? 23 G

m n

M FFST°I kanaasu huraanba
paamde. Nobody likes to be a
thief.

Phr: HIE' HTJIRIS

aphaa apun naayba ‘to be in
chain’; E ST^DT E'Sf®
phaadok phajin tawba ‘to do
the act of arrest’

S' phaa2

fasten

V. E>f OffE'YfC

E'El maagi samdu
samphaabina phaay. She
fastens her hair with a haiipin.
adv. SWBTfC
E5TU <?*l chatnabina
mioybabu phaaduna lay.
Human beings are bound by
their customs and traditions,
adj. (rfVjSor HVCSfB
E'erx nrf sdD'nrs^cn

aykhoysi cliatnabina phaara-

ba mi ngaaktani. We are all
conditioned by our customs
and traditions.

nom. RVU'StU E'ET*

S3 U' S‘ H> I chatnabina
phaadaba kanaa lay? Is there
any one who is not
conditioned by custom and
tradition?

Phr: XX'tLT E' thabaak phaa
‘bra’, S'lDC E'Y langna
phaaba ‘fasten with a thread',
SB^fC E'Y kochina phaaba
‘fasten with hook’, C91TE Xf
samphaabi ‘hairpin’

S' phaa 3

complete

v. 2II1 o f e ehr in

EniGTl ngasi thaa ama
mapung phaare. One month is
complete to-day.
adv. X' HIE E'GTSrCJ E'U
JlRfGM thaa ama
phaaraduna maana sendoy
pire. As one month is
competed, he has paid
interest.

adj. X' E'GTX E^FFST
CM5ST 6 Jj> JlRfl thaa phaaraba
matamda sendoy pi. The
interest is paid when one
month is completed.

nom. x' E'erxofmsi

CMSST'JS thaa

phaarabasingdu sendoy
khomgatlu. Collect interest for
those accounts which are
completed one month.

E K phaat

Phr: thaa phaaba ‘to

complete one month’

E\ phaa.i

be dishevelled

v. Re./) IF RtC9ff E .El mahaak

masam phaa.y. His hair is

dishevelled. fff/3'nr

C9R E STB' ’ 0 ! maliaak hawjiksain

phaadre. He is no longer

dishevelled.

adv. f£;o'nr koft ee' e'g

57^E_2T°I mahaak masam
iphaa. Phaa.na chatkhar''. He
has gone his hair dishevelled,
adj. f£C9ff E'.X Gffl'ST
57^DTEST*! masam
phaa.ba mupaadu chat-
thokkhare. The man whose
hair is dishevelled has gone
out.

norm Off E'.Y E05*>'E;F
® EG cJ*G£T°l sam phaa.ba
istaayl oyna lawnare.
Dishevelled hair is considered
to be a style. Off E'.Z
fflGTfJT'ffX tUfffST
ITCEfXlPf ESTffGfl sam
phaa.ba karigumba amada
waakhal iupkhibagi khudamni.
Dishevelled hair .j a symbol of
engrossed mind.

Phr: Off E'.tf JIR'fftf sam
phaa.ba paamba ‘liking of
dishevelled hair’,

E\ phaa 2

be loose, indistinct
v. RcOfSTf EE . E .E QjL&TG
EGStfiM masidi iphaa. phaa.;,
aduna phajaadare. it is
indistinct; so it does not look
nice.

adv. FffOfSTf-EE'. E'.StG

sp M

S’ STo 1 masidi iphaa.
phaa.duna layre. It's lying
loose. mSTG E'.G S58M
aduna phaana ude. That
doesn’t look loose,
adj. EE'. E'.Y ffftVRoGJ
dr^XPfGfl iphaa
phaaba mityeng ahal oybagi
khudamni. Indistinct vision is
the sign of old age.
noin. 57'F^ E'.¥C
RG 2 ID FT O 15^° I waakhal
phaabana thabak mangam
saande. Wandering thoughts
hinder the prongress of work.
Phr: Hinr DT TTE .IT kabok
aphaa.ba ‘kind of popped
rice’, 57 E7 E .Y waakhal
phaaba ‘wandering thought’

SV phaat

open

v. cs's SFryf qiK

E v2»l anawba Iambi ama
phaatle. A new road has
opened.

adv. GffsT EVerfanTsr G 6 m
57firHTEl Iambi phaatlingayda

126

Es IIT phaak

nong churak-i. It started
raining when the road was
being opened.

adj. E ^ U cMTYfET

Off IT phaatlaba

lambidu semba loydri. The
newly opened road is yet to be
finally completed,
nom. E'^TOfni
UfOJXfU WgUX KMfl
phaatlabasing adudi ningthina
sennaba chang-ngi. Those
opened ones need to be
carefully protected.

Phr: HGTff iram

phaatpa ‘to provide drainage

E'HT phaak

open

v. uinpf u'^srfnr Enm I

nanggi laayrik phaak-o. Open
your book.

adv.ru u^erfnr rnru

riFU U^nTTal maa-

na laayrik phaakna phaakna
monion nok-i. He smiled as he
is opening his book,
adj. E'nm* u'^erfnr^
EfflU'^tU 6 ! phaak-iba

laayriktu knaagino? Whose
book are you opening?
nom. FIE E njm C? f ID St,
^ b JSU aphaak-

pasingdu loyna khumjallo.
(You) close all those opened

Phr: u'^erfnr E'tnm

laayrik phaakpa ‘to open

book\ x a iu c?rnr rum

thong sabaak phaakpa to
keep door wide open’

£"15 phaan

shave, cut

V. K^'nr C'»r E'^en

mahaak naapi phaalli. He is
cutting grass.

adv. K'U U'JHlf E'^UfdDST
HEFff rernr^l maana
naapi phaallingayda lin ama
thorak-i. A snake appeared
when he is cutting grass.

adj. r^rur.x rst

57 fniU°ff XUf I makoy
phaalliba midu chinglembani.
The man who is shaving beard
is Chinglemba.

nom. C9Sfnr E ^JUflTOrillST
C9^U b ^XC9finuri sajik
phaallibasingdu salloybasing-
ni. Those who are cutting
grass are cattle rearers.

Phr: C9£fnr E'©* sajik
phaanba ‘to cut grass , ffl 5^
koy phaanba ‘to shave

beard’

E'lD phaang

bifurcate

V. 5tTSf R^ET'inEt

TOBf E'Mfl tidim

Iambi moiraangda Iambi ani

ones.

phen

127

phaang-ngi. Tidim road is bi¬
furcated at Moirang.

adv. JIR (goflpf effXfSTf

ER'KGTFF

E HISTC cTl punsigi lambidi
Iambi kayaamarum th.okna
phaangduna lay. The road of
life is bifurcated in many ways,
adj. eiTXf E'lU'S’
iserf R^fnj Hfwfi iambi
phaangba maphamdu kari
maming kawwi? What ; s the
name of the bifurcated place?
nom. EftEMtgOfW
effE'nisT Emrii'^^i

mioybana punsigi

iamphaangda kakngaawnay.
Human beings lost their way at
the crossroads of life.

Phr: E'm* lam

phaangba ‘to bifurcate a road’

•EfOJ phing

be short temper

v.RTsrf Ko'tj fst EfMfi
maadi masaana khara phing-
ngi. He is rather short temper
by nature.

adv. fkTo'niTJ Ef[UG VMY -fl
mahaakna phingna chatl*. He
walked in a tension,
adj. OttEfUJX CJIR'ST,
y? ^ 0T 1 aphingba
nupaadu chatkhrabara? Has
the short tempered man gone?
nom. KO'?

r-*

E ID yO £5 Z> ! aphingbana
masaabu maang-hanjay. The
man who is short tempered
cursed himself.

Phr: {HEfUJlT R^f aphingba
mi ‘a short tempered person’

£°*5 phen

pass threads over and under
the watp

v. eiD KOfGT E°CT(Jfl
lang masina phen-gani. This
thread will pass over and
under the warp,
adv. Ef. UrCPfSTf tttjflflD'S’
?IIH7 07 Jal phi.

asidi angaangba langna
phenduna saay. This cloth is
made of red thread as weft,
adj. (?[D y^ar

ernr^l phennaba lang
khara layrak-u. Buy some
thread for the weft. R7C9f{J
E°<Stferf* emu masina
phennariba langni. This is the
thread that is being used for
passing over and under the
warp.

nom. ew

fll y^lFGTl lang asina maphen
oygani. This thread will be the
weft. y^E°I5 HIC9f E35T°I
khuphen asi phajade. This
style of the weft is not good.
Phr: OU'U f£E°T
S^Jlli (J Eft: ID B0 X sanaana

E=m pheng 1

128

maphel oyba, lupaana mayung
kaaba ‘Gold as weft and silver
for warp'

E°m pheng l

clean

v. 51R°51R 0 CJ 03*15 E°lD 2 nif.

pepena kon pheng-ngi. Pepe
washes utensils. C?EP3K^
53 & (g sarpna kon

phengnay. Some body uses
surf powder for cleaning
utensils.

adv. KCJC9 ffl 6 ©

chanusu kon phengduna lay.
Chanu also is washing
utensils, pepena kon pheng-
ngingayda chanu laak-i.
Chanu came while Pepe is
washing utensils.

EofflCJ EofflC 55C? jfflMfl
chanuna kon phengna
phengna isay ngang-ngi.
Chanu hums a song while
washing utensils,
ad]. EoIDjiQIX SI & lgC9fniST
. WCOf^^nr^l pheng-ngaba
konsingdu pusillak-o. Bring in
those already washed
utensils.

H 6 l5C9flII^ £ffl£l

aphengba konsingdu asomda
thammu. Put this side those
washed utensils.

nom. tC'BTf El"© E^IUX
5!lf FFST°I maadi kon phengba

paamde. She doesn’t like
washing utensils. 03
E° fflBT a nr5IHC konsingdu
phengdokpana phay. It is
better to wash those utensils.

EolU pheng 2

be ready

v. fk'STf mW&M E 0 Mfl

maadi chatkadagi pheng-ngi.

He is getting ready (for a trip),
adv. 0IKSTC2 XtfEISnPf
EogiSTU c? 6 H£T°l amadusu
chatkadagi phengduna loyre.
The other one also got ready
for going out. ^ IUcJoISHJ
EoMf^ST
f s'orysl laanglenna
chatthokkadagi pheng-

ngingayda yaayphabi laak-i.
Yaayphabi came when 1
Laanglen was preparing for
going out.

adj. KXM'RWf ffcf

aOl'ySeM chatkadagi
pheng-ngaba mi ngaakta
ngaayre. There are only
persons who got ready for a
trip. fk'O

EoffljIDfX fkf UTOtCfl maasu
madu tawgadabagi pheng-
ngiba mi amani. He is also one
who is waiting a chance for
doing it.

nom. Hc'Slf TC ^ 1HI ST ¥ IF f

m aadi chat-

129

EglF phuk

kadabagi phengba yaawde.
She is not among those who
are getting ready for the trip.
Phr: EonwnfjT^ pheng-ngi-
ngayda ‘while waiting for a
chance’, phengjaba

‘waiting oneself for a chance’

Ei-j^ phut 1

boil (with water) *

v.

memthoy chaamphut
phutli. Memthoy is boiling
some vegetables.

adv. Koff3E*j5 EV-

efanrsr e-cbs 64 © e'nrysi

memthoyna chaamphut phut-
lingayda memton laak-i. Mem-
ton came when Memthoy was
boiling some vegetables.
adj.K'ffEV EtftZS ]T£ff
HIRc 5IRfRl chaamphut
phutnaba paatra ama pibiyu.
Please give me an utensil for
boiling vegetables,
nom. Rc'yo'nT^f
Bflft' mahaakti

aphutpa kayaaoaamde. He
doesn't like boiled one. <:
Phr: SUJ' 5^51 danaa phut-
pa ‘to cook food for cattle’,
K'FFE^ chaamphut

phutpa ‘to boil vegetables’

IJV phut 2

be profuse (sweat)

v. 50' ^ ° 15 5TSTf BT ° ST ST
yoHt'DKJ kaalendadi

m M

delida humaangna phutli.
During summer, in Delhi, there
is profuse sweat.

adv. fflf5°15StSTf

5*1 kaalendadi

fin «

humaangna phuttuna lay.
During summer there remained
with profuse sweat.

adj. ^Rc'lDU FkEff

UISTST EIU'C? 5*0:ftDST°l

M M

humaangna phutpa mapham
aduda kanaasu layningde.
Nobody likes to stay at the
sweaty place.

nom. ^ffTUKJ

C9fmsr £er hu-

M «

maangna phutlabasingdu kha-
ra pothaahallu. Let them have
a rest for those who suffered
from heat.

Phr: EV3HI

humaangna phutpa ‘to suffer
from profuse sweat’, TiRt'EH
BtEff humaangna
phutpa mapham ‘sweaty
place’

Ejlir phuk

uproot

v. jiiiGr'in xn vofm if f

ss Enr&er°l

ngaraang ahinggi nungsittuna
u phukkhre.The wind of the
last night up-rooted the tree.

EsFF phum

130

adv. K'XX'TZU JaBT E-

ur3^2fl] sr e°ffj^ nrj^i

chaawthoyna uru phuk-ingay-
da memthoy laak-i. Memthoy
came when Chaawthoy was
uprooting the root of the tree,
adj. Ear' Enr&erx ^srf
C9fx F'fiM maraa
phukkhraba udi siba taare. The
uprooted tree has to die.
nom. tHEHTWOfin^ C'En

M m'b fTe - 1

aphukpasingdu naakal somda
paysillu. Pile up this side those
pulled out roots.

Phr: ^ET EUTM uru phukpa
‘to pull out bamboo roots’.
Eer' Enr^ar^ ssifffsT

M -

maraa phukkhraba upaambi
‘up-rooted tree’

EgFF phum l

bury

v. HTFESTf

Ef HCOfX
EffEfl khristaan amadi pang-
nganna mi asiba phummi.
Christian and Mitay Paang-
ngal have the tradition of
buring the dead body,
adv. EF a JS Eft'ff U UlOfX
HCET EFF5TC 5*1 makhoy
mayaamna asiba adu
phumduna lay. They are
burying the dead body.

QjIJSQM asibadu phumkhiba
matam kuyre. It is a long time
that the corpse had been
buried.

adj. EffFBT* TCOfX
EC9'STf UflfcQr Ti^TZ
^ y iL a nniR I

phumkhraba asiba masaadu
amuk hanna lawthokpa
yaadre. The buried dead body
cannot be taken out again,
nom. 2 £DET ID EffFf'STET

M M

7>ElVlHlf E57'Cfl ngaraang
phumkhibadu hamitki
machaani. The one buried
yesterday is the son of Hamid.
Phr: EfftflPf
phumbagi chatnabi ‘tradition
of buring dead body’, HIC9fX
EFF7T asiba phumba ‘burial of
dead body’

EFF phum 2

hide

v. e'c urotnx n'g r

M

EffEf! maana asengba
waadu phummi. He hides the
real statement. monJIT !R'
Effan^ffc?ri asengba waa
phumnagumsi. Let us not hide
the reality.

adv. E'C qTKffX R'ST
EFFSTCJ ZGFFEfl maana
achumba waadu phumduna
thammi. He kept the real
statement hiding.

131

E(5 phun 2

adj. mEffS 53' aDl'DIESM

aphumba waa ngaangphade.
You must not speak out the
secrecy.

nom.TT EffT waa

phumba tavvganu. Don't hide
the reality. 53 EFFFfS
Bflf TJISSSTIFf Cf I waa
phumkhiba kihanbadagini.
Concealing the truth was due
to threat.

Phr: 53' EFT'S waa phumba
‘conceal the truth’, EFT SIC
XFFS phumduna thamba
‘keep concealing’

phun 1

fill

v. k^'htb

mahaakna kom phulli. He filled
up a ditch. 5IR 5^JH HTC9f
UTEVwC Ep<?°l paayp asi
amotpana phulle. This pipe is
choked up with dirt,
adv. R'lD IB*ff EE8IB <f\
waang kom phunduna lay.
Waang is filling up a ditch.
53'flJC E^^faDTST FO*

C2QT5SI waangna kom

phullingayda isay sak-i.
Waang sang a song while
filling up a ditch,
adj. B‘ffST

IH87'55G*I phulliba komdu
kadaayno? Which one is the
ditch that is being filled up?
noin. K'pf IKE} ®:or

maagi kom maphul asi
phatte. His way of filling up
the ditch is not good.

Phr: Bfl 6 FF EI5S kom phunba
‘filling pot-hole’, F ID'S 15
^t5S khongbaan phunba
‘filling up of a ditch'

E© phun 2

choke

v. EGrnr Eernr^ Eyo'nr
FCE^Cfl marakmarakta

m

mahaak khanaaw phulli.
Sometmes he gets choked,
adv. KTi'Dr FC'S EI5SIC
C^GT 0 ! mahaak khanaaw
phunduna layre. He has been
suffering from choking.
ffc'C 53'

~A F6TCI maana

phullingayda waa haayrunu.
Don’t say anything while he is
choking.

adj. dDO'F EI5S CW'SI
EFffSer'l ngasaay phunba
nupaadu phakhrabara? Was
the man alright who got
choked sometime ago? EI5S
FID^Cl phunba
matam khangjallu. Keep in
mind the time of choking,
nom. CDHPf EI5SST
EGTSBT'I nanggi phunbadu
pharabara? Is your choking
alright? DTEI5S FSTfnJRtlF
ft'FTC 53'SCfl aphunba

132

E 6 3Il phop

khudingmak yaamna waabani.
Any kind of choking is a
terrible suffering.

Phr: EHJ'S' khanaaw

n

phunba ‘choking of throat’,
0*GT ^Y sor phunba
‘blocking of respiration'

Es b 3H phop

decay

v. HEOfSTf

r*»

E 6 3TC5IR°I utup asidi iphop
phoppe. This log of wood is
almost decomposed,
adv. UWWf E5 XfffST*
E B JTCtJ ^JSSTl nanggi u
bimdubu phopna uyda. Your
beam of wood appears
decayed.

adj. HEE B M & KGTfFTS 6
Q0'(3tJ YtYUf I aphoppa u
karimta kaannadabani. The
decayed wood has no use.
nom. HE E 6 JR 3IR C9f ID SI,

?' f 3G 6 nr£0T 6 l aphoppasingdu
lawthokkhro. Take out those
decayed ones.

Phr: ^ HEE B 3ICM u aphoppa
‘decayed wood’. Y

phoptaa taaba ‘be rather
decayed’

EV phot

dam, mend

v. X'SStS 66 © Ef. EV^fl

chaawbiton phi. photli.

Chaawbiton is mending
clothes.

adv. EE'CJ Ef. EV^faflTSt
e'g - x'nr x*nMDfl mamaana
phi. photlingayda maana
chaak thong-ngi. She cooks
while her mother was mending
clothes.

adj. E*V5f? Ef.ST
IH EICfl photliba phidu
kanthani. The clothe that is
mending is a quilt,
nom. UnJETf Ef. HEE*V5IR
M'FPSTSTl nangdi phi aphotpa
paamdra? Don’t you like
mended clothe?

Phr: Ef. E*VJIR phi. photpa
‘to darn clothe’, 5^*111 (PJT
E*V51R khonggraaw photpa
‘to dam trouser’

E 6 m phong 1

publish

v. K'lFf ff'JSflTfDPS^

E*iDdD*l maagi laayriktu
phong-nge. His book has
been published. HEEC9 ft fftJ
35.B E'ffljlIlIPBfl amasu
yaamna thunna phong-
ngagani. One more will be
published very soon,
adv. C'lFf e'JSETfnn*
E“lD^B 5'sa*l maagi
laayriktu phongduna loykhre.
His book has already
published. HETfHT HEE

133

£ ID pho.ng

raft'

K'HIFfl laayrik ama phong-
ngingayda matam kayaa
maangkhi. Lot of time wasted
while trying to publish a book,
adj. K'lPf hie'idx e'jser-
fnr Bflft' C26T°I maagi aph-
ongba laayrik kayaa sure?
How many books has he got
published? E^nJETJCf^

e'jserfnr kj' mike 2 ^erfl

phongdriba laayrik mangaa
amasu layri. There are five
more books yet to be pub¬
lished.

norn. E 6 HJ jEIIT C9 f CD HIST
m erf nerfa a l phong-
ngabasing adu kari karino?
What are those published
ones?

Phr: e'55erfnr E a niX laayrik
phongba ‘release of book ,

e'Hff'fnr E^mxiPf x’arff

laayrik phongbagi thawram
‘function for book release’

v sr

£ b lD phong 2

solve (as riddle)
v. E'C W'7 ;, 'ni?t E'lDiDin
maana paakhongdu phong-
ngi. He solved the riddle.

ur^c2 Ehu^fipaf yo'^erfl

ataysu phongkhigani haayri.
He said he would solve other
riddles too.

adv. E'C E‘niSTG

<? F^fl maana paa¬
khongdu phongduna manaa
lawkhi. He got the prize by
solving the riddle. FE CJ 51R -

F a niET E a i(j E a nja

u a nr^fi maana
paakhongdu phongna phon-
gna haayphet nokkhi. There
was a ripple of smile while he
was solving the riddle,
adj. mV m E a mm V-
JIlfST ffiHT'CjM paakhong
phongkhiba nupaadu

kanaano? Who is the man
who solved the riddle?
nom. 3in'^ B lD EE a lB ECT^fl
paakhong maphong phajakhi.
The way of solving the riddle
was excellent.

Phr: 31RV a nJ ENID'S paakhong
phongba ‘to solve a riddle’. B3°B3
E a lDY keku phongba ‘to find
some one out from hiding (as in
hide and seek)’

E 8 .UI pho.ng

open to public

v. xxnr^ E a IDE®M' 0 l
thabaktu phongmankhre. 1 he
activity was too obvious
(indifferent of others).

rc'EffST fkft'ffsr E^nj^nrofi

waaphamdu mayaamda
phongdoksi. Let us disclose it
to the public.

adv. Tfsfnrsof vjof e^c

Es* phay

134

XWU£T<>\ hawjikti yusi
phongna thaknare. Now-a-
days liquor is drunk openly.

r'st E*nK7 E 6 mfj ^nrs 6

<•»

yo'yi(7C9fl waadu phongna
phongna hekta haaynasi. Let
us speak free and frank,
adj. mE 6 inx assurer Kfrf
S^ST 0 ! aphongba thabakti
miwaa taade. Open activity
gets no negative criticism.

E'msfnrM'* x'srf tckif
m ^'5Lec°i

phongdokkhraba waadi amuk
lotpa yaadre. What was said
before, cannot be withdrawn,
nom. ar'rof^fsr ute'dix
S’ 5^°! raajnitida aphongba
layte. There is no openness
in politics. KE*lD5T 6 Iir

Kffsrerxsrf z'zy rcVefl

maphongdok chumdrabadi
thaajaba waatli. If the expres¬
sion is not impressive, there is
no trustworthiness

Es* phay

be wrong alignment
v. um KfMfX cTftfOf
E 0M nangna ching-ngiba
layisi phayre. The line you
have drawn is not straight,
adv. XDrW

F'5T E^CJ E^C
XfnJ^I yetlomdagi thaktagi
khaada phayna phayna layi

ching-ngu. Draw lines slantly
up to down from the right,
adj. UTE** KEffST KM'
3T ST°! aphayba maphamdu
mapaa cliaade. The place
which is not straight is not in
alignment.

nom. HIE*'? fllST
S y 3C 6 nr^6r a | aphayba adu
lawthokkhro. Remove the one
which is not straight.

Phr: iphay phayba

‘be not in alignment’

fa. pha.y

put across

v. jf HIK s'k'e k^ots 6

E .ft I chay ama laymaay
mathakta pha.yyu. Put a stick
across the surface of the floor.

adv. Sf UTK E^.erf^ST

^o y ST & m hue

chay ama pha.yringayda haw-
dong ama chellak-i. A cat came
running while putting a stick
across the floor,
adj. IE"J EfST
g y X a nr^6T 6 1 apha.yba
chaydu lawthokkliro. Remove
the stick that is lying across,
nom. UTE* TOftlJST

w

aphaybasingdu
loyna lawthok-o. Remove
those ones lying across.

Phr: E^.ST pha.ydu tu.ba
‘to fall on the ground

135

that 2

together’, E^.fiTolD 5^. 6T 0 tU
S^.TT pha.yreng tu.reng
ta.wba ‘to do haphazardly',

E . pha.w

dry in the sun

v. aDf m 03 ID IT ST tJDJO'ST
e .sfnrjal ngaa akangbadu
nungsaada pha.wdok-u. Put
the dry fish in the sun. BEG U
otic Ef. E’erfi kanaano anna
phi pha.wri. Someone is drying
cloth in the sun.
adv. dD' EVfjflTST
JIR' E er nr YZ I ngaa

pha.wringayda umaaybi
paayrak-i. A kite came Hying
when the dry fish was putting
in the sun.

adj. GUJO'ST dD'STf

Hoff Ref I nungsaada phawba
ngaadi kemmi. The fish dried in
the sun is crisp,
nom. OTE'.OTWrmET,
B'SIPCfEl'l
apha.wbasingdu lawsinba
kaawganiko. Don’t forget to
bring in those things in the
sun.

Phr: Ef. E* IT phi pha.wba
‘to dry cloth in the sun', 2 ID
E^.IT ngaa pha.wba ‘to dry
fish in the sun

o

3GV that 1

break by nullinif
v. J^xniiiir GUK of fgt x^Gl
ibung-ngo langsi khara thatlu.
Boy, cut this thread by pulling,
adv. Um GIB XtfSlRfSTC
itf* MjflfEeM nangna lang
thatpiduna ay nung-ngaayre.
Thank you for cutting the
thread.

adj. £ID Xtf GffX tM'DlST
ICX'tzri lang
thatlamba angaangdu
gopaalgi machaani. The boy
who cut the thread (by pulling)
is the son of Gopaal.
nom. (?ID XV5IR5T 6
Rcyo'nrUfl lang thatpado
mahaakni. He is the person
who breaks the thread.
Idiom: X^M

laayhaw thatpa ‘relieve from
fever’

3GV that 2

blockade

v. ic;3''er ! 'Ewfinc sffirf
IVSfl mahayroysingna
Iambi thatli. Students
blockaded the road,
adv. (CE^EE
xvefinfsT mefw 5 'htei
makhoyna Iambi thatlingayda
pulis laak-i. The police came
when they were blockading
the road.

3GDT thak l

136

adj.^FFSf X^JIR E^V^i-
OflBSt JlRefC9TJ E'y^fiCfl
Iambi thatpa mahayroysingdu
pulisna phakhre. Those stu¬
dents who blockaded the road
have been arrested by the po¬
lice.

nom. effXf 3G^fSC9fIIJST

E v er' sir' jssfofinuri

lambida thatlibasingdo mayraa
paaybisingni. Those who
have been blockading the road
are Mayraa Paaybis (a group
of ladies).

Phr: eFFSf JIR Iambi
thatpa ‘to put obstruction on
the road’

IDT thak l

drink

v. E'STf TIDIEST 5SC9fflJ
^fS^GT TUT) IT X1F5SI maadi
nongmada ising litar ahum
thak-i. He drinks three litres of
water a day.

actv. EE' tJM'U

inr^anfsr ee' ^'nr^i

machaa nupaana yu thak-
ingayda mamaa laak-i. The
mother came while her son was
drinking wine.

adj. R ZWW Ef JlRffCJEIir
EtfS 6 * Ef yu

thakpa mi pumnamak phattaba
mi natte. All those who drink
wine are not bad persons.

nom. 92 3CIIT 31R C9 f ID ST

i^or so’x

EfC9flDTJfl yu thakpasingdu
go.men-gi thabak tawba
misingni. All those who drink
wine are government
employees.

Phr: EOfDI 3Glir3IR ising
thakpa ‘to drink water’, H(T31T
xnrm churup thakpa ‘to
smoke cigarette’

ZCIF thak 2

be dazzling

v. s*sfni m^fFFJiRfnrs 6
E>r ie" $>** iy*l

w'xtu Efv ^nr^fi

bayjing olimpikta maygi
kumay tawkhibadu saathina
mit thakkhi. The fire-work
displayed at Beijing Olimpics
was really dazzling,
adv. E'^ffPf Efnr'E
JIRffdEIir S^flDSTlPf
E~Eftf XWU ZWU
E9JFFST s5!5UFT\ maalemgi
mioy pumnamak bayjingdagi
mamit thakna thakna
mayumda hannakhi. People
from different countries of the
world returned to their
respective homes dazzling.
adj.EEf^ £nrex Efrt-
C9fmSTGT Hf TJ'C9f DJS
ef 6 5^Pf Efnr 6 nr Ef5?'©
E^sifrfsTEnr x'jptfTJFfl

137

3G.(g tha.n

mamit thaklaba mitopsingdu-
na chinaasingbu makhoygi
miok michaan phajabagidamak
thaagatnakhi. Those dazzled
foreigners thanked the Chi¬
nese for their hospitality,
nom. KifftV ^nr^xofni-
JZUJ'Y H'.SSS
jfflffRtBT^I mamit thak-abas-
ingduna chinaabu kaa.wba
ngammaroy. Those dazzled
people will not forget china.
Phr: RcfV 3GHT51TC BAfE* mit
thakpa kumay ‘dazzling show
or firework’

3GDT thak 3

be absent minded
v. Rc'srf Fffik'ys xnr^l
maadi mamaay thak-i. He is
rather absent minded,
adv. ffc'C RcRt

fk'nianM maana
mamaay thak-ingayda oyjaba
maang-nge. He lost his
advantage as he was absent
minded.

adj. xnrm jir'fid^

c?'£frcfl mamaay
thakpa paakhangdu kolej
saatrani. That absent minded
boy is a college student,
nom. asnrWGT m'l5GY

cT'** S 0 «> I maay thakpana

kaannaba layte. There is no
use of absent mindedness.

Phr: 3GHTJ1R ffff maay

thaakpa mi ‘person who is
absent minded'

35.FF tha.m

put, place

v. tzniiPf e'JserrnrP

5 <5 o'S'^SI XffHi.1 nanggi
laayriktu tebal mathakta
thammu. Put your book on the
table.

adv. Rc'u c? ^erfnr
Xfftf ^^ernr^l maana
laayrik tha.mna tha.mna uyrak-
i. He started dozing as he was
placing book.

adj. i.irerx 5'Kerrnr£
E • Hi f C9 S 6 jL f If f
(?'JS£Tf BTCf I tha.mliba
laayriktu kemistrigi laayrikni.
The book being placed is a
book of chemistry,
nom. XffcFffXOflllST

tcn^nr ^ v ’x 6 nr^eral

tha.mkhrabasingdu amuk
lawthok-uranu. Don’t take out
those that have been kept
already

Phr: Esf. t 3G.ffE.ff phi.
tha.mpha.m ‘place for keeping
clothes’

3G.O tha.n

be full

v. tHOfSTf JSOfUKZ

WfHT X.TSfl glaas asidi
isingna pik tha.lli. This glass is
full (of water) to the brim.

3G.ID tha.ng i

138

adv. ]RfO WffCFkUr 5SC9flD
XJ5XJ XJ&J2 !75 JRJlJll glaas
pumnamak ising tha.nna
tha.nna haappu. Pour water to
all the glasses in full,
adj. 55C9fGJ MflH X15U
rc'serx iF^'oofnisTf

57°nrC9f(5G' M.\ ising pik
tha.nna yaawraba glaassingdi
cheksinna pu. Carry carefully
those glasses which are full of
water.

nom. tEX.EgTOflD tESTSTf
3GffKWn atha.n-
basing adudi tongaanna
tha.mmasi. Let us keep
separately those which are
foil.

Phr: HEJTtg'g’ tUFk

khaaw atha.nba ama ‘a bag
which is full', WOT 3G(gTT puk
tha.nba ‘to have eaten in full.

3G.IH tha.ng 1

pay on behalf of some one
v. ik'JFf wnr^; (?m fbt
I maagi saruktu
nang khara tha.ngbikharo. You
please pay on behalf of him
adv. fk'C JMDSTfSTCJ
S 6 >0 STfiT°l maana tha.ngbi-
duna phaayn tahawdre. 1
wasn’t fined as he had paid on
my behalf.

adj. m'U X.JRYt'Ff'g

otgxinsT jin er' id ST k nr

maana tha.ngbi-
khiba senthangdu ngaraang-
damak pikhri. The amount he
had paid for me had repaid
only yesterday,
nom. 5?'^0T<>{g£J DG.nnrf-
FfTOfinsr X'

chaawrenna tha.ng-
khibasingdu thaa kayaagino
yeng-ngu. See for how many
months Chaawren had paid
(for me).

Phr: O^T 3G.IDX sel tha.ngba
‘to help with money’

3G.HF tha.ng 2

be on one side

v. DT'eTEIoCj JLMfl

aarkena yet tha.ng-ngi. Aarke
was on the right. fk'TJ
HE J^GT^lT X.Mfl maana
oyrom tha.ng-ngi. He was on
the left hand side,
adv. DG.MfjnTST

nr'erfflotj DG.nijiDfi

maana oy tha.ng-ngingayda
aarkena yet tha.ng-ngi. When
he was on the left hand side
Aarke was on the right hand
side.

adj. JTMfSr

y^nrfsr X'&STotgafl oy
tha.ng-ngiba ibung-ngodu
chaawrenni. The gentleman
on the left hand side is
Chaawren.

139

JT thaa 2

nom. Vl oL t X ID 2 IDfSC9fHI
DCCQfG: S^fTT xf-afl

yettha.ng-ngibasing asina tim
B-ni. Those at the right hand
side are team B.

Phr: Din'lD X.IDS awaang
tha.ngba ‘nothern side’, J*
X.DJS khaa tha.ngba ‘south¬
ern side’

3C.1U tha.ng 3

be on top

v. m'er®°c e® 6 # xMfl

aarkena makok thang-ngi.
Aarke topped the list,
adv. tu'ernw Re® 6 # xniiz

3GDKJ ^'#3^1 aarkena makok
tha.ngna tha.ngna laak-i.
Aarke was always the topper.

adj. Kn t, nr xr? tufl'niss

fll'{rM 0 tZfl makok tha.ngba
angaangdu aarkeni. The boy
on the top of the list is Aarke.
nom. Re® 6 # XlDSOflDSTf
f£C9 v *Z EGTStZf I makok
tha.ngbasingdi masaana
pharabani. Those toppers are
really good.

Phr: E® HT XflJS makok
tha.ngba ‘be on the top or be
the leader’.

3G' thaa 1

be thick

v. Ef. #C9f FGT X'ETCfl
phi. asi khara thaamalli. This
cloth is rather thick.

adv. Ef. DEC9f X 1Z X IZ
tusiff mernmsizfi phi. asi
thaana thaana adum purak-
abani. We have brought this
cloth inspite of being thick,
adj. DIX'S Ef. FBT
S*FfC9fl athaaba phi kharaga
laykhisi. Let us buy some more
thick clothes.

nom. #X'SC9flDSt MBW
5^(ZS XffRtl athaabasingdu
jeket tunaba thammu. Keep
those thick ones for making
jacket.

Phr: DIX'S Ef. athaaba phi
‘thick cloth’, E££ID X S Ef
marung thaaba mi ‘heavily
built man’

3G' thaa 2

be burn, to set wild fire

v. xcfin st effE* x'erfl

chingda lammay thaari. Some
people are setting wild fire in
the hills.

adv. effE* X'GTfaflffl
XL DJC9f^ C9ftf^fl lammay

M

thaaringayda nusit sitli. The
wind is blowing when the wild
fire is burning.

adj. effE* x'erfs
EfC9f DIST S y EfC9fnHJfl

lammay thaariba misingdu
lawmisingni. Those who are
setting the wild fire are
farmers.

3G' thaa 3

140

nom. SWWt I'BTTCJflD-
ISEFT ®ST R'ffC
5ZoHTC9fC5CJ affl'nrysl lammay

thaaribasingduna mapham
adu yaamna cheksinna ngaak-
i. Those who set the wild fire
take utmost care to protect the
surrounding place.

Phr: cJFFRf X'X lammay
thaaba ‘to set the wild fire’, Rif
XX may thaaba ‘to bum fire’

do thaa 3

send, remit

v. EK'CJ RcH'IFf fkflD£<g
03 dl' eTOfm ?0

jfflGT'ni X^ST 0 ! mamaana
machaagi mingjan sel lupaa
lising 50 ngaraang thaakhre.
The mother remitted rupees
fifty thousand yesterday for
her son’s admission,
adv. 03 I'gfffanTsr

mVE xxnrc9f

C9f. maana sel thaakhringayda
aykhoy thabaksi loysinsi. Let
us finish this work when he
has gone for remittance,
adj. 03 X'FfX tM'HIST
BflfiTf KKfm fflftffl sel
thaakhiba angaangdu kari
maming kawwi. What is the
name of the boy who went out
for the remittance,
nom. 03 X'BTfXOfnJST
HKJ' sel thaaribas-

ingdu kanaa kanaadano? To
whom are you sending those
moneys?

Phr: 03 X X sel thaaba ‘to
remit money’, 51R XX
paaw thaaba ‘to send message’

3G' thaa 4

be foggy

v. mafiersisTf afnjx-

ffx'xr X'3^1

manipurdadi ningtham thaada
laychin thaay. Winter in
Manipur is foggy,
adv. X' 0T f dlf ST

HRtHIST xxnr 5^1 laychin
thaaringayda imungda thabak
taw. Work inside the house
when there is foggy outside.

adj. duofsrr x'x

ngasidi laychin
thaaba numitni. To-day is
foggy day.

nom.

W'ffXfiT'l laychin thaaba
paambara. Do you like foggy
day.

Phr: e'XttS X'X t£l£lY

laychin thaaba numit ‘foggy
day’

JT thaa 5

declare

v. Rt'U X'3^1 maana

lamjen thaay. He declared the
race start.

141

3G\ thaa.i

adv. f£'u 5ffS # ©

/D'fsl maana lamjen
thaana thaana haay. He said
while declaring the race,
adj. 5ffS»© 35"? EfSS,
f£TS£fffUfl lamjen thaaba
midu mantrini. The person
who declared the race is a
minister.

nom. 33 ^

I lamjen thaaba
chatkhrabara. Has the party
gone for the start of race ?

Phr: 33 ' Y lamjen

thaaba ‘to declare start of a
race'

3G' thaa 6

give money as token ot
appreciation

v. e'tj kc? onrafsr 03

ZG'ySl maana isay sakpida sel
thaay. He gave money to the
lady singer as token ot
appreciation. ^

adv. Kofktf 03 3G'erfJD ST
S''nT5^i kemuna sel
thaaringayda kenu laak-i.
Kenu came when Kemu was
giving money (to the singer),
adj. 03 X'S (J31'ST
1 sel thaaba nupaadu
kemuni. The man who gave
money to the singer is Kemu.
nom. 03 X ITOflDST
jiR'ycm sei

thaabasingdu ' paakhang

ngaaktani. Those who gave
money to the singers are
bachelors.

Phr: 03 33 'Y sel thaaba
‘give money to singers during
the performance'

3G\ thaa.i

provide seat, pave

v. aD3'm c9 rin mofipf
Ef .ST' X'.&l angaangsing
asigi phi.daa thaa.w. Provide
seats for these young guests,
adv. Rt'TJ Ejf.ST X .firfaDTST
annj y3C9fin ^er
mx 6 ernrai maana phi.daa
thaa.ringayda nangna ising
khara puthorak-u. You bring
some water when she is
providing seats,
adj. Ef.sr 33\arf?
tjwfKK' aerf

ffl y .nfl phi.daa thaa.riba
nupimachaa asi kari maming
ka.wwi? What is the name of
the girl who is providing seat?
nom. Ef.ST X
\IC9f BKJ' DDTJ'lPf
C9fni(J 6 l phi.daa thaa.ribasing
asi kanaa kanaagi machaasing-
no? Whose children are they
who are providing seats?

Phr: (JO X'.IT nung thaa.ba
‘to pave stones’, Bfl 53^ ^
X'.* koylaas thaa.ba ‘to make
pucca road'

3G\ thaa.2

142

Idiom: f£M' El KVlF

tE'.IT mapaa mapu kayraak
thaa.ba ‘be born in a noble
family’

3G\ thaa.2

hit

v. t751R'F£57' HEStt? Ti^ST
3T.5SI nupaam-
achaa aduna huyda laytumna
thaa.y. The boy hit the dog
with a lump of earth,
adv.

mm e'nrJsT huy¬
da laytumna thaa.ringayda
mapu laak-i. The owner of the
dog came when someone was
hitting the dog with a lump of
earth.

adj. x'.arf*

OBTBc^'PfUf | laytumna
thaa.riba huydu surmalaagini.
The dog which is being hit
with a lump of earth belongs to
Surmalaa.

nom. JTerfTOftD

BlS'lPf E5rc?fHKJ 6 l
laytumna thaa.ribasing

nakhoy kanaagi macha-
asingno? Whose children are
you who are hitting with lump
•"of earth?

Phr:

laytumna thaa.ba ‘to hit with a
lump of earth’, FJIR'UrCJ
khupaakna thaa.ba ‘to slap’

3G\ thaa.3

hew

v. so' x'.erfl

chaawren usaa thaa.ri.
Chaawren is hewing the
branches of a tree,
adv. tf'SIAP-SU SO'
I'.erfjnTsr x'sartsa Ef.
OBI chaawrenna usaa
thaa.ringayda chaawthoyna
phi suy. Chaawthoy washed
clothes when Chaawren was
cutting branches of the tree.

adj. so' I'.er* ssrf
BEi 6 nr n*iir& sbi usaa
thaa.raba udi ikok kokna uy.
The tree which is hewed looks
naked.

nom. so' I'erftfofnist
■ ff' Bff's'l usaa
thaa.ribasingdu kanaa
kanaano? Who are they
cutting down the branches?
Phr: SO' 3G.1T usaa thaa.ba
‘to hew branches of a tree’
Idiom: CflgB'

JJ'.'S' khoykhaa linkhaa
thaa.ba ‘be annoyed’

3G\ thaa.4

plant

v. S 6 *-

alD'15 EEffST S

Jj fiTfi hawjik manipurgi ton-
gaan tongaanba maphamda u
thaa.ri. Now-a-day trees are

143

jTl! thaap

being planted at various plac¬
es of Manipur.

adv. & X'erfjflTST

tZ 6 in ^'ernr^l makhoyna u
thaa.ringayda nong taarak-i. It
strarted raining while they
were planting trees,
adj. * Of IDSL

XMfl thaa.khraba
usingdu kanbiba chang-ngi.
The trees which had been
planted need protection,
nom. s x'.erfxofiiiST,
taierff imerffx njf5 6 'ofi(z“i

u thaa.ribasingdu karam
karamba mitaasingno? 'Vhat
type of men are those who are
planting trees?

Phr:HtC?' HtC9fID <L.Y
manaa masing thaa.ba ‘to
grow vegetables’, ^ X .S u
thaa.ba ‘to plant trees'

tG . thaa.5

(archaic) bury with
v. flonrusiPf HEmfura ctf'
X'.BTffRctl yeknabagi
makokna lukhaa thaa.narammi.
There was a practise of
burying the enemy’s head with
the corpse.

adv. ar.aerfjnfsT

Mifnrsr nxm lafaerfficfl

lukhaa thaa.naringayda
chingda chatpa kinaramini.
People were afraid of going in

the hills when the practice of
burying enemy’s head with the
corpse was in voque.

adj. X . fiTf'S' Ref

f£EJ 6 nr^ l

lukhaa thaa.riba mimakoktu
yeknabagini. The head buried
with a corpse is of the enemy,
nom. S ^ tEir cfRii(5
KXUYf tttKTZfl
lukhaa thaa.ba laman
khumbagi chatnabi amani. 1 he
burying of enemy’s head with
a corpse was a custom of
revenge

Phr: X\^ lukhaa

thaaba ‘burying of enemy’s
head with a corpse’

3C'3R thaap

be far

v.K'r'f 5jffstf tfVjsstnM'
X'lMlfl maagi
mayumdi aykhoydagi yaamna
thaappi. Her house is very far
from our house,
adv. EEf X'WU

3b'5JZ& makhoy ani

thaapna thaapna laynay. They
live far from each other,
adj. f£y5'UT HEE'X* fkEff
m ST 5T^5^fl mahaak
athaappa mapham amada
chatkhi. He went to a far off
place.

nom. ^ITX'301 ST

3G'nr thaak l

144

R'S’tJfl athaapada chatlunu
waabani. Don’t go to a far off
place because it gets tired.
Phr: mX'JItSIRSTPf
athaapadagi kawba ‘to call
from a distant place’,

S’HTJIR thaapna laakpa ‘to
come from a distance’

cE'HT thaak l

trap

v. HIjIB'lD^riDtJ WVF er'm

Ji'nTHl angaangsingna
paatta laang thaak-i. Children
put fishing nets in the lake for
catching fish.

adv. kf'eh er'in
x'nrEjflTsr nrVysu x'nr

3G * IU 2 lDf* I makhoyna laang
thaak-ingayda aykhoyna
chaak thong-ngi. We were
cooking rice when they were
putting fishing nets in the
water.

adj. e'm X'nTJIR
nrjiii'niofnisT h'ffu
HI 2 IDf I laang thaakpa
angaangsingdu yaamna hay
sing-ngi. Those children who
put fishing nets in the water
are very skilful,
nom. S'm 3G'nTJIROfinsr
niaDi'ni u^£ero]

laang thaakpasingdu angaang
amatta nattre. Those trappers
are not children at all.

Phr: EofnisT er'm aTnrw

isingda laang thaakpa ‘to put
fishing net in the water’,
^57°nr S'lU 3G'nT5IR uchek
laang thaakpa ‘to put up net
across the field for catching
birds’

3C'IF thaak 2

feed

v. e'5serx fk/a'nrG - Kf
RtalD' X'nryal laayraba
mahaakna mi mangaa thaak-i.
That pool- man is feeding five
persons.

adv. RtTo'n TU KfGToff

IFST^fiTf I mahaakna
mirem thaak-ingayda mapunsi
kemgadawri. He would be
ruined while feeding idle
mouths.

adj. (E'g X'nrJS*

qrsiif mofnisr vtP'wm

M

maana thaak-
iba angaangsingdu atoppa
amata natte. Those children,
he is feeding, are not aliens,
nom. umtj x'nr^TOfmsT
tJDJPf iffl'nr^CJri nangna
thaak-ibasingdu nanggi i-
ngaaktani. Those whom you
are feeding are all your blood
relations.

Phr: C2I5 3G'1FJIR san thaakpa
‘to^rear cattle’, Ref 0T o FF X'nTJIR

145

35.(5 thaa.n

mirem thaakpa ‘to feed idle
mouths’

3G'Hr thaak3

put salt

v . cin 9?otgo'ni xff

nang yen-
saang thum thaakkhrabara?
Have you put salt in Ine cuiTy
(that is being cooked)
adv. Ik'G ^ff X'WU
£'nTG TfEffST
manaa thum thaakna thaakna
waaphamdu tamoani. She told
me the incident while putting

salt in the curry.

adj. 3^ FF X IITHES

thum thaak-aba yensaangdu
mahaaw tang-ngu. You taste
the curry which is put salt
already.

nom. cliff x nr HE IT C9 fin ST

Xff£ff & l thum thaak-
abasingdu topna thamkhro.
Keep separately those items
which are put salt.

Phr: dfl' Xff X'nHlRf ngaa
thum thaakpi ‘a salted dry fish
Idiom: R' sflffflSSl Xff
X'HTH! waa ngaangbada
thum thaakpa ‘to'exaggerate’

35'ff thaam

(archaic) decorate

v. GflDXVf X'E K^ffSTf

GJIR'G X'ffKfl ningthawgi
thaang makhumdi lupaana
thaammi. The scabbard of the
royal sword is decorated with
silver.

adv. afrax’lff X'&m

5^,vm'HEffsrf 5„m'c

X'ffSTO O'TtZfl ningthawgi
thaang khutpaayphamdi
lupaana thaamduna saabani.
The hilt of the royal sword is
made decorated with silver,
adj. GflR'G X'ffGX
x'ni^nrs 6 * he^it Gfm~
X^fGH lupaana thaamlaba
thaangkhokto angom ningth-
awgini. The hilt of the sword
which is decorated with silver
belongs to Angom king,
nom. HE2flJ y S
X'ffG’SOflD HE ST HEslD^ff
CO'll^lFf Gf 1 angawba

machuna thaamlabasing adu
angom saagaygini. Those
items decorated with white
colour belong to Angom clan.
Phr: HE2ffl y, S fffS^G X fflT
angawba machuna thaamba
‘to decorate with white
colour’, HEjDJ^’S K,

angawba machu ‘logo of
Angom clan'

35\(5 thaa.n

light lamp

v. X'.JftHf X'.lglEItfGOfl

2TlU thaang

146

thaa.wmay thaa.nkatlasi. Let
us light the lamp.

adv. U iME*

5^09* C90T5SI tamaataarina
thaa.wmay thaa.nkatlingayda
aykhoyna isay sak-i. We sang
a song while Tamaataari was
lighting the lamp,
adj. XMmtt 3G\SW£W

thaa.nkatlaba thaa.wmaydo
mendona pukhre. Mendo had
taken the lighted lamp.

nom. X'.EEIVeXOflllSt*

c^JSGKUr m^er‘1 ihaa.nkat-
« 1

labasingdo loynamak pukhro.
Take all those lamps which are
lighted.

Phr: X'.SUT' £\<SS
thaa.wmay thaa.nba ‘to light a
lamp’

arm thaang

transport of things at a transit
point

v. 30*10 dfStSTf

JlVK* IFPUFFnr

ZG' DJdB FF FFtf I thong laytrin-
gaydadi hida potchay pumna-
mak thaang-ngammi. Before
the bridge was constructed all
goods were transported by
boat.

adv. ^fST 30' OJ J f lllf

sfZ fOTC9 fEtVS 6

«

091001 ^BTfl hida thaang-
ngingay matamdo hawjisu
mitta sang sang uri. The time
when all things were
transported by boat is still
fresh in my memory,
adj. 9ofST 30'1 2 EOOTS

mVtfbfnjsr* herodt ip'erf

0IB3ST hida

thaang-ngak-iba potchaysing-
do amuk gaari amada haapkat-
li. Those things (goods) trans¬
ported by boat are loaded
again onto a transport vehicle,
nom. Jd fET 30'oi2fl]orT07rc9fflj

xnsr rz^it or kept

OTETET MISYO R'SRfl hida
thaang-ngak-ibasing adu
matam khara mapham aduda
panbasu yaawwi. Sometimes
those transported goods by
boat are kept there for some
time.

Phr: arms potchay

thaangba ‘to transport things
across a river', ffctJo ffl 01
mathaang mathaang ‘from one
place to another place’

2T.ni thaa.ng

carry heavy object

v. orerffs sir it ufeot
®_e><3s jsbt' 5i u'ku

ZG'.lDiOlfl arumba pumnamak
krenna iraay laayna thaa.ng-
ngi. Any thing heavy can be
lifted easily with a crane.

147

3bf thi 2

I

adv. Rtf Rc9I ffU

rco'nj* mRt a:\iDS 5 G 1^1

mi mayaamna utup asaangba
ama thaa.ngduna puy. A group
of people carried a long log.
adj. mernr x'.mw W-
cfjS'g EfjJN auimba

thaa.ngnaba khutlaaybu kren
kawwi. A machine for caiTying
(moving) heavy objects is
called crane.

nom. ^

nrstsrf dD'mvtffi

mathakta thaa.ngkatkhraba-
sing adudi ko.llik ngaaktani.
Those that have been lifted up
are utensils only.

P h r: X'. ID ST G W ^
thaa.ngduna puba 'to carry
by lifting’, UT^ID 1 HIRt ffl 1
X'.UKJ* amuk amuk
thaa.ngnaba To carry one by
another by turn’

Zt thi l

be ugly

v. sigstm'ipf sa^fsToigstf
ffcC9lir Xfl indiyaagi prasi-
dendi masak thi. The president
of India is ugly. ^

adv. r'g icwiir xferi an st
saf wits 6 n'ETffst-l

r*»

maana masak thiringayda nupi
amatana yaaramde. When he
was ugly no girl made him
friend.

adj. IfFlDStf

SITC'1TST°I athiba
paakhangdi nupina paamde.
Girls do not like ugly boy.
nom. HIHifYC9fID HISTC9
OfflTOTl athibasing
adusu laayna sembani. Those
ugly ones are also the creation
of God (product of nature).

Phr: n't 6 ' XfX waataa thiba
‘impolite speech’,

S'lFXf RIFk khutthi laakthi

ama ‘very ugly’

3Cf thi 2

lost (game)

v. ic°frf ^Er'm

fc'KXf£0M meri kom
ngaraang maaythikhre. Mary
Kom lost the bout yesterday,
adv. ICf 'IlfcC
SIR ffERSnrt 6 (C'HXfSTB
e*er 6 ^l mi amana matam
pumnamakta maaythiduna
layroy. No one will always
remain defeated,
adj.

(£ erVnrS 6 7515M >0 I maay-

thiraba timdu maraybaakta
hankhre. The defeated team
had returned to their country,
nom. K'^sferxofiinz
fsxin o'tgtJU'siFTsiffnr
ggtgtj 7) 6 ^ IF ST IT G f I

maaythirabasingna mathang
saannanabagidamak kanna

cEf. thi.

148

hotnagadabani. Those who
are defeated should work hard
for the next match.

Phr: fk'EXf (E'JSEfG
maaythi maaythina ‘inspite of
losing (in the game)’,
K'JSIfSff* maay-

thikhraba laan ‘lost battle’

3>f. thi.

search, look for

v. Kura i esT xfarfl
mamaana machaa thi.ri. The
mother is looking for her child,
adv. EfTt'C Xf.fiTf^ST
IkX'STf FfcftffST
mamaana thi.ringayda ma-
chaadi mayumda yawkhre.
The child reached home while
the mother was looking for
(her child).

adj. JifarfY tfM'ffcX'ST

nrC9f(Jfl thi.riba

nupaamachaadu asini. This is
the boy who is searching (by
her mother),
nom. Sf.erfTOfllJ^

rcsriM xl MfofnHjfI

M M

thi.ribasingdu khun adugi
nupisingni. Those who are in
the search party are women of
that village.

Phri.lTlDFfX MV
maangkhiba pot thi.ba ‘to
search for lost thing’

dbV thit

mix

v. ffc^o'nr STe'lk'^flP
Xmefl inahaak
bilaamaatiga layngoyga thitli.
He is mixing cement with sand.

adv. iJGlVefjnfST

y^c^rm

mahaakna thitlingayda
aykhoyna ising holli. When he
was mixing(cement and sand)
we fetched water,
adj. xfxefY FfiT

nV^flFSLer I thitliba
layngoydu khara

waatkhigadra? Will the
quantity of sand (that is being
mixed) be alright?
nom. tmerf imarf

RcR' 15CJ 6 I thitlibadu kari kari
mayaanno? What are the
ingredients of that mixture?
Phr: Etire'in 5VlF £VM
phaklaang laybaak thitpa ‘to
mix mud with cut straws for
pasting’

Idiom: yoHTJT'lD 3GfVM

hakchaang thitpa ‘be dog
tired’

thin l

beat drum

v. utaDi'nj nrfk zre 6 nr

r»

angaang amana
dhulok thilli. A boy is beating
tom-tom.

149

thi.n i

adv. KE'a DT

3[»t*offafl] ST FTcRt C y^C9
C9HT^I machaana dhulok
thillingayda mamaana isay
sak-i. A mother is singing
when her son is beating tom¬
tom.

adj. *e‘nr asf^sr*

Ciffl'IDSt OtK’S'lPf KK'Gfl

dhulok thilliba angaangdu
sumelaagi machaani. The boy
who is beating tom-tom is the
son of Sumelaa

nom. . ^

Xf^SfyOflDST ST'T5C9
Illfe^lPf K75VHC9fCKJfl

dhulok thillibasingdu daans
kolejgi mahayroysingni.
Those who are beating tom¬
tom are the students of Dance
College.

Phr: W ID XflS'S’ pung
thinba ‘beating of drum’, X ID
thong thinba ‘knock at

a door’

idiom: U X f 15X IT

chayna thinthaba ‘to flog
someone as punishment’

thin 2

be late

v. XfacJ 0 Xf^° yfZtW

e'&y raertV-

U*\ thille thille; hawjik phawba
loydriba karigno? It is too late.
Why don’t you get ready

even now? URtUT XflSXET-
U\ amuk thintharanu. Don’t
be delayed any more,
adv. ^-GT Xtt?*C2 XTI3C

Miara

thillabasu thinna makhoy
chatkhre. They have gone
even though they are rather
late.

adj. FGr Xtt^GTT ES'IDIT
HTSTC9 HZ^DI

M M M

khara thilhawraba kaangbu
adusu rnatung innakhre. The
party who are also late had
followed (them),
nom. Xf^GTTOflD DlSt
1TC95 6 X'^GT 6 ! thilhawrabas-
ing adu basta thaakhro. Send
them (those who are late) by a
bus.

Phr: FGT XfiSlPtS* khara
thin-ganba mi ‘person who is
habitually late’

Sf.15 thi.n 1

pierce, prick

v. F;I5£'C9fDJC C9ISSTDJST
Xf^T^fl khunjaasingna
sandangda taana thi.lli. Those
villagers pierced the mithun
with spear.

adv. C9I3STDJ HIST
Xf.STCq OfSTol sandang
adu taana thi.dunasu side. The
mithun inspite of being pierced
with spear does not die.

ZGf.lg thi.n 2

150

adj. P'U

CKgSTtDST OfflTOlPf BflU-
Y ttfRcC dD'^fiTfl taana

M

thi.llaba sandangdu semgada-
gi kaangbu amana ngaayri.
The mithun pierced with the
spear is being waited by a par¬
ty for cutting into pieces,
nom. C9tSEUD5T S 6 ' &

Yofm qrsr srf

Rc92iT Rt97FFST ./)15Gr 5^8P o l

M * »

sandangda taana thi.llamba-
sing adudi may uni mayumda
hannakhre. Those who
speared the mithun have gone
to their respective homes.
Phr: S*'U DGf.lgY taana
thi.nba ‘to prick with a spear’,
cE'nnj Jjf.lSY thaangna
thi.nba ‘to stab’

3Gf.(g thi.n 2

escort

v. ^KfV

F STf mIFf fESTUSIR'

EODpST Xf.^fl singlen-
na numit khudinggi machaan-
upaa iskulda thi.lli. Singlen es¬
corted his son to school ev¬
eryday.

adv. FkC9f C9flD^ol5tJ KX'
3Cf.SU 3Cf.SU F^YSfl
masi singlenna machaa thi.nna
thi.nna khanbani. This is what
Singlen thought escorting his
son.

adj. £f.<5£fiTY tM'lUST
OflD^oSIFf KX'Ufl
thi.nkhraba angaangdu Sin-
glen-gi machaani. The child
who had been escorted is Sin-
glen's,
nom.

U 5IRfR^^ v C9fni(Jfl
thi.nkhrabasingdu nupima-
chaasingni. Those who had
been escorted are girls.

Phr: Kf ir.ESt'lirSI mi
thi.nba ‘to see off someone’,
UTaUl'lD 3Cf.<SY
angaang thi.nba chatpa ‘to go
for escorting a child’

<Ef.t5 thi.n 3

point towards

v. Off C2FFU

FStW^f.^fl sum sum-
na awaangloinda khudonbi
thi.lli. Sum Sum pointed her
finger towards north,
adv. C9ff <21TU BtfTIkfcJ'ST
FSfffYf 3Cf.lg XVSftU

m M

3TV5^tl sum sumna
milmilaada khudombi thi.n
thi.nduna chatkhi. Sum Sum
had gone out pointing her
figner to Milmilaa.
adj. Jj^ffTfU 3Cf.TCfT
tJMffSx'ST HCfalEfU'Ufl

khudombina thi.lliba nupim-
achaadu milmilaani. The girl
who is pointing with finger is
Milmilaa.

151

3Sf ID thi.ng 3

nom. 5?

C9fnist (jfniofinanifuBr'i
chay amana thi.nkhrabsingdu
ningsing-ngibara? Are you
still rerrembering those
pointed out with a pointer.

Phr: IT TT . Gf Jj f . 15 3T

khudombiia thi.nba to point
with finger’, y^'6T & FfBt Xf.JS'ST
khaaromJa thi.nba ‘to point
towards south’

3Gf.ni tii ng l

shut, cfose

V. X 6 0 ZGf . IDaID B I thong
thi.ng-ngo. Please shut the
door.

atlv. X ID

Xf.ntf Xf.DKJ KV* dDDMDfl

bombelaana thong thi.ngna
thi.nzna isay ngang-ngi.
Bonbelaa hummed a song
whit shutting the door,
adjoin Xf.GIafflf'S' (JDRfRZ-
U't thong

thing-ngiba nupimachaadu
bonbelaani. The girl who is
shtting the door is Bombelaa.

nm. x 6 m atf.mgffXctfniiB

CMfKK'oriDlFf Iffl'Gfl

I

tong thi.ngkhrabasingdu
jupimachaasinggi kaani.
/hose doors which had been
dosed belong to girls.

Phi” 03 Xf.nJ’? thong
/thi.ngba ‘to close door’,

5=aC9ftD Xf.lDY ising thi.ngba
‘to put an obstacle across
water current’

aef.nr thi.ng 2

stop

v. RZyo'HT ZGf.lDsffll

mahaak chattanaba thi.ng-
ngu. Stop him from going,
adv. RZ^'nr Xf.IIKJ Xf.DKJ
TCSTff mahaak

thi.ngna thi.ngna adum
chatkhre. He had gone inspite
of stopping.

adj. tEXf. ID'S? (TtElT^t
^IDjIDCJI athi.ngba mapham-
da chang-ngunu. Don’t go in
the restricted area,
nom. EKJ U fk£*ff
Dbf.DIX aOlTTf 1 kanaana
matambu thi.ngba ngamgani.
Who will withstand the cur¬
rent of time?

Phr: C9 6 GT Xf.nHT sor
thi.ngba ‘to stop breathing’,

er'nrM xf.nnr laakpa

thi.ngba ‘to stop from coming'

3Gf.ni thi.ng"

ban

v. KTSf 9?. C2St£TfX ClfC

3Gf.niJDfI chahi 18 sudriba
nupina mayum paanba aainna
thi.ng-ngi. Marriage of a girl
below 18 years is banned by law.

I

thetl 152

adv. nr JCT5TJ 3Cf.II 1U
3Cf.DJ12 W15Z' 3G\55l aainna
thi.ngna thi.ngna ganjaa
thaa.y. People grow ganja
plant inspite of being banned
by law.

adj. tM'DJ Vt'TZU cT^m*
W'JSISU 7

yf^TJlTfCfi angaang oyna
luhongba aainna thi.ngkhraba
chatnabini. Child marriage is a
custom banned by law.
nom. HEdCf.HJK J|FFCJfCQr
S c3C nr^ToJ athi.ngba
pumnamak lawthokkhre. All
kind of bans have been lifted.
Phn IK JtiTSCJ cljf.IIIX aainna
thi.ngba ‘banned by law’,
W 3Gf.IDT go.menna

thi.ngba ‘banned by
government’

thet l

hang, stick, paste

v.ffl°^°(5STar urof Enre'njsT
Kj 0 ^ f ^ (J I kelendar asi
phaklaangda thetchillu. Hang
this calendar on the wall.

Enre'msT awwi

M

phaklaangda chejaay thet-
kanu. Stick no bill on the wall.

adv.

Enr^'njsr awe aw?-

'SUJ H^5Ti makhoyna che-
jaaydu phaklaangda thetla
thetladuna chatli. They went

on pasting the hand bill on the
wall.

adj. Xo£'55ST

ffiierff y w'er^fntnj 6 !

thetliba chejaaydu karamba
paartigino? The hand bill
pasted (on the wall) belongs to
which party?

nom. aWEffTOfm <EST-
STf ¥ thetkhra-

basing adudi aykhoygini.
Those pasted ones belong to
us.

Phr: H 3C°^J1R chejaay

thetpa ‘stick bill on the wall’,
[QST a>°^JHT ukhongda
thetpa ‘hang on a pillar’

cE 0 ^ thet 2

interrupt

v. alD'nKJ^ fk'C?

flcfirnr ncernrs 6

mayaam ngaangnabadu maasu
marak marakta thetlak-i. He
also sometimes interrupted the
conversation among them,
adv. RTO fER'FF fkarOTS 6
n' afll'lDJDfl
maasu mayaam marakta thet
thettuna waa ngaang-ngi. He
also spoke interrupting the
converstion of others,
adj. fkft'ff ncarnrs 6 aw
R' affl'ms’ RCf*
niyo JUT C9 IT mayaam

153

3j°nr thek 2

marakta thet thettuna waa
ngaangba mibu ahaypaa
saaba kavvvvi. The one who
speaks interrupting others is
called officious person,
noin. R'

dD'IUS K'lPT yfUYUzU thet
thettuna waa ngaangba maagi
haynabini. It is lis nature to
speak interrupting the olners.
Phr: R' 3C-VJR

waa ngaangbada thetpa ‘to
interrupt others in
conversation’

3G°nr thek l

break

v. R* UTOf WU'U
3G°nrtffll7fl chay asi kanaana
thekkani? Who will break this
stick?

adv. R'O 3G°Qr(J
* Xfe'FFST RofflaDIfl

waasa thekna thekna bilaana
bilaamda yeng-ngi. Bilaa
looked at Bilaam breaking
branches of a bf’nboo.

adj.

fflBT'EST XFTRtfl thektatlaba
masaadu kadaayda thammi?
Where do you keep the
branch that has been broken.

nom. FBCXOfUJ

nrst of qj vi s ysi

thektatkhrabasing adu sing
oynaba yaagni. Those which

have been broken can be used
as fire wood.

Plir: 5? ZC°HnjR chay thekpa
‘to break a stick’,
cG°HTJTR khuk-uda thekpa ‘to
break something putting on
the knee’

£°nr thek 2

move

v. UFXP UTIT
J>nTBBCM nakhuttu adum
haayna thekkanu. Don’t move
your hands like that.

adv. O'YfOflD tESTC

O'Jal jagoy saabising aduna
makhut thekna thekna jagoy
saay. Those dancers danced
moving their hands,
adj. C^ST loUTM CHt*J5B
lH*Rfl oyda
thekpa jagoyna oynaa jagoy
kawwi. The dance moved on
the left-hand-side is called left
sided dance.

nom. Tf^'srf ur i> y5er i> iTsr
3G ° CT 5lir C? bilaadi

oyromda thekpana haynay.
Bilaa feels more free to move
on the left.

Phr: ^nrR'miPf o'£°nr

hakchaanggi saathek ‘body
movement’, X o HTt7

O'7 thekna thekna
jagoy saaba ‘dance with

3G°.ff the.m 1

154

rhythmic body movement ,
gonr^nr thektok

thekchin ‘moving in and out’

3 Co.pr the.m l

woo

V. Sfe'ffG: yfcT* X°fffkfl
bilaamna bilaabu the.mmi.
Bilaam wooed Bilaa.
adv. qua qffqff

Xo.qrKfaff’st WJfWY &'©-

S'nr^l sukuna sumsum
the.mmingayda anisuba laan-
jaaw laak-i. The world war-11
broke out when Suku was
wooing Sum Sum.

adj. qffqfftff

(£*refl sum

sumdi sukuna tlie.mmiba nupini.
Sum Sum is Suku’s girl friend.

nom. i ERt QT

onipT 5*J5cyf 'c“5Sflr*J5i

athe.mba khudingmak sukugi
loynabi oyroy. All his girl
friends will not be Suku’s life
partner.

Phr: CJMf nupi

the.mba ‘to woo’, O’, 5IRf
3GoffY sf'Z OJIlf nupi
the.mba hayba nupaa
‘womanizer’

3G°.ff the.m 2

persuade

v. 7fl*J5a VtWX'KX

swuy

haythoyna singthoybu dilida

chatnaba the.mmi. Haythoy
persuaded Singthoy for going
to Delhi.

adv. RtRt'O OfnJ£
^oiDlf^er KtfOX
fkfaCTST C9fFF C9fff 5'lFKl
mamaana singthoybu bengga-
lor chatnaba the.mmingayda
sim sim laak-i. Sim Sim came
when Singthoy was persuad¬
ing for going to Banglore by
his mother,
adj. OfIT wnrs

uifsr qier'jsy cvs 6 -!

M M

sim simbu the.mmiba nupidu
araayba natte. 1 he woman
who is persuading Sim Sim is
not an ordinary one.

nom. Offf C9fffX

xfx Rtf dn'or^ofl

Sim Simbu the.mmibasingdu
makhoygi kaannaba thiba mi-
ngaaktani. Those who are
persuading Sim Sim are people
looking for their own
advantage.

Phr: Kf ft'OX mi

yaanaba the.mba ‘to persuade
people for a purpose’,
S 6 ** moythe.m
ta.wba ‘to cheat someone’

3C°{5 then i

be shallow (water)

v. 5*BRTOf KER

RIC2S'^STSTf JW^fl turel

155

eC o .O the.n

asi mapham aswaaydadi thclli.
This river is shallow here.

adv.

M M

JSfflUD JTST cF|

manipurgi turelsingdi ikang
thaada thenduna lay. The
rivers in Manipur are lying
shallow during cry season,
adj. ^eToTOlfllBTf

FEUD £'ST EJMfl athenba
turelsingdi ikang thaada kang-
ngi. .Shallow rivers dry up
during dry season,
nom. uuxsirofnj nrsr

s^mj^nrsiR srarra'ar 5"]

athenbasing adu tengthokpa
darkaar lay. Those shallow
ones need to be dredged
Phr: TCtJG o i5ir F£JIR' athenba
mapaa ‘shallow place’,

turel athenba

‘shallow river’

then 2

be short-sighted
v. tJHISTf R'TCT

nangdi yaamna
waakhal thelli. You are very
short-sighted.

adv. UDH7 R FT tJG o T-

erfaDTST JIRFFanenr

b

C2 F£T°I nangna waakhal
thellingayda pumnainak loyna
soyre. While you are short¬
sighted everything is in a fiasco.

adj. R'FT f£fSTf

UflDX El'FY 'STGTf |
waakhal thenba midi ningba
kaayba taa.bani. A man who is
short-sighted will have to be
disappointed,
nom. R'FT

CJ J1R DC HT3^ 0 1 waakhal
thenbasingna nupaa thokte.
Those short-sighted ones are
not adventurous.

Phr: R FT waakhal

thenba ‘be short-sighted’,
R FT Fcf waakhal

thenba mi ‘short-sighted
person’

«E°.(5 the.n

display

v. ®0 4 ffSt FVO'

asom-

dana khutsaa haybagi
potchayna the.lli. This side the
products of handicraft are dis¬
playing.

adv. ffcR'FST U Ef.fiT^G:

55TCJ c? I mayaaydana
phironna the.nduna lay. At the
centre handloom products are
being displayed,
adj. Ef.fiT^CJ
fkEffST FkEFF-

CJfl phironna the.lliba mapha-
mdu maruoyba maphamni.
The place where clothes are
being displaced is the impor¬
tant centre.

nom. e'Ferfnr RcR'r -

3C°HI theng

156

{Jinx

SbBTfffltfl laayrik mayaam
the.nphamda ay nangbu
urammi. I saw you at the place
where books are being
displayed.

Phr: 7? 30.15X hay

layna the.nba ‘to display with
fruits and flowers’

3G°1IJ theng

be late

v. dD'OJXf 2fllC9f KfUfV RcdD'
3 G°lD 2 niri ngaangbi ngasi minit
mangaa theng-ngi. Ngaangbi
is late by five minutes today,
adv. Rc°lT37'{J cG°lII{J
X 0 HHJ S Hry&l memchaanu
thengna thengna laak-i.
Memchaanu came habitually
late.

adj. £°iikj e'nrw fkfsrf

E'yS® thengna

laakpa midi phaayn tawwi.
Persons who came late are
imposed fine.

nom. X°DKJ S^ nTMOflD^
^51R' ^ fM' E'551S S 6 *!
thengna laakpasingdu lupaa
mangaa mangaa phaayn taw.
Fine those who came late for
five rupees each.

Phr: ZC°niU S'nTlSi thengna
laakpa ‘to come late’, CfkfV
X°mX numit thengba ‘late in
time’

3C«>.ni the.ng l

collide

v. /d'KFT f£f S^DIX

jirx £0t°©

UTKP X°.nHF'5^G ,<, | haakum
mi tongba tren amaga pot puba
tren aifiaga the.nggaaynay.
Last year a passenger train
collided with a goods train,
adv. 3G°.mif JbUSTX

SFFXf E'SST0>l tren
the.nggaaynaduna Iambi
phaawdre. Communication
was disrupted due to collision
of two trains.

adj. Do°.lDll T ' y^CBTfX

the.ng-

gaaynariba trendu tinsukiyaa
chenba trenni. The train
collided is Tinsukia bound
train.

nom. J>.TO!F'J^C0rXC9ftnSj!

muTni HT5 6 ' 0ft' £ 6 nTM > °l

the.nggaaynarabasingdu
amaang ataa kayaa thokkhre.
Those involved in the
collision caused a great havoc.
Phr: f£f UlCJf X.lDfP'^JX
mi ani the.nggaaynaba ‘to
collide two persons’, £if 0 ®
Xo.lDF'ECX tren the.ng¬
gaaynaba ‘colli c ion of trains’

3Go.ffl the.ng 2

knock

v. CIDC XoffllFo

157

Zjjj. thu 2

9? 'SftC ZG ° m 2 lD f I nangna
ayngonda the.ngge yaawna
the.ng-ngi. You have knocked
me intentionally,
adv. {JUJU ECJ 3G°lIJn i ''J5-
STGTC? nan¬

gna phana the.igdunasu ay
saawbide. I don’t mind e: en if
you have knocked me inten¬
tionally.

adj. XolD^erfy RZfSTd
(HKStSr R'r'sfx

Po'KI llie.ng-nguriba iniduna
ainaduda waaravvbiba yaade
haay. The man who knocked
said, ‘I am sorry’ to the other
person.

nom. flTJ>.nnr JESTC RZO'lFf

n

ffcfiT T *rl C I athe.ngba aduna
masaagi maraal yaajay. The
person who knocked
(someone) confessed his fault.
Phr: soyduna the.ngba
• 'knock someone unintention¬
ally’

*

5* thu .1

be fast, quick, haste
v. K'Stf TC 2fl]'njXST X.5SI
maadi waa ngaangba thu.y. He
speaks fast.

| adv. 5T(5 J7' X.C

sTlMfl chan chandi
waa thu.na thu.na ngaang-ngi.
Chan Chan always spoke
quite fast.

adj. Tt %J3 JLU sflflUX OTfST

TT°1T waa thu.na

ngaangba nupidu bem bem
kawwi. The lady who speaks
fast is Bem Bem.

nom. tEX.*

R'GT°I athu.ba makhay
chatkhiba yaare. Those who
are in a hurry may go.

Phr: A 3^. A tj». haathu.
haathu. ‘in a haste’, ^.GT 11
X.0T 6 thu.ro thu.ro ‘be quick’

<5- thu 2 ,

trap

v. jer'njsrf n'wu 5551
ngaraangdi ngaa yaamna
thu.y. Many fish are trapped
yesterday.

adv. 2ID' X.tJ ^'niST

^GT'tg^JC 0 ! ngaa thu.na
thu.na laangdu huraankhre.
The fishing-net was stolen
along with the fish trapped,
adj. am' ^.erf¥ e'msr
ofix‘j5Pfcfi ngaa thu.riba
laangdu singthoygini. The
fishing-net which trapped fish
belongs to Singthoy.
noni. RtF v ^'OJ

RcJIR IFfCJf I athu.ba makhay
laang mapxigini. Whatever
trapped (fish) will be for the
fishing-net owner.

Phr: ^'IDST 2 ID' 3£.1T laangda
ngaa thu.ba ‘fish trapped in
the fishing-net’

thup l

158

3C{3It thup 1

be painful

v. tfVf R'ffCJ

Z^JIIJIRTI aygi khut oysi
yaamna thuppi. My left hand
side is very painful.

adv. K'lPf 3&3KB

nu ^fsr'nr Eerfff^

n

maagi

makhut thupna thupna hidaak
karimta tawdana chatkhre. He
has gone in spite of having
painful hand and without
applying any medicine,
adj. till ^VS 6 .
[ffl(rB"5?C 5 l athuppa khuttu
karambano? Which one is the
painful hand?

nom. TCXM HI ST ECJY
yofST'HT S 6 *! athuppa adu
phanaba hidaak taw. Apply
medicine to remove the pain.
Phr: mXM RZEH athuppa
mapham ‘place of pain’,
3G3TCef thupli

thupli tawba ‘slightly pain’

2G3It thup 2

fold

v. mof £ZU 2GJRK3^I
che asi phajana thupchallu.
Fold this paper properly,
adv. X® X3TKJ

ZW.U O'EEITST HoM;i
thoyrenna che thupna thupna
saaykalda yeng-ngi. Thoyren

looked at the bicycle while
folding the paper.

adj. U\BU

ZGFFHi, I nangna
athuppa chedu tebalda
thammu. You keep the folded
paper on the table,
nom. HIST

BFOfni Xfftl athuppasing
adu masing thiyu. You count
those folded papers.

Phr:

saatin thupchanba ‘to fold
umbrella’

thup 3

take shelter

v. u*w j^ernm® aiD'ys^o'nr
3k31TFfC9fl nong taarak-e
ngaayhaak thupkhisi. It’s
raining. Let’s take shelter for a
while.

adv. E? a lD XMfjnfST fk'tf
R'BTfST S^TTTJ fl nong
thuppingayda maana waaridu
tawbani. He narrated me while
taking shelter from rain,
adj. (J 6 ID tJGiJiniR RZEFFST
Kflllft' fllESTUfl nong
thuppa maphamdu chingyaa
amadani. The place where we
took shelter from rain is near a
hill.

nom. G'lD FjpiROrni
JRFFH'V K*VB 3E5ff°l

n

nong thuppasing adu

159

5FF thum 2

pumchot chotna hankhre.
Those who take shelter from
rain went back home
drenched.

Phr: tEX JTC3JR

RcEFF thamoygi athuppa
mapham ‘the core of one’s
heart’, 3GJHCX RcEFF
thupnaba mapham ‘a place of
shelter’

«5HT thuk

be afraid

v, tcbtbt Hiarrc2

3G smf ST®I haythoydi

aduda karisu thukkatpide.
Haythoy doesn't get afraid of it.
adv. inJWFtJ

5"0rfaflTsr e'DTHl

phajathoyna thukkattuna lay-
ringayda haythoy laak-i. Hay-
thoy came when Phajathoy
was in consternation,
adj. IGinWM'X
Far e'xbTri thukkat”
khraba nupimachaadu khara
phaathabiyu. Please console
the alarmed girl,
nom. 3G DTlffl^Fj£ XC9fDJ
IUFT (JMfRc5T'C9flD M'WP-
CJf 1 thukkatkhrabasing adu
nupimachaasing ngaaktani.
Those who were alarmed are
girls.

Phr: 5GDT 3GGT cT^lT thuk
thuk laawba ‘a feeling of
uneasiness’

3$FF thum 1

be flooded

v. Ef<557f5IR ST FOfOKJ
X ff £f(5Fjr<>l kaanchipur
isingna thumjinkhre.

Kaanchipur was flooded,
adv. HOfin XF+G - XiTG

f£fc2 htbtff ising

thumna thumna misu adum
machatli. People also go in the
water in spite of the flood.

adj. Fofnju xffsngFarx

fEEffsr e' meals' efofra

isingna

thumjinkhraba maphamdu law
ekar Using lakhaa kayaa-
marunmi.The area submerged
under water is several
thousand acres,
nom. % ff£f(5Fer Yofnr

nrsr eiir G'nr

m^irefl thumjinkhrabasing
adu lupaa laak kayaamarum
oygani. The value of those
submerged crops would be
several lakhs of rupees.

Phr: FOfnJ XffX ising
thumba ‘flooded with water’,
FOfllJ XRT FBTfin ising
thumba khuding ‘each
occasion of flood’

2GJF thum 2

be deep

v. rc&S'K RtJi'BTf K'lFf

Rc0T°3R tJ^FFRcfl adwaay

%.ff thu.m i

160

mapaadudi maagi marep
thummi. That area is out of his
depth.

adv. ^er°TSTf R^ff

MFFSRtHTS 6 S°JIl
S*i iril tureldi matam
pumnamakta lep thumna luy.
The depth of Iril Turel is
always out of one’s depth,
adj. S°1 KEffSTStf

P&wPt sersfl lep

thummaba maphamdudi phut
tarukti lurani. The area which
is out of one’s depth would be
at least six feet deep.

nom. ^ff£f(5£jarXC>flIJ

msrsTf fk'mx

n

^'fTlTOTI thumjinkhrabasing
adudi ayaambana maangba
taarabani. Those things which
were submerged would be
spoiled almost entirely.

Phr: 3GFFS7 thumna-

ba changba ‘to enter entire
length’, JjFFSY SFFC9f{51T
thumnaba namsinba ‘to push
the whole length'

thu.m 1

be sweet

v. 3G'^s°tssTiPf JiRernrm

ElDll 1,0 ^ iE.FFRtfl Thaay-
lendagi purakpa manggedu
thu.inmi. The tamerine brought
from Thailand is sweet,
adv. F£C9'S X.ffS

n “

JIR'Ig'E'Sf ^5'5El manggedu
masaana thu.mna paanbani
haay. The tamerine, it is said, is
sweet by nature,
adj. Rt HUT^Etf

ft'FFS ^'IDU EMfl
athu.mba manggedi yaamna
taangna phang-ngi. Sweet
tamerine is hardly found,
nom. TCST

HIFISSX EEFFET ft e 3Sfl
athu.mbasing adu akhannaba
maphamda yolli. Those sweet
ones are sold at selected place
Phr:

S'JftTT thu.mphet thu.mphet
laa.wba ‘slightly sweet’,
JlRffiE.ff iE^FF IT pumthum
thumba ‘entirely sweet’

thu.m 2

put a fishing trap
v. affl'KfS SfdV FSTftnnM*
S ngaamina numit

khudinggi lu thu.mmi. The
fisherman put fishing traps in
the water everyday,
adv. dl'RtfS S iE.FFRtfsnfST
&ZGFF 5^ 2 ‘ni'8' ngaami¬

na lu thummingayda uthum
khongba taay. The sound of
waterfowl was heard when the
fisherman was putting fishing
traps in the water,
adj. X.FFfkff* ^ FkF*
S*BTff STEM thu.mmamba lu

161

^.DJ thu.ng 2

makhay layramdre. Those
fishing traps which were put in
the water are missing,
nom. cnDPf s’irnry-' cl
3G„.ffEIT 095' 5*1 nanggi
labukta lu thu.mpham kayaa
lay? How many places do you
have for putting fishing traps
at your field?

Phr: cT 36.HT lu thu.mba ‘to
put fishing trap in the water’.

3g.ni thu.ng 1

reach goal

v. histc

5Rt DJ S 6 GT ° S 6 36 . ID 20^ l
lamjcnloysing aduna pung
taretta thu.ng-ngay. Those
runners reached their
destination at 7 o’clock,
adv. UWZ°<3U*KVflU
tESTC 3£. ID JD STJ£ r idf ST
11*5^55 DlttfST

BT®I lamjenloysing aduna
thu.ng-ngadringayda aykhoy
loyna asida layre. We are all
here before those runners
have arrived.

adj. 3£. ID dD GT 7

nrg hie'

F£(J'(J a l thung-ngaraba
lamjenloysing adu kanaa
kanaano? Who are those
runners who have arrived
already?

nom. I.MS’TOflD tESTIFf
lEEfni JaO^I thu.ng-

ngarabasing adugi maming
isallu. Write down the names
of those who have arrived.
Phr: cT FF£°13 .maffl^

lamjen ihu.ng-ngaba ‘arrival ot
runners’, X.DJXff

lamjen thu.ngpham ‘goal of
the race'

35 .ID thu.ng 2

gel share

v. mT^FSTfrafklF fk'lPf
FE'fM OErDT 36 .DJCGT 0 1
makhoy khudingmak maagi
maagi saruk thu.ngnare. Each
one of them has got their own
share.

adv. fko'fpf c9Grnr
X.tDU KfPfST

masaagi saruk thu.ngna
thu.ngna migida mitaay. He is
after other’s share in spite of
getting his own share.

adj. (£C?f

3£.ID 2 IQ'S' C9GT nrtJfl masi
khoynawbigi thu.ng-ngaba
sarukni. It is the allotted share
of Khoynawbi.

nom. K'lPf Hc'IFf C7GTIF
^.MXofniSTf RUFfY

ft'GTUfl maagi maagi saruk
thu.ng-ngabasingdi chatkhiba
yaarani. Those who have got
their share may go.

Phr: OGTIir 3^.01'? saruk
thu.ngba ‘to get one’s share’,

35*55 thoy

162

U f ID 'S' 3£. IDS ningba

thu.ngba ‘to have full
satisfation’

35*55 thoy

be proud

v. Kyo'nr^f Far tiisTff
36 6 El mahaakti khara adum
thoy. He is rather proud by
nature.

adv. x'jserfilirst

KIK'tgCX OTISS 6
haythoyna thoyringayda
mamaannaba amata Iaytre.
While Haythoy is proud of
herself nobody keeps her
company.

adj. KfSTf

EIU'UC? U DJC9fST°l thoy-
chatnaba midi kanaanasu
nungside. Nobody likes a
braggart.

nom. 36 6 J5Xtf USOffflU

F 1 U f I thoychatnabasingna
makhoyna mahelle haayna
khalli. Those who are showy
(braggart) think that they are
the best.

Phr: 55X‘J5 ithoy

thoyba ‘be always proud’,
36 6 E 57^ US thoychatnaba
‘be rather whimsical’

35*55 tho.y

win

v. dBOfStr <tfV55G

36 6 .T6£T<>I ngasidi aykhoyna
phutbol tho.yre. Today we
have won football match,
adv. K^“55tJ x\R 8T,C
E'55B»^ KtnEH'°l makhoy-
na tho.yduna phaaynel
changkhre. As they have won
the match, they will play final,
adj. 36*.^6TS S^fffU
5^r 6 Ef THST EHUFUfI
tho.yraba timna trophi adu
phanggani. The winner team
will get the trophy,
nom. ttt3G 6 .y5SC9f DJU
^fiT'&S fc^W'Ufl

atho.ybasingna haraawba
mahawsaani. To be happy
among the winners is natural.
Phr: 36*.J6S

paansin tho.yba ‘to win a
match’, 36*.56S hoki

tho.yba ‘to win hockey match’

3GV thot

be soft, ripe

v. xVe°l

pungdol asi thotle. This guava
is getting ripe (has become
soft).

adv. JnLIDST 6 ^ tttOf
36VU0'®ST K'JSl pungdol
asi thotla kaanda chaaw. You
eat this guava when it is ripe,
adj. 36 V US JIRUJEtVSTf
K'SST 25'^Rfl thotlaba
pungdoldi chaabada haawwi.

163

The guava which has become
ripe is tasty.

nom. HEDG 5 ^51RC9fIDSTEIF
KTcJlF >O o Iir^l athotpas-
ingdamak khallaga hek-u.
Pluck (selecting) the ripe ones
only.

Phr: JIRIDST 6 ^ W

pungdol athotpa ‘ripe guava’,
Z\ thot thot

laawba ‘be very soft’

x 6 nr thok i

undress, untie

v. m'EJ mRc'OCPIDET KEf
3G iitjei maana amaangsang-
da maphi thok-i. She un¬
dressed at the >ilet.

HIC9f ZG & nr^5l kisi asi thok-u.
(You) untie this knot,
adv. E'(J EEf J^nTC
E0T£ITfl maana
maphi thokna thokna irujari.
She is taking bath naked,
adj. jirVVjs ^nrnrx
fflftJ'ST EE m EE' ID ST
EffEfl potloy thok-aba
kaynaadu phamung ma-
maangda phammi. The bride
who has untied her wedding
gown is sitting in front of the
bed.

nom. ®fC9f

wo'itsi ifsrnrsl kisi thok-

abasirigdu asomda purak-u.
Bring here those, untied ones.

3c*nr thok 2

Phr: HfOf X 6 nrm kisi
thokpa ‘to untie knot’,
survey x“nrm potioy
thokpa ‘to untie wedding
gown’

3G 6 nr thok 2

be available

v. mrfoep'

E'fiT) eTx o^ST EinSM elob-
heraa (dhittakumar) kaythenda
phangde. Aloe Vera is not
available in the market,
adv. SIR** JiStflDCnr

ffl*x°:rst x*nrc i‘nrt7

2 QUTST 0 ! pot khud-
ingmak kaythenda thokna
thokna layba chatluba ngam-
de. She cannot go out for
shopping in spite of availabili¬
ty of every items in the market,
adj. BTx-ESt 3G 6 nrmr mV
S^'TTtJfl kaythenda
thokpa pot layba taabani. We
have to buy what is available
in the market.

nom. HE 3G 6 DT M C? f DJ ST

n

yoonr^ e"ernr!al athokpas-
ingdu hekta layrak-u. Buy
those things which are avail¬
able in the market.

Phr: mV X'WT

pot ithok thoktaba ‘things
hardly available’, 2 GI' X 6 HT5IR
ngaa thokpa ‘be available of
fish in the market’

164

3G*nrthok_2

3G 6 nr thok 3

fart

v* 2 CD ID mSTCJ Kfft
X^DTEl angaang aduna
mamoy thok-i. The child has
farted.

adv. HEaDl ID HISTC PEffc JS

3G & nr5^affi '*’st k? 5'nrysi

angaang aduna mamoy thok-
ingayda mi laak-i. A visitor
came when the child is farting.

adj. x*nniiffs nr^'m

mSTStf W&£T 0 I moy thok-
amba angaang adudi chatkhre.
'Hie child who farted has gone
out.

nom. Krt 2C 6 nrtttffX-
C9fDJEt QUIZ' mamoy

thok-ambasingdu kanaa
kanaano? Who are those fart¬
ed around here?

Phr: X^DTJIR moy

thokpa ‘to discharge foul wind
through anus’, Ht
moyjaawba ‘stupid fart'

3G*nr thok 4

occur

v. 35’st"# tn^t jjer'yt'e
Ka'er'SFf K^ffstcn

thawdok adu churaachaan
mahaaraajgi matamdani. The
incident took place during the
reign of Churaachaan
Mahaaraaj.

adv. X^Vtir HIST X 6 -

nrysanTst km'^id e*Ffsrs-

cfl thawdok adu thok-ingay-
da mapaabung laykhidabani.
His father passed away during
the occurrence of that incid-
nenl.

adj. xVur x*nrFf* ke-

FFST y^o'Z KflDSlUfl thaw-
dok thokkhiba maphamdu
kheba chingdani. the place
where the incident took place
is at Kheba Ching.

nom. xVnr x^nrmctf®

nrsr roerffu eT&x sfflitiP-

Cfl thawdok thokklubasing
adu karamna kaawba ngam-
gani? How could we forget
those incidents?

Phr: X y BT a DF HIRt X DTJIR
thawdok ama thokpa ‘to occur
an incident’, 53 X DT HI
waathok oyba ‘to become a
problem’

3G^nT thok 5

go out

v. Rt'srf min 3^ernrs^
X'nr^fl maadi pung tarukta
thokkhi. He had gone out at 6
o’clock.

adv. a^arsff*

H'sst rcxm ^■'ernrsi

athemna thokkhraba kaanda
athing yawrak-i. Athing
arrived when Athem had gone

out.

165

35*© thon

adj. IE SR'©

KfOfmST BIB' BIB'S 6 !
mapaan thokkhiba misingdu
kanaa kanaano? Who are
those persons who have gone
out?

nom. I'nreffTOfni urst

nr re nr 7 i 3 b nr ® er 6 js i

thokkhrabasing adu amuk
hallak-aroy. Those who have
gone out will not come back
again.

Phr: Bc51R15 tJj b nrW mapaan
thokpa ‘to go out’, C9 a GT a UT
ZG & HT5IR sorok thokpa ‘to go
out to road’

Idiom: f£ JllT tg 3G 6 0T 51

mapaan thokpa ‘to urinate,
piss’

3S & .FF tho.m

hit

v. BBS sBffBTfBT

EI©S "xVffl^l bondu
nangna ngamjabida kanna
tho.mmu. Hit the ball as hard
as you can.
adv. e 9 fincr°< 5 a

^.GTFFfftf I singlenna bon
tho.mna tho.mna waakhal
ta.wrammi. Singlen was
thinking when he was hitting
the ball.

adj. £ 6 .FFFkf7
KCJ'lF'ftJ 6 ! tho.mmiba bondu

kanaagino? Whose ball arc
you hitting?

nom. aC^.FFHErS'OriUSt

EBB' BBS'S 6 ! bon
tho.mmibasingdu kanaa
kanaano. Who are those hittig
the ball?

Phr: bon

tho.mba ‘to hit ball’, 095^
m\w satal ko.k

tho.mba ‘to hit shuttlecock*

3G 6 ® thon

(honorific) wear
v. iF'er'miP isms gz'w
gawraangga prabhu-
na ph ay jo in tholli. The
Gawraangga Prabhu wore
dhoti.

adv. IffSB £*3 6 FF X'FJB-

f jd^st " snr^ofis

JIR^l'erfl prabhuna phay-
jom thollingayda bhaktasin-
gna potthaari. Devotees are re¬
laxing when Prabhu is wearing
dhoti.

adj. E*-

£ 6 ffst

prabhuna thollingba phayjom-
du ningthawna khatpani. The
king offers the bhoti which
Prabhu is wearing

nom. X^BfTOfni ©CdfSTf
(ETC RFFFT lEFFTIPrsn

M

thollingbasing asidi machu
makhal makhalgini. Those

166

3G J& tho.n

clothes which are weanng are
of various colours.

Phr: Ef. phi. thonba

‘to wear clothe’, HI *rl oL 6
koyet thonba ‘to wear

turban'

35*© tho.n

put earth

v. mc2S'5SST eVnr fbt
X*.©O fl aswaayda laybaak
khara tho.nsi. Let us put some
earth here.

adv. x a jser°<se e*x'nr
3G*.35tdFSl ftffEff HIE
X^.Ti/O^CQTI thoyrenna laybaak
tho.llingayda yumpham ama
tho.lhawsi. Let us make a plinth
when Thoyren is putting earth,
adj. tho.lliba yumpham asi
kanaagino? Who is the owner
of this plinth which is being
raised?

nom. X 6 .3efXC9ftII urof
G^'HTElf affl'nr^BT'l tho.lli-
basing asi nahaakki
ngaaktara? Are these all
belong to you?

Phr: 9£ffElT
yumpham tho.nba ‘to put earth
for plinth’, EEFF5T

e^Y'HT X*.X akutpa
maphamda laybaak tho.nba ‘to
put earth to low area for raising
level’

Proverb:

HES^IDXST ^X\tS¥ akut-

pada laytawba atongbada
laythonba ‘fortune favours
the rich’.

3G*ID tho.ng

cook

v. Efirxnz ft 0 ® X^.Mfl
pharabina yen tho.ng-ngi.
Pharabi is cooking chicken,
adv. E0f"8T(J X .HJ(J

x'.niu e'5serfnr hie jir'jei

pharabina yen tho.ngna
tho.ngna laayrik ama paay.
Pharabi is reading a book while
she is cooking chicken,
adj. X'.MfY Eftf

BflGT'G 6 l yen tho.ng-ngiba
midu kanaano. Who is the
person cooking chicken?
nom. CIlDlF’f X .IDIT

^'nruxTTXCJfl nanggi yen
tho.ngba khaak-ambani. I kept
some chicken curry for you.
Phr: 2 D]' X 6 .0JX ngaa
tho.ngba ‘fish curry’, a£D X .ID
ngawtho.ng ‘vegetable fry’.

thay 1

divert

v. ^eroissT x^eM
turendu thaykhare. That river
has been diverted.

adv. S^fiT°!5ST EEff

nrstsriPf x^sru KtfFfl

turendu mapham adudgi
thayduna catkhi. The river
diverted from that place.

167

af thay 3

adj. FEOfCJf $ 6 To( 5 -

St I masini athayba turendu.
This is the diverted river.

nom. Bc^FFIPf (ES^IDKISC

s 6 fr»©sr x^s F'ernrKl

»*•» M

matamgi matung-inna turendu
thayba taarak-i. Over time
there arises the need for
diversion of that river. Rc<H

fEer'nrF eesTxipf n'Bfi

mathay-maraaktu lujad^bagi
waani. The nature of diversion
looks clumsy.

Phr: x'Vnr afcns ^

thaydok-thayjin tawba ‘put
something here and there
temporarily', RtjT RcfiT'nT
mathay-maraak ‘nature
of diversion’, 3G*0Tf dD*ST
thayringayda ‘while making
diversion’.

3f thay 2

stay for a short time

v. c9fE<?' Ko^enrJiRsr

M

AT* 55 St DG*I sumalaa
chellakpada aykhoyda thay.
When Sumalaa eloped she
stayed at our house,
adv. oiEe' ttfVnsr aTer-
ftfst FERc' cr'nr^l sumalaa
aykhoyda thayringayda
mamaa laak-i. Her mother came
when Sumalaa was staying at
our house.

adj. (JF*55ST Jf’erfy

EH7'lFfCJ 6 | nakhoyda
thayriba nupidu kanaagino?
Whose wife is she who is
staying at your house?
nom. jfeTTOflD^

10 9? GP ° I nakhoyda

thayrabasingdu kayaa
sukhre? How many of them
have stayed at your house?
Phr: (JJUlf jflT nupi thayba
‘to stay with a girl who is
eloped at a house for some
time’, MV JT'X’ pot thayba
‘to keep something secretly
temporarily at a place’

3f thay 3

avoid

v. ie'c aerip

X Ffl maana nakhoybu uraga
thaykhi. He deliberately
avoided you.

adv. BOB UT* SfiTP

tfO FMfl

nangna aybu uraga thayduna
chatli aysu khang-ngi. I know,
you have avoided me.
adj. I’JiffS Hof Stf
^'©carers I thaykhraba
midi taannaruranu. Don’t be
after the one who has avoided
you.

nom. serip

x^fYofnisr nr'erifflo^f

M'fT^fUi'l aykhoy uraga
thaykhibasingdu aarkegi

168

3E thaw l

paartini. Those who have
deliberately avoided us
belong to Aarke’s party.

Phr: X*^ una una

tliayba ‘avoided deliberately',
{Z'X^IT naathayba ‘avoid¬
ance’

3G* thaw l

drive

v. RZ'CJ ® fiT X*Rfl maana
kaar thawwi. She drives a car.
/O^oinq RZ'fJ x*>afl
hayengsu maana thawgani.
She will drive the car tomorrow
also.

adv. Rt'Gf El 6T X X (J

\£*y'%^yi n'erf o'jsi

maana kaar thawna thawna
mobaaylda waari saay. She
talked over mobile while
driving car. Sd°€°U El fiT

ZE^erfanrsT e'nry&i

helenaana kaar thawringayda
memchaanu laak-i.

Memchaanu came while
Helenaa was driving a car.
adj. EffiTOf X*X FKfST
EltJ'G^l Kaarsi thawba midu
kanaano? Who is the driver ol
this car? El fiT X
ft'JGETrftJfl kaar thawkhiba
midu yaayphabini. Yaayphabi
is the person who drove the

nom. Bfl'fiT X Y G? OJ 2 HI 5Gi
Kaar thawba nung-ngaay. It is
a pleasure to drive a car. CIHC2
®'er ZG y X JIR'ffXfiT'l nangsu
kaar thawba paambara? Do
you also like to drive a car?
Phr: KX* KfiT'OT mathaw
maraak ‘mode of driving’,
ZG*8T B Ur X v £f© thawdok
thawjin ‘drive in and drive
out’, ZGV XVlP thawkhay
thawraga ‘after having a
prolong drive’, HEX Y Rtf
athawba mi ‘driver’, X (Jfnnr
IkF* J> V Y thawningba
makhay thawba ‘drive to one’s
wishes'

3G* thaw 2

pursue to repay
v. Rt'tJ OT X*33fl maana
sel thawwi. He asked tor
repayment ot borrowed
money. IKF*55& IK'slII*®5T
C9°E 3G*Rfl makhoyna
maangonda sen thawwi. They
pressue him for repayment of
borrowed money.

adv. jnTo'sr zg c x u

Of Ill'S’f EtfiM paysaadu
thawna thawna singbidare. No
payment has been made
inspite of pressure,
adj. o:j x y erfs' tcfa
ffiB'B 6 ! sel thawriba midu

car.

169

kanaano? Who is the person
asking for repayment?
nom. 03 jfY FfeM
ay sel thawba kliirc. I am fed up
of asking for repayment. UID
03 vo’lTQr'l nang sel

thawba haybara? Do you
know the art of asking for
repayment of borrowed
money?

Plir: CM KZ'l FX* 5JFTX
sel mathaw/ khuthaw chumba
‘right approach of repayment’,
OtgX'' Ot5X T ST 5"*
senthaw senthawda layba
“depend on the nature of
pressure for repayment’

3S* tha.w i

be sharp

v. X'ni mof thaang

asi thawwi. This knife is sharp.
ZC'.UJ tffof X v .!/o3c?l thaang
asi thawhallu. Make this knife
sharpen.

adv. X'IDST l£92'

M

E° QI 2 ^ I thaangdu mayaa
thawna pheng-ngu. Sharpen
the knife well. Z'JD KW'

^G^erf ofzfisu75*\

thaang mayaa thawringayda
sijinnahavv. Use the knife while
it is sharp.

adj. tnx/x cX'in turc
larnrsl athawba thaang ama
purak-u. Bring a sharp knife.

03* tha.w 2

KOf df&fY X'nJCJfl masi
thawriba thaangni. It is still a
sharp knife.

nom. m * ¥ 5T U E* I

athawbaduna phay. The sharp
one is better. cC'DI^fT^f KcC*
DI* ^nijiuri thaangdugi
mathaw ay khang-nge. I know
the sharpness of that knife.
Phr: Fk3G y thaang-gi

mathaw ‘sharpness of a knife'.

ID Rock* ODJIT thaang
mathaw sangba (thaang) ‘to
temper a knife’, (X'lD) TH3G V
nrer'nr (thaang) athaw araak
‘some what sharp knife’

cE*. tha.w 2

be brave

v. ica'nr s'est x'rrfl

inahaak laanda thawwi. He
was brave in war.
adv. S'B X’B' SB
S'EEffSI K»©Of^5fl
maana thawnaa phana
laanphamda chensilli. He
rushed in the battle field
bravely.

adj. (E^'nr Z r B' E7

mahaak thawna
phaba laanmini. He is a brave
soldier. 5'(SET X'tf

1092' Ofl laanda
lhawra thawrabn laanmi kayaa
si. There are many brave
soldiers died in war.

yvJlT khap l

170

nom. ^

JIR'nr^l thawnaatana

laanda maay paak-i. It is the
only courage that can win the
battle. mX^OflMJ
K3LH'^ X'J&I athawbasin-
gna laanda mathway thaay.
Heroes sacrificed their lives in
war.

Phr: X*U' thawnaa ‘courr
age’, X*U' ESY thawnaa
phaba ‘be brave; coura-
gious’; mX*lT Ref athawba
mi ‘one who is brave/ a brave
man’, RIX* OIDY mathaw
sangba ‘to embolden’.

©

FJTC khap l

push repeatedly
(as engine pistol)
v, 55lS£nS ECflPV
JlRfCPS 6 ^ FJilJWfl injin istaat
tawbaga pistol khappi ‘the
pistol pushes repeatately after
the engine started,
adv. FIC

£j(>(gU

pistol adu khapna khapna
trenna chelli. The train runs as
the pistol pushes repeatedly.

adj. m^unr JiRfos 6 ^ mgr
^efnr^f EyorsgrjEoi

akhappa pistol adu hawjikti
uhandre. The repeated
pushing of the pistol has not
be seen now-a-days,
nom. WfOS 6 ^ FIWST
nJTTfr' I pistol
khappadu yengningbara ‘Do
you like to see the repeated
push of the pistol.

Phr: khukhap ‘nature

of pushing repeatedly’

F311 khap 2

winnow

v. E* FIJIRfl

tanawbi phaw khappi.

Tanawbi is winnowing paddy,

adv. ^

FJKJlKfaflfST K'E

^'UT^I tanawbina phaw
khappingayda memchaanu
lak-i. Memchaanu came while
Tanawbi was winnowing
paddy. T'

FJHCZ HC9 V afflllldDf I
tanawbina phaw khapna
khapna isay ngang-ngi.
Tanawbi hummed a song while
winnowing paddy.

e'nrm r^itst

memchaanuna laakpa

matamda tanawbi phaw
khaptuna lay. When
Memchaanu came Tanawbi is
winnowing paddy.

171

Ftf khat2

adj. E* F51JM d HRfST
'Sfdf I phaw khappa
nupidu tanawbim - The woman
who winnowed the paddy is
Tanawbi.

nom. dm e* fjiuir ^xer'i
nang phaw khappa haybara?
Do you know how to winnow
paddy?

Phr: Etf^X FJlU^tirJIR
phattaba khaptokpa ‘to
winnow the chaff
Idiom: E* C971Fff
yo'^eriTt

d 15t3G 6 Hr5IR phaw subagum
haayraga cheng khaybagum
naanthokpa ‘beating about
the bush’

i F3TC khap3

flap (as wings of bird)
v. SKoIir" SIR'.aSSl EC?'
F3HWfl uchekna paa>oada
. masaa khappi ‘A bird flaps its
wings while flying’
adv. &K°HTd EC?' (FIJI)
FHH^d JIR'5^1 uchekna
masaa (khap) khaptuna paay
‘A bird flies by flapping its
wing’

adj. EC?' FWWfY DT^
M 55firfXdfl masaa khappiba
uchektu paayribani The bird
which is flapping its wings is
flying.

noin. EC?' FMS^d JIR'HX
UXP'l masaa khappatana

paayba natte ‘Flying is not
merely flapping wings.’

Phr: EC?' FJltJlR

uchek masaa khappa ‘flapping
of bird's wings’

khat 1

chatter, impolite manner
v. sumilaana khwaaydagi
khatli ‘Sumilaa is the most
chattering.’

adv. C?Efd'5Tf Ftf^dS 6
d I sumilaadi khattunata lay
‘Sumilaa is always chattering’
adj. dJIRfEX'ST

C?Efd'dfl akhatpi nupim-
achaadu sumilaani ‘The chat¬
tering girl is Sumilaa’
nom. mslll'md
EtfS 6 * dtf^o| angaangna
khatpa phattaba natte ‘The
chattering of innocent
children is not a negative
virtue’

Phr: Wdf Wdf d'SX

khatli khatli laawba ‘be
chattering by nature’

F^ khat 2

repeated strike
v. E 6 C?f<Sd fd

mosinna hokina bol
khatli ‘Mosin strikes the ball
repeatedly with a hockey
stick’

adv. K*Ofig0 yaffil (U

pvc R^eri

FDT khak

172

mosinna hokina bol khaina
khatna chatli ‘Mosin goes
striking the ball repeatedly
with a hockey stick’

adj.

UJ!R'f£K'5T B^CtftgGTI bol

khatliba nupanmachaadu
mosinni ‘The boy who is
striking the ball repeatedly is
Mosin'

nom. O'Z* 1 ®

KIUdDfl bol khatpa saajen
chang-ngi ‘To strike a ball
repeatedly needs practice’
Phr: 5^^3111 ball khatpa

‘a repeated short strike of a
ball’

FHT khak

stop (as blood)
v. IIDF'55 ftfk ^STIP ^
^nrFfl pungkhaay ama
layraga i khakkhi ‘The
bleeding was stopped after
half an hour'

adv. 5S FHT£_9T fdfST

S^X'nrBHT, i i

khaktringayda bendej
lawthokkanu ‘Don't remove
the bandage before the
bleeding is stopped,
adj. 5S FHTJIR KEFF8L
00 <5T' (7 6 1 i khakpa

maphamdu kadaaayno
‘Which is the place where
bleeding is stopped?
nom. FfcS^ff

PtnJdflfl i khakpa matam
chang-ngi ‘It takes time to
stop bleeding’

Phr: Ts FIFM i khakpa ‘to
stop bleeding’

T^FF kham

close, end of a season

v. TT'IFO X'BT

aagas thaada kihom
khamme ‘The season of
pineapple production is over
in the month of August’.

Ffff£°l kaythel
khamme ‘Market is closed (for
to-day),
adv.

5T ^ C9f I kihom

khamdringayda chatlusi 'Let’s
pay a visit (to the pineapple
farm) before the pineapple
production is ended’
adj. tEf3> o: T

kaythel khammaba
matamni ‘It is the time of
closing mini ef
nom. FITXP Hf

&fl kaythel

khambaga may muithatli ‘The
light is oil with the closure of
the market'

Phr: ^>75* FfflT uhay
khamba ‘end of season of fruit
production' GO <E° T'FFIT
kaythel khamba ‘close of
market’, tUdD ID FFTIT

173

khan 2

angaang khamba ‘stop to
conceive a child’.

7^15 khan i

put something in between
v. x°ff Hcsrnr F=ref i
hem bemna rnarak khalli 'Bern
Bern is in between the two
(persons). IT'FF TT°FF(J OC
5^*J9T! Bern heinna sunan
khalli. ‘Bern Bern is putting
yum on<o Sanaa*
adv. !T n ff TT°FnJ C?(J'
FTCfjfiTsr 57(557(5 e'ffl’Hl
bem bemna sunaa khaflingny-
da ciianchun laak-i ‘Chanchan
came when Bem Bem is put¬
ting yam onto Sunaa’
adj. OU' FiefY (JJIRfST
S"°PF X°ff(?f| sunaa khaliiba
nupidu bem betnni. The
woman who is putting yarn
onto Sunaa is Bem Bern.

nom. (JIDC 7 OU' F( 5 X
\0 M ^

■A IT 0T I nangsu sunaa
khanba haybara? Do you
(also) know how to put yarn
onto Sunaa’

Phr: fKGTIir F(5X marak
khanba ‘put something in
between’; C7C? ^(SX sunaa
khanba ‘put yarn onto Sunaa’

^*3 khan 2

think, ponder

v. £ 5 550To(gC9 R'FT

thoyrensu waakhal
khalli ‘Thoyren also is
pondering over something’
adv. R'FT F(5(? F(5(J
K*55flT'lD R y pflwaaklial
khanna khanna moyraang
yawkhi ‘VVc reached
Moyraang thinking over the
matter'

adj. F(5X KfSTf

(HE'S’ KfCfl waakhal khanba
midi aphaba mini ‘Me who
thinks is a good man'
nom. F(5XC?flD(J

^ v c9fin Mx'eror^i

waakhal khanbasingna
anawba lawsing puthorak-i.
Those thinkers developed
new ideas.

Phr: R'FT waakhal

khanba ‘think, ponder’

khan 2

select, elect'

v. 7o 6 0flf OWE

(H 5t>(J 5^(550?°I sumolaa
hoki saanaroy oyna khankhre
‘Somolaa was selected as a
hockey player', 0T b f£ 6 cJ'
5^(5 5^6T °I romolaa
kepten khankhre. Romolaa
was elected captain,
adv. FE'STf 7o'(5G F(55T(J

M

c? 0T°l maadi haanna khandu-
na layre. She has already been
selected. IK'STf 75*M C?'©-

r

Tv 15 kha.n l 174

U9T*JS TC^STfaDTST

OnrEffKfl maadi hoki
saanaroy oyna khandringay-
da isay sak-ammi ‘She was a
singer before she was selected
as a hockey player’
adj. Fie* tZmffkX'ST
CTl khallaba
nupimachaadu sumolaani
‘The girl who has been
selected is Sumolaa'
nom. HTST

jiLar'nr^fc? s^erfl

khallabasing adu praaktis
tawri, Those who have been
selected are doing practice.
Phr: BJ o 3R5 6 °® kepten

khanba ‘select/ elect a captain’

Tv(5 kha.n l

put up (as samiyaana), open
(umbrella)
v. mflKZre'U
5^©ST*nry^l milmilaana saatin
khandok-i ‘Milmilaa open an
umbrella’, UTOfST
uric ?ESt‘nrC9fl asida
samiyaana ama khandoksi ‘Let
us put up a samiyaana here.’
adv.

Rc^H! ?'HT55l samiyaana
kallingayda makhoy laak-i.
They came when samiyaana is
being put up.

•FI5STCJ Cl Saatin
khanduna chatlu. Go by
opening the umbrella.

adj.T^ef* ofcfn'u mC9f

F0T 3IRfnrK^efl khalliba
samiyaana asi kliara pikmalli.

This samiyaana, which is
being used, is rather small,
nom. mof

5’ y 3G a 0r^l khallibasing asi
lawthok-u. Remove these
coverings (samiyaana, etc.)

Phr: (JIDC?' 5^(5IT nungsaa
khanba ‘protect from
sunlight’; KJTcC'in 5'®?’
chumthaang khanba ‘appear
rainbow in the sky’

i

Tvl5 kha.n 2

attend (as to a VIP)
v. fki/O'nr fkJlR F^JcTfl
mahaak mapu khalli. He is
attending to a lord,
adv. RcyfUFC Bt J1R

affl^sr r^st jr-r^:jtr'id

n'nu e*erffKfl mhaakna
mapu khallingayda marup-
mapaang yaamna layrammi.

He had many friends when he
was attending the lord,
adj. Ik'G KJlRSt

W SL ' X f 15 & f

JlRfil 6j Tf^C91Hr IFYCJSTCJfl
maana khalliba mapudu
praachinburi probhinsgi
gabanarni. The lord he is
attending is a governor of
Prachinburi Province,
nom. y^TCf'H'CPfllJ HISTU

I

175

y*' khaa i

H^WSTIFf Jiolgu yt&Rfl
khallibasing aduna mapudagi
henna chawwi. Those who are
attending the lord are bigger
than the lord himself.

Phr: IEJIII mapu

khanba ‘to attend a lord’;

nr57^-m:co'm iet

achaw-asaang khanba mi ‘a
flatterer’

.Fin khang

know

khangba ‘know someone’s
identity’, KlUX magun

khangba ‘know someone’s
character or capability’

F.m kha.ng

be aback, surprise

V. fETflF R'ST

^•nrjiri mahaak waadu
taabada kha.ng-ngi. He was
aback on hearing the
statement.

v. FEyo'lF FVX KIDalDf I

mahaak tomba khang-ngi.
Tomba is known to him.

fE'C KMfl
tombabu maana phajana
khang-ngi. He knows Tomba

very well.

adv. FE'C

3***1

maana tombabu

khangna tawwi. He treated
Tomba as a familiar person.

adj. lefCNJ KIMX fEftf

xjimari

pulisna khang-ngaba midu
phuritkhaw chappani. The
person who is identified by
(known to) the police is a pick
pocketer.

nom. 3)fir'tg’g:

2 ID IF^dfl khang-ng&ba-

singdu huraanba ngaaktani.

Those who are identified are
thieves.

Phr: (EOnr FCTX masak

adv. K£75'WU ^.mamfalD^ST
3*°(55To(g 2 AT* I mahaakna
kha.ng-ngingayda tenden laak-
i. Tenden came when he was
engrossed in surprise,
adj. mF.nnr nefsj hkjVi
akha.ngba midu kanaano?
Who is the person getting
surprised?

nom. QTK.niY JJStflDfElir
IHT2fni5T

akha.ngba khudingmak
pukningda thammoydabani.
Every surprise should be
removed from the mind.

Phr: F.mjJLff QT F.nj*
kha.ngprek kha.ngba ‘to feel
aback’, yvnj2'nr *.nj2f(5
kha.nglaak kha.ngjin ‘sudden
imposition’

khaa 1

bitter

v. RcOfSTf * j^j masidi

khaay. It tastes bitter.

F'lPUfl madusu khaagani.
That too will be bitter,
adv. f'v f'g mstffK'er 1
khaana khaana adum chaaro.
Take it as it is bitter. 75 ZtW
F'BTfl hawjik
phaawba adum khaari. The
bitter taste is still lingering,
atlj.

tHjffl'niG W'ffSM akhaaba
potti angaangna paamde.
Children do not like bitter
things.

nom. ¥85,

C9 6 ffST XffRcl akhaabasing
adu somda thammu. Keep
those bitter things this side.
Phr: 5^ 6Tf ^ ^

khaari khaari tawba ‘be
slightly bitter’

7? khaa2

put partition, wall, tence

v. kts'iit snre'ni ^^rerfi

mahaak phaklaang khaari. He

is putting a wall. ®

Kaa asi

khaajillasi. Let us put a
partition of this room,
adv. off-s^r f'c F'e
rc'erf O'fipfl sambal kliaana
khaana waari saari. They are
having talks while putting up a
fence.

adj. C9FFTT'I 5^ ETf^T
uni Eonr Ftnxer'l sambai

khaariba midu nang masak
khangbara? Do you know the
person who is putting up a
fence?

nom.OffW Kerman*

E S'f C9THIUTI sambal

khaaribasingdu kuiisingni.
Those who are putting up the
fence are wage earners.

phr: EUTS'lD F

phaklaang khaaba ‘make wall

of a house’, ^ ^

sambal khaaba put up a

fence’, 55Hi,IDSt
imungda khaaba divide
inside of a house by putting
partition’

khaay l

cut

v. u „ w"g orm f'ki

nupaana sing khaay. A man cut
firewood. C9nTyO°^5^ C9fm
F'^lPdTl sak-henna sing
khaaygani. Sak-hen will cut
firewood.

adv. C ST ®8J.G

nupaa

aduna sing khaayna khaayna
haay. The man said cutting
firewood.

adj. C9fffl

sing khaayba
nupaadu phaanjawbamni. The
man who cut firewood is
Phaanjaawbamni.

177

F'.JS khaa.y2

nom. ^'Eer^C9fni^

m

tEC^FFST iEFFEl khaayra-
basingdu asomda tharmnu.
Keep this side those cut ones.
Phr: Of ID F'KY sing
khaayba ‘to cut firewood’,
7o a £T Hi horaav

khaayba ‘to cut wood with big
saw’

y^'55 khaay2

collect

v. (C 5=“ 1?

¥■ ST f ED IP- f C9°^ F'JSI
makhoyna yumthong khu-
dinggi sei khaay. They collect
money from every house.

adv. 03

mew erfiMfl

fn -

makhoyna sel khaayduna klap
ling-ngi. They established a
club by collecting money.

adj. 03 F'JSTfX

c^'ar^ono^ aewEf

(Eoff^erofniBf i sei

khaayriba nahaarolsingdu
klapki membarsingni. The
young men who .are collecting
money are club members'
nom. jffler'lD F'^FTOfllJST
YoafflfflS 6 ^Ff^STYCJf]
ngaraang khaayrubasingdu
bengkta thamgadabani. Those
money that were collected
yesterday should be
deposited in the bank.

Phr: 03 sel khaayba

‘to collect money’

¥> \K khaa.y i

take out

v. Bc'STf ElVFlPf E'.
F'JSfirfl maadi kottagi pha.w
khaa.yri. He is taking out
paddy from the bam.
adv. fC'B E*. F'5Serf#Et
c‘ra F'arnrBl maana pha.w
khaa.yringayda nong taarak-i.
It started raining when he was
taking out paddy (from the
barn)

adj. E*. F'^erfY fcfST

W 0T57 pha.w khaa.y-

riba midu paakehaawni. The
man who is taking out paddy
(from the barn) is Paakchaavv.
nom. F'E5T a nrHIXC9finST
^HFTo^c? ST & I khaa.ydok-
abasingdu tak-halluro. Send
those paddies which were
taken out (from the barn) for
grinding to the rice mill.

Phr: E*. pha.w

khaa.yba ‘take out paddy from
barn*

3*\55 khaa.y 2

fart

v. Eernrs 6 cjdjoIV

7''.ysn t (7l mayaam marakta
nungsit khaa.yganu. Don’t
fart in the public.

y>'S5 khaaw

178

adv. Rt U

F\J5Brfdf« DDU'q

cf'ETS 60 ! maana nungsit
khaa.yringayda kanaasu
laakte. Nobody came when he
was farting.

adj. BIC'G* TS’ZW

tjnofv p'.bz net st 6 !

kanaano hawjik nungsit
khaa.yba mido? Who is the
person farted just now?

nom.

F'.^GTffTOfnm fflKTlPf
Rc K Iinj 6 | nungsit
khaa.yrambasingdu kanaagi
machaasingno? Whose
children are they who farted
here?

Phr: F'.JSX

nungsit khaa.yba ‘to fart’,
C96Tlir F'.falT saruk khaa.yba
‘to give something out of
one’s share’

khaaw

cut with sickle

v. GHIRf ffcft'FF F'SGTfl

M

nupi mayaam law khaawri. A
group of women are cutting
paddy plants.

adv. (E? e 55tJ 5’ K'StJ
F'SG 550’ OIFJsl
makhoyna law khaawna
khaawna isay sak-i. They sang
as they were reaping,
adj. e* F'SY emfofras
e'sary jd' nrc? r i law

khaawba nupisingdu laayraba
ngaaktani. Those who cut
paddy plants are poor women.

nom.

JlRGTlF^l akhaawbasingdu
somda purak-u. Bring those
cut paddies here.

Phr: U* law khaawba

‘cut paddy plants with sickle’

F'nr khaak l

keep share for some one
v. rcVf oernre? F'nr^i
aygi saruksu khaak-u. Keep
my share too. fle IPf C96T 0TC2
F'nTHICjri maagi saruksu
khaakkani. (We) will keep his
share too.

adv. ripf C9ernr F'urPu

5*6T°l maagi saruk khaaktuna
layre. His share has been kept
separately.

adj. oernr rcof

IFfCJf I khaak-iba saruk
asi kemugini. This share that
has been kept separately is
Kemu’s.

nom. 5^ IF JUXW fID flTST

I khaak-ibasing
adu nakhoygini. Those that
are keeping separately are for
you only.

Phr: C9fTIir F'nniR saruk
khaakpa ‘keep share for
someone’, C9fTIff SOFFIT saruk
tamba ‘offer share’

179

FFF khaam 2

F'nr khaak2

be brittle

v. ico'stf F'nrRl

haynijom masaadi khaak-i. The
branch of starfruit tree is easily
breakable (brittle),
adv. &.c9'c9fn] mst F'WU
^>.5^1 u.saasing adu khaakna
u.y Those branches of the tree
appear brittle.

adj. Sb.STf JK'ffSM

akhaakpa u.di paamde. (1 )
don't like brittle wood.

n o ni . m 5^' nr m
^(55T 6 nr^er 6 l akhaakpa
makhay khandokkhro. Take
out those brittle ones.

Phr: TCF'nrJBl 85.1 akhaakpa

u. ‘brittle wood’

F'lff khaak 3

have sound of thunderstorm

v. SG'ST U*ID F'DTJSI
nongju thaada nong khaak-i.
There is thunderstorm during
rainy season.

adv. g 9 id ^'nrjsinfsr

SP'EM nong khaak-ingayda
nong taade. While there is
thunderstorm, there is no rain.

adj. C’jD F'DTFfT (C^FF^
bid BfiDofm^er'i nong

khaakkhiba matamdu nang
ningsingbara? Do you
remember the time of
occurrence of thunderstorm.

nom. 3G'8t C 5 I

P'HrW ^ y SC?'Cfl nongju
thaada nong khaakpa
hawnasaani. It is natural to
have thunderstorm during
rainy season.

Phr: CJ B ID F'HTJIR nong
khaakpa ‘to have thunder¬
storm’

khaam

stop, persuade, intervene

v. fk'C ZO F'FFRtfl maana
bas khaammi. He stopped the
bus. 73 0 (3 £ U FftH3 <7 %

F'Fffkfl

**» t

henjuna manjubu chatkhinu
haayna khaammi. Henju
persuaded Manju not to go.
adv. A^ZXL F'FFCJ F'ffG -
I£I3£ henjuna

khaamna khaamna manju
chatkhi. Manju went in spite of
Henju’s dissuasion,
adj. TO F'ffT. Kf8J,
!/3°I2(J(jn bas kliaamba midu
henjuni. The person who
stopped the bus is Henju.
nom. UDJ IT C? FFPX
M'ff'H’GT'l nang bas khaamba
paambra? Do you like to stop
the bus.

Phr: XC? F'ffEff bas

khaampham 'Bus stop’

F'ff khaam 2

intervene, mediate

v. C9CJ ' (7 U KIE'lSa*

khaam 3

180

7^(?X 7^ ITfftfl sanaanuna
mamaannaba khatnaba
khaammi, Sanaanu intervened
the quarrel of her friends,
adv. F'FFS F'ffS
P^GTX T 3 IF3^° I khaamna
khaamna makhoy khatnaba
tokte. They continued
quarrelling in spite of
intervention.

adj. HTF'ffX Ef5T
OU IJSfl akhaamba midu
sanaanuni. Sanaanu was the
person who intervened the
quarrelling.

nom. KfE^lDST Hr^'ffXG’
^ IS'S’ T 3 0T o I mamay
thangda akhaambana laanba
tare. At last the mediator was
to be blamed.

Phr: F'JTX

khatnaba khamba ‘to
intervene quarrelling*

5 * IT khaam 3

have sign of beating
v. Bt'lPf EFfXlPf

F ITEfl maagi masaadu
phukhibagi khaammi. His
body bore the mark of beating,
adv. 3q*£fnrq ffc^'nr
3^ FF51U 5- erfT hawjiksu
mahaak khaamduna layri. He is
still bearing the mark of
beating.

adj. UIF'lTX KEffSt

Hr IT 5^ 9? I akhaamba
maphamdu molom tayyu.
Apply some oilment to those
marks of beating,
nom. CJIU

"50TYET I akhaambasingdu
nang urabara? Have you seen
those marks of beating.

Phr: F'ffX EX

r*>

khaamba makhay phuba
‘beating blue and black’

F'fT khaam 4

be rotten

v. 7? HTC9f JSF'ff F'ffE o|
hay asidi ikhaam khaamme.
This fruit is almost rotten,
adv. (JIDIPf yfttfnJOfSTf
FF U &0T° I nang-gi
haysingsidi khaamna ure. Your
fruits appeared to be rotten,
adj. HTF'ff X \g\U'U

S’ XflFSfl akhaamba
haydudi kanaana laybigani?
Who will buy the decomposed
fruits?

nom. OIF'ffXC9fnJ UTST

akhaambasing adu khandok-
aga thammo. Pick out those
decomposed ones and keep
them separately.

Phr: >0 HTF 1TX hay
akhaamba ‘decomposed
fruits’, F'fTSf F'FFSf ^ y X
khaamli khaamli tawba
‘slightly decomposed*

181

5^ 01 khaang l

khaan

offer free of cost (gratis)
v. U'VWZ'JSZfJL RflDF a inST
XHTCJY HOflD tEESTf
7?fes5f yx'qerfi

nongmaayjing chingkhongda
thaknaba ising amadi haymahi
sadaabrata khaalli. At the foot
of Nongmaayjing hill drinking
water and cold drinks are
offered gratis.

adv. OST'lfifJ 6 F'^fjflTST

Kf e'nr^i

sadaabrata khaallingayda mi
yaamna laak-i. Many people
came while cold drinks are
being distributed free of cost.

adj. OSTuerF

RSEffST G 6 lD(C'552rni

HfnjF‘ni8icri

sadaabrata
khaalliba 'maphamdu
nongmaayjing
chingkhongdani. The place
where cold drinks are offered
gratis is at the foot of
Nongmaayjing hill,
nom. C9ET'XfT S 6

F'<SXC9flDCJ fkfOflUY

^er'Fr s^nfl

sadaabrata khaanbasingna
misingbu taraam taraamna
tawwi. Those distributors of
cold drinks received the
people warmly,

Phr: OST'OC ^ F'tgY

sadaabrata khaanba ‘to

distribute cold drinks, etc. free
of cost’

F'CJ khaang l

endure, bear

v. K'CJ UK!'* F'tD^fl
maana anaaba khaang-ngi. He
endured the pain. (JIUC9
VSLU'Y 5^'lIId^l nangsu
anaaba khaang-ngu. You too
endure the pain,
adv. ms's f'idc F'nra
anaaba khaangna
khaangna sugatli. She is
frowning while enduring the
pain.

adj. mtJ'X F'MfY KfSt

(J a | anaaba khaang-
ngiba midu kanaano? Who is
the person enduring the pain?
nom. htcj'y
nTBT'JbY anaaba

khangba araayba nattc. To
bear the pain is not an easy
task.

Phr: HHJ'IT IF'niir anaaba
khaangba ,‘to bear pain’,
F'lDY BfHSY khaangba
kanba ‘to have patience’
Idiom: F'HTY EI^IP
EIDY iDl'lIIY
BcTb Yf KIDY
khaangba kallaga phainmen
phangba, ngaangba kallaga
maaybi changba ‘The fruit of
patience is sweet’

F'lD khaang 2

182

J^'ID khaang 2

run aground

V. 7)f F'M°! hi khaang-nge.
The boat has run aground,
adv. 175f sVl hi

khaangduna layre. The boat is
laying aground,
adj. F'MfY 2ofST
y^ST'FFlFfGTI khaang-ngiba
hidu hodaamgini. The boat
which is laying aground
belongs to HodaanTs.
noni.

3G°{3YS(Jfl hi khaangba
turel thenbanani. To run
aground of boat is due to
shallowness of river.

Phr: yof ^'HIY hi khaangba
‘to run aground of boat’

Ff khi

have bitter experience

v. flf Ff£GT° ^TRcDT

ay khijare. amuk
hanna tawjararoy. 1 have bitter
experience of it; 1 won’t do it
again.

adv. iTSTf rcSTOTf FfSTS

M P*»

S 6T°I maadi adudagi kliiduna
layre. He has been fed up since
then.

adj. TCRitir

nrsfernr ajsy ft'erer^l

amuk khikhraba »nidi anirak
hanba yaararoy. Once a
person had bitter experience

he won’t repeat it again.

nom. mfknr FfFiTTOffflS

nnjfsrnr amuk

khikhrabasingna anirak hande.
Those who had bitter
experience do not repeat it
again.

Phr: mFftHTS 6 5*fY amukta
khiba ‘be fed up at one time’,
FfY Rc5^ 5TY khiba makhay
chaaba ‘ eat too much’

khigat

be row'dy

v. UK' nayaa

khigatkanu. Don’t be rowdy.
ffc'ETf fkFff J1RffCRcDTS 6
fkft' FflP'^'Sfl maadi matam
pumnamakta mayaa khigatli.
He is always rowdy.
adv.ffcy^S Ffnw-
PU K^Sfl makhoyna may¬
aa khigattuna chatli. They
walked rowdily,
adj. FflF^SfY RcfST

m^'nj rc^erfYSfl

khigatliba midu angaang
oyribani. The person who is
rowdy is still immature,
nom. Ff>tfSfYC9flIIET
HEdD'nj jffl'nr^sfi

khigatlibasingdu angaang-
ngaaktani. Those who are
rowdy are children.

Phr: ft' FfIPtfJlR yaa
khigatpa ‘be row'dy’

183

F 0 khe

ycf© khin

put. fix something at a place
v. 5^C9fm KEST nrofEl
y\f^Tc?| ising chaphudu asida
khillu. Put the pitcher here.

adv. eer^'a norm west

XffG - HO* affitUalDf 1

pharedaana ising chaphudu
thamna thamna isay ngang-
ngi. Pharedaa hummed a song
while she is putting the
pitcher.

adj. HOfffl KE Ff^afX
(J JlRfST Eer°ST'Ufl ising

M M

chaphu khilliba nupidu
pharedaani. The woman who
is putting the pitcher is
Phaivdaa

nom. CJlU HOflD

FtDXeT'l nang ising
khinpham khatigbara? Do you
know the place where water is
being kept.

Phr: HOfm ising

khinba ‘store water in a
container’, Rt FfTTS^f
mombati khinba ‘fix candle at a
place’

FflD khing

ring a bell

v. tJSlf Hlffca ^'HOIDST
Elinor ^fmafDtl nupi amana
laaysangda kangsi khing-ngi.
A woman is ringing bell at the
temple.

adv: afflf TCSTtJ EinJOr

Ffma Ffma isfo fWDamfl

nupi aduna khangsi khingna
khingna misu yeng-ngi. The
woman is looking at the people
while ringing the bell.

adj. SB ID Of Ffffl^fX

cjjiRfsr er 6 ofxfa'uf l

kangsi khing-ngiba nupidu
rosibinani. The woman who is
ringing the bell is Rosibina.
nom. am Minor y^finx
7?Y9T'\ nang kangsi khingba
haybara? Do you know how to
ring a bell?

Phr: Minor FflD'S kangsi
khingba ‘ring a bell’

7^0 khe

disgorge

v. am

nang chaamanduna khere.
You get disgorged because of
eating too much.
adv.K'a ^fip-

fM 57 RtRc a H0 fTHTHl maa-
na khegattuna layringayda
mamaana kawrak-i. His mother
called him while he had been
disgorging.

adj. y^°frfir stf

5l'n5X 6 Hafl kheriba nupim-
achaadu paanthoyni. The girl
who is disgorging is Paanthoy.
nom. arao M'ff^er'i
nangsu kheba paambara? Do
you also like disgorging?

khet l 1 84

Phr: DGX DP 5^°¥ thabaak
kheba “the sound of whizzling
in the respiration’

7 ^ oL { khet l

strike

v. Be P'V I maykhet

khetlu. Strike a match box.
fk'CJ \f?Y° V
maana maykhet khetkani. He
will strike a matchbox,
adv. fk'cj r' jn'm jiD'nja
Be pvo^efl maana waa
ngaangna ngaangna maykhet
khetli. He strikes a match box
as he was speaking,
adj. Y^W (fcfgj

(Jfl maykhet khetpa
midu ibelayni. The person who
strikes a match box is Ibelay.
nom. nun'mc
5^°^JIR M FFBefl angaangna
maykhet khetpa paammi.
Children are fond of striking
match box.

Phr: fltjzoi< Fotf jjr may .

khet khetpa “strike a match
box’

khet 2

scratch

v. R>onr qric jir'h0tf
chaytek ama
paayraga khetlu. Scratch
holding with a piece of stick.

adv. a’zfnrcj nrsrff

S STrf hawjiksu
adum khettuna layri. It is still
scratching.

adj. tUFo^JlR IkEFFST
TTOfSfl akhetpa maphamdu
asini. Here is the place of
scratching.

no in. MOfnJST

9Z°njp°0T | akhetpasingdu
yeng-gera? Do you want to
see those scratches?

Phr: Jf^onr M

chaytek amana khetpa
‘scratch with a piece of stick’.

khet 3

sodomise

V. £^*55 V75'

® < ’H0f'finr5t K5 6 '!* F°Vtfl
makhoy ani nahaa oyringayda
mataaw khetnay. They
indulged in sodomy when
they were young,
adv. mef Y oL tU-

firfaffl^sr x*in cr 6 <gc9Tsfi
makhoy ani khetnaringayda
thong lonsalli. They closed
the door when they were in¬
dulging sodomy.
adj.E^'SS YoXUB'f'g TTSf
nr3JU3T affl'nr^Sfl mataaw
khetnariba ani adu nahaa
ngaaktani. They two who are
indulging in sodomy are
young men.

nom. Y^Uff'fY-

ormsr m'Y\a affl'nr^cjfi

mataaw khetnaribasingdu

185

F khul

paakhang ngaaktani. Those
who are indulging in sodomy
are grown up boys.

Phr: FVJHi mataaw

khetpa ‘to indulge in sodomy,
sodomise’

F°^(? khetna

be different

v. mef mof Wifi

pot ani asi khetnay. These two
things are different (they are
different from each other).

adv. HUD'ID E DT

x&ul^ yfztwM f^uu

^£T°I angaang phaaybok
anidu hawjikti khetnana ure.
The twin brothers now look
different.

adj. Fotftjerfx
Bfl£rfSUJ*l khetnariba
mataangdu karidano? What is
the point of difference? Rt V
T^ojjY Kf S&ngUY E'SM
mot khetnaba mi tinnaba
yaade. Persons of different
opinions cannot be friends,
nom. F°^aXC9ftD tEFF-
R^yaSHTUfl khetnabasing
thammoydabani. There should
not be differences or Diff¬
erences should not be there.
Phr: Rtf HrffcIF Rtf lu.RtlP'
y^o^UY mi amaga mi
amaga khetnaba ‘differences
between two persons'

F°III kheng

be over smart

V. QUO'ID HE ST 5^ 0 inaD3f I

angaang adu kheng-ngi. 1 he

boy is over smart.

adv. nr 2 ID'nj test 5^°id(J

^3^1 angaang adu khengna

uy. The boy seemed to be over

smart.

adj. TM'tDETf KfU

CJ ED C9f ST 0 1 akhengba an-
gaangdi mina nungside. Peo¬
ple do not like an over smart
boy.

nom. my^niTOftno ed ©-

UY R 3^1 akhengbasingsu
kaannaba layba yaay. There
may be some merit of being
over smart.

Phr: HI 7 ^ 0 DJ IT HEjDI ID

akhengba angaang ‘an over
smart boy'

F khul

be narrow

v. ^ff7f HI Of ST f 91'FFTZ
Iambi asidi yaamna khuy.
This passage is very narrow.
yo'TSTJSTf Rt Of
JlR'nnUffKfl haannadi masi
yaamna paak-ammi. Originally
it was very broad,
adv. F DJIFlDSTSTf cJfflTf

HER' ffV

khung-gangdadi Iambi ayaam-
ba khuna khuna lay. Most of

5* khu2]86

the roads in the village are i
very narrow. C

adj. nr*!* clffYfSTf V
57^£ 6 nr XVCtflSSr 1

C HI2lD '5^ 5^*° I akliuba lambidi a

tv*

chatthok-chatsinda yaamna s
nung-ngaayte. Narrow roads F
are not convenient in c
communication. k

nom. 7)*Cfnr TTFlTOflllST c

m'nra;‘nr^©7" ne^ir ]

W S'®! hawjikti akhubasingdu k
paakthok-hanba matam yawre. t<
Now it is the time to widen
those narrow roads. 5

Phr: TCF1T RtFtS akhuba s
makhun ‘narrow hole’ v

y

5 khu2 n

cough fi

v. Btyo'dT e 6 nr F0Pfl mahaak a
lok khuri. He is coughing. J

mXw ? 6 nr midfst fgm k

mahaak lok pangkhuda khure. n
He has been suffering from \\
coughing. a

adv. fra e 6 nr FerfjnTsr y
fft'c? 0 E’ 57MHrKl maanalok it
khuringayda maalem chang- p
ngak-i. Maalem came in when tf
he was coughing. n

adj. ? 6 nr FETf* UW'Yl G
57 CD 3G 6 5^ CZ f I lok khuriba rr
nupaadu waangthoyni. The ai
man who is coughing is P
Waangthoy. Id

nom. ? 6 nr FerfTOfmsT

lok

khuribasingdu
laayenggadabani. Those who
are suffering from cough
should consult a doctor.

Phr: ? 6 nr F^ lok khuba ‘to
cough’, S’ 6 !!! BfltII5F F^ lok
kangkhu khuba ‘have severe
cough’

Idiom: 5^ IF QD'RT khukhu
kaamba ‘be always in bad
temper’

R khu

smoke

v. Rf &.Y IkEffST IE*F

F.Fl may la.yba maphamda
maykhu khu.y. Where there is
fire, there is smoke,
adv. B^F FfiTfsnfST
57 ID 2 ID AT BE CJ I maykhu
khuringayda chang-

ngakkanu. Don’t come inside
when there is full of smoke,
adj. F£*F FerfX
57flDF 6 lDtJ^I maykhu khuriba
maphamsi chingkhongni. The
place where arises smoke is at
the foot of the hill,
nom. Rc*F F Y

M M

(JM'FM maykhu khuba
mit nung-ngaayte. Smoking is
an eye-irritant.

Phr: Bt*F F Y maykhu
khuba ‘arising of smoke'

187

khumjan

khum l

5 *»

cover

khummingayda nokkanu.
Don’t laugh while she is

v. Ef. rctsa
JSffikfl maana phi. amana
mamaay khummi. She covered
her face with a cloth,
adv. Bt'U Ef. 5 ^

VCffEUZ KVFfl maana phi.

M «■*

amana mamaay khumduna
chatkhi. She went covering her
face with a cloth
adj. EE 5^ ^FFFFtflT (JRTCfEJ
Krmcre'afi mamaay
khummiba nupidu milmilaani.
The woman who is covering
her face is Milmilaa.
nom. (J1DC2 5t>
JlR'FP^BT'i nangsu namaay
khumba paambara? Do you
also like to cover your face?
Phr: fk'Ei maay

khumba ‘cover one’s face’,
FHT kok khumba ‘put
a cloth on the head (tor
woman).

giving answer.

adj. 31TC JIRferf’S’

U Hf ST 5IR'©X 6 5S(Jt!

" <*»

paawkhum piriba nupidu
paanthoyni. The woman who
is giving answer is Paanthoy.

nom. FfffCfXOflDl Herf

Bierfc 8 »in of I

khummibasingdu kari karino
yengsi. Let us see what are
those answers.

Phr: M'&Ftff JIRf*
paawkhum piba ‘give answer ,
FFFX kawba khumba
‘answer a call , TH57
awaay akhum ‘question and
answer’

FJEFCIS khumjan

v. e'jserrnr

laayrik khumjallo. Close your
book.

adv. ru'sb e'yserrur

Fff khum 2

n

answer

v. ire ysraJDfTOr 55*151

maana hang-ngibasi khummu.
Answer to what he is asking.

Hf MflM

madugi paawkhum ay pige. 1
wish to answer it.
adv. RfcU

(J 6 nTBfiGM maana

e'nr^i inaawna laayrik
khumjallingayda tondonbi
laak-i. Tondonbi came when
Inaaw is closing her book,
adj. EffZTCf* e'jserTnrsS
Herff^^ 6 ! khumjalliba
laayriktu karambano? Which
is the book that you have been
closing.

FIS khun

188

nom. y* ff£;r^XC9fDJST

«

khumjallabasingdu tong-
ngaanna thammu. Keep those
closed ones separately.

Phr: ^'^erfnr

laayrik khumjanba ‘to close
book’

F(S khun

pick up

v. jnfo'sr Far F^nrjai
paysaadu khara khullak-u.
Please pick up the coin,
adv. K'CJ Jllfo' Y- T5U

|

maana paysaa khunna khunna
tombida kawwi. She called
Tombi while picking up the
coin.

adj. jfo'
t£mfR5J*'8T

paysaa khulliba

nupimachaadu surmaalaani.
The girl who is picking up the
coin is Surmaalaa.

nom.

El UTKST

akhunba makhay maana kap
amada haaptuna thammi.
Those coins which she picked
up are stored in a cup.

Phr: ElorflJtff'K y^er y^x

M en

karigumba khara khunba ‘pick
up something from the
ground’

F.IS khu.n

be rich

v. f£'srf Ker'Exnr estc
y*^erf| maadi
maraaybak phaduna

inaakkhulli. Fortunately he is
rich.

adv. fk'STf JIR 6 QT31RSTlFf

ku'w ^'nrjsi

maadi pokpadagi

inaakkhunduna laak-i. He is
rich since he was bom.
adj. inaakkhunba nupaadu
morehdagini. The rich man is
from Moreh.

nom. HfJ'nr y^TOfOJSTf
^fnrJbl inaak khunbasingdi
lik-i. Rich men are stingy.

Phr: JS U' OTF © ¥ fkf
inaakkhunba mi ‘rich man’
Proverb: 55 XZ ' nr y* © Y
R5J1R'(5 3G'8T°

S’fmST 0 ! inaakkhunba inapaan
thaade, laayraba ma-u lingde.
There is nothing permanent.

FID khung
be barren (woman)
v. R5>f FnizfDol j

maagi nupidi khung-nge. His
wife is issueless (barren),
adv. K'lPf U n MfU
y^ nTaflir affl^ST IBI^ST fflpf

uwtu E'H* 8 nr aftinsi

maagi nupina khung-
ngingayda kondumgi nupina

189

5^*311 khop 2

phaaybok pok-i. whereas his
wife is issueless, kondurrfs
wife delivered a twin,
adj. TJMfSt E'Pf

Z'KVYlUU akhungbi
nupidu maagi loynabini. The
issueless woman is his wife,
no in. DIT^ni'S’fOfinSTf
q: mani'K^i

akhungbisingd. mathwaay
nung-ngaayte. Issueless
women are not happy.

Phr: TII7^ ID X 51R f

akhungba nupi ‘barren
woman’

khop l

sew

v. E*CfEl' Ef. ETOfTS
7^3H51TCfl monikaa phi. mapaan
khoppi. Monikaa is sewing the
border of the cloth.

adv. ff^TJfHf Ef.
tfWU 7>*I£ EC? alDMfl

monikaana phi. mapaan
khopna khopna isay ngang-
ngi. Monikaa is humming a
song while sewiTg the border
of the cloth.

adj. yejiumfx Ef.sr.

khoppiba phi.du
kanaagino? Whose cloth are
you sewing?

nom. DIF 6 DIM C9 f ID ST
R2C?fID DGfftl akhoppasingdu
masing thiyu. Count those

(cloths) that have been sewed.
Phr: Ef. T^MM phi. khoppa
‘to sew cloth', EM T5 E DIM
mapaan khoppa ‘to sew
border of cloth'

khop 2

encroach land

v. a’crnr^r eeff

TvsrfniEnrs 6

7? 6 DTXflSC eroI hawjikti
mapham khudingmakta lam
khopchinnare. Now-a-days
land has been enchroached
everywhere.

adv. E (J S’IT E 6 DlMf 2 lD ST
'EC mSGfniS 31RffiTo|
inaana lam khoppingayda
laykaayna athingba pire.
While he is enchroaching
land, the village authorities
have raised objection,
adj. Hc'G rtJIRfg SFfgT
5^'C9 S°T5Sfl inaana
khoppiba iamdu khaas lenni.
The land he has been
enchroaching is no-man s-
land.

nom. DIE B DIM ET^ CDUFf
TH a ESGr 6 l akhoppa makhay
nanggi oyjaro. Let those areas
you have enchroached be
yours.

Phr: SFF T^JTCM lam khoppa
‘enchroach land’, E 3ITM
IHJTSir Ef khoppa kanba ini

190

FV khot

‘person who inclines to
enchroach land'

F*V khot

scratch

v. ffc'STf

maadi makhcng khotli. He is
scratching his leg.

adv. fk'C

f£fG

5°' ST 0 1 maana haakajaba
khotlingayda mina kawba
taade. While he is scratching
itch, he does’t listen to
anybody.

adj. Rt'IFf FVEffSr J5

maagi khotphamdu i
thok-e. The place of his
scratching is bleeding,
nom. F*VEff HI9I' QIP*
ft°Ml kliotpham kayaa suge
yeng-ngu. (You) look where
are the parts he has scratched.
Phr: FVJR/ E6Tf

5^ 6 ^JIR haakajaba khotpa/
phuri khotpa ‘to scratch
itching’

FVeAS khotchin

take surreptitiously

v. fft'STf o nr 5^

FVEflSPTCfl maadi hekta
khotchin-galli. She takes
habitually surreptitiously,
adv. E'C F*VKf®
FVnfEG SM5T C'ESt«l
maana khotchin khotchinna

penba naayde. She is not
satisfied in spite of taking
surreptitiously.

adj. K'C

oernr?’ nTipf ^neroci

m m n

maana khotchinba saruktu
maagi oyrasanu. Let the
portion he has taken
surreptitiously be his share.

nom.

snuFf m*Eser“l

khotchinbasingdu nang-gi
oyjaro. Those portions you
have taken surreptitiously be
your share.

Phr: KflPf OBT W

migi saruk
khotchinba ‘take other’s share
unauthorisely’

khok 1

peel

v. fst

^"nr^DT^I komlaasi khara
khoklak-u. Please peel this
orange

adv. K'C

yt'nriz a'nrjsi

maana komlaa khokna khomna
momon nok-i. She smiles as
she is peeling an orange.

adj. F*®J5T

BWfEK'ST komlaa

M «

khok-iba nupimachaadu
kanaano? Who is she peeling
the orange?

191

F¥ khom

nom. HI^nniR KZ7? CJIDIFf
m 6 y53Gr 6 l akhokpa makhay
nang-gi oyjaro. You take those
(oranges) that have already
been peeled.

Phr: fiifffc?' F^IFIIR komlaa
khokpa ‘peel an orangey
fkJ&lg ^ 6 Hm ma-un khokpa
'to peel skin'

yc*nr khok 2

win, earn (gambling)
v. Rc'srf ^R'er* * o'
7v a nrtHo| maadi
juwaarda paysaa yaamna
khok-e. He has earned lot of
money in the gambling,
adv. flc'GT

f*utu unhm'K'x

dBff STH maa juwaarda paysaa
khokna khokna nung-
ngaayba ngamde. He can’t be
happy though he earned lot of
monev in the gambling,
adj. sn'ersr ^ 6 nrenniR
OTSTf S*maM

juwaarda khoklakpa seldi
kuyna tungde. Money earned
in the gambling has its wings.

nom. sfllGT ID

F 6 nrFfTOfnisT

ngaraang
khokkhibasingdu kadaayda
chatkhre. Where has the
money that earned yesterday
gone?

Phr: £53'6TST F 6 nTM 03

juwaarda khokpa sel mone}
earned in the gambling , ffcfl?

mina khokkhiba
‘defeated (by others) in the
gambling

F 6 FF khom 1

collect v

v. C_SIKf E

nupi amana phaw
khomjalli. A woman is
collecting paddy.

V 0 .

adv. TCfktf E

5^ 6 IT f ST HUH©*
tJlDOfV IE Y-WTf'&U
C9f^^nT5^1 lawmi amana
phaw khommingayda akanba
nungsit ama khang-hawdana
sitlak-i.When a farmer is
collecting paddy, a strong
wind started blowing
suddenly.

adj. E* (JSIIlfSt

e’icr micpf c?,JinTG^ri

phaw khommiba nupidu lawmi
amagi nupini. Tlie woman who
is collecting paddy is the wife
of a farmer. v

nom.

x*nrnrc?fi akhomba
makhay yaythok-asi. Let us
thrash all those collected
portions.

Phr: * **

phawbom khomba ’collect
hpnn of cut naddy'

khom 2

192

F 6 FF khom 2

canvass

v. ID ^,FF3G 6 ni

(JMf *]\

^ & ffRcfl yumthong yumthong
chattuna nupi mayaamna bhot
knoinmi. Women are
canvassing vote going from
door to door,
adv. q,5IRf I ER'ff
F^lEfdlfST X' ^erffXST
Hd'U I nupi mayaam bhot
khommingayda chaa

layrambadu kanaano? Who is
the person purchased tea
when women are canvassing
vote?

adj.^V GMfOflD^

ei m if er _ « 6

GTCOfmCJf I bhot
khomba nupisingdu kanggres
bholuntiyaarsingni. Those
women who were vanvassing
vote are congress volunteers,
nom. CJDJC9

K^cJXSr'l nangsu bhot
khomba chatlubara? Did you
too go for canvassing vote?
Phr: nV bhot

khomba ‘to vanvass vote’

khon

catch fish

v. iJJIRf ^DJ

nupi mayaam long kholli.
Women are catching fish with

fishing basket.

adv. ? 6 DJ

y-'t&e kw* onr^i

makhoyna long khonna
khonna isay sak-i. They sang
song while catching fish with
fishing basket.

adj. ^*11]

a M mfC9flIJST„
Uni^jr^STlFfCJfl long
kholliba nupisingdu

androdagini. Those women
who are catching fish with
fishing basket are from Andro.
nom. 1 <? 6 ID J 311

2 m nr^oTi long-ngup

taallibasingdu nupaa
ngaaktani. Those who are
catching fish with Long-ngup
(a fishing basket) are
exclusively men.

Phr: long

khonba ‘catch fish with
fishing basket’, ^ a ID 2 ^ 31?

long-ngup taanba
‘catch fish with Long-ngup’,
inthaa khonba
‘catch fish with a fishing net
carrying by two persons’

khon

be polite

v. fk'srf rc' am'm'S'ST Kf
F ^cJfl maadi waa
ngaangbada mi kholli. He is

193

T^IB khong

polite in speaking,
adv. IT8tf Kf 5?1gU
R' dl'IMlfl niaadi mi khonna
khonna waa ngaang-ngi. He
always speaks politely,
adj. n'jflTl F S 15¥ (crs
H£fC tz mc?fI waangaang
khonba mibu mina nungsi.
People like those v. ho are
polite in speakin ,.
nom. R'jID'HI ^{SlTCrflDX
fkfU 55BT55
waangaang khonbasingbu
mina ikaay khumnay. Those
who are polite in speaking are
respected by others.

Phr: H' aiD'DlYST Kf F 6 I5¥
waa ngaangbada mi khonba
‘to speak politely'

F*nJ khong

cry of animal

V.* (7 a nJQ9' DIFfc F^DIafllfl

nongsaa ama khong-ngi. A
lion is roaring. U ID

sffl'^enrJiRtf &5?°nr

nong ngaallakpada uchek
khong-ngi. B ; rds started
chirping in the morning. *
adv. WaK DTK
cTSTFFFkfl lamhuy ama
kliongduna layrammi. A jackal
was there howling,
adj. DTK

S^fTJTRtfl akhongba lamhuy
ama layrammi. A jowling jackal

was there.

nom. ID 2 IDf'S’C9fDJ ST

khong-

ngibasingdu lamhuyni. Those
that arc howling arc jackals.
Phr: U 6 m F £ IDX nong
khongba ‘sound of thunder'

F a lD khong

blow (play) of musical
instrument

v. (ZDRffkX' DTK X'C9f
5^ 6 ED 2 tHf I nupimachaa ama
baasi khong-ngi. A girl is
playing flute. S 6 6 c? 0 15 (J
affl ar'm tolenna

ngaraang khong-ngi. Tolen
played (the flute) yesterday,
adv. S'Of

f^edg - Kfkfv

F^STI mitlubina baasi
khongna khongna inamit
khatli. Mitlubi winked while
playing flute.

adj. T'C9f F*nUDf*
BSIRfRTR'Sl KfVe.srcTI
•baasi khong-ngiba

nupimachaadu mitlubini. The
girl .who is playing flute is
Mitlubi.

n o m. 7 O f

F a lD2fl]ffXC9fniST BST'^

baasi khong-
ngambasingdu kadaay
chatkhre? Where have those
players of flutes gone?

y* khay

194

Phr: X'Of baasi

khongba ‘play flute’, C 6 HI
RtF a (5 nong khongba
makhon ‘sound of thunder’

7 * khay

winnow

v. ajif nnic r°ib y^erfl
nupi ama cheng khayri. A
woman is winnowing rice,
adv. (J51Rf mET R°ID J^XZ
GffllKMFTRcf I nupi adu
cheng khayna khayna
kappammi. The woman was
weeping while winnowing rice,
adj. R°nj y^g*ry tjkfsr
flt'Sr'GTl cheng khayriba
nupidu maalaani. The woman
who is winnowing rice is
Maalaa.

nom. ffcTfUT R°IU i/fl
mahaak cheng khayba hay.
She knows how to winnow
rice.

Phr: K°tn cheng

khayba ‘winnow rice’ 5T°ID
(JfflTSIR cheng
khaybagum nikpa ‘trembling
feverishly’

Jv. kha.y

(archaic) finish

v. 7?.£To\ asida

kha.yre. It is fisnished here,
adv. F’.BTSTC 5Rf
KfEDiIDXtZri kha.yraduna layi

ching-ngaabani. Being
finished the sign of end is
marked.

adj. fkEff ^'nr&i

akha.yba mapham taak-u.
Point out the finishing place,
nom. F'.XY 5*J5¥ H'Rfl
kha.ybabu loyba kawwi.
Kha.yba is called loyba (in
modem Manipuri).

Phr: 7?.Y FDKJ Y kha.yba
khangnaba ‘sign of end’

y? khaw

be hesitant, fed up

v. mf£C2 <TCC2 B&'lP TC

amasu amasu maaga waa
ngaangnagadaba ikhaw
khawre. Every body is hesitant
of talking with him.
adv. tlfO K'F R' M'mY
??$>W R'STG - ^erfTOfl
aysu maaga waa ngaangnaba
khawtak chaaduna layribani. I
am also hesitant of talking with
him.

adj. ffc'STf fkftJ F^DT
R Bry RtfUfl maadi mina
khawtak chaaraba mini. He is a
man who every body does not
like to talk with him. Rtf
JlRFFUffcDTU fkfETf

UTE* mi

pumnamakna khawraba midi
aphaba natte. A man who is fed

195

KHr mak 1

up by all is not a good person,
nom. E'Stf Ef IfftJEDTtf
ft v GTXt7fl maadi mi
pumnamakna kh nvrabani. He
is fed up by all.

Phr: ft^HT K'X khawtak
chaaba ‘to be hesitant to deal
with’, ft^ST Ef khawraba mi
*A person fed up by r.’ ; *

O

fktf mat l

forfeit

v. eft e^it

E^ftiT 0 l mahaakki maral
math uni matkhre. His
proterties have been forfeited,
adv. E^W EBT^ EXIT
JiFFtJElir Etf^C 1M°I

mahaakki maral mathum
pumnamak mattuna pukhre.
All his landed properties have
been forfeited and taken away,
adj. IKV2X SE
HR ft 6P ° I matlaba Ian
thumsingdu pukhre. All the
forfeited properties have taken
away.

nom. IE E V MR C9 f ID ET,

^fter°l

amatpasingdu pulista laykhre.
All forfeited ones were in the
police custody.

Phr: E^SIR lan

thum matpa ‘to forfeit one’s
properties’, Efm^lTEf -/DOT

E^5I mioybagi hak matpa ‘to
forfeit human right*

lEtf mat 2

kill (slang) a

v. Eft

EV£ff°l yendu makhoyna
matkhre. They have killed the
fowl.

adv. E U ft 0 ® ®E
E^S^tJ yoJ'l&firf! maana
yen ama mattuna haraawri. He
is enjoying killing a fowl. E U
9H5 qiE EVU Etf C 55Cf
aDUDalDfl maana yen ama matna
matna isay ngang-ngi. He is
humming a song while killing a
fowl.

adj. ® 6 ET®a E^^tf
X 6 tnft£T 0 l kodunna
matlaba yendu thongkhre.
The fowl that Kodun killed has
been cooked.

nom. EtfS*St C9f 6T' I

matlabadu sira? Is it the one
that is killed?

Phr: ft°® EtfM yen maypa
‘to kill hen’

KUT mak 1
be dull in colour
v. EK,C9fSTf ft'TTG EHTEI
machusidi yaamna rnak-i. This
colour is very dull. C9fEC9
5^Elir EUTftSl simasu imak
mak-i. This is also completely
dull (colour) .

ffiilir mak 2

196

adv. OfSTf fklFG - 1

machu sidi makna uy. This
colour appears to be dull.

mofiEo 5Sfknr icnru sei

asimasu imak makna uy. This
one also appears to be
completely dull (colour),
adj. BEfklOR KS£8Cf
UTi'Otm JTffSH amakpa
machudi nahaasingna
paamde. Youths do not like
dull colour. Be5T ^TRcDTJlR E-f.
sfll'lirS 6 2 lD' 5^ GT ° I machu
amakpa phi. ngaakta
ngaayre.There are only dull
coloured cloths,
nom. Be'STf XUFoIIT5TR5T
3Ui' FT ST 0 1 maadi amakpadu
paamde. He does not like the
dull coloured one. XUBclFW
FFcyx* amakpa

makhay lawthok-u. Take out
those dull coloured ones.

Phr: TEBcIFJlR Be5T amakpa
machu ‘dull colour’,
HrUT Jjfir flir BelFM makthrik
makpa ‘ very dull colour’, Be5T
RcDTC BelFC machu makna
makna ‘remaining dull in
colour’

RcDT mak 2

be dishonest

v. Rt^o'or b^dt^i

mahaak mabukchel mak-i. He is
dishonest.

adv. Be' BcYIirJT 0 ^ BeDTCJ

M

^5^1 maa mabukchel makna
uy. He seems to be dishonest.

Be yo nr BeXnr^®^ Be nr cj

BeDTU 3G¥1F ^*55 si'tt
nr* FMfl 1 mahaak ma¬
bukchel makna makna thabak
tawwi haayba ay khang-ngi. I
know that he has been doing
dishonestly.

adj. B^KoZj Renri[ FfcfSTf
WU'UW 3G'S8M mabukchel

fn

makpa midi kanaanasu thaa-
jade. Nobody relies on person
who is dishonest. mBelFSITC

mnrxotga tiEx

*V»

92 6T 5SI amakpa pukchenna
aphaba oyba yaaroy. Nothing
will be good with dishonesty,
nom. BeXHTFC 0 ^ Be IF JillC9f IE-
Stf Bef CJ3KJ1R 7f I mabukchel
makpasingdi mi nappa hay.
Those who are dishonest are
good in pleasing others.

Phr: linrJT 0 ^ BelFJlR pukch-
el makpa ‘state of being dis¬
honest’, JITCIFK 0 ^ BelFJlR Bef
pukchel makpa mi ‘dishonest
person’, BTBelFM JIRlFJTo^
amakpa pukchel ‘evil mind’

iKOT mak 3

be pale

v. ce'ss racnr Enro^er
hi erf s^eM namaay imak
maksalli, kari tawre? You look

197

mam

pale, what’s wrong?

adv. 2 ED C9 f R&fTftJf
M'afof f^To'nr
KnrC9f®STJJ cTl ngasi
marini mangaanisi mahaak
mamaay maksinduna lay. He
has been in a bad mood tor the
last four five days,
adj. Hc'pf VtfeWM FFfF

sxsr tfVKQ

(J ID 2 ID'J^ 0 ! maagi amakpa
mamaaydu ubada aykhoysu
nung-ngaayte. We are also
really sorry when we saw his
pale appearance,
nom. El U'U fk'^X'lIJ

uzww Roincjf nuFun

kanaana maaythong makpa
yengning-gani? Who would
like to see one’s gloomy ’ook?
Phr: UTKlirW
amakpa maay thong ‘gloomy
look’. Knref f^nr^f

makly makly tawba
maaythong ‘slightly gloomy
look’, MfffElIT KtFC9il5^
RE'EiJ^ni pummak maksinba
maaythong ‘entirely pale
appearance’

Kff mam

be dark

v. sfnr ikffC9f3enrm>l

hawjik mamsillak-e. It’s now
getting dark. WtD ^ETIir^f
IFFFRcIFUfl pung tarukti

mammagani. It will be dark at 6
o’clock.

adv. KEff HIST ffcffSTtf
cf£T°l mapham adu inainduna
layre. The place is lying under
darkness. FFFFC

fFffC STSTff g*GTfl makhoy
mamna mainna adum layri.
They are still living under
darkness. f£EslT 'SET
RtFTXff'fnr FT Rtf I mapham
adu mamthrik mammi. The
place is very dark,
adj. rciEffX IF EE FF ST mU'O
£UU TJ f E ST 0 1 amainba
maphamda kanaasu

changsingde. Nobody likes to
enter in the dark place.

nom. TEfFFFX JlR'ffX mu'

U' i amamba paamba kanaa
lay? Is there any one who likes
darkness?

Phr: TfffFFF tE2flf(5 amain
angaan ‘twilight’, HlfFFF
tttrfD'Tg OftgCJX IF^FF
amam angaan sinnaba matamn
‘dawn’, 5^FFEFT 1FFFY imam
mamba ‘complete darkness’,
FIUfFff K FFC9f

khangmam mamsinba ‘to
become dark suddenly’,
fFFFc?f IFFFcJf mamli

mamli tawba ‘approaching
darkness’, 3I1Z DTFFEFF REFFST
pukmam mamba ‘be
completely dark’

iszm man

198

Idiom: 'gUf EfflT budhi
mamba ‘be in confusion, be
non-plussed’

man

be too much

v. dlUO yo'HETdfl nangsu
haaymalli. You too are in the
extreme.

adv. ffc'o Far jfcqerc

M

pnf\ maasu khara mallap
tawwi. He is also rather
extreme.

adj. am'lDK®* FCfSTf
Hd'dO ^'afnJSTol

M

ngaangmanba midi kanaanasu
taaningde. Nobody likes to
listen to a talkative person.

nom. iTiukisto Eierfq
El'lgdX

ngaangmanbana karisu
kannaba layte. There is uo use
of being a chatterbox. Rt(31?
EFT^ 0 F^dl manba

M 0*1

phatte, tunggi khallu. It is not
good to be too much; thing of
your own future.

Phr: IP'KIS* taamanba ‘to
hear repeatedly’, 5£'fE(3ir
chaamanba To eat too much’,
2 ID IDE (5 IT ngaangmanba ‘be
talkative’, !7o' !Fi> I£ (S IT
haaymaiiba ‘to say too much’,
d'HTBt 151? laakmanba ‘to
come too frequently’,

yo'HTFE-(SIT be in the extreme’

Rt.lS ma.n 1

be old (as cloth)

V. Ef.ET phi.du malle.

The cloth is old. Ef.ST
RtTS'o. Phi.du imal malle. The
cloth is too old.
adv. Ef.ST IfclSd SSfiM

M

phidu manna ure. The cloth
appears to be old. Ef.ST
FE.T J£.WZ JafiM phi.du
ima.l ma.nna ure. The cloth
looks very old.

adj. UK.©* Ef. OtfffiJdl

ama.nba phi. setkanu. Don’t
wear old cloths. Et-TcflT
Ef.C9 IHflSdEEF e*l ma.llaba
phi.su kaannapham lay. Even
old cloth has its use. UTE.IS
HIE.(5* Ef. EF*
F©sr 6 nr^i aman amanba phi
makhay khandok-u. Pick out
those old clothes,
nom. niRt.(31?ir QSd'd
JIlfFFRt 0 yO'5^Xir t °l amanbabu
kanaana paamme haaybage?
Who would like the old ones?

UK.©* w'ffybt'

M'FFXBT'I amanba paambara
ahanba paambara? Do you like
old one or new one?

Phr: REF HTFfc.ISir yum
amanba ‘old house’, UTFk.lSir
53' amanba waa ‘out dated
idea’, FIS HUE.(SIT khun

199

Ifc.lD ma.ng l

amanba 'old village’, HIK.13
mK.IS'S’ UIlV aman amanba
pot ‘number of old things'.

Ffc.^5 ma.n 2

pick out

v. E 5^6T K.I33G nr&l phaw

khara ma.nthok-u. Pick out the
unhusked rice. KyO DT
9Z°(SC9'ID Hn-^TSTfl mahaak
yensaang ma.lli. She is
preparing vegetables (for
cooking).

adv. Kyo'UT E* K.I3ETS S’ I
mahaak phaw ma.nduna lay.
He is picking out unhusked
rice, fk^o'nr ftotgO'lD K.ISS
KfX'^ SffKfl
mahaak yensaang ma.nna
ma.nna mithaay ummi. She is
munching sweet while
preparing vegetables,
adj. e'erfxof

KTS'g’ 5T 0 DKJf I scmda
layribasi ma.llaba chengni.The
rice on this side is cleaned one.
KC9f K.ISTftD'S* X°IDSl
masi ma.nthoklaba chengla? Is
this rice cleaned one?
nom. <EK.©*onD8J,
HIC9fET 3G Vf I

ama.nbasingdu asida thummu.
Put here those cleaned ones.
IttK.ISSlP K.ISST'SIF
5 t> fl5C9ft5Sn 1 'S I amanbaga
ma.ndabaga tinsinnaganu.

Don’t mix up cleaned one with
uncleaned one.

Phr: ft°<5C9'in K.<2X
yensaang ma.nba ‘preparing
vegetables’, /OW 5x> K.I51T
hawaay ma.nba ‘picking out
unwanted elements from
grains’

flcDJ mang

to dream

v. 35°S°S' KID KMfl
helenaana mang mang-ngi
Helenaa dreams a dream,
adv. K'S KID KnUDfaDfST
KK'S ffl y 0rHFHl maana
mang mang-ngingayda
mamaana kawrak-i. Her mother
called her when she was
dreaming.

adj. KID KMfY SJIRfEt

£T' P C9'^’T(Jf I mang mang-
ngiba nupidu laysaabini. The
woman who was dreaming is a
girl.

nom. KDJ K1D1T Kf
F STflDKnrKlfSfI mang
mangba mi l$hudingmakkini.
To dream is everybody's wont.
Phr: mang mangba ‘to dream',
manglaaknaba ‘to have
nightmare'

fk.lD ma.ng l

be cloudy

v. dLcofstf s*.m ne.niiiDfl

Rc.III ma.ng 2

200

ngasidi nong ma.ng-ngi. To¬
day is cloudy.

adv. sfllOf C*H!IC GfGfOf
U*ni ICHSTiZ 5*1 ngasi
nongma ninisi nong
mangduna lay. Now-a-days it
has been cloudy. U 6 ID RtDH7
KIDS tJDJC?' O'JSl nong
niangna mangna nungsaa
saay. There is sunshine inspite
of cloudy wheather.
adj. mikinx s 6 nj

ft'FFS cT v 0M atiyaada
amangba nong yaamna lay re.
There are many patches of
cloud in the sky. S 6 ID fklUir

wki s'nr^i

nong mangba numitta angaal
laak-i. Angaal came on a murky
day.

nom. (j'm feWYU afflofstf
Fer w'vtx'wu''\ nong

mangbana ngasidi khara
omchaaknay. To-day is rather
sultry because of cloudy
weather.

Phr: U fc QJ HelDX nong mang¬
ba ‘cloudy weather’, HIRcDM?
(J 6 ID amangba nong ‘floating
cloudy’, tf*lll PF^IDafllfam^ST
nong mang-ngingayda ‘while
the cloud is thickening’,
QJRtllj SI'IIT Re ID nongmang
laakmang ‘unpredicted gather¬
ing of cloud’

Rc.ni ma.ng 2

bad mood

v. R22o'lF Rc.lIJafllfl mahaak
ma.ng-ngi. He is in bad mood,
adv. KTo'DT aiDGr'mcof

f£. DIETS S' I mahaak ngasi
ngaraangsi ma.ngduna lay.
Now-a-days he's been in a bad
mood.

adj. K.VPQY flefd

sdud'e* 5HH5C9f rt'jssM

M M

ma.ngganba mina nung-
ngaayba punsi oyroy. A
person who is often in bad
mood will not have a happy
life.

nom. Rt.nnrs Bssrf
Bfl'l5SII t Sf I ma.ngbana kari
kaannagani? What will be the
use of being in bad mood?
Phr: fk.MfsnfST ma.ng-
ngingayda ‘while in bad
mood’, Rc.nnnpf Rc.idy
DIET IT Rt.IU¥ ma.ngbagi
ma.ngba adum ma.ngba ‘be in
continued bad mood’

Hc\ maa. i

grope in the dark

v. R^'nr mFkff¥ST K'.arfi

mahaak amantbada maari. He is

groping in the dark.

adv. fk'STS 5** Eflgefir'jS
*■>»

maaduna layba kaannaroy. It
will be of no use by groping in
the dark. Rt S Rc'.ETS

201

fk'.SjllZ 331. erf 1 maana
maaduna maaduna thiri. He is
searching by groping.

adj. K'STB KfC

jhusxib 5i , y w'ipgTI

maaduna layba mina
panthung yawba waagani. A
man who is groping in the dark
will find it difficult to achieve
the goal.

nom .IK'* 5“KEr7(J"l

maaba loyrabara? Have you
completed groping?

udrabadi maaba taabani. It not
visible, you have to grope,
phr: Fk'lTO'S' Kf maaganba
mi ‘man who habitually grope’ ,
K'SIU maaduna

maaduna ‘groping and
groping’, fk'erfdB

maaringayda ‘while groping ,
ki'kiusu* maamin.naba
‘groping jointly'

. maa. 2

be stale

v. R°er ff Te'BM ycnim

asi maare. This egg is str le.

adv. RcC9fStf

^ 6 T 7 fk'TSTl masidi kuyna
maaduna layraba maalli. It
appears to be lying stale foi
quite sometime,
adj. icomr f£'er*

{jfl masidi maaraba yerumni.

This one is a stale egg. *

ft°GT FFOftnST Ft5BT 6 nT^I

amaaba yerusingdu khandok-
u Pick out those stale eggs,
nom. K'fipyofmSL
75 t 5 St & nr^r *1 maarabas-
ingdu hundokkhro. Throw out
those stale ones.

Phr: R°eTff yerum

amaaba ‘stale egg’,

K '(7 maarabasu maana ‘in
spite of being stale’, H* GT 1 ?
ft'FT maaraba waakhal ‘a
day dream’

fk'lD maang l

lost

v. {£' dDC9fETf OT K'niafflol

maa ngasidi sel maang-nge. He
has lost money (in the bet) to¬
day. .

adv. MV n'VYK O* ID

f^'incj fdt pot

yonbada sendong maangna
khak yonde. In business one
never sells losing the profit.

adj. rtser* ozr

maangkhraba
sel amuk taanba yaay. The lost
money can be earned again.
OT

amaangba sel
kupkhatnaba hotnaw. Try to
recover the lost amount,
nom. EK'informs!
^^‘55 HJKS'VOfl amaang-

202

Rc m maang 2

basindu aykhoy kupkhatsi.
Let us recoup those lost ones.
Ktf'q Fk'nJX JlR'ffSM
kanaasu maangba paamde.
Nobody likes being lost.

Phr: HTHt DJ amaang

atong ‘profit and lost*, Fc'DJ-
STC5 6 c? Y maangdunata
layba ‘be all the time loosing’,
At nnrsr s t>6 niYsr maang-
bara tongbara ‘whether get¬
ting profit or not’, K'lD'S'IPf
Ft IUX maangbagi maangba
‘of being lost’, Ft'ID ^'DTM
maang taakpa ‘devastation’

fE'nr maang 2

disappear

v. F0^’St(J

K mFffol Jonnaaw khang-
hawdana maangkhre. Jon¬
naaw disappeared suddenly.
afflGT'njC? DTjID'ID TEfE fk'DJ-
afflfl ngaraangsu angaang ama
maang-ngi. Yesterday also a
child disappeared,
adv. nrnjFfsTa

BJK5GT 3Gf(jerfl lamjingba
maangkhiduna kanna thinari.
There has been hectic search
for Lamjingba’s

disappearance,
adj. FTnJFfX Ftf ST
^^nnrol maangkhiba midu
hallak-e. The disappeared
person has come back.

HTFc'DIlT F:fC9finsr

amaangba misingdu kayaano?
How many are those who
disappeared?

nom. ffc'DIFr*C9finST
FtF^JS QDR'C 6 | maangkhiba-
singdu makhoy kayaano?
How many of them have disap¬
peared?

Phr: HFt OUT Ftf amaangba
mi ‘disappeared person',

FTin^jrx Efofni

maangkhraba mising ‘persons
who are disappeared’

Rc'.m maa.ng l

answer the call of nature

v, K^'nr^f j ? z fore? ic'id-

cjfiDamri mahaakti hawjiksu
maa.ngning-ngi. Still he has
the tendency to answer the
call of nature.

adv. F^2o'nr fk'.njsra e^erfi
mahaak maa.ngduna layri. He
is answering the call of nature,
adj. Ft'.DJdD’S’ fkfSTf

ST HfTfR toyna

maa.ng-ngaba midi daayriyaa
tawrabani. The person who
frequently goes to toilet is suf¬
fering from diarrhoea,
nom. K'QKZ'ETJ K'.IDX

ft'srs’ofnjsTf xi mom

j 6 chaangnaayna

maa.ngba yaadabasingdi
nungsang tawgalli. Those

203

met l

n0 m. UBS'C2 TTK ^

who fail to clear their bowl reg¬
ularly are often suffering from
constipation. SHIO ^

nangsu maa.ngba
paambara? Do you also like to
answer the call of nature?

Phr: K'.fflSflD Fk'.lIJSflll
S 6 * Y maa.ngnirg maa.ngning
ta.wba ‘to have the tender :y of
answering call of nature ,
a^nnsifu nz'.nianiMirET rokki-
na maa.ng-ngingayda ‘while
Rokki is answering call of na¬
ture’

Hc\lD maa.ng 2

be untouchable, unholy

v. x'nr k's

K'.afflfl irujadana caak chaaba
maa.ng-ngi. To have meal
without taking bath is unholy
(Hindu concept),
adv. Kya'nr 2o CfHT
(E'.niSTG mahaak

hawjik maa.ngduna layre.
He has been unclean now.
K2o v nr fk'.IHS 5*'55l nrhaak
maa.ngna chaay. He ate un-
c

adj. Rtvo'nT tttK'.lDY fkfSfl

mahaak amaa.ngba mini. He is
an unclean man. He nj 2 lin?^Tf
s'tnmsl maa.ng-ng-
abadi somda laak-anu. If you
are unclean, do not come to
this side.

{jflOS’M kanaasu amaa.ngba
oyningde. Nobody likes to be
untouchable.

Phr: rcfk'.m HIOID amaa.ng
aseng ‘holy and unholy ,
tttflE'.lDX Kf amaa.ngba mi
‘unholy person in the spititual
sense*, EK'-NX
amaa.ngba mapham unholy
place’, P'W*

amaa.ngbi taannaba “name ol a
game played by children (no
more popular now).

X met l

press

V. QSfKtf K*»5l swichdu
metlu. Press the switch. S 6 ff-
7f oHfK R^sn tombi
swich metli. Tombi is pressing
the switch.

adv. R£°^5^S S’

swichdu mettuna layyu. Go on
pressing the switch. 5^

C9Hf5* Fk^S H^^S
KK.fV FtfSfl tombina
swich metna metna mamit
khatli. Tombi is winking while
pressing the switch.
adj.C2EfX R^ef*
fflUJ'U 6 ! swich metliba midu
kanaano? Who is the person
pressing the switch? C2HtK

swich metlamba nupaadu

Rt°V met 2

204

chatkhre. The man who was
pressing the switch has gone,
nom. (Tcyo'nr JlR'ff-

ST°I mahaak metpa paainde. He
doesn't like to press.

Phr: f£ oi ^ST jUTeT metlingay-
da ‘while pressing’, Rc°^3G 6 nT
fk°^C9f{5 5 c>y X metthok
metsin tawba ‘do pressing and
repressing’

fle°V met 2

hold, fondle

v. nraoi'in rtx' src KE'str

IT angaang

machaaduna mamaagi ma-
khom metli. The baby fondles
her mother’s breast.

adv. tttalD'lD RTX'STG: ffcfk'-
STf

angaang machaaduna mamaa¬
gi makhom mettuna saannay.
The baby plays holding her
mother’s breast,
adj. f£l£'lFf F a ff
'UDI QJ^ UTOftJfl mamaagi
khom metpa angaangdu asini.
This is the baby who fondles
her mother’s breast,
nom. nrni'in RTx'ofnju
RcRc'lPf F a ff l JlR'ff-
Kfl angaang machaasingna
mamaagi khoin metpa paammi.
Babies are fond of playing
their mother’s breast.

Phr: 5^ a JT Rt oi ^5IR khom met¬
pa ‘fondling woman’s breast’

Re°^ met 3

crush, smash

v.

I aludu loyna met-
khaayyu. Smash all the pota¬
toes. 1L(S RT°^fl

M

tombi alu metli. Tombi is pre¬
paring chutney by smashing
potatoes.

adv. fK'STf

c? 0Tfl maadi alu mettuna layri.
She is smashing the potatoes.

dt'srf qre

^5SGTfl maadi alu metna met-
na uyri. She is dozing while
smashing potatoes,
adj. f£°^F'J5arx nr^-
C9fUJ5T MOTOT^I metkhaayra-
ba alusingdu purak-u. Bring
here those smashed potatoes,
nom. f£°^F'EItfffTOfnJ5T
HIC9fST XFFKl metkhaaydrib-
asingdu asida thammu. Put
here those unsmashed ones.
Phr: HTcJ aluamet-

pa ‘a hot chutney made of
smashed potatoes', RT oZ ^-
5^ y&BTY Hie? metkhaayraba
alu ‘smashed potatoes’, f£ a -
er'nr Rt o£ ^31R morok metpa
‘chilli chutney’.

He mu

put in fire

v. fkfk'GT RtJT'STf

RTDJIP'R Ht'STI mamaana

205

mut 1

kuyna muduna layroy. This

machaagi hawaay manggal
mubi. A mother puts peas in
the fire-hot ash for her child,
adv. FftRc'C 255T 55 R5C R£C
KK'gt 7)'55l mamaana ha¬
waay muna muna machaada
haay. The mother said to her
child while putting peas in the
fire-hot ash.

adj. R^BT* 2oR'BC9rHJST
tam HTFkET £ffR5fl muraba
hawaaysingdu kap amada
thammi. Those popped peas
are put in a cup.
nom. KerTOfni^

BTf 53'X ft'eM murabas-
ingdu ing-ngabadi chaaba
yaare. Those popped ones
may be eaten if they are cold
enough.

Phr: aYI 55 R51? hawaay
muba ‘popping peas putting
over fire-hot ashes or putting
over a frying pan’, 55
f£er R50TSTU hawaay mura-
muraduna ‘popping peas and
repeating it again and again

mu.

be black

v. K'Stf 15? HJ.Kl maadi
kuchu mu.y. He is black in co¬
lour. R5C9f R£.R5^f1 masi
mu.malli. It is too black,
adv. KEff HTOf 55t7
S*eT 6 55l mapham asi

place will not remain black for
long. FEEff TO^ST A

K.erm R5.er5it erfi
mapham adu hawjik phaawba
murap murap tavvri. That place
is still slightly black,
adj. HIR5.X ^

31]ZGTHT^I amu.ba phurit ama
purak-u. Please get me a black
shirt. R5.GTf^ FEER-ST 53 FT-
X 6 nr^l mu.riba maphamdu
chaamthok-u. Wash oft the
black stain.

nom. TO* TOiFE.XST W'FFRZfl

ay amu.badu paammi. I like
that black one. R&.ET1T R55^
mu.daba makhay
khandok-u. Pick out those
which are not black.

Phr: to:r£. rcer'nr amu araak
‘black etc.’, TO:R£.*f yen

amubi ‘black hen’, Rt.U BP C9f
cf* muna raasi layba ‘black
beauty’, ^-BTID S 6 ** murang
tawba ‘slightly black ,
Er£er 6 ni amu kaatrong ‘un¬
desirably black one’, FFt.BT'ST?
fk.CX?' murabasu musanaa ‘a
blackish shining beauty’

mut 1

erase

v. er'HOftnCJ 55BT°-
Z&U HI55Y R^X^fl

mahayroysingna irejarna aiba

mut 2

206

mutthatli. Pupils erase their
writings with an eraser.

adv. HEKC?

rasr <?"i

mahayroy amana aiba adu
mutthattuna lay. A pupil is
erasing the writing. UTalD'ni
mzu UIJSX HES1

BBJllJJKfi angaang
amana aiba adu mutthat
mutthatna kappi. A child is
crying while erasing the
writing.

adj. KEffST

rciEnr

mutthatiaba maphamda amuk-
hanna ihalli. Pupils are made to
write again on the erased
space.

nom. DJ5T

o°tna s 6 ' f 3G 6 nrjal

mutthatlabasingdu sengna
taythok-u. Wipe out cleanly
those erased ones.

Phr:

mutthat mutthatlaga ‘the more
it is erased’, fl&

mutthat

phaattringayda ‘before it is
completely erased’

mut 2

ruin, damage
v. fk^o'nr en'erst
mahaak juwaarda mutle. He is
ruined in gambling, IK >5'OF

^.R'ersT

mahaak juwaarda mut-hanjare.
He has made himself ruined in
gambling,
adv. f£;o'nr

CTOM mahaak
juwaarda muttuna layre. He
has been broke because of
gambling.

adj. K^o'ST fkfafl

mahaak mutlaba mini. He is a
ruined person. ^'JalTIIJ
M'GZXZt IKf

^ t?fl taaybang paanbada
mutlagadaba mi haayba layte,
waakhalgi waani. There is no
person who will be ruined in
this world; it is only concept,
nom.

OfUIST HE& 0(7 (7*1 juwaar-
da mutlabasingdu kanaa
kanaano? Who are those ru¬
ined ones in the gambling?
am f£^J!R H'SM nangmut-
pa yaade. You can't be ruined.
Phr: B^^JIR mutpa

yaaba ‘likely to be ruined’,
flfcVaiPSTTT fKf mutlagadaba
mi ‘person who will be ruined’

Hglir muk

flex muscle

V. RZ'a fkOT KnrJGl maana
masal muk-i. He flexed his
muscle. ffcOT

207

mun l

F^nmerfl makhoy masal
muknari. They are flexing their
muscles.

adv. fc'C KCW RinrS^C? R'
all]' HI 2 ID f I maana masal
muktuna waa ngaang-ngi. He
spoke imposingly. K CJ
ffcnru fknre maana

masal mukna mukna chatli. He
goes posing his muscles,
adj. Hc'srf nnkira KttJfi
maadi amukpa mini. He is a
showy man. R& 51 f

Mffiifkiirs 6 fewPu

fkfUfl maadi matam
pumnamakta muktuna layba
mini. He is always a showy
man.

noni. KiWMU BBflPfQ
!H't5Uer B El mukpana karisu
kaannaroy. There is no use of
flexing muscle. UlDPf
HBTfCQ

^'er 6 E 1 nang-gi khumuktuna
karisu tawba yaaroy. The way
of your showiness will not get
any result.

Phr: ff£nr 5 zum

muk muktuna chatpa ‘go
posing one’s muscle’, ffctn’tJ'S'
3G¥lir muknaba lhabak
‘confronting nature of
activity - , HiUTEjUTST
muk-i-ngayda tokpa ‘gain
nothing while showing one’s
muscle’

Hgnr muk

bluff

v. dnsr ED STf FG'U E3U
F^nr^fl ngaraangdi maana
phajana kukkhi. Yesterday he
bluffed (the people) well,
adv. K C Rt DTYSdD 5T f£ Pf
m 6 5531T K'nWDfl maana muk-
i-ngayda maagi oyjaba maang-
ngi. While he was bluffing he
lost his opportunity,
adj. H^nTW 7$"Y (KfPt
GJfSGTO 5*1 niukpa lutyba
migi kaannabasu lay. The man
who knows bluffing has also
advantage.

nom. ffcIFM 73*ITU HIKFF’S’
C3HTJ5I mukpa haybana
achumba sak-i. The man expert
in bluffing is considered to be
the right person.

Phr: fl^nnro T?* mukpa
hayba ‘to know the art of
bluffing’, FRt IIT
khumuk chumba ‘well timed
bluff - , ^nr ^nrs 6
khumuk khumukta layba
‘depend on the nature of
bluffing’

mun 1

be ripe

v. TfcT rcof R^cM

haynaw asi mulle. 1 his mango
is ripe. 02 cf°l5ST A U
R^efl kaalenda haynaw

ijtB mun 2_208

mulli. Mango is ripe during
summer.

adv. fktgETCJ

f»* «•»

l *

S’ 8T°I laphoysingsi munduna
layre. These bananas have
been ripe (for some time).

^ MW « M

S 0T°l laphoysingdu mun
munduna layre. Those
bananas have been ripe (with
no body care about them),
adj. flukey/

TOttJGXf irnr^Gfl amunba
or mullaba awaathabi
ngaaktani. These are all ripe
papayas. s5 tttRctg

3o£T haynaw

amun amunba khara khallu.
Pick out some ripe mangoes
(for me).

noni. IE K 15 YO f ID ST
J1R ernr^l ainunbasingdu
purak-u. Bring those ripe ones.

nfsrf niRi(5¥5TReiir h'im

aydi amunbadamak chaage. 1
wish to eat only the ripe one.
Phr: 7?U V haynaw

amunba ‘ripe mango', mRc(5
ROT amun amunba
makhay ‘those all ripe ones',
f£<5£arflir RttSlT munthrik
munba ‘completely ripe’,
C9 lU R£ (g (J ¥ sangmunnaba
half ripe' KSf R£Sf
muli muli tawba ‘becoming
ripe’

(Elg mun 2

snatch

v. ffcJlV

M W

migi mapot munganu. Don’t
snatch other’s belongings.

m'id nrofstf ffcfpf

RtM*V Rt®lT L: nSfi angaang
asidi migi mapot mun-galli.
This kid habitually snatches
other’s belongings.

adv. STfllJBHTFf

R£t55TG: sVff'fcfl

mikinaawna dingkugi lurnaal
munduna layrammi. Mikinaaw
was snatching Dinku's hanky.

adj. K ^SlITW SRc'^ST

J M ^ C*» M

ffiST I mullakpa lumaandu
kadaayno? Show me the han¬
ky that you have snatched.

nom. Us o'nrcj Rt^cTIirW-

e>fmsr nrofsr xtot na -

haakna mullakpasingdu asida
thammu. Put here those things
you have snatched.

Phr:fkl5X 6 nr fktgOftg

. y ***

5° Y munthok munsin tawba
‘snatching some thing from
one by another’, T'Rctg 5TFT-
5TX khumun chumdaba
‘wrong practice of snatching’
Idiom: tZ5IRf R l^5UY nupi
munnaba ‘being rivals for a girl’

RcV mot

be dirty

‘v. R^'nr^f u£\ef\

209

\E *5 mon

mahaakti motli. He is dirty.

K'q Ferstf

Fk'VFfirefl maasu matam
kharadi motkhigani. He will
also be dirty for some time.

adv. Fk^'nr^f

M

mahaakti matam pumnaniakta
motna uy. He is alw: ys seen
dirty, fkernr

ffl'(5STSTf f^2o v ttT
yCffc'V ^'nrs 60 ! mayaam
marak tinba kaandadi mahaak
chamot chamot laakte. He
never conies shabbily in the
gathering,
adj. R^'nr^f
Rl'XM mahaakti

lamchat motpa mini. He is a
man of dirty habit. RIFE

ISmf ®CJ'(JC2 M'ffSH

amotpa midi kanaanasu
paamde. Nobody likes dirty
persons.

no in. RTFfo 6 ^ 5IRC9f IDST

Eff ~A 1 % I

amotpasingdu tong-ngaanna
phamhalu. Let the dirty ones
sit separately. Rt ^

m'n'si x'sfi

amot akaaysingdu k.emda
thaadaw. Throw those
garbages in a pit

Phr:

C9ttr5 6 PT chamot chamotnaba
saktam ‘shabby "appearance’,

amot

amotpa ‘dirty things', FE
fkVcJf motli motli

laawba ‘be slightly dirty’,
RIFE a tf RIEf^ amot akaay
‘household rubbish’

mon 1

be soft

v. riFf

maagi makhutti molli. His hand
is soft. X^lIT IH115C ^2^
lEflEf FEFtf^f FE^ST'I
thabak kanna suba migi
makhutti monde. Hands oi
hard workers (manual) are not
soft.

adv. iTPf

2*1 maagi makhutti
mondunata lay. His hands are
always soft. 5T1Z ° 5TR ° IF* T
fEF<m ft'ES FE*T^fl
pepegi makhutti yaamna molli.
Pepe’s hands are very soft,
adj.

ffl'5^[l Ti ©^ o l amonba khutti
kaaygande. Soft hands are
hardly getting crack. FE 15
fE*tg lE'TSSTf

ffif Ejn^St 0 ! mon mon laawba
maaydi kaaygande. Complete¬
ly soft face is never getting
rough.

nom. Rt & ^® ^

JIR'fflEfl maana amonbadu
paammi. He preferred the soft

Rc*(2 mon 2

210

one. I^I5Y F;TcJI

amon amonba kliallu. Select a
number of soft ones.

Phr: Rt 6 (5 e'SiY mon

mon laawba ‘feel completely
soft’, FHi*© 5‘ai

tamon tamon laawba ‘feel verv
soft’, ne^ef e'&i

molli molli laawba ‘feel slightly
soft’

Hc 6 (3 mon 2

be slow

v. Rt'srf fffo'c fst
maadi masaana khara molli.
She is rather slow by nature,
cmo n^efi nang-

su laayma molli. You too are
rather slow.

adv. 3“t5Stf K*TCf

K V I jondi molli molli chatli.
John goes sluggishly.
Mf^GTSTf

8T°I pitardi tamon tamon
tawde. Peter is not lethargic,
adj. ifffipf oernr

cC 1U5T o I amonba migi saruk
thungde. There is no place for
lazy man. fff^f

S^Y Ffff € YafiTCJ I molli molli
tawba mi laayrunu. Be careful
of person who appears to be
outwardly gentle,
nom. f£ B (5fk;r^YC2 EtfS 6 ®!
monmallabasu phatte. To be
too slow is also not good.

Phr: TCfk b <SY

JD'lFS 6 amon amonba ngaakta
‘only the sluggish’,

monman laakman-
ba ‘unexpectedly slow',

<5f O'Gff S^Y molli saari
tawba ‘be rather sluggish’,
ffc^YTfiTIJ S^Y mondrang
tawba ‘to be day dreaming’

mo.n

trim

v. HTipf oirof T^an

f£ 6 (5Yf9Zl maagi samsi khara
mo.nbiyu. Please get his hair
trimmed. Bc'STf CJ'5IRf
Ite .ffclf I maadi naapi molli. He
is scrapping the ground,
adv. R^FFSTST C fk'lPf

off ic^.issnj e^erfl

M

matamduda ay maagi sam
mo.nduna layri. That time I
was trimming his hair.
Fff^ff STST Hc'lPf Off
Fff B .(5 U matamduda

maagi sam mo.nna mo.nna
ayna khankhki. That time I
thought while trimming his
hair.

adj. K'lPfOf &ZU fff^cTY
Offtffl maagisi phajana
mo.llaba samni. His is a nicely
trimmed hair.

nom. (JUIO Off

IJOl'ffYer'l nang-
su sam mo.nthokpa paam-

211

F£ .ID mo.ng 2

bara? Do you like to trim your
hair?

Phr: 2 o' 5 ^E oi ^ -/)

haayphct haavphet
mo.nba/ kaabak kaabak
mo.nba 'trimming slightly’,
F^ a .^STGTf'S' imo.n
mo.ndriba ‘hardly had trim¬
ming 1

i?t 6 ID mo.ng 1

be on surface of water (as fish)
v. 2 ID' ffc & .lM 0 l ngaa mo.ng-
nge. There is fish on the sur¬
face of the water.

adv. am' k'.wziu e"eM

ngaa mo.ngduna layre. Fish
are already on the surface of
the water.

adj. JD‘C?rinOf

92 0 HJ 2 ffl 6T'^ I mo.ng-ngiba
ngaasingsi yeng-nguraaw.
Come on and see the fish that
are on the surface of water,
mom. IttIC'.inTOriDOf S5IH'-
■STuri amo.ngbasingsi ukaa-
bini. Those that are on the sur¬
face of the water are Ukaabis.
Phr: dD K .IDS’ ngaa
mo.ngba ‘quick repeated swim
of fish’, 3IR FID Fit & ni'S' paa-
khang mo.ngba ‘appearance
of youths for dating'

EM mo.ng 2 (archaic)
agitate (mind)

v. Kfur'ys^iFf inraftnsrf

R^.lDalllfl mioybagi
pukningdi toyna mo.ug-ngi.
Human mind is often excited,
adv. fklVEYlPf menu-
<5Tf fl^.HISTeS 6 5*1 mioybagi
pukningdi mo.ngdunata lay.
Human mind is always in a
state of agitation.

adj.meftn fkfe

CHIdU'^'E’ dDFFST 0 ! pukning
mo.ng-ngaba mina nung-
ngaayba ngamde. People
whose mind is agitated cannot
be happy.

nom. wnrcfnj 2mf's r -
C 9 fniST r 31 R^C 9 flFf HfOFF-
OIDST cJ^fTfinjfl pukning
mong-ngibasingdo punsigi
kaysumsangda layribani.
Those whose mind is agitated
are in the prison of life.

Phr: Fk c .IU7 23*3^ mo.ngba
hanba ‘be quite 1 , ffc 6 III 25 WZ
mo.ng haadana ‘quitely, un-
asumedly*

Idiom: Tt ff& 6 .niir waa-
khal mo.ngba ‘excited state of
mind’

U3TC nap l

212

@

(J3TC nap l

stick, paste

v. Eurs'insr
U3TCC9f(5IFS I phaklaangda
che napsin-ganu. Stick no bill
on the wall. R'ffU

aJTCMf! gomsi yaamna nappi.
This gum is very sticky,
adv. EIirS'fflST JIR'O^GT

M «

phaklaangda postar

kayaamarum naptuna lay.
There are many posters pasted
on the wall. WMU

WM.U aflUDdQlfl postar

napna napna isay ngang-ngi.
He is bumming a song while
pasting posters,
adj. mamm w^erofm
anappa post-
arsing adu lawthok-u. Remove
those pasted posters.

jir 6 c9^gt s y -

IC^IinTO S'^ST 0 ! napkhraba
postar Iawthokpa laayde. Past¬
ed posters are not easy to re¬
move.

nom. HE(7MC9flIIET <?*-

M

3G IF^I anappasingdu law¬
thok-u. Remove those pasted
ones. (MI 5K 6 0^fiT UWM

JIR'RFXfiT'l nang postar nappa
paambara? Do you like to
paste posters?

Phr: (JJIlSf UJltSf
napli napli tawba ‘to feel
slightly sticky’, 75V5U 7)(3C
CJ1UIR hanna hanna nappa ‘to
paste again and again’, 3T173K
5^C3TC Schanap chanap
laawba ‘to feel sticky’.

CJ3R nap 2

be friendly

v. rcmfmof icf snru
EHJIRfl angaangsi mi yaamna
nappi. This child is friendly to
all.

adv. mm'rnsr Rtf

m r*»

S I angaangdu mi naptunata
lay. The child is always
friendly to others,
adj. i£f uwm rcanrm^ mfc
afflC9f mi nappa angaangdu
mina nungsi. The child who is
friendly to others is loved by
all.

noin. Rt'lPf ffcaJlT

mmmrMafl maagi
mi manap asidi angakpani. His
friendliness to all is
exceptional.

Phr: Rtf HEdD'm mi

napkanba angaang ‘a child
who is friendly to all , Ref
SJOR mi nappa ‘be friendly to
stranger’

213

Uff nam 1

U3II nap 3

{latter, depend

v. K'STf iffd^nrs 6

fEfdD^St GStJIRfl maadi
matam pumnamakta mingonda
nappi. He always depends on
others.

adv. fk'ETf 5^ST f lDRt-

nrs 6 vw uwPu

5*1 maadi hiram khudingmakta
mingonda nap naptuna lay. He
is depending on others tor ev¬
erything.

adj. UW.M yfX fkf fTIBr'in
2*1 nappa hayba mi
maraang kaayna lay. There are
plenty of people who are flat¬
terers.

nont. ffc^STf f£231t E2JTC5 6
5*Gf°l madudi manap rnanap-
ta layre. That depends on the
type of flattery.

Fhr: UM TfX nappa hay¬
ba ‘skillful in flattery', Rc2JI£
manap laaknap ‘na¬
ture of flattery’

UW nak

be near

v. If 75 '5^f BTIff 3S1TE T
ffEfUf.’i ftOSTlff

guhaatidagidi
imphaal nak-e. minit 30dagi ph-
laaytni. lmphal is near from
Guwahati. It’s only 30 minutes
flight.

adv. Of2 & raSTf If yo'^fSTlff
5=5fjnr uuru 2*er°l siiongdi
guhaatidagi inak nakna layre.
Shillong is very close to Guwa¬
hati.

adj. tn2irniii kept hikst
K! 6 ^erC9fl anakpa mapham
amada koyrusi. 1 propose you
for a trip to a nearby plaee.

nom. HTGIirSIRST JR'ffSM
Far 2 'ijir EEff niKSf

SZXOOTi anakpadu paamde.
khara laappa mapham amada
chatsi. 1 don’t want the nearby
place; 1 prefer a distant place.
Phr: tJHT2Y fEBTf naknaba
mari ‘close relative’, UWU
<?¥ nakna layba ‘living near¬
by’, ft'ffU 2UT51R yaamna
nakpa ‘very close’, 2nr5x>TT
JaSrtlJK'T nak-iba ma-
khay khudong chaaba ‘The
more closer, the more conve¬
nience’

{JFF nam l

press, print

v. fk'lff 2M'lff

f£C9' (JJTRtfl nupiduna maagi
nupaagi masaa nammi. The
woman pressed her husband's
body. 3*3 Tiff

2'^erfnr ejd' kum-

si chahigi laayrik mangaa
namme. For this year five
books have been printed.

Uff nam 2

214

adv. HE*F*J5

e'^arfnr uffstu

matamdu aykhoy laayrik
namduna lay. That time we
were printing books. Milt U

terror uvu unu

C9IIT I pramona laayrik
namna namna isay sak-i.
Pramo is singing a song while
printing book.

adj. enTE m ft'

c? ST 0 1 anainba lamaay kayaa
layre? How many printed
pa^es are there? BcCOfSTf
A f ZtW y5 v ZfW (JfffEfX
s'jserfnrsfl masidi hawjik
hawjik nammiba laayrikni. This
is the book currently under
print.

nom. ^©stnrFf kcft ezT

yo HGT I handakti khunam
phajay haaynay. People say
printing is good this time. Rt'C9

s'^erfnr w'ff^er I

maasu laayrik namba
paambara? Does he also like
printing books?

Phr: nrafarnr

W M

khunam ainuk anirak 'printing
one or two times’, yOflTJT'lII
SffX hakchaang namba ‘to
massage’, CRT khabar

namba ‘printing newspaper’

(ZFF nam 2

to throw down a rival

v. EiVers F^^qrm tJRikfl

kodaarna morungbu nammi.
Kodaar threw down Modun in
the wrestling.

adv. HE'U Z*<5\ CFFSttJ
Xfffltfl maana jonbu
namduna thammi. He kept
John down in the wrestling.
K'tJ GffC CffC Z‘<gU
E'? SOfVS 60 ! maana
namna namna jonna maabu
usitte. John is not afraid of him
in spite of his being able to
defeat him (John)
adj. amer'ni ffl'sr'ars
UffFfX ffcfST EH7'S 6 I
ngaraang kodaarna namkhiba
midu kanaano? Who is the
man Kodaar threw down
yesterday (in the wrestling) •
nom. S^Vf EZTl

tojogi khunam phajay. Tojo’s
style of throwing down is
excellent. RcSTSTf J^CIT
JlR7(7fl madudi

« M

khunam khunamna pubani.
That depends on the type of
throwing down.

Phr: effxiM H^nr & m
nambagi maong ‘style of
throwing down’, UFFTTlPf
RcSff nambagi manam
‘nature of putting down the
rival

U FF nam 3

season

v. ufm^ffD^iDST du'erf

(JRST 0 ! ning-ngomthongda

215

(J.ff na.m 2

ngaari namde. No one does the
work of ngaari seasoning at
Ning-ngomthong.
adv. TZ ;ofRM

j'err djrstd €\ mahaak
chahichuppa ngaari namduna
lay. He is doing ngaari
seasoning all the year round,
adj. muff* Fertu fEofm
Xf^l anainoa kharung
masing thiyu. Count those jars
which are completely packed
with Ngaari.
nom. JD'erf dff*
ngaari namba urabara? Have
you seen the process of
seasoning of Ngaari?

Phr: dD'GTt dffd* ^GTID
ngaari namnaba kharung ‘Jar
for Ngaari seasoning’, sDl'frf
(JIT Y 7?^ ngaari namba
hayba ‘skillful in Ngaari
seasoning'

CJ.ff na.m l

take smell

v. dMf rcsrd & rcik
Fkd.ff d.IT Rtf.' nupi aduna
lay ama mana.m na.mmi. The
woman smelt a flower,
artv. P 555 mice ICGff etr
tjiTSTC Kierfu 6 mik £ferfl

huy amana mana.m na.m-
na.mduna karino ama thiri. A
dog is searching something by
sniffing.

adj. TTSTd

c.TTFiT'S’ mV ^srfni^nr
CJfIDC9fnrS" afflffKfl huy adu¬
na mana.m na.mkhraba pot
khudingmak ningsingba
ngammi. The dog can remem¬
ber every tiling that he snitfed.
nom. d tUOVd e^lT
C2(5ST b Hr5Sl nungsitna
layna.m sandok-i. The wind
distributes the smell of flower.
Phr: cf^lM ffcd.IT laygi
mana.m ‘smell of flower , A il^f
Red.IT haygi mana.m ‘smell of
citrus fruits’, ftlM fkd.ff
yugi mana.m ‘smell of wine’,
RZd.ff yen-
tnongba mana.m ‘smell ot
chicken curry'

(J.ff na.m 2

be proportionate
V. R°<2C9'lIIC?f
d.TT^Lfffl yensaangsi thu.m
na.mdri. This curry is not
properly salted. UIC9f tHR^nr
d.fff^f dffSTo asi

amuk na.mmi na.mde yeng-
ngu?‘See this one. Is it alright?
adv. K/o'nr^f R^^ff
MffdKHTS 6 T^IT d.ffST
d.ffSTd 5T'3^I mahaakti
mata.m pumnamakta thu.m
na.mda na.mdana chaay. He
always ate less salt (in the
curry).

UM na.n

216

adj. 3G.FF ET.FT5TX R°tgC9'lIl
>0 ^5^°i thu.m na.mdaba
yensaang haavvte. The curry
which is not proportionately
salted is not tasty.

110m. 3G.FF U.1T¥ M'.ITlftr
M .ffSTYffl thu.m na.mba
paa.mbra paa.mdabra? Do
you like properly salted one or
not? 3G.FF

e.irxc 6 KarffTO
£T I karambana thu.m
na.mbano karambana
na.mdabano? Which one is
properly salted and which one
is not?

Phr: 3&.FF GT.FF1T thu.m
na.mba ‘propotionately salt¬
ed’, 3G.FF (Z.ffSTC U.K'RU
thu.m na.mdana na.mdana
‘without properly salted’,
U.FFTT (7.FFSTX na.mba
na.mdaba ‘propotionately
salted or not’

U.V3 na.n

to put something over some¬
thing

v. KOflPf K3GIF5 6
UTRt (J^Sl masigi mathakta
laytum ama na.llu. Put over it a
lump of earth,
adv. UHJTPf EfST
OTFftCT T7T5STGT c? ST°l nang-
gi phidu utup amana na.nduna
layre. Your cloth is laying un¬
der a log of wood.

adj. STS3 M'TF-

KECJSOTf Tfawfl
utuptuna na.llaba paambidu
kadaaydagi hawragani? How
the plant which is under the
log of wood will grow?
nom. FU.&il f£0I*[0
5T5TiT 0 l khuna.ndu maong
chaadre. The way of putting
over it is not proper.

Phr: U.^OU 5

S 6 IT na.nthok na.nsin tawba
‘to put over one after another’,
MOTGr.TgST ET.(51T pakna.nda
na.nba ‘to put something over
randomly’, R'FTSC GT.'TSX
waakhanna na.llaba ‘en¬
grossed in thought’

GT13J nang

be thick (as honey)

v. iets r nrof ^er

JSCtfll Fff mahi asi

khara nangmalle, ising khara
haapkho. This liquid is rather
thick, put some more water in
it.

adv. EJ01 ST EJ

S' QT© I khoyhisi nangduna
layre. This honey is lying con¬
densed.

adj. smofrex

ZGITIT 9Z'0T°I nangsill-
aba khoyhidi kuyna thamba
yaare. Condensed honey can
be stored for a long time.

217

U .HI na.ng 2

nom. ©EIDTOf FBT
5 <5 lIin to Br'l anangbasi khara
mahaaw tang-gcra? Do you
like to taste this condensed
one. F 6 5^75fe9f flktZin E^l
khoyhisi manan" phajay. The
nature of condensation o f this
honey is natural.

Phr: UCD 1TID nang

nang laawba ‘be thoroughly
condensed', 171115 ^ S 6 CZ
nangphaattana uba ‘look
not properly settled'

U.ni na.ng i

be poor

v. m 2 innrjmsr

55f£HIStf C.difDfl

aykhoyna khang-ngakpada
makhoygi imungdi na.ng-ngi.
Their family was poor when we
grew up.

adv. xxnr C9S

KIW (Z.HIBTU
S^lPUtl thabak suba talhbadi
napunsi chuppa na.ngduna
laygani. If you are lazy you will
remain poor till the end of your
life.

adj. mu. on? Rcfsrf rcz

ana.ngba

M

midi waana mapunsi lelli. Poor
people spend their life misera¬
bly.

nom. tua.niXCQfniPf
R^°ni M'lDCJY TO^nT

tEFk OlTOfl ana.ngbasinggi
mateng paangnaba projek ama
semsi. Let us prepare a project
for helping the poors. CID
(J.IDX M'ffSeT'l nang
na.ngba paambara? Do you

like to be poor?

Phr: HECZ.ID X' ana.ng thaa
‘lean season', CZ.nUTIFf
GT.IIIY na.ngbagi na.ngba
‘poor as poor would be’

Idiom:

W na.ngbana na.nu , .:.d
paayba ‘as poor as a churl!
mouse'

U.ID na.ng 2

be on time

v. ifftzor e'nrrn

JJMMU makhoy pumnamak
laakpa na.ng-ngi. They all
turned up on time.

adv. <Tinir

^STtm^nrs 6 u.tnsrczs 6

makhoydi thabak khuding-
makta na.ngdunata lay. They
always keep time in every oc¬
casion.

adj. e'nra tz.m's

I laakpa na.ngba mi
makhay chang-halli. Those
who came on time were al¬
lowed to enter.

nom. e'tirffl TJ.mSTS’Ofni
mSTTJ fkJl'©ST

M

laakpa a.ngdabasing aduna

C' naa l

218

mapaanda layhalli. Those who
were not on time were detained
outside.

Plir: S'HTJIR SWISST* f£f

laakpa na.nggandaba mi ‘per¬
son who habitually comes
late’, UJEUY siWUY
na.ngnaba hotnaba ‘try to be
on time’, (7min? E7
na.ngbana phaba ‘good to be
on time’

U naa 1 (archaic)
wage war

v. Refs 6 '" gt fm3G^ofnr cj
P'KU BIY'ST S'© U'K\ I

mitay ningthawsingna kaboda
toyna laan naay. Mitay kings
often waged war on Kabo.

adv. fkfS 6 * CJfniX*C9riIKJ

s'© s' s'^s KflrVnr

2 ID UrDTFFRtfl mitay ningthaw¬
singna laan naa naaduna ma-
raybaak ngaak-ammi. Mitay
kings administered their king¬
dom by waging war.
adj. Kf^OflDS S't5S'0T-

wky R°nrsTOfin* ;o°nr

^0°lF Rc JIRfl mitaysin-

gna laannaarak-iba yeknabas-
ingbu hek hek maaythiba pi.
Mitays defeated the invading
enemies every now and then,
nom. fk^FF DTST S'©
b'zg tmDjfnrwr a©.

ofcn matam adu laan naa-

bana ningthawsinggi punsini.
In those days waging war was
part of life of the kings.

Phr: S © S 'IT laan naaba
‘waging war or invasion’, S'15
S Y laan naaba chat-

pa ‘go on for an invation or for
fighting a battle’

U' naa 2

be union of two sexes
v. kanaa khangda udana ma-
khoy ani naanay. They had
sexual intercourse secretly,
adv. SID S'nrJI R^ITSTST
©Yf S'SEIS 5*ETfl
nang laakpa matamduda ma-
khoy ani naanaduna layri.
They were enjoying sex when
you came in.

adj. 7o y Sfnr Fk^FFOfSTSTf

s jir ' smf s'sypT

XYvrvt F^nufsfniani'^

HI 3^fiT°l hawjik matamsida-
di nupaa nupi naanabagi
thabaksi khudong thining-
ngaay oyre. Now-a-days the
union of man and woman
has become risky,
nom. S'SY yo'ETOf SJ1R'
SMflPT Fk75 y C9>f © 6 5sy
^YUTS fl naanaba haaybasi
nupaa nupigi mahawsaagi
oyba thabakni. Union of sexes
is the biological activity of
man and woman.

219

(J\5S naa.y

Phr: 3G U Y thu naaba ‘to
have sex’, C? 1T1F. tC^TUT naa-
bagi tiiabak ‘activity of sexual
union’.

U\ naa. 1

be sick

v. RcTfnr f£C9' C'GM ma-
haak masaa naa.re. He is indis-
posed. e^TS'ET* BID
(T.flWfl layhawro, nang
naa.ragani. Ok. stay back. You
will be getting sick,
adv. (C55'nr ys'zfvr B'.$B
s'*BTf I inahaak hawjik
naa.duna layri. He is still sick.

jk^'nr u'u u'u xxnr

I niahaak naa.na
naa.na thabak chatthokkhi. He
went out in spite of having ill¬
ness.

adj. (J'BTX fkfSTf HJl
Sk'HTTGtfl naa.raba
midi kuchu taayphet taaybani.
A sick person looks pale,
noin. 2 QIC?f HI IT IT 03 $2
Mernr^l ngasi anaa.ba kayaa
purak-i? How many patients
have been admitted to-day?
Phr: {J'.ir R°nTM naa.ba
vekpa ‘sick and infirmity',
tftCT. HTSMT anaa. ayek ‘in¬
convenience or dissatisfactory

U\ naa. 2

be painful

V. ft' tJ'.TT 5°C9®nKJ u'.%\
yaa naa.ba tasengna naa.y.
Toothache is really painful,
adv. R& ft • U
d'eM maadi yaa. naa.duna
laayre. He is suffering from
toothache,
adj. ft\ U'.m rr*
tT.xiPf nrR'x FflianT^l
yaa. naadriba mina yaa.
naa.bagi awaaba khang-ngoy.
A man who has not suffered
from toothache will not know
the suffering of toothache,
nom. 5Z\ B'.TIPf FB'.STf
c'.erx icrsuz FDJjiDfi

yaa. naa.bagi khunaa.di yaa.
naa.raba midana khang-ngi.
The suffering of toothache is
known only to a person who
suffered from toothache.
Phr: HITJ'. mft°HT anaa.
ayek ‘sufferings’, U .ft°Hr3IR
naa.yekpa ‘sickness’, M HT
TJ'.Y puk naa.ba ‘colic pain',
F:rnn CT.1T khwaang naa.ba
‘waist pain’

IT\J 5 naa.y

get married

v.EC'fff Eftff

(J'.JSI phajabi chahi kunda
mayum naa.y. Phajabi got
married when she was 20 year
old.

adv. U\KU U'.KU

fgt d'^erfnr

Ut ni

220

^FFRtFFHcf i mayum naa.yna
naa.yna matam khara laayrik
tammammi. After marriage she
continued her studies for
sometime.

adj. FGRff TJJIRf-

STf KtfX*nT5IRST MR'
U f 01 5^ IT ST 6T 0 1 mayum
naa.yraba nupidi chatthokpada
kayaa maning tamdre. A married
woman has certain family obli¬
gation.

nom. IkRff TJ'.JbCJf QJ'S'-
C9f DHJ fkRff

JIRTSITC? R'&JTfl mayum
naa.yningbasingna ngan-
taana mayum paanbasu
yaawwi.

Phr: HcRff TJ'.JblT mayum
naa.yba ‘to get married’, <?IU
U .JblT lang naa.yba ‘to spin,
make yam’

CT ni

beg

v. TttdD'niornHJ
Tjfarfi angaangsingna pay-
saa niri. Children are begging
for money.

adv. m*0'

cfarf^sr ^'nr^i

makhoyna paysaa niringayda
pulis laak-i. Police came when
they are begging for money.

adj.cferfx fkfbfniST R'nr-
(JfS' U^S 6 ®! niriba mis-

ingdu chaakniba natte.Those
persons who are begging are
not beggers.

nom. cferTTOfinsT K'nr-
CflT TJ^S 6 ®! niribasingdu
chaakniba natte. Those who
are begging are not beggers.
Phr: 03 UflT sel niba ‘to
beg for money’, ysO^fiTlFf
tE y £'T (Jr'S - isorgi thawjaal
niba ‘to pray for the mercy of
Almighty’

Ufnr nik l

shake

v. efnr^f 2o'nisT a nr-

ufnr^i iik-

li haangdoktringayda haanna
nik-u. Shake the bottle before
it is open.

adv. sfU* fkO'

cfnr^^sr fkJirc ^ernr^i

makhoyna haynaw masaa nik-
ingayda mapu thorak-i. The
owner came out when they are
shaking mango branches,
adj. TJfnr^X KO'Sff HUN¬
TS'S - R'^>ST®I nik-iba masaadu
amunba yaawde. The branch
you are shaking does not have
ripe mango.

nom. (J f HT fa IT C? f ID ST

nreroJTX nik-ibas-

ingdu aremba tare. Those
shaking of branches are use¬
less.

221

OW net

Phr: 7) G (JfUTW haynaw
nikpa ‘shake mango tree/
branches’

CJfHT nik 2

tremble

v. f£2o'nr BfTO GfGEHEff-

ffcfl mahaak kibana nik-ammi.
He was trembling out of fear.

adv. (C'B IfflfXC CfBD^G

e'errinfst 5ffs‘J5X

^'IF^! maana kibana niktuna
tayringayda lamboyba ama
laak-i. A monk came when he
was trembling out of fear,
adj. cfnr^x ffcfsr
S^fiTfTCfl nik-iba midu laay-
haw tawribani. The man who is
trembling is suffering from fe¬
ver.

adv. (C»5 b StfC fl'ff Ut-

urjsjnTst ftzf^Efe' 5 'othi

melodina yaam nik-i-ngayda
milmilaa laak-i. Milmilaa came
when Melodi was sieving
flour.

adj. rc'ff cfiirerx cjsrcrfc-

|K° 2 b S[ftJfl yaam nikli-

ro

ba nupimachaadu melodini.
The girl who is sieving flour is
Melodi.

n o m. tHCJfnr3lRC9fnJST
mofST 7i'W.W\ ani-
kpasingdu chekhaaw asida
haappu. Put those sieved ma¬
terials into this paper bag.
Phr: R'ff tffnnJlt yaam nikpa
‘sieve flour’, TEGflffM RfF
anikpa makhay ‘those sieved
materials’

nom. t?fnr^^C9flD^
{fcinfnnFig c9*©YOfinGfl

nik-ibasingdu mapaang-gan
sonbasingni. Those who are
trembling are weaklings.

Phr: HfETG UWM kiduna
nikpa ‘trembling out of fear'.
yxDltJfirr (Zfnrn Khangnik
nikpa ‘to tremble suddenly’

Otnr nik 3

sieve

v. affler v m r2'ff

(Jfnry0*57fl melodi ngaraang
yaam nik-hawwi. Melodi was
sieving flour yesterday.

GW net

trample

v. tM'TOOfintJ G'Mf cw-

ZCtfcTfl angaasingna naapi
netthatli. Children are tram¬
pling grasses.

adv. ^JD'lDOfnKJ G'fflf
Uo C9'G*I an-

gaangsingna naapi netthat-
tuna saanay. Children play
trampling the grass,
adj. C'Mf
qraffl'mc^nnsr racTiPf

C9finU 6 l naapi netthatliba an-
gaangsingdu kanaagi machaas-

&°nr nek

222

ingno? Wliose children are they
who are trampling the grass.

nom.

fn

E'Grnr^l netthatlibasingdu
phaarak-u. Arrest them those
who are trampling the grass.

Phr: U'JIRf

naapi netthatpa ‘to trample
grass’

UoW nek

hire

v. aGYnr vuy Kf ^er
(JoUTOfl thabak sunaba mi
khara neksi. Let’s hire some
labourers.

adv. Ref HIReSTf

2*fT°l mi amadi
haanna nektuna layre. One
man has already been hired,
adj. WUoWW RtfBTf
J^IDzIDfl anekpa midi mathaw
khang-ngi. Persons who are
hired are dutiful,
nom. ur<j°nrjiRofni5T

n

anekpasingdu
chatkhrabara? Are those hired
persons gone?

Phr: Ref C°IFJin mi nekpa ‘to
hire labourer’

GT°ff nem

short (height)

v. u JiRfsr f£er-i ^er

M M

(J 0 ffRefl nupidu marep kliara
nemmi. The woman is rather

short in height.

adv. feTi'WU

U°KU mahaakna

khwaaydagi nemna uy. She

appeared shortest of all.

adj. mUoffTT (J JIRfST

EHI'C 6 ? anemba nupidu

kanaano? Who is that short

lady?

nom.

anemba makhay
khandok-u. Screen out those
short ones.

Phr: Hn7°lTir Ref anemba mi
‘a short person’

ipof nungsi

love

v. einsrf sf& anjofnujfi

nangdi mina nungsigani.
People will love you. U IDU
Re'lT tJIDOfl nangna maabu
nungsi. You love her.
adv. K'U tfY C DJC9fCJ
J 6 Rfl maana aybu nungsina
tawwi. She treated me
affectionately.

adj. embfX Re f STf

nungsiba midi punsichuppa
kaawde. A person in love is
never forgotten in life.

nom. t? nJOftfXOfmSTf

niKu utr^x aaftnsrcj e*l

M M

nungsinabasingdi amana
amabu uningduna lay. Lovers

223

U d 3K nop 2

have longing to see each
other.

Phr: {jnJOfCJl? nungsinaba
‘to fall in love’

nung-ngaay

be happy, comfortable

v. fk^'nr^f

M

mahaakti matam pumnamakta
nung-ngaay. He is always
happy.

adv. ffcyo'DTJlR

I mahaakpu nung-
ngaayna thambiyu. Please
keep him comfortably.

adj. Kfc mn'x

y^HJ'ST 0 1 nung-ngaayba mina
awaaba khangde. A man who
is happy with his properties
hardly understand the misery
of proverty.

nom. CJflJdD Rc5^-7 ^IEGT

cfj nung-ngaayba makhal ani
lay. There are two types of
happiness.

Phr: nJIFT (J

nunggi nung-ngaayba

‘spiritual happiness', 5ITC 'SIP't*
paan-gi nung-
ngaayba ‘mundane

happiness’

'(rtrc nop l

be not stiff

v. FET

chaydu khara nopmalli That
stick is rather flexible.
y^GT CJ & 3K5^fmadusu
khara nopkhigani. That too
will be flexible.

adv. KSTC? C 6 WC SKI
madusu nopna uy. That too
seems to be flexible,
adj. 3IR'ff ^°l

anoppa chaydi pamde. (I)
don’t want a supple stick,
nom. tna*MC9flDST
ma; 6 nr Tiff 6 1 anoppasingdu
puthokkhro. Take out those
flexible ones.

Phr: m<J 6 3IUJR 5? anoppa
chay ‘supple stick’, 17 3R U 31t
c! - nop nop laawba ‘be
flexible’

t7 6 3It nop 2

be inferior, junior

fl'SM FGT

rtJlRfl kodun-ga modun-ga
lambaa yaade; kodunna khara
noppi. Kodun and Modun are
not good rivals; Kodun is
comparatively junior,
adv. EI & STlSSTf
9MK7X5T y^GT (7 6 1CJ ^5Sl
kodundi modun-ga

yengnabada khara nopna uy.
Kodun appears to be junior
when compare with Modun.
adj. FGT C9'(7GT^

224

CV not

UISTIff ZWY' EIE

w M

khara noppa saanaroy adugi
lambaa ama thiyu. Find out
another rival for the junior one.
nom. m U b 3TC 5IR C9f HI ST
C9 I anoppasingdu

saannahallu. Lei those juniors
play among themselves.

Phr: FGT

khara noppa/ noptak
taaba ‘comparatively young or
rather junior’

U\ not

put more

v. ursfffiFf MaromsT fgt

adomgi

parengdu khara notpirammu.
Please put some more (food)
for those on that line,
adv. CJ^'er 6 C9flDST
U\PU yo'3H5IRferfff^,l
nahaarolsingda not nottuna
haappirammu. Please give
more and more to those young
people.

adj. mCJ^JlR RefOfniBT

57'nr^'ff sz'Y jiD'nr^efl

anotpa misingdu chaakyaam
chaaba ngaaktani. Those who
are provided more food are
good eaters.

nom. nr u 5 v mo fin St

u^'er*^ jfli ' nr 5 s * t? n

anotpasingdu nahaarol
ngaaktani. Those who

received more food are young
people.

Phr: U\ U\PU 13'IJIR
not nottuna haappa ‘to
provide food again and again'

U 6 1ir nok

laugh

v. E'nr e'ht tj“nrjEl

makhoy phaak phaak nok-i.
They burst into a big laugh,
adv. t?*nrjEjnTsT

M°JIR° J^'lirySl makhoyna
nok-i-ngayda pepe laak-i. Pepe
came when they were
laughing.

adj. U'WK'X U JIRffkST-
C9fID5T EOER

M M

du'nr^^fi nok-iba nupim-
achaasingdu iskul tammiba
ngaaktani. Those who are
laughing are school going
girls.

nom. (J 6 nr5SXC9flDST tJTf
JD' OF S 6 U f I nok-ibasingdu
nahaa ngaaktani. Those who
are laughing are exclusively
youngsters.

Phr: (JMfffcX'OflD

nok-iba nupimachaasing
‘laughing girls’

Idiom: MlfCMIF tJ^nTMlF
RcfJ'r&CTf kappaga
nokpaga machin manaawni.
‘laughing and crying are twins’.

225

nom 3

U IT nom l

move, shake

V. G^fffcnriEIG, C S 6 '^ 0

5^*551 nommakkanu ay taage
tawwi. Don’t .nove (from
there), 1 am about to fall.

adv. UWU

^epfjflftf German]' s'nr^i

nangna nomduna lay-ingayda
morung-ngaa laak-i. Morung-
ngaa came when you were
shaking the tree. ^

adj. G^FFRcflT ffcfST H0(£ C I
nommiba midu kanaano? Who
is the person shaking (tree)
over there?

nom. tZ*fffEf*OfniSL
tIEC9f^ lernr^l nomrnibas-
ingdu asida purak-u. Bring
them here those who are shak¬
ing (tree) over there.

Pill*: Orff'S u. nomba

‘shake a tree'

CJ b 1T nom 2

work

v. K'srf R^ff

maadi

matam pumnamakta thabak
kanna nommi. He always
works hard.

adv. kaWV xxnr
g'ku (jnun'^*

JIllTST 0 ! mahaakna thabak
kanna nomna nomna nung-
ngaayba ngamde. In spite of

working hard, he cannot
become rich.

adj. EC EI!5C C‘ff¥ KfW
(KBflD 5ID'K mx°\ pliana
kanna nomba misu mailing
thungba ngamde. Even the
man who works hard cannot

meet both ends,
nom. 51$,ITUHtnr

yO f HHJ ¥ U f I nommiba
pumnamak hingnabani. All
that is being done is tor a
living.

phr: EH31T nomba

kanba ‘be hard working’

masaana nomganba mi a
person habitually works hard'

U a ff nom 3

beg for favour

v. IK'STf fE^FF IffGBEHTS 6

R' maadi matam

pumnamakta waa nommi. He is
always seeking other’s favour,
adv. Rt ETf 53 (7

R' erf I maadi waa nomduna
chaari. He makes his living by
seeking the favour of others,
adj. 53 CJ^FTIT A ¥ fkf
cfTOfl waanomba hayba mi
adum laybani. There are
persons who know the art of

seeking favour.

nom. 53 fJ 6 FFHrfirC9! ST Ret

jjn Tiber's’

226

U h 15 non l

waanommibasingdu mi nappa
hayraba ngaaktani. Those
who are seeking favour are
skilful flatterers.

Phr: vvaanomba

‘canvass for favour’,
JT yz ¥ waanoduna

chaaba ‘make a living by
canvassing favour’

non l

be humble

v. Rt'STf fk^FF MFFfJRtlirS 6
XL maadi matam

pumnamakta nolluk-i. He is
always humble,
adv. Rt S^FF J1R FF(J Rt ID 1 5°
U'levrU &\\ matam
pumnamakta nollukna layyu.
Always be humble,
adj. U‘j5M (CfC Kf
S7V j^°[ nollukpa mina maagi
mi waatte. A person who is
humble has many well wishers,
nom. u^r?nrjiofin<2 RF'X
ER^nrw msiFF " u*l

nollukpasingsu maabu
kallakpa adum lay. Those
persons who are humble are
not free of adversaries.

Phr: C* 7^, Iff SIR Kf
nollukpa mi ‘person of humble
personality’ U b Tcf DT51
TT 2 flj I3J nollukpa waangaang
‘polite speech’

U IS non2
bow down

v. Rc'(J maana

nonthay. He bowed down,
adv. fc'U U'lSX’SlU €*\
maana nonthaduna lay. He
remained bowing down,
adj. fkfOf

nonthariba misi
kanaano? Who is the person
bowing down?
nom. U*®£erfXC?flIJST

^nj^eriirM dD'nr^orfl

nontharibasingdu
changjarakpa ngaaktani.
Those who are bowing down
are surrenderees.

Phr: KUUYf

nonthabagi chatnabi ‘tradition
of bowing down’

if nay l

be dirty (as water)
v. JSOflU UTOf ft'FFd Xf\
ising asi yaamna nay. This
water is very dirty,
adv. a 6 in£ x'sr ^ar°3
JbOflU U*?RZL S*l nongju
thaada turel ising nayduna lay.
During rainy season river
water is always dirty,
adj. mcf* ^C9fm^r tasrfc^
EE'{2GT5T°| anayba isingdi
karisu kaannade. Ditiy water is
of no use.

nom. rc^TOfllJST
STGT°I anaybasingdu kaanna-

227

TZ* naw2

dare. Those dirty ones are use¬
less.

Phr: HC9fnJ ising

anayba 'dirty water' TUJ UY
FES 6 'ID chanaynaba mataang
‘matter of confusion'

Xf nay 2

torture

v. UF*K XHISTU

nakhoy

mayaarn changduna maabu
naybire. You have jointly
tortured him.

adv. KS 6 . 0 4 ©X KfSTf
K S 6 FF iE„ ff C (E nr s 6

U*YfYlU 5*1 matu sonba
midi matam pumnamakta
naybiduna lay. Helpless
persons are always tortured,
adj. G^ferX KfOflBlPf
f£f£3K c?*£St°l naybiraba
missing-gi marup layjade.
There is no friend for tortured
people.

nom. (fXferTOfUIStO Kf-

naybirabasing-
dusu mioybani. Those tor¬
tured ones are also human be¬
ings.

Phr: Vt'wf? ot-nayba ‘be
tortured’

U v naw 1

be tender, young

v. srtm nrof u’erfl

paambi asi nawri. This plant is
young.

adv. 31R fflTf TCC9f U 12 ^5^!

paambi asi nawna uy. This

plant looks young,
adj. WU^Y M'ffYfOflDSTf
CfflHD'JSl anawba
paambisingdi yengba ngung-
ngaay. Young plants arc nice to
look at.

nom. qrtj'TOfmgt e‘EG
25onr5 e>B QTfflfJ I anawba-
singdu loyna hektokkanu.
Don’t pluck all those tender
ones.

Phr: Bell' HEDY'S manaa
anawba ‘tender leaves’

(J* naw 2

be inferior

v. Fc ID' 9^°nJ17irST UlIJU
T^BT tJ*57f! maaga yengn aba-
da nangna khara nawwi. You
are rather inferior (junior)
when compared with him.
adv. (JDKJ IE'oID 6 15ST IT 1 -f
U*U nangna maangon-

dagi nawna uy. Yow look infe¬
rior to (younger than) him.
adj. F0T U*Y DTdD'lDSTID'f
DTK ZGf9Z1 khara
nawba angaangdugi lambaa
ania thiyu. Find out a match
for the younger boy.
nom. DECEIT RtT'

anawba makhay

afflJH ngap

228

lambaa tawnahallu. Let those
juniors fight among
themselves.

Phr: kliara nawba

‘rather inferior/ junior’, (J y ST
S 0T 7T UTalD ID nawra
nawraba angaang ‘very
young children’

aliniJ ngap

be rough in touch

v. Kfv tTarxsrf fkftf
2 ED 31? 5IR f I mit naarabadi mit
ngappi. If there is eyeshore,
there is feeling of roughness in
the eyes.

adv. f£lVC9f 2iB31?S^Gr

aygi mitsi
ngaptuna layba kuyre. For
quite sometime, my eyes have
been rough.

adj. mtJJltm KfVS*f
ST'DT^an STBTE'fiT

m 3$ I anappa mitti daaktar
taanaba darkaar oy. You need
to consult an eye-doctor for
the eye problem,
nom. 21D3R31R R?f^

x°ar' FSTffcfl mit

ngappa mit beraa laybagi
khudamni. Feeling of

roughness in the eyes is the
indication of unhealthiness of
eyes.

Phr: fTtfV dDJiniR mit ngapba
‘dryness in the eyes’, 2 IDJTC 2IE3R
S Si IT ngap ngap laawba
‘roughness of something’,
MM RtJIR angap
angappa mapaa ‘places where
there are roughness’

aflUD 1 ngak

be wonder

v. Rt SaXST Rtf JlJlPFSHtLU a
aninr^fl maabu ubada mi pum-
namak ngakkhi. Everybody
was surprised to see him.

adv. jirffsrfif

fk'lPf RESIST SSX5T
mPJJ yO^TSnr3bl aykhoy
pumnamak maagi matawdu
ubada ngaktuna hallak-i. We
came back wonderstruck on
seeing his condition,
adj. MOT MOW RFf
KR'ff Mf^fXfOfST
S 0Tf I angak angakpa mi
yaam prithibisida layri. There
are many wonderful people in
this world.

liom. HE JD IT* Of ID IF f
Rc EJ ID ST RtC9fC9 HEKCJfl

angakpasinggi manungda
masisu amani. This is also one
of the wonders.

Phr: alDnryT'CJir ngakchaana-

229

affl.PF nga.m l

ba ‘in a state of confusion’,
MTOG- XtSlT angakpana
tlianba ‘full of wonders’, 2 IDIF-
5^(2 c?Y ngaktuna layba ‘be
in spell'

afllFF ngam

be steep

v. xfmr cxsKqiff

kawbru chinggi sanmarum
saaba maphamdu yaamna
ngammi. The humped point of
Kawbru hill is very steep.

adv. reraf xfmt eVnr

jfvjmrst po’si’nrQ

dDFFStt? s^erf i baaruni ch¬
inggi laychaak-hotpidu
hawjiksu adum ngamduna
layri. The Laychaak-hotpi of
Baruni hill is still lying steep.

adj. Efier ^fUY

JZXWSl TE2ID ff SlalDffX

kett x°m*\

kawbru chingdon yawnaba
chatpada angam angamba
mapham kayaa-marum theng-
nay. On way to the top of Kaw¬
bru, we came across a number
of steep places,
nom. {MffX \^'^WUY-
Y 5Zfm Efx HSFYU fl an¬
gamba maayoknababu ching
kaaba kawbani. To challenge
the steep of the hill is called
rock-climbing.

Phr: FMffH KERF angamba
mapham ‘mountain cliff’,
O'XfC saathina

ngaamba ‘dangerously steep’,

thamoygi angamba loktagi
‘from the core of the heart

affl.ff nga.m 1

be able

v. K^o'nr 25ferff

^srfniKiir^ H2GHT sfliffKTi

mahaak hiram khudingmak
inga .111 nga.mmi. He is capable
in all respect.

adv. 5 e>y er7 FsrfnjKnrs 6
KC9'(2 iffsra XtfcTfl
tawruba khudingmakta
masaana nga.mduna chatli.
Whatever he does he could
manage it efficiently,
adj. X1HF dBflF^ KfSTi Kft2

thabak

nga.mba midi mina ikaay
khumnay. A capable person is
respected by all.

nom. mdD.RF^C f

M.V'Sl'ZU

ang.mbana chatkhini,
nga.mdabana layhawgani.
The capable one will go and
the incapable one will stay
back.

Phr: X*. JD.FTX tha.w
nga.mba ‘quality of being
capable’, {H 2 fll.IT lH 2 lI].Frir

aDU5 ngan

230

ang.m ang.mba ‘depending on
one’s capability’

2ID.IT nga.m 2

be successful

v. ffcoffX'lJ JlRfiTfF'
jUFFRcfl memchaanu parikhaa
nga.mmi. Memchaanu passed
the examination.

adv. K'Slf

I maadi
parikhaa nga.mdunata lay. She
passed examination every
time.

adj. JIRfiTfF' dlRT KfOflD-

stf nr^nr

parikhaa nga.mba mis-
ingdi makhaa amuk tamthaba
taay. Those who have passed
examination will have to prose¬
cute further studies,
noni. 31RfiTf5^' 2 tD.Fnr RcTf-
er 6 ^C9flBFr JlR'lSSTfftJfl
parikhaa nga.mba mahayroys-
inggi paandamni. To pass ex¬
amination is the goal of all stu¬
dents.

Phr: M0Tf5^' aEO.FFlT parikhaa
nga.mba ‘passing examina¬
tion’, P'&Y anga.m

taa.nba ‘working with serious¬
ness’

aDll 5 ngan

be rough in manner

v. Rt'srf r' ju'njYST fst

IttSTFT alDRcJfl maadi waa

M

ngaangbada khara adum
ngalli. While speaking his
manner is rather rough
(impolite).

adv. RtyO lD 1 R 2 D] DHTST
2fl](5U 2HK5GT s!D !D2lDf A y&X
FkfU 5^IDtJDf I mahaak waa
ngaangbada nganna nganna
ngaang-ngi haayba mina
khang-ngi. People know that
he is always rough in
speaking.

adj.R' 201 'IDYST j!D( 5¥ HSfSTf

KfCJ (J IHC9fSTo| waa

ngaangbada nganba midi mina
nungside. The person who
speaks roughly is not loved by
the people.

nom. R' 2DD' CD 'ST ’ST aflUSTT
R'JaWWf FETff UtfS 6 *!

waa ngaangbada nganba
chaawkhatpagi khudam natte.
Speaking without manner is
not the sign of cultured
people.

Phr: R'jID'nJ JIQY

waangaang nganba ‘speaking
without manner’, R 2 ID IE

waangaang ngallap ngallap
tawba ‘speaking rather
impolitely’

nga.n

be early

v. Bc'STf GTfKlV ^STflDIFf

231 MM nga.ng (archaic)

^\nT31R maadi numit

khudinggi laa.kpa nga.lli. He
comes early everyday,
adv. y^ et f in ie f

2lD.^5(J ^'nr^l numit
khudinggi nga.nna nga.nna
laa.k-u. You come early
everyday.

adj. ain.tsa e'nr m ffcfsrf
EIDIPBfl nga.nna
laakpa midi manaa phanggani.
He who came early will get
reward.

nom. TffaCDMS'S’CJ
S 6 ' (53G 6 IF 1 angaa.nbana
amambabu taa.nthok-i. Light
dispelled darkness.

Phr: HIFfcff TCjflf.lS

amam angaa.n siiinaba
matam ‘early morning',
^.{gS 6 ' nga.ntaa

nga.ntaana ‘very early in the
morning’

aiD.lD nga.ng

to hum, roar

v. U 6 UIC9'U ad. GJ aJDf I

nongsaana nga.ng-ngi. A lion
roared. JD.tMfl

khoymuna nga.ng-ngi. A bee
hummed.

adv. IU aED.mCJ JI.1DC
JHTJSI khoymuna nga.ngna
nga.ngna paa.y. A bee flied
humming. (J 6 IDC9'{J dB. IDST(?
5*1 nongsaana nga.ngduna

lay. A lion is roaring.

adj. mjD.nnr y^ <2

t&fksnFf e"

BK'ySl anga.ngba
khoymunna lay amadagi lay
amada koypaay paay. A
humming bee flies from tlower
to flower.

nom. GTdD.mX y^srfnnitiir
CJ a mC9 v CJV'3°°! anga.ngba
khudingmak nongsaa natte.
Everyone that roars is not lion.
Phr: FIcT^ ^3

anga.ngba makhon ‘roaring
sound’, alD.nJ dB. 0 ST, CJ
nga.ng nga.ngduna ‘roaring
and roaring or humming and
humming’, affl.lD'X’ 03 (3IT
nga.ngba Kanba ‘repeated
nagging (of a child)’

2ffl.ni nga.ng (archaic)
be big

v. nrtjfofsrpf nrofa y^er
dD.ffldDfl anisidagi asina khara
nga.ng-ngi. Of these two, this
one is bigger.

adv. UmiFf

dn.OICJ mayaamdudagi

nanggi oyronida layba aduna
khara nga.ngna uy. Of all
these, the one on your left
hand side appears to be
bigger.

adj. m>f5Tf M.IDY KE

232

dl\ ngaa.

mfle e'Y S 6 '^! aygidi
anga.ngba chaphu am a layba
taay. I need to buy a big pot
(earthen).

nom. 2 IH. ID Y C9f ID ST

^(5ST 6 nrernr^i khara
nga.ngbasingdu khandok-rak-

u. Pick out those bigger ones.
Phr: 3TE; tHjQl.lIJir chaphu
anga.ngba ‘a big pot
(earthen)’, 2 D].DJ 2 ID 2 ID.DJ 2 DQIT 1,
Rcf£l5 IEK5X nga.ng-nga
nga.ng-ngaga mamal kanba
‘bigger the size costlier the
price’

aflf, ngaa.

to lean against

v. HI 2ID' ID ST (J EUTcJ'lIJST
aflfXKl angaangduna
phaklaangda ngaa.thay. The
boy leaned against the wall,
adv. TiCJirfSTtJ EDFS'lDST
M'.U "sffl'.G -
hanubiduna phaklaangda
ngaa.na ngaana tummi. The
old woman slept leaning
against the wall.

adj. um^st 2ii]';cerfY

hi^'idst eftnxfu

M

C9°(5UITfft I nang-ngonda
ngaathariba angaangdu
ningthina sennabiyu. Please
take care of the child who is
leaning against you.
noni. affl'.GTf’g'OflDST

ngaa.ribasingdu
lawthok-u. Remove those
things which are leaning
against (the wall).

Phr: sfll'.^

ngaa.thu thengthuba ‘act of
cajoling’, jffl'.fT 2 ID .GTSTU
ngaa.ra ngaa.raduna ‘by
leaning against’

afll'5^ ngaay

be only

v. HEC9fST asida

ngaayre. It’s the only one (I
have).

adv. mC9f5T jflf^eTSTU
FC'ST£T°I asida ngaayraduna
chaadare. As it is the only one
left, (I) stop eating,
adj. fkfCfY ffc^ST 2ffl'^0T7
minit mangaada
ngaayraba matamni. It is only
five minutes more,
nom. c?' HUH ST X (2 DJ ST
laakkadaba
nangda ngaayrabani. You are
the only one to come.

Phr: Hlfk^ jflf^erx
amata ngaayraba ‘the only one
left’, ft y ernniRST m'k'z
yawrakpada ngaayba ‘just
aiTived’

aflf.55 ngaa.y

wait

v. tfz'u c9'£gt du'^erfl

233

JD'IS ngaaw

ojaana saatra ngaayri. A
teacher is waiting for students,
adv. KK'G K5?' JIL'KQV
5*1 mamaana machaa
ngaayduna lay. A mother
remains waiting for her child,
adj. 2 d 5^ETfX C£,5lRfST

ngaayriba nupidu laangien-gi
mamaani. The woman who is
waiting is Laanglen’s mother.

nom, JB'KfiPt^OfID«L
GT^OflDlPf KK'

fEJOl'Gfl ngaayribasingdu
mahayroysing-gi mamaa
mapaani. Those who ate
waiting are parents of the
students.

Phr: Ref 2 d mi ngaayba
‘to wait for someone’, Rt^ff
affl'HX matam ngaayba ‘to

mad person is different from
others.

nom.

angaawbasingbu

luna tawbiyu. Treat them
kindly those who are mad.

Phr: nr id';* mE* angaaw
aphay ‘insane’, 2 d ^S^ETID
ngaawtrang
phayttangba ‘a vulgar person
Idiom: 2 d ^ 6T 'S' C9

2d'^C9C' ngaawrabasu
ngaawsana ‘an exceptionally
good person (defending one
self)’

ngaaw

be dizzy

v. 2 dc?f 2der'nic9f ® nr

2 d'^rSl ngasi ngaraangsi kok
ngaawwi. Now-a-days l leel

pass time'

ngaaw

be mad

v. fkyo'nrFf,
jffl'&BM mahaakti tastngna
ngaawre. He has become really

mad. „

adv. Rc'Etf 2 d S

m ^eM maadi ngaawduna
layba kuyre. It is quite some
time that he has been mad.

KfETf KH'ffl! 6

RTtSCETTOfl angaawba midi
mayaamga maannadabani. A

lizzy.

idv. Fk'ETf Kfflfnr M'&W
?*fT<>| maadi makok
igaawduna layre. He’s been
suffering from dizziness.

adj. rfnr dn'serf* fcfEt

makok

ngaawriba tnidu

tomaalsanaani. The person
who is suffering from dizziness
is Tomaalsana.

nom. ^

jd'&erfsorinst iierfq

jdff^GTSCJfl makok
ngaawribasingdu karisu

dfl'lF ngaak l

234

tawba ngamdrabani. Those
who are suffering from
dizziness are unable to do
anything.

Phr: Vnr JD'JA* kok

ngaawba ‘to suffer from
dizziness’

Idiom: kok

ngaawba ‘be in a state of
confusion’

afll'lF ngaak l

to prop up, give support

v. k'g r'bb'ot

m %

mzu infnrFvefI maana
sambaldu waakok amana
ngaakkhatli. He propped up
the fence with a piece of
bamboo.

adv. u'wv

M'WU 5^5^£T°I sambaldu
ngaakna ngaakna tukhre. The
fence fell down in spite of the
support.

adj. anfnrrcff* tf'sr

ngaak-amba
chaydu lawthokkhre. The stick
used as prop has been
removed.

noni. tUD'HTJlRC9fST

^ernrw

R2C9'(J angaakpas-

ingdu lawthokkhrabadi turak-
pa masaana taabani. It is natu¬
ral to fall down when the props
are removed.

Phr: dD'QTElT £ a HTJlR

ngaakpham thokpa ‘deemed
to prop up’, J'nrm >0 ¥
ngaakpa hayba ‘skillful in
giving support’

aflfnr ngaak 2

to protect, take care of

v. Ca nr* JD'nr

ayna maabu ngaak selli. I am
protecting him or I am taking
care of him

adv. f K'U nflPfStKlir

5 " l

maana aybu matam pumnama-
kta ngaakpiduna lay. He is al¬
ways protecting me.

adj.C?fE'J5C JD'nniiy lEfST

siphaayna ngaak-aba midu
achamba oyrammoy. The
person who is protected by
security personnels would not
be an ordinary one.
nom. OfEs'JoGT

alD'lirETOfST EKJ V fflKZ'£J 6 l
siphaayna ngaak-ibasingdu
kanaa kanaano? Who are
those protected by the
security personnels?

Phr: 2 ffl'nrW

aaynna ngaakpa ‘protected by
law’, affl'nr OJ51T ngaak
senba ‘to watch with alert'
Idiom: dTor*

laybaak ngaakpa ‘to

235

dOQ'm ngaang l

administer or act of
governance’

aCQ'© ngaan l

to steam .

v. me FGT afll'^l alukhara
ngaansallu. Steam some pota¬
toes (putting in the rice pot) or
cook some potatoes by heat¬
ing it in the steam,
adv. K'U fklDIEer' affl'iscz
jlfl'tgCJ S'y&BTflHI maa-

na manggraa ngaanna ngaan-
na laayrik paay. She read a
book while steaming sweet
potatoes.

adj. erne meriirm

(cniiEff'orrasr

nangna purakpa manggraas-
ingdu ngaallabani. The sweet
potatoes that you have
brought are already steamed,
nom. (HilD'ES IF" S 6 *-
201 ZGFPHtl angaanba 111 a-
khay tongaanna thanimu.
Keep separately those
steamed ones (potatoes).

Phr: me? nT 20 ]'^5'?’ alu an¬
gaanba ‘steamed potatoes’

aSHg ngaan 2

to have light

v. nong ngaalle.

The day breaks. FT Y SIJIFF-
URIW Tffl'TSlPCJn amamba
putnnamak ngaallagani. All

dark places will have light,
adv. 11' FSTflllfCnr M'W
20 ]'tgC 3* kaa khudingmak
ngaanna ngaanna lay. All
rooms arc well lit.
a d j. Fk C9 f U 7^ R 5^ ST IP f
201 'iS'S' 00'3fl masina kh-
waaydagi ngaanba kaani. It is
the most well lighted room,
nom. Rc 201 VI Rcf-

75 f m X alD FT ST ° l
mangaan yaawdana mioybana
hingba ngamde. Man cannot
live without light.

Phr: Rc'lPf ffc 20 l'® maygi

- V O

mangaan Might of fire', 3Fffk
JT'nTMlFf K201't5 lammay
chaakpagi mangaan ‘light of
wild fire', S^C^fDJlfT RF 2 ED 15
lawsinggi mangaan ‘light of
wisdom’, (J IDO Rc201 15
nusaa mangaan ‘sun light’

2flfnJ ngaang i

be red

V. 55lPf RtKETf alD'Mfl igi
machudi ngaang-ngi. The co¬
lour of blood is red. RtF^IFf
EfGT'3 affl'niamfl ma-

khoygi phiraal machusu
ngaang-ngi. The colour of
their flag also is red.
adv. E for ID SI

affl'IDOnJ affl'mC (£5 Z OIDaDlfl
makhoyna phisingdu ngaang-
sang ngaangna machu sang-

236

allPlD ngaang2

ngi. They coloured those
clothes completely red.
adj. M'DIX DUE

M'^BTfl angaang-
ba phiraal ama atiyaada paayri.
A red flag is fluttering in the
sky.

nom.mdD'nPg’ M'HTlBT' 2ofP-

% JnffflTBr'l angaangba paam-
bara? higok paatnbara? Do you
like red or blue?

Phr: M^^UY
ngaanglaynaba machu ‘red¬
dish colour’, isf irnr us xnr
aED' ID 'ST kaabak kaabak
ngaangba ‘slightly red co¬
lour’, 2 IB m cp in 2 IB id y
ngaangsang ngaangba ‘deep
red’, DT 2 l]]'nnr an¬

gaangba khudam ‘red sign’

aflTlD ngaang2

to speak

v. J51D-

5tC? affl'lDaDII inglis tambada-
di inglis ngaang-ngu. Speak
English if you study it.
adv. R&'STf DRlTURc-

DTS 6 afll'DI^US 6 maadi
matam pumnamakta ngaang-
dunata lay. He always keeps
on speaking.

adj. 2fflGT'ni n' alD'lDFf^
fkfSi WU'U*\ ngaraang waa
ngaangkhiba midu kanaano?
Who was the person who

spoke yesterday?

nom.

jffl'nixfayc: KC9fni

taabinabadagi
ngaangbinabana masing helli.
The number of speakers ex¬
ceeded the number of audi¬
ence.

Phr: 2 flflIJir 7?Y ngaangba
hayba ‘good oratory’,
jffl'lDYfR' ngaang-

biya makol ‘den of talkatives’,
affl'nnT chagat
chagat ngaangba ‘speaking
offensively’, 203 DK?flD¥ RcF-
jED'DI* ngaangningba makhay
ngaangba ‘speaking at ran¬
dom’

aflf ngaw 1

fry

am' miki-
naaw ngaa ngawri. Mikinaaw
is frying fish.

adv. ffcf 2 ID'

JD^BTf jOTS! 2o y ST 6 ID DIFE
e'DT^I mikinaawna ngaa
ngawringavda hawdong ama
laak-i. A cat came when Miki¬
naaw was frying fish,
adj. jfflVfY 2 lD'ST Bier'lDST-
Pf IBrnriHJfl ngawriba
ngaadu karaangdagi purak-
pani. The fish that is being
fried is from Karaang.
nom. DEa01 y 7C9flDHI 3I5^IT

237

fllOfST To'jjnjjtl angawbas-
ingdu pukhatn asida haappu.
Put those fried ones at this
plate.

Phr: afll' ngaa angaw-

ba ‘fried fish 1 , KM*'* K'S
angawba chaaba ‘to eat fried
things’, ni 2 lI] y X THE

angawba plet ama ‘a plate of
fried vegetables’

aflf ngaw2

suffer

v. fk'STf '55 S-

nJ2lD'Ei5 6> ir(7 ^D^GTfl maadi
mathwaay nung-ngaaytabana
ngawri. He is suffering utterly
from disappointment,
adv. E'C UuSS'KPYU

dn^erfinfsT ^'nrenr^l

maana nung-ngaaytabana
ngaawringayda nong

khaaklak-i. When she was in a
pensive mood, there was a
thunder storm.

adj. anferx SMfsr

5^e> a ersr tz\hzy P'fU

waakhanna ngaawraba
nupidu isorda changjaba
taakhi. The woman who was
lost in thought resorted to
surrendering to God.
nom. da'Sberx-

OflStf SlgECJflPf
^ ST £T ° I waakhanna
ngaawrabasingdi punsigi ma-

a£D ^ nga.w

haaw yaawdre. Those who are
in melancholy are devoid of
life.

Phr: anTSTl? (LTZ J^ ngawra-
ba thawaay ‘melancholic life’

2D3. y nga.w

be white

v. eeNV^f

maagi phuritti ngawwi. His
shirt is white.

adv. cmpf y^niEff'&g:
all ]*U J&5SI nang-gi khong-
grawdu ngawna uy. Your
trouser looks white.

adj. IttdD** Z'PtX
6T 6 JlRf^'(5

angawba jaatibu iyuropiyaan
kawwi. White races are called
European.

nom. M’TOftDSrr TH55IDT
SffST S' I angawbasingdi
aingba lamda lay. White
people live in cold regions.
Phr: qidlf o r fltf angawba mi
‘white man’,

angawba machu ‘white
colour’, iID y er
ngawrunaba machu ‘whitish
colour’.

JH chap 1

238

©

5£JI£ chap l

cut with scissors
v. (JHRfSra GTfY 6 ©^ Ef-
XXfflfl nupiduna ri-
bondu kaatina chappi. The
woman cut the ribbon with
scissors.

adv. tEdD'IUU W'WU X3TC
X!X3£a angaangna

kaatina chap chaptuna saan-
nay. A child plays cutting with
scissors.

adj.XXXtfSX Ef^

HEEIir I chap*

thatlaba phidu konda amuk
taaysillo. Sew the cloth that
has been cut (with scissors)
notn. OTX3TC3IR Rt5^ ^JIR^T
TfXX^c? 6 ! achappa makhay
upuda haapchallo. Put inside
the box those that have been
cut.

Phr: Ef^fC X31HIR kaatina
chappa ‘cut with scissors’,
K3TC XI XIW chap chap
chappa ‘cut with scissors ran¬
domly’, awz ymxL xim
hanna hanna chappa ‘cut re¬
peatedly’, Xia’S' OEE chap-
naba ama ‘a cutter’.

EJK chap 2

pinch

v. EfaDl'CSST F^XIMf

XIOUGTl mingonda khutchap-
pi chapkanu. Don’t pinch to
others. tJOKJ XIJ1TC SriTSTf
Kf(JC2 XI-

JlRIFEdfl nangna chappura-
badi minasu nang-ngonda
chappakkani. If you pinch oth¬
ers, they will pinch you too.
adv. Bt'G 0T 5^-

KlJlf XIG XIG 23'ySl
maana ayngonda khutchappi
chapna chapna haay. He told
me by pinching,
adj. GlDIPf GX' GM'G
F Xlltf XI51R IT
M'lDST UTOfGf! nanggi
nachaa nupaana khutchappi
chappuba angaangdu asini.
This is the child who was
pinched by your son.
nom. OERPT XI51R Of C9'J*-
5To| amuk chappa ay saawde. 1
don’t mind for one pinch.

f^xig M5SI

khutchap khutchapna puy. It
depends on the nature of
pinching.

Phr: Fj^G XIJIR khutna
chappa ‘to pinch’, chegapna
chappa ‘to hold with tongs’

5 ZX chat l

go

v. STfaf

57^0 ^fTf I tom hayeng dili
chatkadawri. Tom is going to
Delhi to-morrow.

239

3W chat 3

adv. BT o yoGT'5T(5

^o'yserxsrf srfsT e'^stc

I dehraadun cliatkc
haayrabadi dili phaavvduna
chatlu. If you want to go to
Dehra Dun, go en route to Delhi,
adj. REfST

TS^enrtffol chatkhiba midu
hallakkhre. The person who
had gone has already come
back.

nom. RZ7?

ft'lFtJfl chatningba makhay
cliatpa yaagani. Those who
are willing to go can go.

Phr: IDT 37^11 puk chatpa
‘cholera’, cf *t? 5Z laayay
chatpa ‘abortion’,

KVOflB jo’y chatthok
chatsin tawba ‘go to and fro’,

K^JIR

aphaba lamchat chatpa
‘having good character’,
U'ftSZ 1 / laay chat ‘epidemic'

5 W chat 2

bet

v. rn'isztig mKST ew'

5Z Rt K Rc paanjin

amada lupaa chaama chaama
chatli. They bet one hundred
rupees for each game,
adv. fEF 6 5E(J 'SrZo'tgXET
?SHT M' RE2IE'

C2 <5(J | makhoyna ahanbada
Itipaa mangaa mangaa

chattuna saannay. At first they
started betting live rupees for
each game.-

adj. KVH?* 03 ®R£[ir
eVnrn R'seM chatkina-

ba sel amuk lawthokpa yaadre.
Once betted cannot be with¬
drawn.

nom.

KS^lD55©Gr O'tSCZ^lPf
f£HI 6 nJ Ti'WY ft'JSl sel
khuchat khuchatki matting
inna saannabagi maong
hongba yaay. The strategy of
gambling may change on the
basis of betting.

Plir: 03 'RXM sel chatpa
‘betting’, 5? V 31R IPf 5?'ID
chatpagi chaang ‘rate of
betting’

3 W chat 3

accept

v. KtJfM fiTSTSTf 03

?o xxmf mof

t25T6T°l manipurdadi sel
mayek 50 chatpi asi chatnadre.
In Manipur 50 paise coin is not
in use (in the public).

adv. f£3TR'3 03

ERonr <po Tmmf urof

TZXUZ TO e"flrfl mapaal
laamdadi sel mayek 50 chatpi
asi chatnaduna layri. Outside
Manipur 50 paise coin is
currently in use.

cha.m l

240

adj. KXU'SLKY C9°T

n^nr^f ekTo JK'ffSffol

chatnadraba sel mayekti
kanaasu paamdre. Nobody
likes the unacceptable coin.

nom. TCST

XojffllS 6 MfF # l

chattabasing adu bengkta
pikho. Deposit those
unacceptable ones in the
bank.

Phr: XtftferfX CW
chatnariba sel mayek ‘coin
currently in use’,

C9°T chatliba sel ‘money in
use’

5Z.W cha.m l

be insipid

v. ® 6 FF?'C9fSTf

5£.ffRi>l komlaasidi
maliaaw icham cha.mme. This
orange is tasteless,
adv. ySBtlDSTf Xff

KKU K'55l makhoy
imungdi thu.m cha.mna
cha.mna chaay. Their family
eat less salt.

adj. TCX.ff* ft°<SC9'lD TCY
JlU'SlY FkfO 5*1 acha.mba
yensaang chaaba haynadaba
misu lay. There are people who
do not like to eat less salted
curry.

nom. HIK.lT'SrtJ l/OUTK'DIST
UDJafll'yal acha.mbana

M

hakchaangda nung-ngaay.
Less salted food is good for
health

Phr: 35.FT K.FF^nT P*.?

thu.m cha.mtak ta.wba
‘slightly salted taste’, K.FF5f
K.ff5f Rc20cha.mli

cha.mli ta.wba mahaaw ‘less
salted in taste’, yi5Tff 57.FF1T
icham cha.mba ‘tasteless’

!R.ff cha.m 2

be simple, ordinary

v. ffcf UTSTSTf 3^5^-FF H.ffKfl

fO

mi adudi icha.m cha.mmi. The
man is very simple. Rc 5Tf
Rt'5QT^°T 5^.ffRcfl maadi
mabukchel cha.mmi. He is
simple minded.

adv. VtSZ'.'Z lEfStf 5Z.RU
31g(5C9f acha.wba

midi cha.mna punsi lenbani.
The great man lives a simple
life.

adj. TCK.ffX KfSTf fkfC
KOT 7'lD5t 0 l acha.mba midi
mina masak khangde.
Ordinary man is not known to
the public.

nom. RIK.Fnr JIRFFCJRtlD 1

acha.mba pumnamak

acha.mba oyramde. All
ordinary looking persons were
not ordinary men.

Phr: 5 IRlirK°T K.ffX

241

HU5 cha.n l

pukchel cha.mba ‘simple
minded’, 5^53.IT 53.fflT Rtf
icha.m cha.mba mi ‘very simple
man’, 53.ffir C9'.1T cha.mba
saa.ba ‘pretending to be
simple’, 53.FF1T5T 53.FFE;^'
cha.mbada cha.mphut
oyba ‘quality of being useless
fellow’

33.FF cha.m 3

to light

v. e'lcfsTC
57. FT JTV 2f I lawmiduna
churup cha.mkhatli. The
peasant lighted his cigarette,
adv. f£3o'DTC 53f£JTC 3T.1TI7
53.ffC eFFYfBT 53tf^fl
mahaakna churup cha.mna
cha.mna lambida chatli. He
walked on the road lighting a
cigarette.

adj. 53.ffFtf^X 3C'SmT
FURT TOC9fST WfirnrSl

m

cha.mkhatlaba thaawmay ama
asida purak-u. Bring a lighted
lamp here.

nom.

jiReroin o'z ^itr^i

cha.mkhatlabasing adu
pareng saana tha.mmu. Keep
those lighted ones in a row.
Phr: R t 53.FF1T may cha.mba
‘to light’, 53GT JR K.FT*
churup cha.mba ‘to light a
cigarette’

cha.n l

collect firewood
v. ^ y Kfc9fnKJ

nrsznr 7?\

C9 f ID 534’S’fl laayraba
lawmisingna ayuk ngantaa
hawgattuna sing cha.lli. Poor
peasants rising early in the
morning go to collect
firewood.

adv. REjejSlT S'SeTS
Bi'nrcT cc>fnj 57 .© 57.©stc

M

C9o^ makhoyna

laayraba koknaba sing cha.n
cha.nduna sel taalli. In order to
remove poverty they earn
money by collecting firewood,
adj. KfnrW Offfl SUB*
KVSf* REf Of fflC9f

T7 ^fkQJIPf Rt f

n

2 ID' ID 1 S 6 U f I chingda sing
cha.nba chatliba misingsi
laayraba imunggi mi
ngaaktani. These people who
are going to collect firewood
from the hill belong to poor
family.

nom. RTF*5SIPf OfDJ £57.©
ff ST 0 I rft flc m Rc ID T2, ¥

makhoygi sing
khucha.n chumde. umang
maangnaba tawwi. Their mode
of collecting firewood is not
proper. They destroyed the
forest.

Phr: C9fm 53. ©IT sing

cha.n 2

242

cha.nba ‘to collect firewood’,

sal lok

cha.nba ‘to drive cattle home’

cha.n 2

make

v. fk^'nr nrff^'arf nnc
mahaak ambaari ama
cha.lli. He is making an almirah.
adv. fE'CJ KMU

5ZMU yv^nialDf I maana

tebal cha.nna cha.nna huy
khong-ngi. He is whisling
while making a table,
adj. K.©*

^TOflUST* fflf fktflDST
cr*.fT°l cha.nba loyraba
tebalsingdo kaa manungda
la.yre. Those already finished
tables are in the show room,
nom. ©5£©7T RcT^ST
UTRclirS 6 ftonilM achanba
makhaydu amukta yengge. Let
me see those ready made ones.
Phr: 3G 6 ID 5R.©S’ thong
cha.nba ‘to make door’, 5£°HT
5R.©1T chek cha.nba ‘to
construct brick wall, etc.’

3^.(5 cha.n 3

hold something in

v. F'J* ©Of Eife* ao

khaaw asi kilo40cha.lli.
This bag can hold 40 kg.

adv. Bf? 11 SO jr.BGT

kilo 40

cha.nna cha.nna (sunaba)
haapte. They don’t put in full
capacity though the bag can
hold 40 kg.

adj. Ete 6 SO X.©*

Eft' 2*. I kilo 40 cha.nba
khaaw kayaa la.y? How many
bags do you have that can
hold 40 kg?

nom. RtF*

acha.nba makhay
haapchillu. Put in to full
capacity.

Phr: 7f31t3ITC S?.©'? haappa
cha.nba ‘have room for
putting more’

cha.n 4

have a place

v. fro ^er'iFf K^nisTf

maasu taraagi
manungdi cha.lli. She is also
among the first ten.
adv. Rt'STf RtS^lT
W ITUBc QTS 6 ^GTfir'Ff
RtCJIII 5?.©STT75 6 2*1 maadi
matam pumnamakta taraagi
manung cha.ndunata la.y. She
is always included among the
first ten.

adj. Refill K.erex cmfReK'
Re^* ^n«ni

^'.Or^l ming ^ha.llaba
nupimachaa makhay hayeng
kolejda laa.k-u. Those girls
who have been admitted are

243

HID chang 2

advised to report to college to¬
morrow.

nom. Rtf.ID 57.DIS
R'.fiTfSGT'l mi.ng cha.nba
yaa.ribara? Is admission still
going on?

Phr: Ref.ID PMgS mi.ng
cha.nba ‘admission’. FITS
5^.I5S phamba cha.nba ‘to
have room for sitting’

Idiom: FIT'S
>3f JK3IK R.I3S phamba
cha.llaga hippa cha.nba ‘to get
advantage’ See also pham

K.V1 chang l

enter

V. Ff JlgffGTOr Ef RTtJEET

mi pumnamak kaa
manungda changkhre. Every
body has entered inside the
room.

adv. WZtVU El' FSTfE
5TE KID<5T(7 3GW! pulisna
kaa khuding chang
changduna thikhi. The police
searched entering every room.

adj. jfflfiT'ni mofsr
xnisflinrm Kfsr ne'!j t 'i

ngaraang asida chang-ngakpa
midu kanaano? Who is the
person that came here
yesterday?

nom. KEiOlIFDISC^f ESI
RTDk* DIRcRTIT Mf52l chang-
ngak-abasingdu mathaw

amamam piyu. Give one duty
each to those who have
admitted.

Phr: HRTES? !RES imungda
changba ‘to enter inside the
house’, MDTCJfE KES
pukning changba ‘be attentive’,
Krai 4 !' KIECPf© S 6 ’-?
changtliok changsin tawba ‘be in a
state of free excess’

HIII chang 2

require

v. ^GTFF’S'ST HETf DDfiTf
RTM 6 ^ TimSU laay
khurumbada kari kari mapot
chang-ngi? What are the items
(of things) required to
propreciate the deities?
adv. lOTX'E FUS DIFS
KfSC'nr KEG KEG
K'SM hakchaang phanaba
aphaba chinjaak changna
changna chaade. We don't eat
nutritious food though it is
required for good health,
adj. KEafllfS FW t Vc?fES[
fiDBTf EJBTfG 6 ! chang-ngiba
mapotsingdu kari karino?
What are the things required?
nom. KE2fl]fSC9fE<5T
OIF'JxSG chang-

ngibasingdu sugaayna
haayyu. Give the details of the
requirements.

Phr: Fft'JT

5?' chaa 1

244

potchang mayaam ‘many
requirements’. 5£lIIEff 3G°Hr3lR
51R X'SZ changpham thokpa
potchay ‘required items of
things’, 5^DJSTX 52'ETIT
changdaba yaadaba

‘compulsory item’

ST chaa l

eat

v. EXo^iff K¥ a nrq
K'JSl ibelaygi
maboksu yenthongba chaay.
Ibelay’s grandmother also ate
chicken.

adv. n°i 5 K'erfdfsr jo'
wernr^i yen

chaaringayda ngaa ataawbasu
purak-i. Fish fries are also
brought in while eating
chicken.

adj. X'X 13 JIRfST

feY'WUfl yen
chaaba nupidu ibelaygi
mabokni. The woman who ate
chicken is the grandmother of
Ibelay.

nom. K°l 5 X'X 75'&JUl
25'El yen chaaba haawbani
haay. It is said that eating
chicken is tasty.

Phr: 5Z'Y yen chaaba

‘to eat chicken’, 5? OF 5?'^
chaak chaaba ‘to have one’s
meal’.

57' chaa 2

receive blow

v. F£25'nr dTaOTOWf 5f
57'y5l mahaak ngaawsannaba-
gi chay chaay. He was beaten
for being naughty,
adv. Fk:75'nr u jf ^'erfjQTsT
Fkf£'{3(J7r S'nry^l mahaakna
chay chaaringayda mamaan-
naba laak-i. His friend came
while he was being beaten,
adj. X'ff"? Xffam'lDSrf
affl'aCHgtJSLffXUfl chay
chaaraba angaangdi ngaaw-
sannadrabani. The boy who is
flogged stopped from being
naughty.

nom. mofunr mam'msrf 5 ?

asingba an¬
gaangdi chay chaaba paamde.
Intelligent boys do not like to
get flogged.

Phr: 5? 57'IT chay chaaba ‘to
get flogged’, 5^31R IF K IT kh-
upaak chaaba ‘to get slapped'

TC chaa 3

have chance

v. r/orgsrnr^f s 6 '®-

Z ' 57'5t>! handakti phanadum
taanjaa chaay. This time we
have a good chance,
adv. P'lSZ' K'U

HEBTff 3 K x ID 3 C 6 nrW
alDffFfSrffol taanjaa chaana
chaana adum paangthokpa

r

245 32\ chaa. 1

ngamkhidre. In spite of good
chance wc failed to execute it.
adj. GTl'nrifflfO S 6 '^' 53'X
ElKStr C9*5?StC
S'0J’5'flF t Bf I nahaakkisu
taanjaa chaaba matam amadi
soydana laakkhigani. There
will certainly come an oppor¬
tune time for you too.
nom. S)*ZfWM OT''P*55
P'tSZ' R'X jlD'53'y F'TOfl
hawjikti aykhoy taanjaa chaa¬
ba ngaayba taabani. Now we
have to wait for an opportune
time

Phr: K'YI

53!'IT taanjaa chaaba or khut-

taa chaaba ‘to have a good

chance’

JV chaa 4

match

v. 5lR°5IR°II t P°'P 0 W' S’ff'Sf
53'5T°I pepega tetega lambaa
chaade. Pepe and Tete are not
perfect match,
adv. HEGf

53'U X'U
>0t5yvfgTfir°l makhoy ani lam¬
baa chaana chaana saannah-
ankhidre. They are not allowed
to play even though they were
perfect match.

adj. eff*' 53'X 3Gf*
U^^°\ lambaa
chaaba mi thiba araayba natte.

It is not easy to find persons of
perfect match.

nom. effr k'y ^erxsrf
^'^ernr^l lambaa chaaba
layrabadi haayrak-u. Inform
me if there is a perfect match.
Phr: ^FTST' lambaa ‘an oppo¬
nent in a bout’, 53X

lambaa chaaba ‘to be of per¬
fect match’

J2\ chaa. l

swim offish

v. CtflDIff £'ST 53\SM
ningtham thaada ngaa
chaa.de. Fish doesn’t swim
during winter.

adv. aOT X\GT f jflf ST
R°nj^Grer'^l ngaa chaa.rin-
gayda yeng-hawraraaw. Come
and look at the fish when they
are swimming.

adj. X\arf* affl'CPfDJOf

itff'o na'jit JD'nr^cjfi

chaa.riba ngaasingsi graas
kaa.p ngaaktani. These fish
which are swimming are grass
carps only.

nom. affl' 53 .X RoDJX U-
njjfll'y&l ngaa chaaba yengba
nung-ngaay. Swimming of fish
is interesting to look at.

Phr: affl' HOftUST JZ'.Y
ngaana isingda chaa.ba
‘swimming of fish in the
water’.

246

ST. chaa. 2

37\ chaa. 2

thin (cloth)
v. (JUJIPf Ef. niC2fSTf 5S57'.
57'.551 nanggi phi. asidi ichaa.
chaa.y. Your cloth is very thin,
adv. Ef. mOfSTf 57'.(J 5*5^1
phi. asidi chaa.na uy. This
cloth looks thin,
adj. J5J7\ Ef.STf Kftf
JIRFFST 0 ! ichaa. chaa.ba phi.di
mina paamde. People do not
like the cloth which is very
thin.

nom. 57'.6T 57\eTTOflIJFf
EI'(g(JSC9 ^1 chaa.ra
chaa.rabasinggi kaannabasu
lay. There is also usefulness
for those very thin cloths (as
bandage).

Phr: 5T\ar 57'.BT* chaa.ra
chaa.raba ‘be very thin (of
cloth)’

chaa.y

scatter

v. R5EFF (II5T5T 57°£ 0 tf
57'.553G & HT(?I mapham aduda
chejet chaa.ythokkanu. Don’t
scatter pieces of paper there,
adv. mC9f5T ~A 'J1R 20£f'ID
5557'.55 57\55ST(J
GT° I asida haapu-haraang
ngaakta ichaa.y chaa.yduna
layre. All odds and ends are
laying scattered here,
adj. 57'.553(; 6 lir55X EEff

tUST OnJSfnrjAl chaa.y-
thok-iba mapham adu
sengdok-u. Clean the place
where odds and ends are
laying scattered,
nom. dl 57'.55 IT OfID dlST
S’VlIPSSl achaa.ybasing adu
lawthok-u. Remove those
odds and ends.

Phr: EtfS 6 ya'JsST fU
5b57'.55 57'.5bY phatla

haawdina ichaa.y chaa.yba
‘laying scattered of odds and
ends’, 5b57.55 57 .55X ichaa.y
chaa.yba ‘everything in a
jumble’.

chaa.y

springkle, water
v. k'c 55ofm Tr'.jserfl
maana ising chaayri. He is
springkling water. B5 (2 c?
5bOflD 57.550Tfl maana lay
ising chaayri. He is watering
the flower.

adv. fc'U 55C9fni

57'.55erf 2 ID v> 5T R5 6 STf(7f

maana la.y ising
chaa.yringayda modini laak-i.
Modini came when he is water¬
ing flowers. 550flD 5^ .55(2
K'.HG R5*?tmfG 550’
dnnunri ising chaa.yna
chaa.yna modinina isay nga-
ng-ngi. Modini hums a song
while watering (vegetables).

adj. JsOfm K'.EETfX
e“C9'-?fg H^STi CtCfl ising
chaa.yriba laysaabidu
modinini. The girl who is
watering vegetables is modini.
nom. UID S. 5^C9fm 7ZX
S^fTYST'l nang la.y ising
chaa.yba loyrabara? Have you
finished watering flowers?
Phr: H>C9flU ising

chaa.yba ‘to springkle water'.

chaa.ytha

take bath (honorific)

v. if¥Ger 5=c\erfl

gabanar chaa.ythari. Governor
is taking bath. PXUBT
H'.5^35ff'lT D Uf I gabanar
chaa.ytharagani. Governor will
be taking bath.

adv. JPTOer 5l\J53CEn dfR
Kf S’' IIT HE «* I gabanar
chaa.ytharingayda mi laak-e.
Visitors have arrived when
governor is taking bath,
adj. H'.JSierfy KfST
PTTCfTEfl chaa.ythariba
midu gabanarni. The person
who is taking bath is governor,
nom. K'.EXerf'XOflD
5'iSBEi iPTUErar'l
chaa.ytharibasing loynamak
gabanarra‘?Are all those taking
bath governors?

Phr:

chaa.ythaba matam ‘time for
taking bath’

247_chaaw

r K chaayna (archaic)

l fight

j v. tH 2 QI ® IT

s ffZUfJlRerSt ^DG v '8'C9fnHJ

1 . anganba mata-

r mda manipurda athawbasin-

g gna chaaynarammi. In olden

li days heroes had dual tight in

Manipur.

g adv. ^'^UfTf^ST IffltJ'

HERZOG - WEX SIRftf

chaaynaringayda
kanaa amatana apanba piba
yaade. No one could intervene
during the tight.

I adj. X'JZGX JTTX RZfX

)l EffTffRZfl chaayna-

^ ba ngamba mibu akanba

II kawrammi. A man who could
fight was regarded a hero,
nom. K'JZGX HIC?r
RZ^ffSTIFf XtfGXfG fl

ir M

chaaynaba asi matamdugi
~ chatnabini. This dual tight was
an honoured practice in those
U days.

" Phr: 5T'H>G1T chaaynaba
(tl ‘dual fight’, 5?'JZGET 6 T
)r chaaynaron ‘an account of
E dual fight’.

ik chaaw

ig be long (nail)

v. GtBlFf FZf&'Sl ft'FFG
IT 3T'^0To| nanggi khujindu
ar yaamna chaawre. Your tinger
nail is too long.

K\S5 chaa.w

248

adv. K>f K'JaU

S5£T°I maagi khujinsu
chaawna ure. His finger nail
also looks long,
adj. f^fSTf

EYIF OGflDSM khujin
chaawba midi thabak
suningde. The person who
has long finger nails doesn't
like to do manual work,
nom. 5T'^1T 3G'$nT

khujin

chaawba thabak tawbada
apanba oy. To have long finger
nail is a hurdle at the time of
doing domestic chores.

Phr: FZf® khujin

chaawba ‘to have long finger
nail’

Ef.SS chaa.w
become big, be showy
v. E'lFf ikx'c9f niffomr
5vlD3T'^ maagi

machaasi kumsidi

kha.ngchaa.w chaa.wre. His
son has become unbelievably
grown up this year,
adv. EKJ' flTFkS 6 R'.'&U
5IR 6 0T5 t>o l kanaa amata
chaa.wna pokte. Nobody was
bom as grown up.
adj. itf'.&erff fflf*
KfCTfUK? OK'SIPf

achaa.wram kaaba misingna
samaajgi khande. Those

showy people never think cf
the society.

nom. UrT^'.^fiTFF Hfl X

Kfnrt5*n t r

achaa.wram kaaba
mioybagi oyoynaba lichatni.
To be showy is the negative
quality of human beings.

Phr: 3^.ID5T'5ft 3T
kha.ngchaa.w chaa.wba ‘to
have unbelievable growth’,
m^'.^GTFF US'IT achaa.wram
kaaba ‘be showy’

5?'HT chaak

bum

v. of in mofsrf £ZU

5Z' HTS 6 ® I sing asidi phajana
chaakte. This firewood
doesn’t bum well,
adv. OfllJ mof H'WKitfX
F0T miltlir 7f3HE» y fir*l sing
asi chaak-ingayda khara amuk
haapphawro. Add some more
when the firewood is burning,
adj. X'flTE* Ofmof
UNHID* mhSSTJdfl chaak-
iba singsi akangba oybanani.
The firewood that is burning
well is because of it’s complete
driness.

nom. nrx'nrjjRofnm fst

s5'mjziu m i

achaakpasingdu khara
yaamna haapchallu. Add more
those completely dry
firewood.

249

!K\(g chaa.n

Phr: R? TC IIT31 may chaakpa
‘burning of fire’, 1DC9 U
57'HT3>nrM nungsaana
chaakthekpa ‘to have
sunburn’, XK*J* St'nnn
thamoy chaakpa ‘to have heart

bum’, E'nrJIR lammay

chaakpa ‘burning of wild fire’,

R^x'nr F'mx

kaayna maychaak khaangba
‘to bear the pang of
separation*

. k

H'ff chaam

have pockmark

v. IffloOfltfSTf KK'**

kesipidi mamaay
chaammi. Kesipi has pockmark
on his face.

adv. ffc^o HT S HT-

Ffssnpf He He'55 K'ffStG -

e^.ET«l mahaak laa.ythok-
khibadagi mamaay chaam-
duna layre. Since he was
suffering from smallpox he has
pockmark on his face,
adj. K'HT UW"8l

I mamaay
chaamba nupaadu kesipini.
The man who has pockmark
on his face is Kc ipi.
norn. Fk'55 K'ffX VW
Ht lDYGfl maay chaamba sak
maangbani. To have pockmark
is the denial of beauty.

Phr: fk'55 K'ffX maay

chaamba ‘to have pockmark',
maayjaamba ‘a
person having pockmark’

5£\ff chaa.m

wash

v. n'ni Ko'iFf E'er

K'.ff Bcfl waang masaagi kaar
chaa.mmi. Waang is washing
his car.

adv. fkTs'nn? E'er
K'.FFJEfalD^ ttt°er b lS‘>tS
M'55Brnr55l mahaakna kaar
chaa.mmingayda eroplen
paayrak-i. An aeroplane came
flying while he was washing
his car.

adj. n'm TV.KFf* E'ersr

UTOftJfl waangna

chaa.mkhiba kaardu asini. This
is the car which Waang had
washed.

nom. C9^T e*.55*OflD<J
osfnr yc'.ff'? >5*1 sal
lo.ybasingna sajik chaa.mba
ha.y. Those who rear cattle
know how to wash grass.
Phr: E'er kaar

chaa.mba ‘to wash car’,
Ro(gC9'lD yensaang

chaa.mba ‘to wash vegetables
(for cooking)’

chaa.n

be favourite

v. rc'nmf k'k‘ rc'sc

3?f chi l

250

K'.TclT! waangdi maamo
yaayna chaa.lli. Waang is the
favourite of Maamo Yaay.
adv. .-TSTfsQl ST

Ef©lTir EDJjfllfl mantrina
chaa.llingayda kaannaba
phang-ngi. When he is the
favourite of the minister, he
had a profitable day.
adj. K'lPf mX'.tSX KfST-
ffcnr KtDY n'7i?<5r\ maagi
achaa.nba midamak changba
yaahalli. He pennitted for admis¬
sion to his favourite persons
only.

nom. ffcfC 5*'.©* S 6 I
ip© ©lEUfl mina
chaa.nba top toppa gun amani.
To love by all is a rare person¬
ality.

Phr: ©K\© KtBT '55

achaa.n miraay ‘favouritism ,

tl

achaa.nba khongloy ‘favou¬
rite retinue’

K\ID chaa.ng

be feeling weak
v. amor jDier'inor ico'of
J5K\DJ ^'.nwnfl ngasi nga-
raangsi masaasi ichaa.ng
chaa.ng-ngi. Now-a-days he
felt weak.

adv. Rc'lPf f£C9'C9f JSK'.ID

mST ^ maagi

masaasi ichaa.ng chaa.ngduna
la.yre. He has been feeling
weak.

adj. fkO' K'.lDalDfX KfSH

masaa chaa.ng-ngiba
midu kanaano? Who is he feel¬
ing weak?

nom. P'KV KO' * M'S

kc 9' evenr^iPf

FSTffTJfl toyna masaa
chaa.ngba masaa phatlak-
tabagi khudamni. To have
frequent feeling of weakness
is a symptom of deterioration
of health.

Phr: f£C9' X'MY masaa
chaa.ngba ‘to have one s
feeling of weakness’

chi 1

pour

v. K^'nr m Kferfi
mahaak ising chiri. She is
getting poured water,
adv. k'u ^ctfnj KferTaflTsr
mm'u ar'ernnsl maana ising
chiringayda mamaana
kawraki-i. Her mother was
calling while she was getting
poured water.

adj. Tfstnrs 6 5?rerf*
BBST'EiST WF0M
hawjikta chiriba isingdu
kadaayda chatkhre? Where
has the water gone which was
getting poured right now.
nom. ^C9ttD Stf*
tf'Y 3GYIir(jTI ising chiba
yaamna waaba thabakni.
Getting poured water is a
tedious task.

251

5?IV chit 2

Plir: HfStG SMDS

khoyhi chiduna yengba ‘to try
to get honey by pouring out of
a container’.

chi 2

be the evelenth hour
v. KfC?T5FJ>l

matamsu chisankhre. The time
too is at the eleventh hour.

adv. xTersrG' Kf

Enrfefo 1 matamna chiraduna
mi pumnamak ngaayngam-
maktre. All people are too
anxious when the time is at the
eleventh hour.

adj. KferX P'l&C' TCC9fST

KfC2 DGIDjDIGrfniol

chiraba tanjaa asida misu arnuk
thung-ngariye. At this crucial
moment guests are also
arriving.

nom. RcS^lT

cTETM JffFfSM matam
chimankhibana laakpa
ngamkhide. He could not
come due to shortage of time.
Phr: KfBTX chiraba

matam ‘at a very short time’,

matamna chisankhrabada
‘when the time is ai its
shortest'.

HfV chit 1

discharge (semen)

v. I£C9' EtfS 6 * EfC

e^ibst siivcwrefi masaa

phattaba mina phamungda
chitsalli. An unhealthy man

discharged semen in the bed.

adv. MU'U

C9o^^ a nnilo
kanaana chittringayda sattok-
e haayge. Who would pull out
before the semen is
discharged?

adj. KEffST

K ST U 5*1 chitsanba

C“* M

maphamdu chuduna laybani.
There is stain at the spot of
involuntary dischare.

nom.

chitlabana
yungkhattre. There is no
erection after the ejection of

semen.

Phr: HZ ID ST mangda

chitpa ‘involuntary discharge
of semen in the dream’

Kfif chit 2

suffer diarrhoea
v. K'flf E'S
KZGf XfV5fl maadi chaaba
tumdaduna mathi chitli. He is
suffering from diarrhoea,
adv. Rc'STf iDlfif in ST IP f RcZCi
Xtvsiv 5*eM maadi
ngaraangdagi mathi chittuna
layre. He has been suffering
from diarrhoea since
yesterday.

Hfnr chik l

252

adj.KXf iM'OISr

HI CO f C f I mathi chit 1 iba

angaangdu asini. This is the
boy who is suffering from
diarrhoea,
nom.

S^FFETITIPT J^STFFG^f I mathi
chitpa chaaba tumdabagi
kliudamni. Having diarrhoea is
the symptom of indigestion.
Phr: «Ef thi chitpa ‘to

suffer from diarrhoea’, tCf
XlVJIR K'Y thi chitpa
makhay waaba ‘to suffer a lot’,
aGfCfV* thijitpa ‘a person
who suffer from diarrhoea’

KflD 1 chik l

bite

v.

(«*

^fnr^erol } 1U y amana
makhutta chikkhre. A dog had
bitten him at his hand,
adv. R^'nrc f£9f
F'Mfl mahaakna mayaa
chiktuna khaang-ngi. He
endured by biting his own
teeth.

adj. xfnra {m'iijst

huyna chikpa angaangdu
chonngamlaagi machaani. The
boy who was bitten by a dog is
Chonngamlaa's son.

nom. 71KU RfUTJlR
IHIGrfPff^ Iffl'lSSr C9f.Y

ft '^53fl huyna chikpa
karigumba kaanda si.ba
yaawwi. Biting by a dog
sometimes succumbed to
death.

Phr: KflFJlR li.nna

chikpa ‘snake bite’, ft'.(J
XfM yaa.na chikpa ‘to bite
with teeth’

jtfor chik 2

feel pain

v. ikerffk'sTf X’y'nrs 6
XflFEl marimaadi thabaakta
chik-i. Marimaa has pain at the
breast.

adv. fkfiTffE'STf Re ft'
e>fi marimaadi
mayaa chiktuna layri. Marimaa
is suffering from toothache,
adj. Reft' amfsr

ffcarffk'tjfi mayaa chik-iba
nupidu marimaani. The woman
who is suffering from
toothache is Marimaa.
nom. ft' KflFJIR

yaa

chikpa haaypham

khangdabamakhay naabani.
Toothache is excrutiatingly
painful.

Phr: ft' 5Zfn yaa chikpa
‘toothache’, FID 1 ^ RfllTM
khuk-u chikpa ‘pain at the
knee’, m^CflFM ReEFP achik-
pa mapham ‘the place where

253

there is pain’, XflirS'f
KflD’S’f chikli chikli

tawba ‘to feel slightly pain',

F'niEff FtnsrxEy^ xfnm

khaangpham khangdabama-
khay chikpa ‘an excrutiating
pain'

Kfnr chik 3

be quiet

v. KEff HEOfBTf
KflF^I inapham asidi yaamna
chik-i. Tliis place is very calm
and quiet.

adv. KCJfJlR BTIFf EEff

FSTfuiiknrs 6 xfnra xfnra

S^GTITHcfl manipurgi mapham
khudingmakta chikna chikna
layrammi. People lived quietly
everywhere in Manipur.

adj. 2fflC9fSTf HEXfnTM EEff

ngasidi

achikpa mapham haayba
laytre. To-day there is no quiet
place.

nom. HEXfUrMBTf
HEXfra m'wtzi dfli'JSBM
achikpadi laytre achikpa
paambada ngaayre. There is
no peace, except the longing
for it.

Phr: E>QJ-XfnTM RtEEiT ing-
chikpa mapham ‘calm and
quiet place’, EiXflD 1 7)(3ir
ichik hunba matam ‘the
dead of night’

Rf. lg chi.n 2
32f.{S chi.n I

be tight

v. Eertv nrc9fsTf

<•»»

F^GT Xf.^STI phurit asidi
maangonda khara chilli. This
shirt is rather tight for him.
adv. Rtf xf.^ss^nr

Xf.tS^nT emUYUU mi
pumnamak chintak chintak
litnabani. Everybody wears it
rather tightly.

adj. Hrxf.^x eerf^
EflGrB"8'(J a l achinba phurittu
karanibano? Which is the shirt
that is tight'to you?
nom. HEX f.<g*C9flD5T
S 6 6 ID ad V&U XffR£j
achinbasingdu tong-ngaanna
thammu. Keep those tight
ones separately.

Phr: Xf.<SG EJffCHgY
chinna namsanba ‘to insert
tightly’, 5EXf.H5 Xf.H5^T
ichi.n chi.nba ‘be completely
tight’

chi.n 2

be busy

v. jsa'nrjsts* e’Vnr^srf
Ef iffdEnr £xnr xttefl

inaakkhunba laybaaktadi mi
pumnamak thabak chilli. In rich
country everybody is busy.

adv. XW Xf^STdll BE BDG
HEFE^U HE31R^Y 5IRf*JBT°l
thabak chillingayda kanaa

Kf.lD chi.ng 1

254

• amatana apanba pinade.
Nobody disturbed anyone
who is busy.

adj. xinir ffc.srf

u'lewmutl

thabak chinba midi
mahawsaana nollukpani. A
busy man is normally polite,
nom. UnJC9 3G71F EftS*
JUf ffYGT'l nangsu thabak
chinba paamdra? Don't you
like to be busy too?

Phr: 3GY0T thabak

chinba ‘be busy’,
fk^FF achinba matam ‘a tight
time’

chi.ng l

draw

v. <n: 6 ^0r 6 ffST ercf heie
HTSTIF

XUFFe Kf-fflaQl oyromda layi
ama aduga yetlomda layi ama
chi.ng-ngu. Draw one line on
the left hand side and another
one on the right hand side,
adv. HTdlfin IttRcC eJGR
K'XU xf.nisra 5*1

angaang amana thawaay
yaawna layi chingduna lay. A
child is drawing a line
attentively.

adj. (Jma K'alD^SSl
Xf.HI20(Safn]X KEffST

mOfGT'l nangna maangonda
layi ching-hanningba
maphamdu asira? Is it the

place where you want him to
draw the line?

nom.

nrfir'55^ I layi

achumba chingba araayba
natte. To draw a straight line is
not an easy one.

Phr: Xf.IIJX layi

chingba ‘to draw a line’

Etf.IU chi.ng 2

kidnap a girl
v. SIR'FID UTKC
Xf.Mfl paakhang amana
laysaabi chi.ng-ngi. A young
man kidnapped a girl (for
marriage).

adv. HIRtST FJMf

Kf.ni Hf.injp e’cerFFRen

matam amada nupi ching-
chingduna lawnarammi. There
was a time girls were
kidnapped for marriage,
adj. Xf.MarX JlfETf
Ffc'M'S’lJf a'KU F<2-
(JfiTlTKfl chi.ng-nguraba nu-
pidi maang-ngabani haayna
khannarammi. A girl who was
kidnapped was considered her
life spoiled.

nom. 5^r.HF 2 IDST'S' tJJlRfSTf
JUfHT R'V-

5fl ching-nguraba nupidi
ahal-lamanna paamba waatli.
Parents (of the boy) do not Ike
a girl who happened to be kid¬
napped once.

255

chep l

Phr: (J Jlf Kf.HIX nupi
chingba ‘to kidnap a girl for
marriage’

^f.ni chi.ng ?

drag

v. KF a HU K'X

.IDaflin makhoyna maabu
koychi.ng chi.ng-ngi. They
dragged him here and there,
adv. KF^C K"g Kf.lDEta
JlRBTHTHl makhoyna maabu
chingduna purak-i. They
brought him here by dragging,
adj. ^f.nidnnrw

jjw''si w^fc9(j M^r°i

makhoyna chi.ng-ngakpa
nupaadu pulisna pukhre.
Police took away the person
who was brought dragging by
them.

nom. KF'JSiPf Kf

FHf.nm Ik^ID 5^FFST°I

makhoygi mi khuchi.tgdu
maong churnde. The way how
they dragged the man is not
proper.

Phr: & TCf.lIJX u chi.ngba
‘to drag log of wood’, «E 6ff
Kf.nHJX thawri chi.ngnaba
‘tugofwar\5Rf ££f.ID$r layi
chi.ngba ‘to draw a line'

Stf.in chi.ng 4

cost

v. iekst ^jir' serf

KfMfl komlaa amada lupaa
tnari ching-ngi. It costs Rs 4/-
per orange.

adv. HIKE? dl'

pcar-r Kfiste 5'°nmefi

komlaa amada lupaa mari
chingduna lawrakpani. I
bought it costing Rs 4/- per
orange.

adj. 51' IS£Tf KflDX
fl^FFS'2flj ECfT°l lupaa mari
chingba kcmlaadu phajare.
The orange that costs Rs 4/-
each is fairly good,
nom. eilR' KGTf 5TfID¥-
C9fIH5T 5^I35T 6 lir^l lupaa
mari chingbasingdu khandok-

u. Pick out those oranges that
cost Rs 4/- each.

Phr: ei' Kerf xfnj*

0fl ft FF(5' lupaa mari chingba
komlaa ‘orange that cost Rs 4/

- each’.

K°3H chep l

(honorific) sleep

v. Elrf y^M^E?

3TolWfl ing-ngaa ing-
ngelda laay cheppi. God
sleeps in the month of Ing-
ngaa Ing-nge! (June-July).
adv. XoMfsHTE?

fl'SM laay

M

cheppingayda luhongba
yaade. Marriage ceremony
cannot be performed while the
God is sleeping.

EM chep 2

256

adj. 5MJIR X'% HGrf
3G'G’ e l laay cheppa thaadu kari
thaano? What is the month
that the God sleeps?
nom. cheppibasingdu gaba-
nar ngaaktani. Those who are
sleeping are governors.

Phr: 2lD'^yo'IF
ngaayhaak cheppa ‘to have a
nap’

EM chep 2

turn on a side

v. K«lll

oyromda cheppu. Turn on
your left side.

adv. 0'U r 7U

saanawbana yetlomda
cheptuna hippi. Saanawba
sleeps turning on his right
side.

adj. Koran

(JJIRST BAd'C*! yetlomda
cheppa nupaadu kanaano?
Who is the man turning on his
right side?

nom. 57°JR31R

Rc'Pf Tfd'STfG'fl yetlomda
cheppa oyromda cheppa
maagi maagi haynabini.
Turning on the right side or
left side (while sleeping)
depends on an individual
habit.

Phr: 3^ 0 3rcJITC cheppa ‘to lie on

a side’,

EW chet

be tight

v. EfC9fSr

kisidu yaamna chetli. The knot
is very tight.

adv.

57 °^U Q3fl sanaahanna kisi
chetna ki. Sanaahal ties the
knot tightly.

adj. itfoVI ElfOfSTf
^t5ST 6 nrJlR JT'JSl achetpa
kisidi handokpa waay. A tight
knot is difficult to undo it.
nom. GIDlPf Hfor
BTOfSTf ft'5TiT‘v0o| nanggi
kisi khuchet asidi yaadrehe.
Your way of tightening the
knot is hopeless.

Phr: fflJfOf

achetpa kisi ‘a tight knot’,
5Z oL tU 5 Z oL tU chetna chetna
‘tightly’, EfOf
kisi chet-hanba ‘to make the
knot tighten’

E°15 chen

run

v. K^'nr dier'in effzxs
mahaak ngaraang
lamjen chelli. He ran a race
yesterday,
adv. 3T°(5(J

maana chenna

257

K°M che.ng

chenna chatli. He walked fast.

k'cj a 6 nj

^'ernr^l maana chellingayda
nong taarak-i. It started raining
when he was running,
adj. K°:i5fX tCfSJ,
chelliba midu
minaabantani. The man who is
running is Minaabanta.
nom. Ro^efTOfaiOf
KCfljBriPf 5FFC«E2 Ii S

S'WPUM chellibasingsi
manipurgi lamjelloy ngaaktani.
Those who are running are
runners from Manipur only.
Phr: lamjen

chenba To run a race’. BlfSTC
5T°©1T kiduna chenba ‘to run
away out of fear’,

chenduna saannaba
‘to play running’, t£5IRf
nupi chenba ‘to elope

a girl’

R*M che.n

carry away

v. UWOfXU nUBMD'?

nungsitna unaa
akangba che.nkhi. The wind
carried away dry leaves,
adv. H»R5!J

5^otgy\f| kemuna bol
che.nduna chenkhi. Kemu ran
carrying the ball.

adj. qrmcrtva
&Ej'6fiDST mBflnnrtjfI

nungsitna che.lliba unaas-
ingdu akangbani. Those
leaves which are carrying
away by wind are dry

nom. K°.TCfSC3f1ina

t xt?* o'(5(jer 6 ^c7fnnjfl

bol che.llibasingdu ahayba
saannaroysingni. Those who
are carrying the ball are
experienced players.

Phr: UUOrVU
nungsitna che.nba ‘carry
away by wind’, C^lDC^f^
nungsit che.nba ‘to
have wind in the stomach

Ro.W che.ng

be thin, slender
v. K'lPf KFE'IUSTf
Ko.fflaDiri maagi makhwaangdi
che.ng-ngi. She has a slender
waist.

adv. r«f ICES'®

^5^1 maadi makhwaang
che.ngna uy. It appears that
she has a slender waist.

adj. KFS'ni H-.DI'S (KfStf
ef^ff E'r"i makhwang
che.ngba midi phibam phajay.
A person having slender waist
is handsome.

nom. RtEPTlIJ HE^ 0 .lDYC9t-
mST Fl5BT 6 Brnr^l makh¬
waang ache.ngbasingdu
khandorak-u. Pick out those
who have slender waist.

% chu

258

Phr: KFE'ID X°.IIJX

makhwaang che.ngba ‘to have
slender waist’, fit 2 lDHTC9ff
57 0 .HJ1T mangaksam che.ngba
‘to have a thin neck’

Idiom: 9?°.IU'87

dB 5^ IT ache.ngba ye.ngba/
ngaayba ‘to wait for an
opportune time’.

55 chu

set fire to

v. BBS'S Rf EJJsl

kanaana yumduda may chuy?
Who set fire to the house?

adv. EF*ES RffSTST Rf

^erf^sr Jircsfb s'qtei

makhoyna yumduda may
churingayda pulis laak-i.
Police came when they were
setting fire to the house,
adj. E* K7 EfS? HS'S*I
may chuba midu kanaano?
Who was the person setting
fire to the house?
nom. EflFf RffST E* 5Z¥
iHEY tC¥IF S^3^ o l migi
yumda may chuba aphaba
thabak natte. To set fire to a
house is not a good deed.

Phr: Fk* 5£Y may chuba ‘to
set fire to’, He* may

chukhatpa ‘to light up’

3J. chu.

Stain

v. Ef.Of EEff UlSf HTTiff

33 ID’S 53!. S’® I phi.si mapham
ani ahum thokna chu.re. This
cloth has stain at two three
places.

adv. Ef. iHOf K.ff'STS
S'f£°HT 5^ *8'° I phi. asi
chu.raduna rijek tawre. This
cloth has been rejected due to
stains.

adj. Ef. ElS't JO

51R FF5T°I achu.ba phi.

kanaanasu paamde. Nobody
likes stained cloth
nom. nr^.xofnj^ s'f^onr
all] nr^CJfl achu.basingdu
rijek ngaaktani. Those stained
ones are rejected pieces.

Phr: UT53!.ir Ef. achu.ba phi
‘stained cloth’, E.fTf

ip ** **

y ^ chu.ri chu.ri tawba ‘to
have slightly stain’

5J. chu.

rain

v. ^fnr s 6 in ekss x.erfi

hawjik nong kanna chu.ri. Now
it’s raining heavily,
adv. S 6 nJ X.S'fanfST
S’ DTIESI nong chu.ringayda
laakkanu. Don’t come when
there is rain.

adj. Re^'Hr G'ni 3^.T

g Kfv <eikst e'ur^n

mahaak nong chu.ba numit
amada laakkiii. He came on a
rainy day.

259 chupsin

room. ./o'H01TEtf tJ 6 IB /^5£.
WfcVU hak umdi nong
khuchu. amani. Last year there
was unusual rain.

Phr: (J^HJ 5 £.Y nong chu.ba
‘to rain’, C£ 6 nJ£ X' nongju.
thaa ‘rainy season'

5J3H chup

kiss, suck

v. KFE'e KK'! JJlMfl
mamaana machaabu chuppi.
The mother kissed her child.

a^yssfc xer"^ jcjiumfl

thoybina tharoy chuppi.
Thoybi sucked snail (cooked
snail-cuiTy)

adv. 3G*55Xf(J :,0T*75 X31t(J
JgJUCJ 7f55l thoybina tuaroy
chupna chupna haay. Thoybi
said sucking the snail.
adj.^BT 1 ^ ^31CWf¥ (JMfST
tharoy chuppiba
nupidu thoybini. The woman
who is sucking snail (cooked)
is Thoybi.

mom. tfE3T 5H 51ROf ID 51
XFFFfcl achuppas-
ingdu asomda thammu. Keep
this side those that are sucked
ones.

Phr: XJKWJpr
chuppagi chatnabi ‘tradition
of kissing’, XGT°55 5 £j 1U1R
tharoy chuppa ‘to suck snail'

Idiom: 5^5iniR

mathun chuppa ‘to follow
someone as junior
(derogative)’

chupsin

absorb

v. tffnr£ 6 nrFf7

^x'nrs 6 % JiiofigFs:°l

nikthokkhiba thaawdu
laybaakta chupsinkhre. The
spilt oil has been absorbed in
the ground.

adv. 3G'S5t ^X'lffS 6
5£3HOf^fif 8T F£F & 75

thaawdu laybaakta
chupsillingayda makhoy
chatkhre. They have gone
when the oil is absorbing in
the ground.

adj. JJ 3 KOtt 5 f* fkEffSf

myzu KKf ^eripafl

chupsilliba maphamdu kuyna
matni layragani. There will
have stain for some time where
oil was absorbed.

nom. ^Vnrs 6 75ofin

M

laybaakta ising
chupsinba kaalendana helli.
Absorpsion of water in the
ground is more during summer.

Phr: ^' P 'S’'nT5 6 75 Of in

K laybaakta ising

chupsinba ‘absorb water in
the ground’

chum

260

chum

detail, good, well

v. Re'u jt 2 ED ni7 RcGrfnr

57HFRtfl maana waa ngaangba

marik chummi. Her oratory

power is very good.

adv. fk'U KGrtlir KffU

57FFU JT aDl'lDJDn maana

M

marik chumna chumna waa
ngaang-ngi. She spoke in
detail.

adj. 57' dU'lDYET Re BTfUT

qrjiRfgr m'tsdrtsoTi

waa ngaangbada marik
chumba nupidu paanthoyni.
The woman who spoke well is
Paanthoy.

nom. 57' affl'HISSt KGTfnT
KffTOfnjSt KU' Emrefl

waa ngaangbada marik
chumbasingdu manaa phang-
gani. Those who spoke well
will get prizes.

Phn dL'mxsr Kfirfnr Kff*

ngaangbada marik chumba
‘speak well, in detail'.

5J.FF chu.m 1

be straight

v. k'g xfnis enfstf
KFFflcfl maana chingba layidi
chummi. The line he drew is
straight.

adv. U9?f 57ffU 57ffU

57fMfl maana layi chumna

chumna ching-ngi. He drew
lines straight.

adj.<E57FFY UftfOf WWZ
XflDXUfl achumba layisi
kemuna chingbani. Kemu
drew this straight line,
nom. til 57 7 C9 f ID

15 ST 1 IF & I achumbasing
khandok-u. Find out those
straight ones.

Phr: Uftf SKIT'S layi
achumba ‘straight line’,
^FTSTETflD 57JTX chumdring
chumba ‘very straight’

5J.FF chu.m 2

be right, correct, true
v. GWf flir&FFFST 57ffKfl
nang-gi paawkhumdu
chummi. Your answer is
correct. UWU y5'55GTf*ST
57 ff Rtf I nangna haayribadu
chummi. You are right (What
you are saying is right),
adv. 57FFU ESC
chumna phajana yaayyu.
Speak honestly and well.
adj.m57ff7 Kfsr K^'nrufi
achumba midu mahaakni. He is
the right person,
nom. Z b Jz>

achumbana joy ov. Virtue
prevails over vice.

Phr: 7I57fflT JD'Unr
achumba ngaangba ‘to speak
the truth’

261

5g.IH chu.ng

SJ.FF chu.m 3

filter

v. 55Ctfm KFFHFfl

momonbi ising chummi.
Momonbi is filtering water,
adv. 55C9flU

5 1 KU SjffCJ KIKfV
IFHI momonbina ising chum-
na chumna mamit khatlak-i.
Momonbi winked while filter¬
ing water.

adj. ^ofinsTfknr

IHT^I achumba isingdamak
thak-u. Drink only filtered wa¬
ter.

nom. P”-

IM'^CJ HTfFl achui.ibas-
ingdu tongaanna thammu.
Keep those filtered ones sepa¬
rately.

Phr: 5^C9fID EFT* ising
chumba ‘to filter water’, 5£FF-
fkX JSC9ftD chummaba ising
‘filtered water'

JJffl'DT chumthok

rectify

v. tHGT'^^OflDST Kff-

I^flT&l araanbasingdu
chumthok-u. Rectify those er¬
rors.

adv. TE

nrjSjflTsc ^fir

S'HTJSI araanbrj chumthok-i-
ngayda mamaannaba khara
laak-i. Some triends came

when he was rectifying errors,

adj. HTlFSir

R£7Tfr b J5SJ I0I o H£TZfl araanba
chumthok-iba mahayroydu
kemuni. The student who is
rectifying the errors is Kemu.
nom. K ffDG 6 Ur^^C9fniST
'Wl IFF Hi I chumthok-
abasingdu tongaanna tham¬
mu. Keep those corrected
ones separately.

phrt nrer tsit 5 tffi nr jitz

araanba chumthokpa ‘to cor-
rect error’, 5JffX*HT JJFFOr©
chumthok chumsin taw-
ba ‘to rectify’

TJ.ni chu.ng

feel afraid of

v. HI He IF ^ ^ ST .
K.nJdDfl ay maabu ubada tu.
chu.ng-ngi. ) was afraid when 1
saw him.

adv. GEfTC JJMfaflfST
JSffc'U E3 y ernrJ5l kibana tu.
chu.ng-ngi-ngayda imaana
kawrak-i. My mother called
me when I was under the spell of
fear.

adj. IS8T S5X3T
COlirS^FF TUFTCf l madu ubada
tu.jungba saktam amani. That
is a fearsome appearance to
look at.

nom. Re'alD^ST ^..CHUT
JlR*nr5M maangonda

262

ft* cho.

tu.jungba pokte. He doesn’t
have a sense of fear
Phr: £• STE'S’ to. chu.ngba
‘to feel afraid of’

5Z 6 . cho.

run down sliva
v. KtJff

yensaang manam
taabada tin choy. The smell of
the curry waters the mouth,
adv. x'u finxe
57 **. GT f ST 9 ?o( 53G 8 1DY
5lRC9f^Tcrnr5^l chaaningbana
tin choringayda yenthongba
pusilak-i. When watering the
month the chicken curry was
brought in.

adj. K'G J*T® 5?*erfX
ft°©0'ID8T RoertTOfl

maana tin choriba
yensaangdu yenthongbani.
His mouth-watering curry is
the chicken curry,
nom. 9?°t2C9'QJ '^XSTf
S^'STST 5T*.TOfl
yensaang ahaawbadi inanam
taabada tin cho.bani. The
smell of tasty curry makes
water in the mouth.

Phr: 5T 6 .^ tin cho.ba

‘to water in the mouth’

chop

insult, be shameless

v. uni miEtre 3T 6 .inn7fi

M r“»

nang amuksu chopkani. You
will get insult once again.
advfirSTf XYW 5 6 *.'S’B?

5^0T 5T 6 .5ItC ^*.5^1 maadi
thabak tawbada khara cho.pna
ta.wwi. He did the work rather
shamelessly.

adj. Hc'srf ®^"ernr tv&z
5T a m31R^ KfUfl maadi
kayaarak hanna choppaba
mini. He is the man who has
been insulted number of times,
nom. 5 T & 3 H 3 IR

W ' FT ST 0 1 kanaamta choppa
paamde. Nobody likes to get
insult.

Phr: mer°ff ODISTS'

Rtf achop-arem khangdaba mi
‘a shameless fellow’, 5T 6 JK3IR
CID ’S' choppa nangba ‘to get
insult’

5£*3U chop

angle

v.iiar'iD

5^ 6 57 ^ 3IT W f I ngaraang

lemba turenda khoy choppi.
Lemba was angling at the river
yesterday.

adv.

K > i*fjiD'”sr e-ff¥fq

^' nr 5^ I lembana khoy
choppingayda lembisu laak-i.
Lembi also came when Lemba
was angling.

adj. K*®!!

263

fEfET 09GTCJ 6 ! turenda khoy
choppa midu kanaano? Who
was the man who angled at the
river?

nont. lerfSl

5? 6 imfxc?fnjET

E pukhrida khoy

choppibasingdu loyna phaaw.
Arrest those who are angling
at the pond.

Plir: F*55 H*JRSR klioy
choppa ‘to angle’, F

khoy choppham ‘a
place for angling 1 .

chot

be wet

v. K^'nr jffier'in c^mc
SJITStV K‘V5fl mahaak
ngaraang nongna pumchot
chotli. He was drenched
yesterday.

adv. ICTi'nr r‘vb
RUHR'S! mahaak

M

chotna chotna mayumda
hankhi. He returned home
thoroughly wet.
adj. RIJlVSR Ef.OflDST
Cjmo'St E^ST^HTSSl achotpa
phisingdu nungsaada

phawdok-u. Dry those wet
clothes in the sun.
nom. {IT 57 W C9f ID ST
tflDO'ST

achotpasingdu nungsaada
phawdok-u. Dry those wet
ones in the sun.

cho.m

Phr: Ef. TOX'V SIR phi.
achotpa ‘wet clothe', JII57 ^
tuar'nr achot-araak ‘wet
things’, a'vPiir
chottak tawba ‘not completely
dry', 31TC IT 57 b ^ 57 ^ W

pumchot chotpa ‘completely
wet’.

cho.m

be bearded

v. GT SIR' HIST (£ EC*. 5i>
57 b .fffkfl nupaa adu mako.y
cho.mmi. That man is bearded.

adv. Fk'C

57*.ff (EfiflfST JIR^S'Yf
I maana mako.y
cho.mmingayda panjaabi
maalli. He looked like a Punjabi
when he was bearded,
adj. 57*.ffX

W^Z'Yf HTlSTOfl mako.y
cho.mba nupaadu panjaabi
maanbani. That bearded man
looks like a Panjabi,
nom. cj^'er^ofniipf
lEBrnrs 6 rces*. js 57*.ffx

R'^GM nahaarols-
inggi marakta mako.y cho.mha
yaa.mna yaawre. There are
many bearded ones among the
youths.

Phr: El b .5S 57 a .FFX ko.y
cho.mba ‘to have beard’,
B3 6 E£ 6 1TX koyjomba ‘a
bearded man’

264

cho.n
cho.n

be flooded
v. U* DJ£ £'ST EEff EEff
F ST f HI K IF S 6 5E C9f m C
57 .^cTtl nongju thaada
mapham mapham khuding-
makta isingna cho.lli. During
rainy season it is flooded ev¬
erywhere.

adv. eut nrcof st Eoftn
57 J3XZ Tfftil mak asida ising
cho.nna hayyu. Pour water in
this mug in full,
adj. KWfm 57 6 .TC* EEff
HEOfST ZWUY J5C9fID
<? S 6 ®! isingna cho.llaba
mapham asida thaknaba ising
layte. In this flooded area there
is no drinking water,
nom. mapham asi chahi
khudinggi isingna cho.nbani.
Every year this place is
flooded.

Phr: EOfllJU isingna

cho.nba ‘be flooded’, turel
isingna imaay cho.nba ‘river
(water) full to the brim’

cho.ng

jump

v. fE^'nr Etf T7f JIRI5
5f.IDS 2ffi.ffEfl mahaak foot
nipaal cho.ngba nga.mmi. He
can jump over eight feet.

adv. E^'IFTT c^Yiirs 6

craw c?1V-

cT IIT 5E I mahaakna labukta
cho.ng-ngingayda nungsit
sitlak-i. The wind started blow¬
ing when he was jumping in
the field.

adj. 2o'5^ff 5T*.IDY EfST
UfltJ'U 6 l haayjam cho.ngba
midu kanaano? Who is the
high jumper?

nom. UTaffl'HI 5^ STfIDFfcUT
57*.JETS JUfFFFEfl angaang
khudingmak cho.ngba
paammi. Every boy likes to
jump.

Phr: 37 6 .ID ET51T cho.ng
phanba ‘to play jumping’,

5T 6 .ni3G a nr 57 6 .nions

cho.ngthok cho.ngsin ta.wba
‘to cross the floor (as in
politics)’

37?*. cha.y

rebuke

v. Efk'GT E57'ST 57*. I
mamaana machaada cha.y.
The mother rebuked her child,
adv. ee'u ^.erfinf ST
FE57 TJ C9'T5TTGTfl mamaana
cha.yringayda machaana
saannari. The child is playing
while her mother is rebuking,
adj. tf'.'sTerx iM'insT
E5IR'.I5ST HMfl cha.y-
biraba angaangdu mapaa.nda
kappi. The child who is
rebuked is crying outside.

265

sat l

nom. m 2 HI nr 37 .X
37^ff5Tfr°l angaang cha.yba
chatnadre. To rebuke a child is
no longer encouraged.

Phr: 37*. X cha.yba ‘to re¬
buke’, HMD'm 37*. X angaang
cha.yba ‘to rebuke a child’

5?* chaw

be big (tooth)

v. EC9' EX JK>ing KH'-
srf 37 y nfi masaa phaba paa-
khangdu mayaadi chawwi.
The boy who has good phy¬
sique has big teeth,
adv. K'lFf EE'SUX

37*U &55I maagi
mamaannaba adusu mayaa
chawna uy. His friend too
looks having big teeth,
adj. IE ft' H’X (Ef lEOrni

mayaa chaawba mi
masing iyaatn yaamde. The
numher of persons who have
big teeth is small,
nom. Rtft 37*X EC
>o'HiUST 0 l mayaa chawba
phajay haaynade. To have big
teeth is not aj^preciated.

Phr: Eft' 37 X,yaachaawba
‘to have big teeth', ft 37 X
yaachaawba ‘a person having
big teeth’.

Q

W sat 1

pull out

v. &5£nr cws^nrsl

uchuk asi sattok-u. Pull out
this peg. 378T3TC E57
OVcM churup machay ama
satlu. Take out a stick of
cigarette.

adv. E'U ^37lir^

WU

maana uchuktu chatna chatna
yensingdu taalli. He drove the
chicken while pulling the peg

4

out.

adj. ovs^nres s^nr-
OflESt fEEFF Ft'S HIES!
ECU IGFFff^l sattoklaba
uchuksingdu mapham chaaba
amada phajana thammu. Keep
with care those pulled out
pegs at a proper place,
nom. S55£!ir W^nTEIT-
OflBST E2G lEoEOftJ^I

uchuk sattokphamsingdu
phajana mensillu. Fill up those
peg-holes properly.

Phr: ^37lir WFfX EEff
uchuk satkhiba mapham ‘peg-
hole’, 37° C9^31R che satpa
‘taking palying-card in the
game’, C9 a £T Wffl sor satpa
‘to suck otf one’s breath’,

CW sat 2

266

U ffllU OVf nongmay
satpa ‘lo pull out gun’
Proverb: F fc HJPer'5S W-
efaGTST C9(5GT khong-

graay satlingayda sanna
waayba ‘procrastination is the
thief of time’.

CW sat 2

save

v. fk'srf ^supf

maadi kudagi
sat-hawrabani. He was saved
from death.

adv. CtDX igSTFf

aHrfxf Ti'tt

nangbu kudagi sattuna
kalhawwi haayba nattra? Isn’t
it (true) that you have been
saved from death?

adj. CtfXlPf f

fkfsi yo^fnr^f

RFC?' EflM sibagi

khaayaattagi sat-hawraba
midu hawjikti masaa yaamna
phare. The man who was
saved from the jaws of death is
now very healthy,
nom. dDIT tHC9f Y IFf
"fflKTU VXM
2 ID FF IF’ CJ f I nangbu asibagi
khaayaattagi kanaana satpa
ngamgani? Who will be able to
save you from the jaws of
death?

Phr: QflSnpf kudagi

satpa ‘to save from death’,

tuofxntf IPt

51R asibagi khaayaattagi
satpa ‘to save from the jaws of
death’

OUT sak 1

sing a song

v.

Ipe'JlRlW C91FEI bebi

M

chanchanna gulaapigi isay
sak-i. Bebi Chanchan sang a
song of Gulapi.

adv.

qrerf’S' yscf &\

bebi chanchandi ariba isay
saktuna lay. Bebi Chanchan
keeps on singing old songs,
adj. OnTHY tffflffk-
tf'ET isay

sak-iba nupimachaadu bebi
chanchanni. The young girl
who is singing is Bebi Chan¬
chan.

nom. C9UT5!RfC9fIDST

(£Ef O^cT* R'ERl isay
sakpisingdu maphi setlo
haayyu. Tell the women
singers to get dressed up.
Phr: if OWM isay sakpa

‘to sing a song’, OIiniR

penaa sakpa ‘a singer of Penaa
(a traditional musical
instrument)’.

C9IDT sak 2

take oath

v. sfnr^ar ctfm

267

O.ff sa.m i

jsigtffR'iFf wr'^ff

Kfufc^er nF b ^a R'onr

c^T^BP 0 ! daaktar manmohon
singh indiyaagi praaym
ministar oyna waasak lawkhre.
Dr. Manmohon Singh took
oath as Prime Minister of
India.

ad v. Rt S 6 FF M ff XZ Re IF S 6

j7 v onr R'onr^u

S^IFFJl matam pumnamakta
waasak waasaktuna thabak
tawganu. Don’t do any work
by swearing all the time,
adj. RF'STf R'OUniET

maadi waasak-
aba mantrini. He is a minister
who took oath,
iiom. n'COOTEFFST

ISBST'5^STO’ b l waasakphamdu
kadaaydano? Where is the
venue for taking oath?

Phr: R'C91F5IR waasakpa
'take oath’, 57' C9IIT BH STS’
RtEff waasakkadaba mapham
‘venue for taking oath’

Off sam

be short

v. ^ ID IF f 57'ST R'ffG -
C9FFRFI5^Gr o l nanggi waadu
yaamna sammankhre. Your
statement was too short,
adv. XZXRXZ 75'^(JflDX
5IR ff GT RF DP C9 IT GJ C9FFGJ
■'O HR! nangna haayningba

pumnamak samna samna
haayyu. Whatever you want
to say, say it in short,
adj. KVOf

XL.XZ R^UXl asamba Iambi
chatsi thu.na yawnaba. Let us
go short cut to reach early,
nom. nrOFFTT W'FFRtGM
asamba pammunu. Don’t run
after short cut OFFRtfY HtF*

\p .

E I Sammiba makhay phay.
The more shorter, the better.

Phr:

sampat sampat ‘in short',
samjinba ‘to cut
short’, ORFMtf C9fTJIRtfU
sampat sampatna ‘shortly’

C9.FF sa.m l

join

v. x’arf nenris nrof

thawri machin ani
asi sa.mjinnaw. Join the two
ends of this rope. C9.FFET
C9.FTFE I sa.mda sa.mmu. Join it
somehow.

adv. fk'U J^BTf C OKXZ
C9FFGT 57ET5II ZGHTTSI maana
thawri samna samna churup
thak-i. He smoked cigarette
while joining the ropes,
adj tH XZ 2 ED BT ID

EIST'^ST ayna

ngaraang sa.mjinkhiba

thawridu kadaayda laykhre?

CP.ff sa.m 2

268

Where is the rope that I had
joined it yesterday?
nom. RIO.ffTOflDtf
5^* 6 ID 2 ID 55 ^2 «J>FF RE^ I
asa.mbasingdu somda tong-
ngaanna thammu. Keep this
side separately those which
are joined together.

Phr: O.ffS^nr
$>*Y sa.mtok sa.mjin tawba
‘to do some work of joining’,
qro.ff mO.ffX RE5^ asa.m
asa.mba inakhay ‘those that
are joined’

O.ff sa.m 2

hold by the hand, help, fix
v. M'lUSt REFtf
angaangdu makhut sa.mbiyu.
Hold the child by the hand,
adv. HE'Slf REJUflDM
REf(J C9.FF5T {J
57V3T1 maadi mapaanggal
sonduna mina sa.m sa.mduna
chatli. As he is weak he goes
helping by others,
adj. F'RE°e"?;

RtfBT khaamelaabu

n

sa.mbiramba midu kanaano?
Who was the person who
helped Khaamelaa?
nom. Jj-V C9.FFRE'$TC9f EETf
El' RIREST SffRE 6 ! khut
sa.mmabasingdi kaa amaua
thammo. Keep in a room
separately those who have

fixed up hands.

Phr: FX QO.ffY khut sa.mba
‘hold by the hand or fix broken
hand’, V.KVY khut

sa.mnaba ‘join hands'

C9.(S sa.n

spread

v. ofnjsr *£inc?'ST ^er

singdu nungsaa-
da khara sa.ndok-u. Spread the
firewood in the sun.

adv. RE2o'Hra C?flD

mahaakna sing sa.ndok
sa.ndokna huy khong-ngi. He
whistled as he was spreading
the firewood in the sun.

adj. amo'ET C2.^5T a nnir7

C9fmc9f.ni^r zu EnniPafl

nungsaada sa.ndok-aba
singsi.ngdu thuna kang-
ngagani. Those firewoods
spread in the sun will dry very
soon.

nom. SIC2 CEf B6T3 tj-

0.®!t*nr» JR'ff-

XBT l nangsu naphi narol
nungsaada sa.ndokpa paam-
bara? Do you also like to
spread your clothes in the
sun:?

Phr: o.tgsfnrc ^'nrw

sa.ndokna taakpa ‘to explain
elaborately’, C9.55ST nTJlR
REEff sa.ndokpa mapham
‘place of spreading'

269

C9.ID sa.ng l

C9IU sang l

keep eyes on, watch
v. Rc JIR IPf 9? ff

C9IU 2 DHf I huyna mapugi yum
sang-ngi. A dog watches his
master’s house,
adv. U°5lR'S’f HIRtCJ
IToadlBflS 6 C9DI5T17 2*1 nepaali
amana bengktu sangduna lay.
A Nepali is keeping eyes on
the bank. 2°51T?2fST !T 0 2 lDBfl

oniu co nr cj &Herfi

nepaalidu bengk sangna
sangna uyri. The Nepali is
dozing while keeping watch
the bank.

adj. KO'

E^ S^ET °l yum sang-ngiba
midu masaa phattre. The
watchman has become
unhealthy

nom. 9£ffC9linrET 2'nrUI o l

yumsangbadu laak-e. The
watchman has cc ne back.
Phr: C91D7 yum scngba

‘to keep watch a house’, VI ff
C9DJ^ Rtf yum sangba mi
‘watchman’

QIJJ sang 2

to colour

v. 2*C9 ITf KK'OflDCJ
OffldEfl laysaabi
machaasingna khujin sang-
ngi. Young girls painted their
finger nails.

adv. IEE*KC ESftg C9tDG

C9BHJ n'BTf CT'BflPfl
makhoyna khujin sangna
sangna waari saanari. They are
having talks painting finger
nails.

adj. IK5J C9tDiID'S- JtZM-
OflDSt E<i*l machu

M

sang-ngaba khujinsingdu
yengbada phajay. Those
painted finger nails are beauti¬
ful to look at.

nom. erne? OHIX

W'ffTTfT'l nangsu khujin
sangba paambara? Do you
also like to paint your finger
nails?

Phr: CREDIT Ef machu

sangba phi ‘coloured cloth’,
C9IUir khujin sangba
‘to paint finger nails’.

C9.1U sa.ng l

be green

v. EC9' E1T E* JIR'FFYflPf
KC'STf CO.maDlfI masaa
phaba phaw paambigi
manaadi sa.ng-ngi. The leave
of the healthy rice plant is
green.

adv. E*tTC9f.in HTCOf

o.ras^ecfnr o.mu

phawnaasing asi sa.ngtrik
sa.ngna uy. These leaves of
the rice plant look deep green

adj. KG' CO.mCJ JR'TCf*
E* mC9f EC9'

C9.1H sa.ng 2

270

EGTfXtTfl manaa sa.ngna
paalliba phaw paambisi.ng asi
masaa pharibani. These rice
plants having green leaves are
healthy.

nom. mcmnrsTf

IkoffX'CJ IPf W'KZY
Ffctf <Jfl asa.ngbadi

memchaanugi paamjaba
machuni. Green is the
favourite colour of
Memchaanu.

Phr: QIC9.Y Rt57 asa.ngba
machu ‘green colour’,
O.tn^erflir C9.EY sa.ngtrik
sa.ngba ‘deep green’.
C9. m

sa.ngbaanaba machu ‘slightly
green colour’.

C9.1D sa.ng 2

put pressure

v. UWU mZYt X'KV
C^.EJDl nangna ngamjabi
thaaduna sang-ngu. Put your
utmost pressure.

adv. Rt'ETf

CCMDSTC? eVfl maadi

M

hawjiksu sa.ngduna layri. He
is still putting pressure,
adj. O.IDjlIlf* Hc'BTf 57'TO
sa.ng-ngiba
maadi waabana loyrabani. He
who is putting pressure is
dog-tired.

nom. o.nnr P'TOfl

nangsu sa.ngba taabani. you
too have to put pressure.

Phr: EH5C C9.ID¥ kanna
sa.ngba ‘put pressure
strongly’, 2 flHT£irf 31
C9.EX ngamjabi thaaduna
sa.ngba ‘put utmost pressure'.

C9.1D sa.ng 3

be free

v. u\a aOicpf C9.miF st er I

nang ngasi sa.nggadra? Will
you be free to-day?
C9.nj2ffl 6 H>l sa.ng-ngoy. No, l
won’t be frees. C9.EP(7fl
sa.nggani. Yes, 1 will be free,
adv. fk'Stf

o.njsres 6 &\

(•> M

maadi matam pumnamakta
sa.ngdunata lay. He is always
free. Rc'STf C2.ECJ O.fflG -
C9.E5t° To'JSI maadi sa.ngna
sa.ngna sa.ngde haay. He
never say free in spite of being
free.

adj. UlO.nJ'S fkfSTf
TEft'ffXG - I

asa.ngba midi ayaambana tan-
galli. A person who is free
(always) is normally lazy,
nom. C9.IIJX(7

sa.ngbana kaannaba
layte. To be free is
unproductive.

Phr: ZYW CMDIT thabak
sa.ngba ‘to have free time’,

271

O'. saa.3

flTO.nnr asa.ngba

inatam ‘free time’.

O'. saa. i

make

v. eto'if cr^'npcj e'.E
C9 .STfl mahaak laybaakna
laa.y saa.ri. He is making idol
with mud.
adv. FETo'ET

5 ^STtmiFf 5\J5 O'.'SIU

n m

ks 6 .!? mahaak numit

khudinggi laa.y saa.duna
mata.m lelli. He is spending his
time by making idol everyday,
adj. C9'.X

e'.jsoftnsr

M

saa.ba loyraba laa.ysingdu
yonthok-i. He sold out those
finished idols.

nom. UF b %W'f Eernrs 6
v'.y ft'&xer'l

nakhoygi marakta laa.y saa.ba
yaawbara? Is there idol maker
among you?

Phr: ^'.^ESTfXf O'.X
laa.yphadibi saa.ba ‘making
dolls’, C O'i

saannapot saa.ba ‘making
toys’

Idiom: c?'.5S C? v TsT laa.y
saa.ba ‘be over smart’

O'. saa. 2

weave

v. o'.erfl

hclenaa haawphi saa.ri.
Helenaa is weaving naga
shawls.

adv. FE'STf Ef. 0\ C9'.8T(?

po'is 6 '

maadi phi. saa. saa.duna
haaptaa khudinggi yo.lli. By
weaving cloths she sells every’
week.

adj. VLW'.Y Ef. ^.er^STf
5^GT eV’l asaa.ba phi.
la.yrabadi khara lawge. We
would buy if you have some
ready made cloths,
nom. nrV^Etf V'.Y
Jl'FnrtJfl aykhoydi maana
saa.ba paa.mbani. What we
wanted is the one she weaved.
Phr: Ef. C9'.1T phi. saa.ba ‘to
weave’, E*.£ 6 ff C9'.¥

pha.yjom saa.ba ‘to weave
dhoti’

O'. saa. 3

dance

v. F'fEoc' ^R°ni m nj

^ernrs 6 sii^js o'lucfi

khaamelaa hayeng pung
tarukta jagoy saagani.
Khaamelaa is dancing at 6
o’clock tomorrow
adv. u id ^'nrm n'm:\
fkTo'nr zw'j*

C9'57tJ ^erfl nang laakpa
yaadra? matamdudadi mahaak
jagoy daaduna Iayri. Why

C9\ saa.4

272

don’t you come? She was
dancing at that time.

adj. C9 ITf

M M

jagoy saabi nupimachaadu
khaamelaani. The girl who was
dancing is Khaamelaa.

nom. ZW> b % O'*

(jjiRformiPf hiex jswr'w

0'£°T5(Jfl jagoy saaba
nupisinggi aphaba hakchaang
saajenni. Dancing is a good
exercise for women.

Phr: 31^*55 O'* jagoy saaba
‘to dance’, JJV«E°Iir

jagoy khutthek ‘movement of
hands and fingers*

O'. saa. 4

play a role

v. ^f^'ST HfiTf O'.GTfl
lilaada kari saa.ri? What role
are you playing at the play?
adv. GTWf

O'STTZ ZW'K O'JSI
tombinawna nupi saaduna
jagoy saay. Tombinaw danced
playing the role of a woman,
adj. Gllf O'-? OS'S 6 "®
£JlfST TT51RfCfl nupi saaba
sanaaton nupida nupini.
Sanaaton who plays the role of
woman is just like a nutural.
woman.

nom. (JT^JSlFf STc? ST
UW f O'* MB' ft'5a57fI

nakhoygi lilaada nupi saaba
kayaa yaawwi? How many
female roles are there in your
play?

Phr: GT5lf C?'Y nupi saaba
‘play the role of a woman ,
UfWJ? O'* ningthaw saaba
‘play the role of a king’.

O', saa. 5

talk

v. roar* n'erf

o', erf I makhoy aruba waari
saa.ri. They are having a
serious talk.

adv. uto' m^erfanTsT rc'arf

O'STC Ffc'lDToTSIFTJl

nahaa oyringayda waari
saaduna matam maang-han-
ganu. Don’t squander time by
gossiping while you are
young.

adj. n'erf c?'erf*

^O'YfOflDST

UtKSTf F'R^'afl

waari saariba laysaabisingdu
bombelaa, somilaa amadi
khaamelaani. Those girls who
are talking are Bombelaa,
Somilaa and khaamelaa.
nom. Rt£T31T 0 57 BTf-
JTF'^V* Jl|(5C9fPf
C9fST^f sr'nrtjf I marup
mapaang waari-waataay saaba
punsigi sidahidaakni. Having
conversation between triends

i

i

I

273

is the elixir of life.

Phr: n'erf-R'^'^ w'y
waari-waataay saaba ‘Having
conversation’, U3IIM ^fETC
J7 6Tf C91T naappa chikna
waari saaba ‘ to have a
confidential talk’

O'. saa.6

be hot

v. STfefETf EfcJ 0 © 3G'ST
C9'£fG C9'.55l dilidi kaalen
thaada saathina saa.y. Delhi is
extremely hot during summer,
adv. SWTJSRf tfyof KM
O'.YJJZ (?*! chenaaydi chahi
chuppa saa.duna lay. Chennai
is hot throughout the year,
adj. rco's X'ST K'OKfer
TZXU I asaa.ba thaada kaas-
mir chatnay. People go to
Kashmir during summer,
nom. VLO'.Y

M'JT5T°I kaalen-gi
asaa.ba kanaasu paamnade.
Nobody likes the heat of sum¬
mer.

Phr: CJ D3C9' C9\lir nungsaa
saa.ba ‘having sunlight’,
©C9\lT do. asaa.ba thaa. ‘hot
season’, Rc*C9'.

kaalen-gi maysaa. ‘heat of
summer’, ® s 5'l K*O'
S'-DJIT olaang maysaa.

laa.ngba ‘having sultry

/

weather’.

O V saat 2

saat l

bloom

v. R'nmfmsr toiij-

IP'ff KM'© I

poynu waakchingda hang-
gaam mapaal saatli. Mustard
plants started blooming dur¬
ing the month of Poynu-
Waakching (November-De-
cember)

adv. tfutz'n W'ffYfWf
XT) f ©KSt XTCCf GTHT
KM'© haynijom

paambidi chahi amada anirak
mapaal saatli. The star-fruit
tree bears fruits by blooming
twice in a year.

adj. IKJI'3 C9'VSX JB'FFTf-
ofrast 8 o'ar°3K E'errefl

mapaal saatlaba paambisingdo
saarep phaarabani. Those
plants started giving flowers
are mature plants,
nom. ©C9'^M K5^ Z°-
DT^DT^I asaatpa makhay
hektak-u. Pluck and bring here
those fully bloomed ones
(flowers)

Phr: cT. 0' L tW la.y saatpa
‘blooming of flowers’, O ^ -
EBTa8"^ cF. saatkaayraba
la.y ‘fully bloomed flowers’

O 1 { saat 2

be notorious

v. (C>f (EEfnStf e*El'JS

C9'15 saan l

274

maagi mamingdi
laykaay saatle. Her name is
notorious in the locality,
adv. K'Wf To'lga ^BI'K

maadi

m

haanna laykaay saattuna
layre. She is already notorious
in the locality.

adj. £*EI'E GWfl

jU'ESf ffifnfi

laykaay saatlaba nupidu
taaybang ngaanbi kawwi. The
name of the woman who is
notorious in the locality is
Taaybang Ngaanbi.
nom. eVnr

laybaak

saatlaba araayba natte. One is
not an ordinary person who is
notorious.

Phr: JJR'S

laykaay saatlaba paaw ‘news
known in the locality’

saan l

hit to a distance
v. ure e'PK era*
maana laytum langba
saalli. His throw of a lump of
earth hits to a distance,
adv. JIR'nilFS^U O'lSU
C9'<S(Z cTIDjDlfl

paangganbana saanna saanna
laytum lang-ngi. Paanggauba
threw lump of earths every
time to a distance.

adj.

O'lcl'Z Ffcf 5*1 laytum
langbada saalla saallaba mi lay.
There are a number people
who can throw lump of earth to
a far distance.

nom. 5 DJ cMDir C9'(51T
nung langba
saanba taannasi. Let us have a
shot put competition.

Phr:

P'VZUY laytum saanba
taannaba ‘to have competition
of throwing lump of earth’

C9'l5 saan 2

start for a journey
v. jip decors 6

C9'<5Ffl makhoy pung
taraukta khong saankhi. They
had started (for the journey) at
6 o’clock.

adv. jijid ^etnrs 6 f'id
O'estc? KVO'l pung
tarukta khong saanduna
chatnay. Usually people
started at 6 o’clock,
adj. F*ID

fkfOfllJST 5ffft'<5*5fl

khong saankhraba misingdu
lamyaanbani. Those persons
who have started already are
advanced party,
nom. C?'©£ffTOflD
msrstr U7S' JD'nr^cfi

khong saankhrabasing adudi

275

or si

nahaa ngaaktani. Those who
have started already are
young members.

Phr: F*DJ CO'ISS' khong
saanba ‘to start for a journey’

saa.n

lend

V. EEff ©OfST H'afff
C9'SSC0Tfl mapham asidtaa
chawkri saa.njari. chairs are
available here on hire,
adv. fkyo'IL^f C0 o: 7
C0'.I5ST2 K'erf I mahaakti sel
saa.nduna chaari. He is making
a living by lending money,
adj. 5£*RLf£ f C?'.T2fS
%ffET nrofer'l chawkri
saa.lliba yumdu asira? Is it the
house where chairs are
lending?

nom. 2DK0 CO'tSX

SIR' IT S’6T' I nangsu chawkri
saa.nba paambara? Do you
also like lending chairs?

Phr: C0D5 C0'.I37 san saa.nba
‘lending cow’. 2* CO .(5TT law
saa.nba ‘keeping tenant’,

CO'.157 sel saa.nba ‘lending
money’, H'GT' CO'.ISS’
yum bhaara saa.ba ‘to let a
house’

©\ffi saa.ng

be long

v. g*CJ'TfSJ EOT O'.IMfl

M

laysaabidu masam saa.ng-ngi.
The girl has a long hair.

adv. :75 y £fnr B0 (5 ST i
jiR'^fflcofnio fkcoff co'di.c
co'.ohj F'nrueM hawjik

kaandi paakhangsingse
masam saa.ngna saa.ngna
khaaknare. Now-a-days boys
have kept their hair long (as a
fashion).

adj. 2ITST MTCO'.IDS’ Iambi
asaa.ngba ‘long road’, KS^FF
CO'.! 5 ?' matam saa.ngba ‘long
time', CO'.IDS’ naaton

saa.ng ‘long nose’, 7)2lB
^'.DJCO'.OJ hangoy

taa.ngsaa.ng ‘a frog with long
legs*

Phr: COFF CO'.IDS' sam
saa.ngba ‘long hair’, Rc3^ ID
CO'.DJS’ mataang saa.ngba
‘long limb’

Idiom: CO'. ID S’ Khut

saa.ngba ‘act of stealing or
undesirable manner’, 2 .
CO'.DJS’ la.y saa.ngba ‘prolong
weeping’

C9f si

dismantle

v. (c^'nr ©k oferfi
mahaak yum ama siri. He is
dismantling a house,
adv. Re'G OfC WfC

5^BT5R DGUPySl maana yumdu
sina sina chump thak-i. He

C9f. si. l

276

smoked as he is dismantling
the house.

adj.ofarfx RffSt SBG'Pf-

TZ * I siriba yumdu kanaagino?
Whose house it it that you
have been dismantling?

nom. OfST^nrHoOriD <HC2

mc9 4 ffsr Gfnixfsc

XffC^qTl sidok-abasing adu
asomda ningthijana thamjallu.
Keep those dismantled parts
on this side properly.

Phr: OfS^nmX sidok-
aba yum ‘dismantled house’,
OfS^DTFfX KEff

sidokkhiba mapham ‘place
where dismantle took place’
Idiom: Rtf C2fET 6 nr3iR mi
sidokpa ‘to denounce
someone’

Of. SI. 1

die

v. ft'ffX°ff S^ffXf KTtfTC

soo^iFf orcs^ffxer

JE'ET C9f.5^ti yaambem tombi
chahichaa 2008gi septembar
thaada si.khi. Yaambem Tombi
died in September 2008.
adv. Cu KVFfXfl (£7o'nr
C?f.STG ^erfffEfl ayna
chatkhibada mahaak si.duna
layrammi. When I reached
there he was lying dead.
adj.C2f.erX KfSXf JlglSOflPf
F b lDW 5 6 55fiTX(Jfl si.raba

midi punsigi khongchat
loyrabani. The dead man
terminates his journey of life,
nom. C9f . X JIRnTJlRfl 1,
c^fiiUX&f I si.ba pokpaga
loynabani. Death is the
companion of birth.

Phr: Rtf C9f.X mi si.ba ‘de¬
mise of a person’, C2f.X
thaa si.ba ‘the phase of the
moon when it disappeared
completely’, UTC2f.X yoHT57 III
asi.ba hakchaang ‘corpse’,

of.Kf^ax h v idx

si.minnaba kaangbu ‘compan¬
ion of death’, C2f.ET DTJH
si.dokpa ‘die for a cause
Proverb: dDOf C9f(Jf
/09MIJ C9fUf
F'nrsM ngasi sini
paawjende hayeng sini
paataakte ‘there is no calendar
for death’

C9f. si. 2

cut into small pieces
v. Jllflfco^f R^ir msr
COf.GTf I paamelgi mapaa payaa
si.ri. Paamel’s father is
preparing Payaa (small pieces
of bamboo).

adv. RcBTflD HE 731502 f HI (J
JIR9T Of.tfU 5«>TCfl

maring ahansingna payaa
si.duna matain lelli. Maring
elders spent their time

277

OfV Sit 2

preparing Payaa (small pieces
of bamboo for making baskets,
mats, etc.)

adj. am' wf.erfy icfst

payaa

si.riba midu lamlong
khundagini. The man who is
preparing payaa is from
Lamlong village,
nom. mC9f.1T MBTIF^I
asi.ba makhay purak-u. Bring
those that are made ready
(finished payaas).

Phr: 5ITCR' C9f.1T payaa si.ba
‘making Payaa (by cutting into
small pieces of bamboo)’

sit 1

blow wind

v. (Etjfine^ffSTipr

EIS'ni5 6 ffST (?„ raofv
OfttSUfl maninglomdagi
• mamaanglomda nungsit sitli.
The wind is blowing from the
west to the east,
adv. T£IDC9fV OftfefaflTtf
fkJIlf© DG*nrB3GM nungsit
sitlingayda mapaan thokkanu.
Don’t go out while the wind is
blowing.

adj. C9ftf efx q,mc9ftf

mof ms

sitliba nungsit asi khuttaa ama
tawwi. The wind that is
blowing appears to be
unusual.

nom. q.lHC9fV C9ftf51R
f£^ v C9'(Jfl nungsit sitpa
mahawsaani. The blow of
wind is a natural process.

Phr: (JDJOftf C9fVM
nungsit sitpa ‘the blow of
wind’, ef.fiTf C9f^JJR
(JIUC9fV li.ri sitpa nungsit
‘breeze’

Proverb: tJtDC9tf C9ftf5 6 C
S °IDST 0 nungsit sittana
unaa lengde ‘there is no smoke
without tire’

C?tV Sit 2

pump, scoop water
v. (KF‘75 R'fftJ SH5U
HOfni Of^Sfl rnakhoy
yaamna kanna ising sitli. They
are heavily engaged in
pumping water,
adv. 5'BTTJ JSC9flII
C9f ^ 5"f all]'*’ST FfiPC
E'fTfl kharana ising
sitlingayda kharana ngaa
phaari. While some of them are
scooping water, some are
catching fish.

adj: 5SC9ftD C9f^fX

Reforms! jbju' wu'u*i

ising sitliba misingdu kanaa
kanaano? Who are those
persons scooping water.

nom. 7: : >C9f^'<?flTC9flIJ

mstj mu' KG't 7 “l

isitlibasing aduna kanaa

C?tV Sit 3

278.

kanaano? Who are those
catching fish?

Phr: 55C9f^JlR isitpa ‘to catch
fish by pumping water’,
y5C9flD C91V5IR ising sitpa‘to
pump water’.

C3fV sit 3

sweep

v. nri£ of^'nisr

n'JS laysaabi ama

sumaangda waay sitli. A girl is
sweeping at the courtyard.

adv. J7'J5 afVSfjTH

Kfk'igcj* rcfkq e'nr^l

maana waay sitlingayda
mamaannaba amasu laak-i. A
friend also came while she was
sweeping.

adj. n'S Of^^flT

St waay

sitliba laysaabidu bembemni.
The girl who is sweeping is
Bern Bern

nom. X'KUUMWtm 5*'
51Rf3Glir^l waay sitpasingdu
chaa pithak-u. Give tea to
those sweepers.

Phr: C9f^5i waay sitpa

‘to sweep’,

UIO'ID'yU R'550ftf5IR
sumjit asaangbana waay sitpa
‘to sweep with a long handled
broom’

C9fV sit 4

scrape

v.

OfV5fl mitlubi yaayngang
sitli. Mitlubi is scraping
tunneric.

adv. ffctV5;xnj
WtXU Of XU 55Cf anUDJDfi
mitlubina yaayngang sitna
sitna isay ngang-ngi. Mitlubi
is humming a song while
scraping tunneric.
adj. W'JSdDIH

saifst (cfvexrafi

yaayngang sitliba nupidu
mitlubini. The woman who is
scraping turmeric is Mitlubi.
nom. ft EdDlH

OftfJJROflDSTf IkFtf 5J.55I
yaayngang sitpasingdi
makhut chu.y. Those who
scraped tunneric have stain in
their hands.

Phr: ft'^alDID

i

yaayngang sitpa ‘scrape
turmeric’

ofnr stk

pinch

v. GflJ(7 SBfiTflF’f fit 2 ID
C9flF55l nangna karigi
maangonda sik-i? Why are
you pinching him?
adv. He'd HTjID ttl nTBTST
OfllTCJ OfnrtJ ^'J5l maana
angaang aduda sikna sikna
haay. He said pinching the
boy. ofnr^c

{M'lIISjT DIMM khelenna

279

C?t© si.n

siktuna angaangdu kappe.
The boy cried because of
Khelerrs pinching,
adj. OfaTMteTY TCjrUJff
09 311 M° I sikpiraba angaangdu
kappe. The boy who has been
pinched has cried,
nom. HIC9flir31TC(X)flDST B9U'
B3( 7'U*\ asikpasingdu kanaa
kanaano? Who are those
persons pinching him?

Phr: TiZflSU OfUTM
khujinna sikpa ‘pinching with
fingernails’

Idiom: allT 3 UIBT ff BtRt*
FZ^U OfnPJIR ngaaprutn
mamay khujinna sikpa ‘an
useless effort'

sin 1

arrange
v. Fk^'nru

OfTcTfl mahaakna pumnamak
silli. He arranges everything,
adv. nifka rfTefanfst
HI 5111(5 Y 5TR f er I amana
sillingayda apanba pirunu.
Don’t interfere when someone
is making arrangement,
adj. OfTefY ffcfST FGT
yfOtlDY ^'Ytffl silliba
midu khara haysingba taabani.
The person who is making
arrangement must be skilful,
nom. HIC9f (5YC9f IDST
SiST'JSSI 57^5^ 6M asinbas-
ingdu kadaayda chatkhre?

Where have those leaders
gone?

Ph r: sil-laangba or sintok
sinjin tawba ‘to make
arrangement'

Idiom: HEC9f(5Y VI FFR^YSTi
EE 5 ID E'8T«l asinba
yaammabadi mathong chaade.
Too many cooks spoil the
broth.

C9f(S sin 2

be sour

V. FEOfSTf 91'ffG C9f^5fl
masidi yaamna silli. It’s very
sour. (ECtffEStf Of:i5er*55l
masimadi sillaroy. This one will
not be sour,
adv. XffJlGr'STf
C9f(5(J K'YUfl champraadi
sinna sinna chaabani. Lemon
is eaten sourly,
adj. TCOf<SY

'(JfJUST °I asinba uhay
chaaningde. I don’t like to eat
sour fruits.

nom. HTCPftSY 3^0T
JUl'ffYBT'l asinba khara
paambara? Do you like some
sourness?

Phr: TCOfT HI DUFF/ <EC?fT
HtGT'nr asil-akam or asil-araak
‘something sour’.

C9f.(5 si.n

replace

v. a-*B*i»r kVb

C9fm sing l

280

dhonogi mahut
monona si.lle. Dhono has been
replaced by Mono,
adv. HECJf Of MU

C9'D5G^I makhoy ani
si.nna si.nna saannay. They
played replacing one by an¬
other.

adj. of.tsFff* lexers
C9'<g(ZX H'S BTGT^I
si.nkhraba pleyaardu saanna-
ba yaawraroy. The player re¬
placed by another cannot play
again.

nom. DEOf.lSS H9I' C9fiTo|

asi.nba kayaa sure? How
many players have been re¬
placed?

Phr: mahut

si.nba ‘to substitute’, Of MU
Of.ESEJC si.nna si.nnana ‘re¬
placing one by another'

Ofm sing l

place order for supply

v. ^VsR'nr DrtffFnr joer'ni

C9fIII 2 ID BT°I yotpaak anikhak
ngaraang sing-ngure. Yester¬
day I have ordered for two
hoes (to the blacksmith).

adv. ft*VJiR'nr unzf wtm

ofnnz ^ y z:fiF e'^y

O'YfSTfTf I yotpaak ani singna
singna hawjik phaawbu saabid-
ri. They have yet to make two
hoes in spite of repeated order¬

ing for it.

adj. deoTdjy w\u Fer

EE* I asingba potna khara
maphay. Anything made with
order is better.

nom. eTipT DEOftDY fgt

g^.erfl migi asingba khara
la.yri. I have still to supply
some order.

Phr: Ef. OfOX phi. singba
‘to order cloths for supply’

C9fiD sing 2

bear grudge

v. E 6 t58tffy

OrMfl montekna kondumbu
sing-ngi. Montek has grudge
against Kondum.
adv. R^SS^nrU
Of ID Sit (J <2*1 montekna kon¬
dumbu singduna lay. Montek
is waiting for a chance to take
revenge against Kondum.
adj. E^gs^nre ofiD^fY
EfST 00 & (5ETffUfl montekna
sing-ngiba midu kondumni. It
is Kondum that Montek is
waiting for revenge,
nom. OfDHTY y^ETfDJEnr
DIE'DJYi7fl singnaba khud-
ingmak amaangbani. Any kind
of grudge is a wastage in life.
Phr: SE*2 FfftJY OfDJY
laman khumnaba singba ‘to
wait for taking revenge’,
tHEE DIEE OfDJGT ama-

281 C 9 f.ni si.ng 2

ga amaga singnaba ‘to bear
grudge against each other'

C9flMJ singna

challenge

v. ttsro

C9fHII3 < l klap ani phutbol sing-
nay. Two clubs challenged for
a football match,
adv. 1051 HIOfETf

5^y5f ^STfiniPf CtflUG-
ETTJ C9T55*I klap ani asidi
chahi khudinggi bol singna-
duna saannay. These two
clubs played football by chal¬
lenging every year,
adj. C9flDtf8Ta C9'l55X
ftonUT Cjraam'J^I singnaduna
saannaba bol yengba nung-
ngaay. A football played with
challenge is interesting,
iiom. WfWUYU

singnabana thawaay yaawna
saannaba helli. Players are se¬
rious if it is a challenged
match.

Phr: 'Z*! C9fOJ5* bol

singnaba ‘to have a chal¬
lenged football match’

Of.fll si.ng l

be wise

v. 31H°3IR o U ffc y*

CPf.mJDfl

pepena makhoy khwaaydagi

henna si.ng-ngi. Pepe is the
wisest of all.
adv. fk'STf ft'

C9f.DJ5 C9f.DKJ dfl'Mfl maa-
di waa ngaangbada si.ngna
si.ngna ngaang-ngi. She al¬
ways speaks wisely,
ad], niof.inx asiRfEX'st
asi.ngba nupim-
achaadu pepeni. The wise girl
is Pepe.

norm. TTC9f .ID 75
5 e> fl557Sl H'FtDiDlfl

asi.ngbana mayaam tinnabada
waakhang-ngi. The wise
knows the need of the hour.
Phr: DIC9f.nnr fkf asi.ngba
mi ‘wise person’, 5 C9f.DJ
C9f.DJ7 lawsi.ng si.ngba ‘be
intelligent’, C9f .IDT’STIFf
C9f.DI7 si.ngbadagi si.ngba
‘wisest of the wise’

Idiom: C9 f. 7 5 DR C9 f. DI
X & DT5ITC si.ngbana pasi.ng
thokpa ‘be too intelligent'

C9f.HI si.ng 2

repay

v. ffc'srf eg: GM'yserTO
fkffPf fkGTTgSTf CPflDSTol

maadi phana nung-ngaayra-
basu migi marandi si.ngde. He
doesn’t repay old debt even
though he is better off now.

adv. E'STf EflPf

KGT^T C9f.IDSTST5 5*1 maadi

/

0>3H sep l

282

hawjiksu migi maral
si.ngdaduna lay. He still owes
to others (He doesn’t clear the
debt of others)

adj. 03 C9f.lD5T¥ fkfSl

df

UI 6 550M sel si.ngdaba midu
hawjikti inaakkhunba mi oyre.
The person who is unable to
repay the debt of others is now
a rich man.
nom. idW fteery
STf CJf.IDX migi maral

tollabadi si.ngba hawnay. If
you borrow from others, you
must repay it.

Phr: C9f3 C9f.nnr sel si.ngba
‘to repay one’s money’

0>3K sep l

be oblique

v. Kyo'nr^t KKfV OlJIRfl
mahaakti mam it seppi. He has
an oblique eye.
adv. K'G mnrfBW OJTCU
9Z°IDjIDfl maana nang-ngonda
sepna yeng-ngi. He looked at
you obliquely,
adj. KKfV OM

qnc urofsr ^'nnuff^ri

mamit seppa nupaa ama asida
laak-ammi. A man who has an
oblique eye came here,
nom. Act X OJK5K ST
mitseppadu chat-
klire. The man who has an ob¬

lique eye has gone.

Phr: Ikftf 03TC3R mit seppa
‘having oblique eye’, -

OUT thumitsep ‘damned ob¬
lique-eye fellow

03K sep 2

be dishonest

v. i^>5'nr fc'gnrsw oi-
Wf I mahaak mabukchel seppi.
He is dishonest.

adv. K'Stf

nrs 6 f£7nrs:°3 ojktz

XYHT maadi matam

pumnamakta mabukchel sep¬
na thabak tawwi. He always
did the work dishonestly,
adj. fk’StirXoq OJITJUT KfSTf
5v 03cM mabukchel seppa
midi kliu. sellu. Take care of the
man who is dishonest,
nom. 015IR-

OflDP C91DP ma¬

bukchel seppasingga sangga
tawrunu. Don’t keep company
with those dishonest ones.

Phr: ffcl[nrK°3 OJIUIR Kf
mabukchel seppa mi ‘crooked
minded person’

set 1

wear

v. fTSTf sf. &ZY OV-

5fl maadi phi. phaja phajaba
setli. She wore many beautiful
dresses.

283

Otf set 3

adv. Rt'STf fE^ff IffJK-
nrs 6 Ef. E£Y 5*1

maadi matam pumnamakta phi
phajaba settuna lay. She al¬
ways dressed beautiful cloths.

adj. OVtJGT* Ef.OflU^

S b6 3inj XffR^I setnaraba
phisingdu topna thammu.
Keep aside those worn cloths.

nom. 25 &&

ooX'M'zwtwft osfnriffi-

ETlTtJfl haanna setkhrabas-
ingdu sudokkadabani. You
should wash those already
dressed ones.

Phr: CW (JET'S Ef. setnara¬
ba phi. ‘old cloth’, Ef. CW5IR
phi setpa ‘to dr .ss\ 0°W
TSISU'Z setna innaba phi ‘es¬
sential dress’

Otf set 2

tear

v. w'uvwfv c2E v niST
09°^ S 6 ^ 5f I konungbina
sumaangda che settatli. Ko-
nungbi torn up paper at the
courtyard

adv. tuft nr

C9 (J C9'(5U*I
ngasaay ayuk Ibelayna che
settuna saannay. Ibelay
played tearing paper in

the monming.
adj. Otf 5S
C9fm^r oE'tDS' ^'erfl set-

tatlaba chejetsingdu suma¬
angda taari. Those torn pieces
of paper are lying at the court¬
yard.

nom. e'HS'fUrofSTf J£-

ov xfc

laayriksidi khuset thina settat-
khre. This book was torn be¬
yond redemption.

Phr: che setpa ‘to

tear up paper’, C9°^Ffir
KEff setkhiba mapham
‘place where tearing done'

W set 3

(slang) fuck

V. CTilf KX'ST O'XfC
OVHfEfiM nupi machaadu
saathina setpikhre. The girl
was mercilessly fucked,
adv. flfl 15 5TST PHJ C9°^-
eftf^ e°(Jet 6 5'nr^i kan-
drangna setlingayda mendo
laak-i. Mendo came while Kan-
drang was flicking (her),
adj. m^nru. OV5X
ckfBT tZIBIPf

M M

5'^6TSafl amukpu setlaba
nupidudu nanggi oyba laayra-
bani. The woman once you
had fucked is easy to be yours.

nom. (JffE„ST OVMf-
FJT XOflDSTf fE5lR15C9fST
HI'Bailiff SLff *

<5*GTn t (jfl namphuda set-
pikhrabasingdi mapunsida

OUT sek

284

kaawngamdraba chaytheng
layragani. Those who were
forcibly flicked will have men¬
tal shock in their life.

Phr: 5^0^ XfX khuset thi-
ba ‘wild fucking’, (JffSTU
O^MffiTlT namduna setpi-
raba ‘forcibly fucked’.

OUT sek

limp

v. J0T ID UI U ^1T5T R&./0 nr
PkF^DI OoUTTbl ngaraang
ayna ubada mahaak makhong
sek-i. When I saw him yester¬
day he was limping,
adv. DToDTCtfSHS

pf K2o v nr r^dj on tPu

eksiden tawrubadagi
mahaak makhong sektuna
chatli. He is limping since
he met an accident.

adj. f£F*ni oura um"si

5'nrnCffKfl ma¬
khong sekpa nupaadu aykho-
yda laak-ammi. The man who
walked limping came to our
house.

nom. f£F 6 ni OnmTOfDJtJ
5fC9Pf B^ID e*Rfl ma¬
khong sek-abasingna chaysu-
gi mateng lawwi. Those who
are limping take support of a
stick.

Phr: OUT ORTO J1R sek

sekna chatpa ‘walk limping’,

y^RJORTJIR khongsekpa ‘per¬
son who walks limping’

Riddle: JIR°^GT ft IT (J
C9°nT3IR petna yuba naadana
sekpa ‘human excrement’

Off sem

cut fish

v. DTP' 2 D]' Off Rtf I aygaa
ngaa semi. Aygaa is cutting
fish (for cooking),
adv. K'C 1 aDD' Off XL Off U
R'BTf O'BTfl maana
ngaa semna semna phonda
waari saari. He is talking over
while cutting fish,
adj. am' OfffkfY t£51R'ST
m*P'(jn ngaa semmiba nu¬
paadu aygaani. The man who
is cutting fish is Aygaa.
nom. dD' DrC9°ff!TC9fHIST
BflST'EiST 2*1 ngaa asembas-
ingdu kadaayda lay? Where
are those cut (prepared) fish?
Phr: aOf OfflT ngaa semba
‘to cut fish’, ft°I5 OffX yen
semba ‘to dress chicken’,
TJJIRf OfflT Rtf nupi semba
mi ‘a go-between’

0(5 sen

tend

v. SE'BcK' TCK O©
OT2fl nupaamachaa ama
san selli. A boy is tending cat¬
tle.

285

<2 su 1

adv. 0(5 COo^efaffl^ST
^'^BTfnr san

sellingayda laayrik tamhaw-
dre. There was no time for go¬
ing to school while tending
cattle.

adj. Wg Orel’S OTatD'in^T
XffX'Cfl san selliba an-
gaangdu thambawni. The boy
who is tending cattle is Tham-
baw.

noni. 015

KtTaffi'm afll'nr^dfl san selli-
basingdu angaa; g ngaaktani.
Those who are tending cattle
are children only.

Phr: 015 0°(51T san senba
‘to tend cattle’, 0(5 0°(51T
Ref san senba mi ‘shepherd’

OHJ seng

clean

v. (£5^55 I

makhoy lam-tu seng-ngi. They
are cleaning the place,
adv. 2FF-£ OIDC

OIUC E'Pf makhoy

lam-tu sengna sengna phaagi
tawnay. They cut jokes while
cleaning the place,
adj. OoMf*

tJ2o'er 6 30ftDST Re°ff-

Y 0T 2 HI ' IF S 6 (7 f I lam-tu seng-
ngiba nahaarolsingdu klap
member ngaaktani. The young
men who are cleaning the place

are exclusively club members,
nom. OoffidDf'S’-

OfniST tf'BB'JSIPf (J2o'0T^
affl'nr^af I lam-tu seng-
ngibasingdu laykaaygi na-
haarol ngaaktani. Those who
are cleaning the place are
young men of the locality only.
Phr: c?PF-5^ O^Y lam-tu
sengba ‘to clean compound,
etc.’, inrGflD 0«ID'8' pukn-
ing sengba ‘to have a pure
mind’, 0°flnT yum seng¬
ba ‘to purify a house’, BB 3-
^fnr n'^GTff ooiux koiiik
waayram sengba ‘to clean
utensils’

<2 SU I

wash

v. (Cfs 6 *

cwroftntj Ef. QJSI mitay
khunnaaydadi nupisingna
phi. suy. In Mitay society
womenfolk do washing,
adv. a^f CR'ff £6MS
Kil'EST Ef. QStC 5*1 dho-
bi mayaam turen mapaanda
phi. suduna lay. Many washer¬
men are washing cloths by the
river bank.

adj. RIOX Ef.Ofira (£-
IIIO'ST E y ST a nrSl asuba phis-
ingdu nungsaada phawdok-u.
Dry those washed cloths in
the sun.

Q su 2

286

nom. W'ffsr C2STT Ef,

KR'ff e’erfl

somda sudaba phi. mayaam
ama payduna layri. There are
heaps of unwashed cloths
here.

Phr: Ef. OT phi. suba “to wash
cloth’, OT ko.t suba 'to diy

wash coat’, ost“nr K'Fra 4 ™
sudok chaamthokpa ‘to wash
and clean’

<2 SU 2

work

v. J35. C^GTfl jiban u.

suri. Jiban is doing carpentary
work.

adv. E^'nrFf S. C2 YIG
OT F'T^f I mahaakti u. su-
duna sel talli. He is making
money by doing carpentary
work.

adj. S. OY fkfSTf xywP
2 fll'^Rf I u. suba midi thabakta
ngaawwi. Carpenters are wor¬
kaholics.

nom. OTTOfnJU EC

ecy e’^offliFf

O'551 u. subasingna phaja
phajaba laytenggi potlam
saay. Carpenters make variet¬
ies of decorative furniture.
Phr: cJ* OTT law suba ‘to do
cultivation’, OIT in-

gkhol suba ‘to do gardening’,
To'CffT 07 haajir suba ‘to
work for wages’

(£ SU 3
put

v. XolD OBT 6 ursriF
O'UJ KTcM cheng suro
aduga yensaang mallu. Put the
rice into the cooking pot; then
prepare the vegetables,
adv. SWD 0 (J WU

cheng suna suna
mahaakna haayrak-i. She said
putting the rice into the cook¬
ing pot.

adj. x°nj qerx

RTVF'JSfJi cheng
suraba chaphudu khaabayna
otkhaayyu. Stir the pot which
is put rice into it.
nom. id qerYOfnjsr

gr^erf* qraf

UlOftJfl cheng surabasingdu
yetlomda layriba ani asini.
Those pots which are already
put rice are the two on the right
hand side.

Phr: 5?°ID O'? cheng suba
‘put rice into the cooking pot’

<2 SU. 1
be

v. E'Pf r zn' Few Q55l
maagi machaa taret suy. He
has seven children all togeth¬
er.

adv. EK'GX C9CJ

OU (J nJjffl'ElT JITF8M

r«* «

machaa nupaa ahum suna

j

287

suna nung-ngaayba ngamde.
He is not happy in spite of
having three sons,
adj. IC'IFf KfiTfO* ICR'
tJlfET Jnf^cJ 0 ! maagi

marisuba machaa nupaadu
mayum paalle. His fourth son
got married.

nom. £T f O IT ST XL HcM
^'nr^GT 6 ^ To'JSl marisuba-
duna mapaa laak-aroy haay.
The fourth one said that his
father would not come.

Phr: ^GT' WY JI 6 £fC9©
taraa su.ba pojisan ‘tenth po¬
sition’, tUCJf C9X £5*' ani
suba machaa ‘second child'.

Q SU. 2
pound

v. ejf’e e'nrw Brest

K'Stf E’ C^erft nakhoy laak-
pa kaanda maadi phaw su.ri.
She was pounding rice when
you came.

adv. E^'nrc E* OU C2G
OnFJSl mahaakna phaw
suna suna isay sak-i. She sang
a song while pounding rice,
adj. e' serfs'
en'Kx x'wmuri phaw

su.riba laysaabidu lawaayda
pokpani. The girl who is
pounding rice was born in a
village.

(%. SU. 3

nom. JWDJUt'nr O.GTfTOf-
ID5T (JJIRf cheng-

paak su.ribasingdu nupi
ngaaktani. Those who are
pounding flat rice are women.
Phr: KoIDJi'nr C2-1T cheng-
paak su.ba ‘pounding flat
rice’, fk 5 er 6 nr q.Y morok
su.ba ‘pounding chilly’

<2- SU. 3

prepare

v. er*or?rG' ofm? cg.erfl

rosibina singju su.ri. Rosibi-
naa is preparing Singju (hot
vegetable chutney)

adv. U* C9'Yf (CR'ff of

qu qu j r'ert o'erfl iay-

saabi mayaam singju su.na
su.na waari saa.ri. A bevy of
girls are chit-chatting while
preparing Singju.

adj. ofm? CT.flTfX e'o'xf-

ofmst Eyo's'^ jn'nrf’Efl

«4

singju su.riba laysaabisingdu
mahayroy ngaaktani. Those
girls who are preparing Singju
are students.

nom. coring q.erYOfWX
UfUIXfU DfllOflg&C

singju su.rabasingdu
ningthina kupsinduna tham-

mu. Keep those prepared Sing-
jus properly covered.

Phr: C9f ID<£ q.Y singju
su.ba ‘to prepare Singju’

ffill sup l

288

Q3TC sup l

cover with cloth
v. tttJD'lIJST E ZU E V £3R
C931J5IRf9I I angaangdu phaja-
na phayjup suppiyu. Please
cover the child well with quilt,
adv. fkTo'nr nraffl'm
09 3ite owe e'^Brrnr

M'fiTfl mahaak angaang
phayjup supna supna layrik
paari. She is reading a book
covering the child with quilt,
adj. 09 3U5 6 *

tM'mstSTf 09fer-

Ufl phayjup suptaba an-
gaangdudi ingbana sirani. The
child who is not covered with a
cloth will be terribly cold,
nom. £*£ 3R 09 3TC31RCJ
^fflYSTlMC? El'IDSTPfq
jn'¥3C ITJ5I phayju suppana
ingbadagisu kaangdagisu
ngaakthok-i. Covering with a
cloth protects from cool and mos¬
quitoes as well.

Phr: 0931131 phayjup

suppa ‘to cover with a cloth to
keep the body warm'

(2311 sup 2

to have knee clapping
v. Rc'ETf nViTCST R OTSSfl
maadi chatpada khu. suppi.
His knees clapped while he
walks.

adv. F. 093IHJ

0931HZ sak-hendi khu.

«n

supna supna chatli. Sak-hen
goes clapping his knees,
adj. • 09 3TC J1R RtfSTf

9TlU5T 0 l khu. suppa
midi lamjen yaangde. A person
who has clapped knees is not a
good runner.

nom. 09 3R 3IR 09f ID STf
heey 09'^cer 6 ^

khu. suppasingdi aphaba saa-
naroy oyde. Persons whose
knees are clapped are not
good sportsman.

Phr: 5v 093R31R khu. Suppa
‘person having clapped
knees’

C23Jt sup 3 I

control

v. 5SR£tIJS7f fc'JPf

CJIRfC C93R3IRfl makhoygiim-
ungdi maagi nupina suppi.
Their family is controlled by
his wife. i

adv. E5'“53IFf
U IlKfC

makhoygi imungdi nupina
suptuna paalli. Their family is
under the thumb of women,
adj. DMfC 093HJIR 5^FTtHFSTf
FkfU 0952' jTGrST°l nupina
suppa imungdi mina kayaa
thaanade. The family under
the thumb of women is not ap¬
preciated by others,
nom. m 09 3TC 3ITC f 2T K°3R-

289

C2-H- su.m 2

T^BTXEr l asuppibu chepkhra-
bara? Has the lady lord gone
to bed?

Phr: 5JRFFC25TC C93K5IR pumsup
suppa ‘controlled in all re¬
spect'

C2HT suk

frown

v. Bc'STf IffEOTS 6

C2nr^l maadi matam

JV> M

pumnamakta isukta suk-i. He
always keeps on frowning,
adv. Ht'STf (^nr^CJS 6
maadi suktunata layre. He's
been frowning all the time,
adj. owPu itself

® y STo| suktuna

m

layba punsi nung-ngaayba
kawde. Life which remained
frowning is not a happy one.
nom. riFf F^nr^f Fonr
tllFFtJfl maagi kbusukti
khusuk amani. His way of
frowning is really typical.

Phr:

asukpa maaytho «g ‘frowning
countenance', C2HT3^(J <3 ^
suktuna layba ‘drown in mel¬
ancholy’.

C2.FF su.m i

rinse

v. Ef.s E y s*fffanf«

fv> "

q.ffST 6 nr^ l phidu phaw
dringayda su.mdok-haw.

Rinse the cloth before you dry
it in the sun.

adv. E'STf Ef. C9.ff W &-
yf'ZBU maadi phi. su.mduna
laybavvbani. She was there
rinsing the cloth,
adj. C9.ITFF^ Ef.C9flU5T (J-
E y ST 6 nr^>! su.mmaba
phisingdu nungsaada phaw-
dok-u. Dry the rinsed cloth in
the sun.

nom. 0“ffST

SIR ^fBrnr^l asu.nibasingdu
somda pubirak-u. Please bring
here those rinsed cloths.

Phr: Ef. O.FTST phi. su.mba
‘to rinse cloth', C9.ffBT UTtllir
Ef. su.mdok-aba phi. ‘rinsed
cloth’.

C2-ff su.m 2

to milk, extract juice
v. (JF^lFf C9©STf HUJ'G
C9{DfF b ff C^FFREfI nakhoygi
sandi kanaana sanggom
su.mmi? Who does milk your
cow?

adv. K'tf C9DJIF b ff C9FF(J
C2FFCJ R' aDH'fflainfl maana
sanggom su.mna su.mna waa
ngaang-ngi. He spoke while
milking the cow.
adj. ODIIf*fF Q.ffEfX CJE-
-g-fSt MC'ST R*lg&eM
sanggom su.mmiba sanbidu
kanaada yonkhre? To whom

C2-1T su.m 3

290

had you sold out the milch
cow?

nom. OlIIIP 6 FF O.FFX tT-

xsr'l sanggom su.mba hayb-
ara? Do you know how to
milk?

Phr: C9ID!P 6 ff O.FF* sang¬
gom su.mba ‘to milk a cow',
C9miF & RF OFFKfX O^SXf
sanggom su.mmiba sanbi
‘milch cow', 5^ O.FF1T chu
su.mba ‘to extract sugarcane
juice’

su.m 3

mesmerise, bewitch

v. M'nj msr Fanjof trcK

rTfj ifftJKiir

M

C9ffy^6T°l angaang adu khu-
nungsi ama, maana mi pumna-
maksi sumkhre. The child is so
cute that he has mesmerised
every body.

adv. IM'nJ HF5TC JljlFF-
tjfknr offsra ^er<>i”an-

M M

gaang aduna mi pumnamak
sumduna layre. The kid re¬
mains bewitched every body,
adj. V'XfU OFFyo^e*
m^Dl'in HTST F'l£°e'lPf
Rt££'(Jfl saathina sumhatlaba
angaang adu khaamelaagi
machaani. That fantastically
cute baby is the child of
Khaamelaa.

nom. ffcf* OFF IT 2o' JSXOf

m^FTS' F£IF(2 (JtfS 6 °l mibu
sumba haaybasi achamba
magum natte. To mesmerise
people is of no mean quality.
Phr: Fkf OFF1T mi sumba ‘to
bewitch people’, OFFyO^SIR
OnrFff sumhatpa saktam
‘seductive look’

C9.FT su.m 4

lull

v. UTaDnUST S^FFRt 0 OFF-
^fGT0T b l angaangdu tumme
sumbiruro. The baby is sleepy,
lull her in the crib,
adv. yoGTXf FIT 2 ID'DJ

OFFG - OFFC tJ'SiOff HO*

M M M

OlFHI hanubi aduna an¬
gaang sumna sumna naawsum
isay sak-i. The old woman
hummed a lullaby putting the
child in the cradle,
adj. C9FFRt7 IM'niST U-
M'HCJ S^FFRtfl summaba
angaangdu nung-ngaayna
tummi. The lulled child is
sleeping soundly,
nom. R^ITT FM'ID J^C^FTSTf
tMIFJIRGTI maagi angaang
khusumdi angakpani. Her way
of lulling child is wonderful.
Phr: IM'DJ OFFY angaang
sumba ‘to lull a child', FH 2 II] HI
OFF IT 20*IT angaang sumba
hayba ‘skillful in lulling child’
Idiom: FM'lIISTf UfOJX'ST

ysnijBlfl angaangdi ningthaada
khang-ngi ‘The morning shows
the day'

C2&I sung 1

make something
v. fkyo'nr n C9Mfl mahaak
yu sung-ngi. He is preparing
liquor.

adv. k'g vi C9m omv

Vl*^& I maana yu sung sung-
duna yolli. He sells preparing
liquor (as means of earning),
adj. Hc'U CPID'S'

ElTUf I maana sungba yudi
phabani. The liquor he made is
good.

nom. K'lFf ft FC91D
KoHTCPf TcJf I maagi yu
khusung phajana cheksilii. His
way of making liquor is hy¬
gienic.

Phr: ft yu sungba ‘to

prepare liquor’, Tl ^ ^2®^
waakhal sungba ‘to ponder'

Q2HI sung 2

twist thread

v. Totjxf msuz sin C 2 tujnfi

hanubi aduna lang sung-ngi.
The old woman twisted thread
(with a number of strands),
adv. CWfe'C 5ID C91D-
dDf^sr fcHjffflf e'nr^l

susilaana lang sung-ngingay-
da monikaa lak-i. Monika came

when Susilaa was twisting
thread strands.

adj. VtW'N'g ft'FFf?

Bnefl asungba langdi yaam-
na kalli. Twisted thread is very
strong.

nom. JDer 'DI WDJXCtfflJ
^GT^I ngaraang sungbas-
ine adu lavvrucho. fetch those
yesterday's twisted ones.

Phr: SID HI CP ID'S' lang
asungba ‘twisted strands oi
thread’, eiD C9tD* lang sung¬
ba ‘to twist thread’

C9*V sot

buy on credit

V. C9(TS'5SC STEl'tgEnF’f
MlV <X>VSfl samjaayna du-
kaandagi pot sotli. Samjaay
buys articles from the shop on
credit.

adv. K'C ^EfewnDStlPf
DRV K'TSl maana

dukaansingdagi pot sot sot-
tuna chaay. He bought Irom
different shops on credit,
adj. JlR^GBf

yofc?'3TC THTRc! sotkhraba
potki hisaap thammu. Main¬
tain a credit account,
nom. tUCpVTOflD^ HE'
isuj'c 6 nr^nrs 6 ft°ni2nil

asotpasingdu kanaa kanaano
amukta yeng-ngu. Find out
who are those creditors.

o*nr sok i

292

Phr: W*V C 9 *V 5 IR pot sotpa
‘to buy on credit', 3 IR*V C 9 *V-
MFf 7 )fC 9 ' 5 U pot sotpagi
hisaap ‘credit account'

c? 6 nr sok i

touch

v. K'lPT RcC9' maa-

gi masaa sok-unu. Don’t touch
his body.

adv. X'TsUWt KtfUSTST

afnjj^iFf e^ 6 di v'wu

F£TffO*’l thaavnaei chatnabi-

M M </ X — J

da ningthawgi makhong sokna
k+mrumnay. In olden days
people bowed down before
the king touching his feet.

adj. ufinz^ipf ffcF'tn

FFffx icf* eVnr

P'i k'ku

ningthawgi makhong sokna
khurumba mibu laybaak
machaa taaba oyna lawnay.
The person who bowed down
before the king touching his
(king) feet was considered to
be of good manner.

nom. Vine? o*nra nrx*x
(Eer'ECf 25'5SC 5*5*1
khongna sokpa achawba ma-
raanni haayna lawnay. Touch¬
ing someone accidentally with
one’s foot was considered to
be a grave mistake.

Phr: C9 6 HT51R khongna

sokpa ‘accidental touching of

someone with one’s foot'

o“nr sok 2

wound, hurt

v. KyTnr tn>nrc9fET°(gsT xfc
C9%ni o l maliaak eksidenda thina
sok-e. He

was wounded badly in an acci¬
dent.

adv. fTEtf ic? 4 ist o e nr-
S 6 !? 5*1 maa-

di makhongda soktuna hospi-
taalda lay. He is in hospital for
treatment of his wounded leg.
adj. Ht'iFf nro'nrj! fk^nJET
5^ ST EBTXGr'l maagi asokpa
makhongdu khara pharabara?
How is his wounded leg? Is it
better now?

nom. fk'Pf \HC9 a nniRST
yo^fnr^f IffE EfiM maa¬
gi asokpadu hawjikti pumpha
phare. His wound is now com¬
pletely cure.

Phr: X'HHJ C9 8 nniR thaan-
gna sokpa ‘knife wound',
C9 & nT5UZ thina sokpa ‘sc-
vere wound’, C2 e IFm

thamoy sokpa ‘heart rending'

o 4 nr sok 3

draw water

v. rjllf hfk IPj^'ST-

ro M

lFf JsC9flIl C9 6 QT^l mupimav-
aam ama guhaadagi ising
sokkhi. A bevy of women drew

293

O d lg son l

water from the well.

adv. !£-

ts'aipT ^C9fm w'wPu eh

matamdu paamelaa guhaadagi
ising soktuna lay. That time
Paamelaa was drawing water
from the well.

adj. l^yS'STPf 5^C9fm
C^UTFfX &W'YV8l JIR'K-
ogf'tjfl guhaadagi ising
sokkhiba laysaabidu paame-
laani. The girl who drew water
from the well is Paamelaa.
nom. IF 25 ST IF f HC9flD

C9°nr sir s-V^fiPf F£x y tJfi

guhaadagi ising sokpa lay-
saabigi mathawni. To draw wa¬
ter from the well is the duty ol a

ojrh

Phr: ^C9flD 0*WM ising
sokpa ‘to draw water', TSCOfHI
O'lFElT ising sokpham ‘wa¬
ter point’

O h .W so.m

loosen

v. un'&u fkF a nj

C^.FFFkfl nanaawna kobi ma-
khong so.mini. Nanaaw is
loosening the earch of the cab¬
bage garden,
adv. bc'SG mi*ST
C9 s ffC Hcf dDIDJDfI

nanaawna kobi makhong
so.mna so.mna isay ngang-
ngi. Nanaaw is humming a

song while loosening earth ot
the cabbage garden.

adj. ]ffl*ST 0 4 FF(Cf^

0l'5i GtJ'SCfl kobi ma-
khong so.mmiba nupaadu
nanaawni. The man who is
loosening the earth ot the cab¬
bage garden is Nanaaw.
nom. fkF*tH tf.FF?

tneikcsiFf xxnrtjfl

kobi makhong so.mba ahan la-
man-gi thabakni. To loosen the
earth of cabbage garden is the
duty of old persons.

Phr: C5*.ffS

kobi makhong so.mba ‘to loos¬
en earth of the cabbage gar¬
den’

son 1

be weak

v. KTjfSTf f^yo'lF

RtC9' 5^ST C9*TjcTf I kumsi cha-
hidi mahaak masaa khara solli.
He is rather weak this year,
adv. raner* c? 6 ®-

ETIJ e*GT°l kuyre mahaakti
sonduna layre. He has been
weak for quite sometime.

adj. me? 6 ©* TJjrc'sr Einr-

5TffflSTIFf&fl asonba nu¬
paadu kakchingdagini. The
weak man is from Kakching.
nom. tHO 6 ®7C9fCD TH ST
E~£(J OCSTJYfftl asonbas-
ing adu phajana sennabiyu.

294

son 2

Take good care of those who
are weak.

Phr: ToDFX'lIJ/ JIR'lDM

hakchaang or paang-
gal sonba ‘be weak'. JlRlirOTnj
C9 6 (5X pukning sonba ‘weak
minded'

son 2

pull up

v. WWIZ'U ^<3
kundalaana in solli. Kundalaa
is pulling up fishing net (from
the water).

adv. WtS'Zie'U ^ C9 6 ©C:
0 6 (SC K y ernr^l kundalaana
in sonna sonna kawrak-i. Kun¬
dalaa called (someone) while
pulling up the fishing net.
atlj. GMfSt

BBESTcf CTfl in solliba nupidu
kundalaani. The woman who
is pulling up the fishing net is
Kundalaa.
nom.

IKM HEFSrCJf i in sonba
nung-ngaayba makhal amani.
To pull up fishing net (from
water) is a kind of pleasure.
Phr: JStS in sonba ‘to

pull up fishing net’,

00'rHY inson kaa.ngba ‘to pull
up fishing net without fish'

&JS so.n i

say selling price

v. c9(S¥fsr eTofin is©
C9 a ZJST | sanbidu lising kun
so.lli. It is said that the selling
price of the cow is twenty
thousand rupees,
adv. efOflD S3 ©

UfJlf^ SiifP®
2o'JSl lising kun so.nna so.nna
taraa nipaal pige haay. The
buying price offered is rupees
eighteen thousand against
selling price of rupees twenty
thousand.

adj. KM

aso.nba mamal kayaano?
What is the selling price?
n o m . UIC7 6 . IS IT K K 3 ST

aso.nba ma-
mandu yaammalli.The selling
price is too high.

Phr: KFM mamal

so.nba ‘to say the selling
price', TEC?* 1 .!? RtKTT aso.ba
mamal ‘selling price'

C9 6 © so n 2

pray, swear

v. M'nr^f qjcfv FSTfm-

pf a^fsr'nin'HBrff ini

C^.TTcrfl ma-
haakti numit khudinggi nuini-
daangwaayram pung taretta
laay so.lli. He prays at 7
o’clock daily in the evening,
adv. MiSOf

e°T3X laay

295

so.nduna punsi lenba taabani.
You have to spend your time
saying prayer.

adj. 5 'J 5 tCfST

m'XniBfl laay
so.lliba midu makhoygi
paabungni. The man who is
praying is their father.
nom.Vj5 C5*.BTO K'5»-
ffst s*»ni P't m©of iar-

nrnt 5^1 laay so.nbana maale-
mda tang-taaba punsi purak-
oy. Prayer will not bring to the
world a peaceful life.

Phr: 5'55 C9 > .©'? laay
so.nba ‘to pray, swear in the
name of God', <5

laayso.n tinso.n
‘devotional prayer’

C9 b (5 so.n 3

mention

v. era* Ka'nra P'jw
C^.^Sfl nangbu mahaakna
toyna so.lii. He mentioned you
quite often.

adv. (JlUX Mff'Jfk-

nrs 6 C9 6 .<55TC 5*GM nang¬
bu matam pumnamakta
so.nduna layre. He remains
mentioning you all the time,
adj. K'C C5*^5fT (EfST
K'lPf TOETJIl J5°l53S 6 HBfI
maana so.lliba midu maagi
marup henthoyni. The man he
is mentioning is his friend

C9 b (5 so.n 4

Henthoy.

nom. &MYU fk/3'nTBflf

so.nbana mahaakki potthaaba
oyri. To mention the name of
his friend is the rest for him.
Phr: FSBT3K KiTTO^ C9*.©7
marup mapaangbu so.nba ‘to
mention friends and acquain¬
tances'

Cso.n 4

utter mantra

vje'eto C9 6 .^efl

maaybana mantra so.lii. A
Maayba (quack doctor) is ut¬
tering mantra.

adv.

5TIU 2 ID nr Jo 1 maaybana mantra
so.llingayda huy ama chang-
ngak-i. A dog entered when
Maayba was uttering mantra,
adj. C3 d .3cTf*
tttU'X EGSlZfl so.lliba
mantradu anaaba phanabani.
The mantra -which is being ut¬
tered is to cure the illness,
nom. C9*.^efTC9ffflSL
TOC'S ECX ETOS^JTiJfl
so.llibasingdu anaaba phana-
ba mantrani. Those that are
being uttered are mantras for
curing diseases.

Phr: mantra

so.nba ‘utter mantra'.

296

O IH song _

e'^0T a <S PU&V O 6 .©

laayron tillon so.nba ‘to propi¬
tiate deities’

C9 6 Hf song

be dense

v. FkK'trfST U*nifk'E£fOJ

5^ffflC9f

mamaang-ngayda nong-
maayjing chingsi yaamna
song-ngammi. Long ago the
present Nongmaayjing hill
was a very dense forest,
adv. KflDlFf KEFF

5 ^ srTniRtnr 3^co e m u'm

2*0P IT Rtf I chinggi mapham
khudingmak isong songna
layrammi. Everywhere in the
hill remained covered with
thick forest.

adj. m;c9*inY ^fkinsrf sir-

enriBf o'-^KonrofniiFf

2 v Eff&fl asongba umangdi
lamlakki saa-ucheksinggi lay-
phamni. The thick forest is the
home of wild birds and ani¬
mals.

nom. S5K»nroflDG ®:o t inx

JIR'ffHtfl ucheksingna asong¬
ba paammi. Wild birds like
thick forest.

Phr: mC9 a lD¥ KETT/ U'eTUT
FE^IDCO^ni asongba mapham or
naarak mongsong ‘bushy
place or thick forest’

O sa.w 1

solder

v. E^'ar o' 55 an gerff

c/.GTfl mahaak saaykal phrem
sa.wri. He is soldering cycle
frame.

adv. O'ESBT E0T<>ff <9 &
C9 y .(J F b .Mfl saaykal

phrem sa.wna sa.wna huy
kho.ng-ngi. He is whistling
while soldering cycle frame.

adj.o'55fflR Efr°ff o*.erf*

icfsi m'BTIffl® OPf

JIR'litfafl saaykal phrem
sa.wriba midu aarke sugi
mateng paangba mini. The
man who is soldering cycle
frame is Aarke Su's helper,
nom. (JIIJ15 O ITflTOflUST
E* nangna
sa.wbibasingdu yaamna phay.
Those you have soldered arc
very good.

Phr: ftV C 'f.Y yot sa.wba
‘to solder iron’,

O', sa.w 2

support

v.

fr'ie o’.ipvefl

maadi matam pumnamakta kh-
waay mayaamna sa.wgatpi. He is
always supported by all.

adv. fc'ETf

nrc ^'nr^i

maadi mayaam pumnamakna
sa.wgattuna laak-i. He has al-

297

erv iat i

ways been supported by all.
adj. E'* C9 6 .SIR Ef-
ofEf* amor* eT

2 II QT^afl maabu sa.wgatpa
misingdu mibu nungsiba mi
ngaaktani. Those who sup¬
ported him are philanthropists,
nom. amsif Ef* c/.ipvh
M'ffST*eT'l nangdi mibu
sa.wgatpa paamdabra? Don't
you like to support others?
Phr: Ef* O* il^5lf* mibu
sa.wgatpiba 'to help support
others’

C9* sa.w 3

come up (as white ant hill)
v. Off *35? dV 0*.er°l
sambalda laysaw sa.wre. A ter¬
mite mould has come up by the
fence.

adv. IKP^JSIPf JSIDF^Sro

c?o' ti'.'siu w'.stc e'l

makhoygi inkholdasu laysaw
sa:wduna sa.wduna lay. There
are termite moulds here and
there in their garden too.
adj. O* Ff* EEffST

RoiniPff 0*.57fl laysaw
sa.wkhiba maphamda cheng-
uum sa.wwi. Mashroom is
found at the old place where
tennite infested,
nom. 0*0* WmSTPf

Knr^er*f ji'^zc 6 ernr^i

laysaw pungdapi mukthrubi

paaythokrak-i. The winged ter¬
mites came out living from the
termite moulds.

Phr: 0*0* O*.* laysaw
sa.wba ; to come up white ant
hill', 5 * 0 * 51 m laysaw pung
'white ant hill’

©

5V lat 1

about to dry, to stop the flow
of water

v. ^ofra mf e'*

7J' £rn T 'Cfl ising latle. ngaa
phaaba yaaragani. Water is al¬
most dry. We can start catch¬
ing fish.

adv. E'a ^ofm
5^CJ 2 ID' E'BTfl maana ising
latna latna ngaa phaari. He is
catching fish while stopping
the flow of water,
adj. 5^BT^51 EEffST

EF 6 ^a aflf E'55l iratpa
maphamda makhoyna ngaa
phaay. They caught fish where
water was dried (stopped).

nom. e 51

Har^JlOfm E'Sl mapu
taaktana iratpasing phaaw. Ar¬
rest those unauthorised fish
catchers.

Phr: ^Ofm ^er^Jl ising

cJtf lat 2

298

iratpa ‘to drain water for catch¬
ing, fish'.

5^ lat 2

pluck

v. KnrFer' r^ 6 ©

<?^c!TI muktaaray hawaay

maton latli. Muktaarav is

*

plucking tenter pea plants,

adv. lE'STf fES 6 *©

exu exu kw* aDmuDfi

maadi hawaay maton latna lat-
na isay ngang-ngi. She is hum¬
ming a song while plucking
tender pea plants,
adj. C2H'5^C9fSTf

swaaysidi latkhraba
maphamni. This is the place
where plucking has already
done.

nom. Tjn'FS RtS 6 *® cf^-

mu' mu'u*\

hawaay maton latlibasingdu
kanaa kanaano? Who are
those plucking the tender pea
plants?

Phr: UXM

hawaay maton latpa ‘plucking
tender pea plants'.

<?nr iak

catch fish

v. xfm* alD' R'FTC
S’HrySl in chingbada ngaa
yaatnna lak-i. plenty of fish
are caught with the help of
fishing net.

adv. jflf K'WU ^OTS^CJ f£f
SIRffGfOT S b FFGSff°l ngaa
yaamna laktuna mi pumnamak
tumnadre. Many people do
not go to bed as they caught
plenty of fish.

adj. affl' ^HTJ!

f£EFFST XfJSY

JUTffRcfl ngaa yaamna lakpa
maphamda maasu in chingba
paammi. He also wanted to
spread fishing net where fish
are caught in plenty,
nom. Ref MffCJRelir 2QI
ft'FFC ZWW mi

pumnamak ngaa yaamna lakpa
paammi. Many people wanted
to catch plenty of fish.

Phr: 2 ID' enniR ngaa lakpa
‘catch fish'. ^IFJIR

inda lakpa ‘fish caught by fish¬
ing net’

ZWU lakna

cut joke, tease

v. M'FWU UWU*\

paakhangna laysaabi laknay.
Boys teased girls.

adv. IT a iafll'lD^

maa-

m

na angaangdu lakna laknadu-
na saawhalli. He made the
child angiy by teasing,
adj. CR'ITG eDTBerrx
ICfSJ UTOfCfl mayaamna
laknariba midu asini. This is

299

cTHI lang i

the person teased by others.

nom. Fkyo'OT fftCTCJ Reft ff-

iFf enrcEff tn a ^;o^fi

mahaak masaana mayaamgi
laknapham oyhalli. He made
himself the mockery of others.
Phr: SIITCJEff
laknapham oyba ‘object of
teasing', JyS’HTC y^FFETlT
kliulakna chumdaba ‘offen-
sivejoke’. ft'ir Rt5^

^nr(jer¥ RZ^tDET laknaba

M

yaaba makhay laknaraba ma-
tungda 'after having cut all
possible jokes'.

C?15 Ian

have space in between

v. um x'ertTOf

cf (5 RZ T S’ ° I nangna kobi
thaaribasi lanmalle. The cab¬
bage you arc planting is too
spacious,
a civ.

cJISC ZG.^Sl brokolidi lanna
lanna thaa.w. Transplant broc¬
coli with sufficient space be¬
tween two plants
adj. nrer'^Y 5iR v Fr^fc9fmc9f
KC?' Eerfofdfl aranba
paambisingsi masaa pharisini.
Look! The plants growing spa¬
ciously are healthy,
nom. S’(5 RZ (S <? X C9 cTFF
RZ'lMfl lanmallabasu lam

nuang-ngi. Too spacious also
is wasting land
Phr: mertg Rrertgx if ff'gT
aran aranba paambi ‘plants
growing at broad space', ft
cJ^S'8’ yaa lanba 'teeth having
space in between the two'.

m EPOS'S' polaang
aranba ‘basket having regular
holes’.

£ID lang l

throw

v. Hr vr 2 D) 6 (5BT

^MUT^I boldu ayngonda
lang-ngak-u. Throw the ball
towards me.

adv. BT^ElfCJ 51C

Jt»!57'ri rokina hoi lan-
gna langna chenkhi. Rocky ran
away throwing the ball.

adj. emx t, nr£ff¥

®(cnr si sri’Ffn'Gf

langthokkhraba boldu amuk
purakkhigani. The ball that
was thrown out will be
brought back.

nom! rcertnx FETfni-

IPf FFoC9fID ZGfftl bol arangba
khuding masing thiyu. Count
every throw of the ball.

Phr: ^IIJX bol laneba

‘throw of ball', c?tD HT
^lUOf© Jangthok

langsin tawba ‘throw back and
forth’.

^DJ lang 2

300

STID lang 2

be bright

v. Ef.TCOfPf KXCtf ft'ffC
cJffidDfl phi. asigi machusi
yaamna lang-ngi. The colour
of this cloth is very bright.

adv. TfBSIT S 6 ThIT

yfzfww e"l

liaakum taykhiba machudu
hawjiksu adum langduna lay.
The colour painted last year
still remains bright.

adj. merm fkxsrf oTxy

C'^i arangba machudi sitha-
ba nay. The bright colour gets
faded in course of time,
nom. TCermY JlRffCFfclir
C 0U' U L ('$ :>0 \ arangba pum-
namak Sanaa natte. All glitler-
ings are not gold.

Phr: HTBTIin? Fk5£ arangba
machu ‘bright colour’, DT0T-
nj'S’lFf niGTID^ KlITS 6 arang-
bagi arangba makta ‘All glitter-
ings without exception’,
5IDfur em* langthrik
langba ‘too bright’.

S'lUS langja

commit mistake

v. UWJ

K'2lD 6 I5BT ^m^GTol nangna
hanjin hanjin maangonda
langjare. You have repeatedly
committed mistakes towards
him.

adv. K5T C9flHC E(J SID^-

stuq kk' fem'u

affl'ETSlilfn^f I machaasingna
phana langjadunasu mamaa
mapaana ngaakpigani. Parents
will pardon in spite of repeated
mistakes committed by chil¬
dren.

adj. erasers net fl^'nr£-
srf Ko'raf icar'^ fl'-

I langjaraba mi ma-
haaktudi masaagi maraal yaaja-
gadabani. He wlio has commited
mistake has to accept his false.

nom. eiDCSC JIREOfST

urn's Herfc? ra -

HGT^i langjabana punsida
awaaba nattana karisu oyroy.
Committing mistake in life will
not bring except misery.

P h r : cJ ID Z TyfT ¥ H E IT
langjakhraba waapham ‘an
event of committed mistake’,
^ID^Pf langjabagi

mahay ‘result of committing
mistake’,

^ HI ^ ^ H IT'f

langjarubagi maychaak ‘re¬
pentance of committing mis¬
take’.

cT laa

be good, clear

v. tmssrerVf fkV'SSTf
ft'FFC S’'Fa I androgi may-
taandi yaamna laay. The char¬
coal from Andro is good (bum
well and bright)

301

laat

adv. R^J 6 '© mofSTf
S’'ETC S’ I maytaan asid 1 kuy-
na laaduna lay. This charcoal
remains bright (burns well) for
a long time.

adj. mer"* *V

HIK JIR'IT Rtf I a iaba maytaan
boraa ama paammi. 1 want a
bag of good quality charcoal,
nom. Ht^BTopf H^S6'©Rf
mBT'E’Cf! morehgi maytaandi
araabani. The charcoal from
Morch is of good quality.

Phr: Rt^°IF S’'S’ mayck laa-
ba ‘be clear, good for reading',
fkftoUT S'C S'C
mayck laana laana haayba ‘to
say distinctively and convinc¬
ingly'

Idiom: oVlFf Bi'Y'Ig
RIGT 'S’ saagaygi maytaan
araaba ‘an exceptionally good
person of a clan’.

laap

be far

V. o*id>f ftffSTr R'FFC
S'jnJIRfl somigi yumdi yaam-
na laappi. Somi’s house is very
far (from here)

adv. RTSf S'31TC

S'JITC S^C* I makhoy ani
laapna laapna laynay. They
(two) live far away from each
other.

adj. ofkfs'srf mer'M

mi £ET sami-

naadi araappa mapham amada
chatkhi. Saminaa w ent away to
a far off place.

nom. 75’CflirEir E^ffSTf

<H£Tf SIR hawjikki

matamdi araappa laytre. There
is no question of distance (be¬
cause of better communication
facility).

Phr: mer'JIUltf SIT araappa
lam ‘a distant place’, S J1T-
iL^IirtJ'S laapthoknaba ‘to
have strange relationship.

erV laat

worship

v. KEff Bflft'RcfTITET S'3^
S'^Sfl mapham kayaama-
rumda laay laatli. People wor¬
ship their deity at different
places.

adv. EierflRffX fk^ffST

sreriF' s'vefdTsr ^C9fm

JJFF'8 r C9 ft'^JTfi karigumba

mm ^

matamda durgaa laatlingayda
ising thumbasu yaawwi.
Somethimes during Durga
Festival, there is Hood.
adj.S55 S'tfJlTC FkETT mST
35C9fHl iLffRt 0 ! laay laatpa
mapham adu ising thumme.
The place of worship is flood¬
ed.

nom. S 3^ S ^JTC RtEff
3 ^ETfHIET laay laat¬

pa mapham khudingda chat-

tyrr x Mtim

cTnr laak i

302

nay. To worship deity is prac¬
tised everywhere.

Phr: cfFa 5'V5IR laay laatpa
*to worship deity’. c? 5S
Ref laay laatpa mi
‘worshipper’

S'lir laak l

snatch

v. F'fffkfSTIEf

cT'ETHl taammidagi pha-
timaana bol laak-i. Miss Fatima
snatched ball from Mrs. I Ram-
mi.

adv. ^'fficrsTipr 5'nr-

HJJ£jT°l taammidagi bol
laaktuna pukhre. Someone
snatched ball from Mrs laam-
mi

adj. ^'ffPEfSllFf Sf'nTFf^

'g ,6 ZJST EM°l taammidagi

m

laakkhiba boldu phang-nge.
The ball snatched from Mrs.
Taammi has recovered.

nom. 03 CJ TERtS* 3 RttlFf

k5ir 6 tc e'nrn sm'ffsM

kanaa amata migi mapot laakpa
paamde. Nobody likes to
snatch someone’s property.
Phr: KfPf KJK # V e'HTMR
migi mapot laakpa to snatch
someone's property’

&W laak 2

be tame

v. X'DJSff K'JSTO OIP*3

^'IirHl thaangjam chaawba-
na sagol laak-i. 1 haangjam
Chaawba tamed a horse,
adv. X'SiTO e'nr-

jstffc kVo 5\nn5i chaaw-
bana sagol laak-ingayda
modhusu laak-i. Modhu also
came when C haawba was taming
a horse.

adj. cT'nr? > _0lfx of 3Stf
jf 7T ft'SM laaktriba sagoldi
thawba yaade. An untamed
horse cannot be used lor
riding.

nom. C9lF ,a: T C9

FETfmfknr ^'nra

sagol so.y khudingmak laakpa
taabani. All young horses arc
to be tamed.

Phr: 5'nHttS VV'll C9IF 3
tttBT'nrm laak-aba sagol or
sagol araakpa ‘tamed horse’

S'ff laam

be hungry

v. Kf iffCJKnr K'nr e'ff-
CfTITRtfl mi pumnamak chaak
laamnarammi. Everybody was
hungry,
adv. uf x'nr

5 T^c? 0 l ay chaak laam-
na laamna adum chatle. I left
the place with hunger,
adj. rcer'ffx KflFf

sreriH'ersTf fk'gnr xisYEfi

araamba migi darkaardi mabuk
thanbani. The need ot a hun¬
gry man is his meal.

303

laan 2

aoin. scar'ff^

E'^57°l mangonda araainba
phaawdc. There is no hunger
in him.

Phr: nr e'FTY/

E'^IT chaak laamba or araam-
ba phaawba 'to feel hungry"

Idiom: cJ lTE o TfJtiSTU

mtrf x'sra Tforw

n m f*»

laamme haaydana khut
ani changduna (thaaduna)
hukpa yaadaba ‘need to have
patience’.

cJ\ff laa.m

stretch out hand

v. s^'nra er'.ffK-

OT 5E I mahaakna rnakhut
laa.mmak-i. He stretched out
his hand,
adv. Eyo'HT(J

nT!F52lD v ST E'yO^I mahaakna
m a khut laa.mmak-ingay da
phaahaw. Catch hold of him
while he is stretching out his
hand.

adj. £'ffEnr35X EFtf£
E i/3 I laa.mmak-iba khuttu
phaahaw. Catch hold of the
stretched out hand.

noin. RcFV 5'FFS ^“lITSSI

M

nakhut laamba tok-u. Stop
stretching out your hand.

Phr: cCffir ElUSTir laamba
phangdaba ‘beyond one's
reach or imagination'.

cH§ laan i

die

v. 75%'iR E 3jR 5^

5 'TCfl huydu hawjikta math-
vvaay laalli. The dog is dead
just now.

adv. Ti, JSBTf 2 HIC9 3^(3

E^SE'3^ 5f*0M

huydi ngasaayna mathwaay
laanduna layre. The dog is ly¬
ing dead sometime ago.
adj. EXH'5^ Z'lSY Ef-
C9f lUST P"SUJ ^BPffKfl

M M

mathwaay laallaba misingdu
taaduna layrammi. Those life¬
less bodies were lying on the
ground.

n 0 m. fit ZCJ2 ' 75 <5 1 <3 Y

sie^ rcEnr

p«»

VI '^ST°I mathwaay laallaba
amata amuk hallakpa yaawde.
None of the deaths returned
back to life.

Phr: Xft'E e'm thwaay
laanba ‘to die'.

laan 2

cross over

v. Eyo'Dr 2 D 3 C9'5E 3G b lD
cC^^fl mahaak ngasaay
thong laankhi. He crossed
over the bridge sometime ago.

adv. Eyo'nrtJ £ & m

e'f aiD^sr m>er a u?

M'3^ST1FEI mahaakna thong
laallingayda eroplen paayrak-i.

Z'M laa.

304

An aeroplane came Hying
while he was crossing the
bridge.

adj. f£!/o'nrtJ iffler'ni

e'tgFfx x“ni5 e^nra x"-

nKZfl mahaakna ngaraang
laankhiba thongdu laykang
thongni. The one he had
crossed yesterday is an over¬
head bridge.

nom.e'(S££'TOnn STStSTf

mfknr ^Tejrm:er 6 ^i

M

laankhrabasing adudi amuk
hailak-aroy. Those who have
crossed will not come back.
Phr: 3G S ID thong

laanba ‘to cross over a bridge”

cJ\{g laa.n

be wrong

v. ciug >o'serf's qxsr

S'.^cTfl nangna haayriba adu
laa.Hi. What you are saying is
wrong.

adv. Ik'tf K3& S'.

ewu s c>y c9®^er^cjn

maana madu laa.nna laa.nna
tawsankhrabani. He had done
it wrongly.

adj.rcer'©* FViJl

araarrba thabak tawganu.
Don't do anything wrong,
nom. mu' miss 6 mer'®'?
3 i'FFRc 6 El kanaa amata araan-
ba paammammoy. Nobody
would like to be wrong.

Phr: araanba

tavvba ‘to commit a mistake'.
mer'CS'S’ n'FT araanba vvaa-
klial ‘wrong thought'

S'lH laang i

be noisv

v. icf' KEffsrr

ft 'cTMfl mi ti.nba
maphamdi yaama laang-ngi.
The public place is very noisy.

adv. e'njsra e* erf am* st

laangduna layringayda matam
h a w k h i ba k h a n g - h a w d e .

While making noise time pass¬
es away unaware .
adj. Fktftxersi

ET UI'S’ X'GTfl manipur-
da lamtaa lhaadi araangba
thaani. in Manipur the month
of Lamtaa is a noisy month,
nom. U~y^ fiT & ^T JIRFFCRtlir
S'lDY JK'ffKfl nahaarol
pumnamak laangba pammi. All
youths like to be noisy.

Phr: XBT'nJU* SIR© Of
charaangnaba punsi ‘a noisy
life’, lUfir'lD'S' fkEff araangba
mapham “noisy place'

cffll laang 2

be much water
v. ftotso'nj Tiof
crnHkTc? 0 ! yensaang asi
rnahi laangmallc. This curry

305

C*f li I

has too much water.

adv. 5'10C

makl.oydi

mahi Iaangna laangna chaa-
klire. They have eaten (the
cuiry) with much water,
adj. K2if 5'IIJ* SMgO'III-
ETf fkyo'J* mahi

laangba yensaangdi mahaaw
vvaatli. The curry with much
water is tasteless,
nom. cr'lDlT SIR'FFTO

ei^idip'e HERt ^erf^G'fi

mahi laangba paambasu kong-
gaay ama layribani. There are
also number of people who
preferred curry with much wa¬
ter.

Phr: fk^of ^'IDY

mahi laangba ye tsaang ‘curry
with much water'

5 , '.1D laa.ng

stripe

v. fko'stf f^er'ni

FkET'QI ^MDsDiri jebraagi
masaadi maraa.ng maraa.ng
laa.ng-ngi. The body of a zebra
is striped,
adv. £°'OC'n t f

cT.0IS|tJ cf\ je¬
braagi masaadi mahawsaana
laa.ngduna lay. The body of a
zebra is striped by nature,
adj. ofma^jssif mer'm*
E-erfV W'ffTOfl singthoydi

araangba phurit paambani.
Singthoy preferred striped
shirt.

nom. tuer'tn'rofnm C9fm-
3GFfFfcl araangbas-
ingdu singthoygi thammu.
Keep those striped shirts for
Singthoy.

Phr: EGTlV dJGr'nJX phurit
araangba ‘striped shirt'
idiom: RtfiTflD Rt 6T HI 'S'

maring maraangba ‘be odd,
awkward’

ef n i

store, season

v. yOR'JS

FFtGT <?fl kundaalay-
na hawaay manggal maru li.
Kundaalay stored pea seeds
(for use in the next season)

adv. Fkfk'nrfSTSTf ^R'5^

H^erofni ^xc9f efsui

X FT U 6T FPRt f I mamaang-
ngaydadi hawaay marusing
asi li-liduna thamnarammi.
Long time ago seeds of vari¬
ous grains were kept for sea¬
soning.

adj. Kerofm hist

51j?ZG^Qf^lirm b | likhiba marusing
adu puthorak-o. Take out
those seasoned seeds,
nom. merfYofin TCST
K'U OfZf^l arib-
asing adu matam chaana sijin-

li 2

306

naw. Use those seasoned
seeds in time.

Phr: 2 ID' rciffiinX StX ngaa
akangba liba ‘storing of dry
fislv, liduna

lhamba ‘to keep storing’

Sf li 2

narrate

v. yo'EJffSTf 5*firMSS'&a
R'STf c?fl haakumdi layren-
jaawna waari li. Last year
Layrenjaaw narrated the story,
adv. e’eroEC'se B'erf
ere efc IB' b'55I

layrenjaawna waari lina lina
kwaa chaay. Layrenjaaw
chews paan while narrating
the story.

adj. tf'erf efx U JIR'ST
EfWl waari liba
nupaadu layrenjaaw kawwi.
The name of the story teller is
called Layrenjaaw.

nom. irefierst n'erf efx

91'FFiJ manipurda

waari liba yaamna layrammi.
There were many story tellers
in Manipur.

Phr: 37'ETf cJfST waari liba ‘to
tell a story or a story teller’,
R'Gff cffST waari liba

ojaa ‘a professional story teller’

ef. ii.

be old

v. ncomr 5^er eferoi

yen asidi kliara lire. This chick¬
en is rather old.
adv. efer

EftgET maayrendi lira

kaanda chaanay. Pumkin is
eaten when it is mature
enough

adj. nierfX f£'5Sfir°<5STf
Xff’? ft'FSl ariba
maayrendi kuyna thamba
vaay. The mature pumkin can
be kept for a long time,
nom. Rt'^f ITlTSTf

merf'X’CJ W'ffKtl

maadi anawbabudi aribana
henna paammi. He prefers old
one to the new

Phr: StlT chahi liba ‘be

old in age’, OT saru liba

‘older in age*

efv nt 1

wear

v. Rt'STf IFUJfEOTS 6

ebTv FEfni mwwf eU-

r*> **♦

St I maadi matam pumnamakta
phurit khudaang kakpi litli. He
always wears half sleeved
shirt.

adv. ITB 50 TIV SfVC
ef hu g ido° 3 R-niJDri

maana phurit litna litna nung-
sel yeng-ngi. He looks at the
mirror while wearing his shirt.

adj. feom ■ZWUKY E-
BTlVCJf I masidi litnaraba phu-

307

sfnr iik

ritni. It is a second hand shirt.

nom. JUTFID fDICJ

r'tts sertV etVw

5TT?'FFRFtfI paakhang machaas-
ingna mamal yaamba phurit lit-
pa paammi. The young boys
like to wear costly shirt.

Phr: EjGTfV cJf phurit
litpa ‘to wear shirt ' , S3 ^
c5f^51R kot litpa ‘to wear
coat'.

SlV lit 2

pass through

v. KTo'nr v ac # niiF'© efv-
Ffl mahaakna thonggaan lit-
khi. He passed through the
gate.

adv. RoTo'nrtJ 3G a miP ®

efvsfjni's? u*id ^xsr-

HTFsl mahaakna thonggaan
litlingayda nong haytharak-i.
The rain started pouring while
he was passing through the
gate.

adj. m'iu

fst lit-

thokkhraba angaang adu kha-
ra lawsailucho. Please bring
the child back who went out
passing through the gate,
nom. snarfmfc*
mofs? etVJIR JIR'FFBcfXOl
karigino nakhoyna asida litpa
paammibase. Why do you
want to pass through this?

Phr: sambal

litpa 'to go passing through a
fence*

<SfV lit 3

miss

v. tjnj (jer'^^nr & wn-
tJ'E? SfVSTl nang naraay-
bak phay, samnaada litli. You
are lucky; you escapeo
(missed) within split second,
adv.

paan-gad-

abada khajiktada littuna chat-
khi. It narrowly missed the tar¬
get.

adj. KEffOf

TJoIIIjISI litkhiba maphamsi
yeng-ngu. See the place where
it was missed.

mom. litpa yaabagi taanjaasu
layri. There are chances of
missing.

phr: y^fnr^sT ervsm

khajiktada litpa ‘to miss nar¬
rowly’

erfnr Iik

be stingy

v. soer^'er s 6 ** fkfsrf
mVT'lTYCJ ^fDT^I karbaar
tawba midi ayaambana lik-i.
Business men are normally
stingy.

adv. W\ FETfIDOT c^fOTU
5*fnrc? C2fSf(5(J y ! pot khud-

2T.0J li.ng l

308

ingmak likna likna sijinnaw.
Use everything economically.

adj. merfnrm Kfstf Kfu

C9 ffU U f IE ST 0 1 arikpa midi
mina samnaningde. People do
not like stingy person,
nom. efrowf
5*1 likpagi kaannabasu lay.
There is merit for being stingy.
Phr: tUBTfOniR Ref arikpa mi
‘a miser', STATU StAFU likna
likna ‘economically’

Proverb: tttfirflBWf Rlftl

OffU arikpagi maral

sumna chaaba ‘a panny wise
and pound foolish’

cJf.ni li.ng l

be strong, well off

v. fc'lPf Uf.AJjfllfl

maagi kliutti (kaangbudi)
yaamna li.ng-ngi. His groups
are very strong. Maagi imung-
manungdi aduk yaamna
li.ngde. His family is not very
well off.
adv. Fk'ipf

5*1

maagi imung-manungdi
haannadagi li.ngduna lay. His
family is well off since early
time.

adj. utarf.ujx sf aiie Jircer-
AT&I ari.ngba chay ama purak-
u. Bring a strong stick,
nom. AEGTf.AnT AIRt yOoOT^
FTSl ari.ngba ama hekta

khallu. Select any strong one.
Phr: Sf.lDir yaamna

li.ngba ‘very strong'.
tHGTf.IDX 5^Fcin well to do
family.

5f.in li.ng 2

transplant

v. trni£ x'stf s* sf.mx
Rt^ffUfl nongju thaadi law
li.ngba matamni. Rainy season
is the time of transplantation
of paddy.

adv. sprs 6 sf 9 Tru e y
Sf.AISTU 5*1 labukta mi
yaamna law li.ngduna lay.
Many people are transplant¬
ing paddy in the field,
adj. s*’ sf.nnr KfofinsT
R^ftJTST y0l5^ff o l law li.ngba
misingdu mayumda hankhre.
Those people who transplant
paddy went home,
nom. 5* ST.m'S’ Kf RTRcPf
JilTRr law li.ngba mi

amagi thabak natte. Trans¬
plantation of paddy is not the
work of a single person.

Phr: 5* Sf-AHT law li.ngba
‘transplantation of paddy’,

ia 6 xf 5T'er sf.ni3rtrm kobi

chaar li.ngthokpa ‘to trans¬
plant young cabbage plant'.

erfm li.ng 3

organise, establish

v. 5SC9MT AIK >3'UEff

309

cf°31t lep 2

iskul ama haa-
kum li.ngkhatkhre. A school
had been established last year,
adv. KF*J5IPf09 ^

ST.lUETtJ ci*GM makhoygisu
kaangbu ama li.ngduna
layre.They have also already
organised a party,
adj. me** ef.MfX

srer^fst z'&W x'nrs 6 -

Ufi anawba li.ng-ngiba
paartidu jaatigi thaaktani. The
newly organised party is »t the
national level.

nom. efnjimrxofoiof Kf-

ni !, sxn c f m'^GGYuU

li.ng-ngibasingsi mioybagi
kaannanabani. All those es¬
tablished ones are for the wel¬
fare of mankind.

Phr: fkGTJR ZlM* marup
li.ngba ‘organize a society or
party or a group for a common
purpose’

^°J[£ lep 1

stand

v. 5°3RFV2M lepkhatlu.
Stand up. Fft 2 lD

cf°5inHISTStJfl minit mangaa
lepkadabani. You must stand
for five minutes,
adv. fk'C ^oUlRfiDf^ a IE
maana leppingayda
nang chatkhro. You may go
while he is standing.

adj. tfM'fkX'

XHC9f KlU^lS'S'frFf f£5T'Ufl

leppiba nupaamachaa asi
changkhonbigi machaani. The
boy who is standing is the son
of Changkhonbi.
nom. ®

Jj'YUtl kuyna leppa kh-
waang naabani. Standing for a
long time is painful at the
waist.

Phr: JDIT^ leppa

ngamba ‘be able to stand’,
lepna chatpa
4 to walk like an adult'

c?°3!t lep 2

fix

v. nVc9fm mofpf
cTl^fTfl potsing asigi ma-
mal leptri. The price of these
articles is yet to be fixed,
adv. cJoSlt^U

e*GTTOfl mamanbudi leptu-
na layrabani. The price has al¬
ready been fixed.

adj. /5 , 2flff5 t, f 5IR“«Elf
Kic© nrer°3KJi

hawjikti potki maman areppa
laytre. Now-a-days there is no
fixed price for any articles,
nom. HrGr°TO kfkSTf FID-
GTf UJalDf l areppa amadi
khangningngida. 1 would like
to know a fixed price.

Phr: f£f£l5 cJ°5H51R maman

5®)! lep 3

310

leppa ‘to fix a price’,
t£F£l5 lepkadaba
maman ‘proposed price'

gT°J( 1 lep 3

stop

v. Rc'(J 5W31 c?°31£3lfl maa-
na chatpa leppi. He stopped
going.

adv. K'U 31 e«3K-
MfanTst crsif tcie s'nr^i

maana chatpa leppingayda
nupi ama laak-i. A woman came
when he stopped going,
adj. W 31 C-xif* KfC2
chatpa leppiba midu
kanaano? Who is the person
(who) stopped going?
nom. 5T^31 c7°3TC31C9fni5?
RtC9flD ifC^crl chatpa lep-
pasingdu masing thijallu.
Count those who stopped go¬
ing.

Phr: !K^31 <7°3TC31 chatpa
leppa ‘to stop going’.

CMIT lek l

lick

v. 355^(7 fl'lPf fE31Hf
SoDT^I huyna maagi
mapugi makhut lek-i. The dog
licked his owner's hand,
adv. 33^(7 ^°DT^<7

SolF^U K'5^1 huyna inaray-
na lektuna lektuna chaay. The
dog ate licking with his
tongue.

adj. yo,5tiC cf ° 0T 31 f IT
qrdm'in^ mofufl huyna
lekpiba angaangdu asini. This
is the child licked by die dog.
nom. SIDC2

Ht'ffXffl nangsu nakhut lekpa
paambra? Do you also like to lick
you hand?

phr: 5^ <?°nrJl khut lekpa
‘to lick one's hand’, yo 5T 10-
'gCu cfoUTW hawdongdawna
lekpa ‘to lick like a cat’

^°HT lek 2

stay overnight

v.*K3o'nr dDof nrfnr

^onFSHrMCfl mahaak ngasi
ailing leklakkani. He will stay
overnight there,
adv. fe 'u e°nr£(7
Qfj'IgET ft? S'nrS 6 ®! maana
lektuna layba kaanda may
laakte. There was no light
when he was staying over¬
night here.

adj. mtfwu e°nrJi a-

fktvs 6 nt'erfflo jrtysi

mahaakna lekpa numitta aarke
mu pok-i. Aarke Mu was bom
on the day he stayed over¬
night here.

nom. (7 DJ O Rc5^ 6 ^ST
SHIT31 3l'ffiK8rl nangsu ma-
klioyda lekpa paambra? Do
you also like to stay overnight
at their place?

Phr: tETafin S°nT31 ahing
lekpa ‘to stay overnight at a
place’, njyoflD *01 Er°UrH ah-

311

cfo.ff le.m

ing yaarekpa ‘to keep watch
overnight 1

iS'o^nr lethok

unable to eat more

v. x'a x'nnusstf

^°X 6 nr^l thaavv
yaamna thaak-abadi chaabada
lethok-i. (1) cannot eat more it
there is more oil (in the cook¬
ing).

S°X 6 nrni o l thummankhre,
chaabada lethok-e. It’s too
sweet, (1) can't eat more,
adv. E'* Hft'

ft'STiT 0 l Icthoktuna chaaba
iyaa yaadre. (1) hardly can cat
it (because of oiliness/ sweet¬
ness).

adj. X'nrSTX 5 KVs 6 T‘

x'ss Kfcjf

lethok-aba potti
thaavv nattraga chini hellabani.
The item that cannot be eaten
more is in excess of either oil or
sugar.

nom. 56 '

JETTS’ ft'GM Icvhok-

abasingdu tongaanna lhamba
yaare. Those items that cannot
be eaten more may be kept
separately.

Phr: K'TeTST ^oX 6 nTMR chaa¬
bada lethokpa ‘be unable to
eat more 1 .

2T°ff lem

remain food after use
V. JSC9 e JI! K'sst Kf
mR'ffxcj K v nr-^°i5C9'ni
(5°FFFTtf I usop chaabada mi
ayaambana chaak-yensaang
lemmi.There are leftovers of al¬
most all invitees in a formal
fc3St

adv. K'lir-9WSC9'ID IffU-
fEGT 5*fiM chaak-

yensaang pumnamak lemduna
layre. All items cooked for the
feast have remained as left¬
overs.

adj. rcerofFY x'nr-R°<5-

o'mofnist k'x' 1 -

WW,*\ areniba chaak-yen-
saangsingdu nakhoy

chaathok-o. You eat up those
leftovers (rice and other items
of curries, fries, etc.),
nom. tHGToffTOflD TCCtfSflf
WZ'U K'Xfirefl arembas-
ing asidi kanaana chaabigani?
Who will eat these leftovers?
Phn mET°ff fH5lR arem-apaa
‘leftovers', oernr

lemhawba saruk ‘remaining
portion 1

le.m

be graceful

v. K^'nFS 6 f Efenirs 6
JCMF R'FFB cj°fficn ma-
haakti mirakta chang-ngaga

cJ°(S len 1

312

yaamna lemmi. He is graceful
in the gathering,
adv. F ETfnjfEQr

cTo.FFGr c^o.FFU EJTIEI na-
khoy khudingmak le.mna
le.mna phammu. Sit all of you
gracefully,
adj. HTGToff Y

fEfStlEf [EIF^fl
are.mba lamchat saajat haay-
basi midugi magunni. Graceful
manner is the personality of
the person.

noni. nrfir°FF¥C9rnJSTf
yfuY Fnjjfi are.mbasingdi
hawnaba khang-ngi. Those
who are graceful know the so¬
cial etiquette.

Plir: KfDI <?°Fnr ching-
le.mba ‘be graceful’, cfolTir
75 .IT le.mba ha.yba ‘artfully
graceful’.

cMS len l

squander

v. U75' qr^Grfanfsr Trer°ffra
fES^FF c?°TSf I naliaa oyringay-
da arembada matam lelli. People
squandered their time when
they were young,
adv. lEl^FF

efjfm JTCOf 75 v Ff\ tanna
matam lellingayda punsi
hawkhi. Time passes away
while passing time lazily,
adj. fE^Ff JEW

lES 6 * matam lelliba

migi mataw tamganu. Don’t
imitate the person who is pass¬
ing his time.

noin. lE^FF So^fTOflD^
TUIRUnT dD'OT^Ufl matam
Iellibasingdu apangba ngaak-
tani. Those who arc squander¬
ing time are thoughtless peo¬
ple.

Phr: fES^FF matam

lenba ‘to squander time’.

len 2

cut with a saw

v. ie'c 5*. THE ^er'^c:

cToZIgTI maana u. ama horaay-
na lelli. He is cutting a wood
with a saw.
adv. IE'(J S.
lEfE'^tfTOfin ^'nr^l maa-
na u. lellingayda mamaanna-
basing laak-i. His friends came
while he was sawing a wood,
adj. u-

ifsr

M

horaay lelliba nupaadu ch-
ingthangkhombani. The man
who is sawing is Chingth-
angkhoinba.

nom.

C 6 0I lenthat-

labasingdu nong chottanaba
taw. Try to protect those cut
off logs from rain.

Phr: Tftr'TS horaay len-

313

cJ°HI leng 3

ba ‘to saw'. ZC'nnn^CSGT 2°t51T
thaanggonna leitba ‘to cut with a
sickle'.

cf o lII leng i

move

v. c^lIJIFCn leng-ganu. Don't
move. Rc'STf 2 °ul 2 H]fl

maadi toyna leng-ngi. He
moved frequently.

adv. Fk'STf

2 °nJST2 2*1 maadi ngaay-
liaak laytana lengduna lay. He
keeps moving at all times,
adj. SWDjflinr (JWfC9f 2°1T-
ITfCfl leng-ngiba nupisi lem-
bini. The lady who is moving is
Lembi.

nom. nrar°iiJXC9fnjof

Wf VI I arengbasingsi
dandi piyu. Punish them those
who make movement.

Phr: 2°inDI J Vll leng-otpa
‘movement’, 3G6T°lD¥f
thurengbi ‘an undesirable
woman (abuse)'.

O°0J leng 2

go (honorific)

v. JIRl^clG^M' 2°nJM'°l pan-
thawpaa lengkhre. Panthaw-
paa has gone out. IF'ITtJSrC?

3oR°ni ST°^2f 2°nHl t 2fl

gabanarsu hayeng delii leng-
gani. Governor too is going to
Delhi tomoirow.

adv. 2tDC9 W'YUff' 2°QJ-
affifaDTS? 5* V 53*0^1 nangsu
gabanar leng-ngingayda chat-
hawro. You too go when gov¬
ernor is going.

adj. ST°^2f 2°tnFfX JEf?0[
IPSWCJfl delii lengkhiba
midu gabanarni. The man who
left for Delhi is governor.

nom. Et°32f 2°lDFf7-

OflUST mu' BKZVl delii

lengkhibasingdu kanaa
kanaano? V/ho are those left
for Delhi?

Phr: CXT F & ID 2 0 ID^ sanaa
khong lengba ‘to go out
(king), 2°ID5^^'3D lengkhatpa
‘to get up’, 2°IDC9fl5ir
lengsinba ‘to go inside’,
2°IDC9f(5Xfernr^l lengsin-
birak-u ‘please come in; wel¬
come’.

Sfoni leng 3

feel instating sensation
v. Rc'STf K'tfST 2°ID-
Mf\ maadi paan chaabada
leng-ngi. He gets irritating
sensation when eating arum,
adv. ffc'STf 2 o DKJ 2°DJ2
HTSTFF S£'C?f’ : T2°l maadi len-
gna lengna adum chaasillc. He
has eaten in spite of getting ir¬
ritating sensation.

adj. W'rs X 2°njlT
RtfST paan chaabada

cJo.DJ le.ng 1

314

lengba inidu kanaano? Who is
the person getting irritation
when eating arum?
nom. TC'lTET U o linr

HU C9 JITC ff 5T°I paan ehaaba-
da lengba kanaasu paamde.
Nobody likes getting instating
sensation when eating arum.
Phr: 5T XST U°DIX chaaba-
da lengba ‘to get irritating sen¬
sation while eating'

SaIU le.ng 1

pierce through

v. p'u e»njjniri

lannnoktu taana le.ng.ngi. The
wild boar was pierced through
with a spear.

adv. Ufff£ & H^ P'U

uo.id u u°.mu

lammoktu taana le.ngna
le.ngna ehenkhi. The boar ran
away in spite of piercing
through with a spear,
adj. i^u uo.njdnx uffrt-
£ /offTffRtlFUfl taana Ie.ng-
ngaba lammoktu sirammagani.
The wild boar that was pierced
through with a spear would be
dead.

nom. S^'U g°. IDfiT -

xofmsT ^ofm'8'iFf xxnr

cn

d taana le.ngkhraba-

singdu hingbagi thabak layte.
Those that were pierced
through with spear are not

possible to be alive.

Phr: S 6 U U°.lIJir taana
le.ngba 'to pierce through with
spear'

cJ°.lU le.ng 2

make garland

V. U*0'¥fSTU ^JKBToID
cl°niHfl laysaabiduna lay-
pareng le.ng-ngi. The girl is
making a garland.

adv. ikTfnru u°.tnu

o.inu n'Fi s^erfl ma-
haakna lay le.ngna le.ngna
waakhai tawri. She is ponder¬
ing while making garland,
adj. 5* uVxfsr

UM^fUfl lav le.ng-ngi-
ba laysaabidu nung-
ngonbini.The girl who is mak¬
ing garland is Nong-ngonbi.
nom. mGr°niTOfi^ Off-
JlR'lIT mCPfST Tj'fllJlRl areng-
basingdu sempaak asida haap-
po. Keep those finished gar¬
lands on this plate.

Phr: S* WOffl U°.DJY lay
paareng le.ngba To make gar¬
land’.

C? lul

M

be transparent, hygienic
v. J5C?flIISTf 5J5I toti
isingdi luy. Tap water is trans¬
parent.

adv. OTUX ^OflDSTf UU

315

?• Iu - 1

3GFFRjM thaknaba isingdi kina
tha.mmu. Keep drinking water
hygienically.

adj. QIGT'S’ m XJSTUY
XFTKi aruba isingna thakna¬
ba tha.mmu. Keep transparent
(good) water for drinking.

noni. DI Gf IT ST f Rtf
pstfnucnr 5 “hg

arubadi mi khudingmak loyna
paamnay. To be neat and clean
is liked by everybody.

Phr: eU'&Yl lu-

naanba or lu-henba ‘be neat
and clean', taru

taruba ‘be thoroughly clean'
Idiom: cJSXF 53'&3¥1P
n'l&ZYU 75°®? lujabaga
w a a w j a b a g a, w a a w j a b a n a
henba ‘to refer to an untidy
person*

5 |u 2

good in execution
v. K^'nr xyjs '

(RcH mahaak thabak

tawbada luy (machu taay). He
is good in the execution of a
work.

adv. s;*j ea x'snr
S^FTRtl luna luna thabak taw-

M

ba tammu. Leant to do a work
well and good.

adj. £XnT ^ (K5£

P'Y) JEfStf EEff IffCK-
IF5 6 f I thabak taw¬

bada luba (machu taaba) midi
mapham pumnamakta channa-
bani. A person who is good in
the execution of a work is wel¬
comed everywhere,
nom. Ef 51RFFCJRtIF ZG'S’Hr
S^ITST cJT M'ffRtfl mipum-
namak thabak tawbada luba
paammi. Everybody likes to be
good in doing a work.

Phr: XYW

Rt3T thabak tawbada

r*>

luba/ machu taaba ‘be good in
doing a work’

(?. Iu. 1

be cunning

v. n^'nr^f Efs 6 ' e,.^i
mahaakti mitaa lu.v. He is cun¬
ning. TCdD ID DIC9f RtfS^
qTIPafl angaang asi mitaa
lugani. This boy will be cun¬
ning.

adv. Rt'STf IkfS 6 '

maadi mitaa lumanduna kanaa
amatana tinnaningde. As he is
very cunning nobody likes
him.

adj. fkfS 6 ' ST fkftff KfS
ZooDTS 6 JB'lDaernr^l mitaa
luba midi tnina hekta ngaang-
narak-i. A cunning person is
known to all.

noni. UtUSTf KfS 6 ' S1TOY

flk'(SET 0 l nangdi mitaa lugada-

C%. lu. 2

316

ba maande. You don’t look like
a cunning fellow.

Phr: RtfS^ mitaa luba

‘be cunning’, RtfBT
5° X mim oyna tawba ‘be sly
in nature’.

<?. lu. 2

be deep

v. 5^C9fni FOTJ* tfu

C.Jiil ising asi khuk-u yawna
lu.y. This water is knee deep,
adv. JSOflD C.fklSSTC
^'(57 JffSM ising
lu.manduna laanba ngamde.
As the water is too deep, we
cannot cross it.
adj. mer.x jsofmsr aOT
92'RFC C I aru.ba isingda
ngaa yaamna lay. In deep wa¬
ter there are many fishes,
nom. Z 7)' Z STf EjOflD
HTfi[.¥ST 5T*/JIRCf! jahaajdi
ising aru.bada chatpani. A ship
sails over deep water.

Phr: m££.1TC9flD aru.ba ising
‘deep water’, R2lT

aru.ba mapaa. ‘place where
water is deep’.

cJ3H lup 1

dive

v. c:/3'Gr a TOfnjc oKirer^
6T 31t JIR f I nahaarolsingna
samudrada iruppi. The young
men dived in the sea.

adv. Karraf#*

M

92'1TC C'DTEl makhoyna
iruppingayda ngaa yaamna
laak-i. While they are diving
many fishes came nearby.

adj. 350T W /) 7 Rtf

H 92 'er ft £ff><scfin

Hf^6T°l iruppa hayba mi
kayaamarum training pikhre.
Many good swimmers had
given training.

nom. BSC'fFFnrC J56T3123ITJ

m'fxq 92'jk^l

kanaagumbana iruppa tamba
paambasu yaawwi. Someone
likes to learn diving.

Phr: 3^BT3I23IIZ 5 b FF'8 f iruppa
tamba ‘to learn diving’,
JsSTJiniR TfXC^fnj iruppa
haybasing ‘divers’.

<?3I£ lup 2

sink

v. J^C9flDST CMfl

yotti isingda luppi. Iron sinks
in the water. ZsS'Z'tilT
5^C9fHT5T cTlU^ 0 ! jahaajdi
isingda lupte. A ship does not
sink in the water’
adv. OTf£°firn5STf ^OfQIST
mm sDIffKfl sap-
merindi isingda luptuna chat-
pa ngammi. A submarine can
go under the w r ater.
adj. 5=SC9fDJST
Zs5'Z% 5’FV£fffl ising¬
da lupkhiba jahaajdu lawldiat-

317

qj\ff lu.m 1

tri. The ship the. sunk in the
water is not yet recovered,
nom. CJID dDBT'lD 7)f cfJTCM
1T0T I nang ngaraang hi
luppa uhawbara? Did you see
the sinking of a boat yester¬
day?

Phr: HOfnJST <?3TCM isingda
luppa ‘to sink in the water’, Tof
SHIM hi luppa ‘to sink a
boat 1 .

5nr iuk

be low (polite)

v. off crnstf Ker'5^ ^nr^l

« fn <*•

sum sumdi maraay luk-i. Sum
Sum is polite.

adv. Off C9ffSTf Fk^FT MFT-

uuiwP r fer'K s"l

sum sumdi matam pumnamak-
ta maraay luktuna lay. Sum
Sum always remains polite,
adj. KBT'JS ^OTM RTfSTf
RTfS I maraay

lukpa midi mina ikaay khum-
nay. A polite man is respected
by all.

nom. U 6 ^cT HPM ReflFf
Re1P(5Ufl nollukpa migi ma-
gunni. Politeness is the virtue
of a man.

Phr: (J^cfHTJIR Ref nollukpa
mi ‘a polite man’.

«5FF lum

be heavy

v. HEaDl'lD UTOf R'ffC qfff-

Ref I angaang asi yaamna lum-
mi. This child is very heavy,
adv. ReS^JT M TTCRTUT^
MV CllTC MITOI matam
pumnamakta pot lumna
puganu. Don't carry load
heavily always,
adj. merft'x mV myk
R'fkl arumba pot pubada
waay. To carry heavy load is
tiresome.

nom. urerffTOftn^ trrofs?

~ M

3k IT Re FT Re I arumbasingdu
asida thammammo. You leave
here those heavy ones.

Phr: HTETITY pot arum¬

ba ‘heavy load’, clFTC MIT
lumna puba ‘to carry things
heavily’, 3k (5 cFFTir thun
lumba ‘a sluggish fellow’.

cj.ff lu.m l

lay in wait, ambush

s.fficri

hawdongna uchi lu.mmi. Cats
lay in wait for rats,
adv. To^lIHJ SEf
^.FFKf^ST TjE HTR3 57°^-
UP niff Ref I hawdongna uchi
lu.mmingayda huy ama chellak-
ammi. A dog came running
when a cat was in wait for rats,
adj. sjtf e.fftcr? jf 51*1035
H°R^lF , f(7fl uchi lu.mmiba
hawdongdu Kemugini. The
cat that lays in wait for rats be¬
longs to Kemu.

g.ff lu.m 2

318

novn. Rt'lP'f > 0 * 5 T 6 nJSTf
S.ff'E’ 51K'ffST°l maagi haw-
dongdi uchi lu.mba paamde.
His cat doesn't like to lay in
wait for rats.

Phr: 2.ff1T uchi

lu.mba ‘to lay in wait for rats'.

S’.ff lu.m 2

boil (water)

v. Kfnje°ffxr 5^c9fm
S.ffHcfl chinglembi ising
lu.mmi. Chinglembi is boiling
water.

adv. IF 55BcOJ8T JS.C9flU
2*1 mahaak imung-
da ising lu.mduna lay. She is
boiling water inside the house.

adj. 55C9flIJ

2fflfl£K'8T 5*flB2°FF*f2fl

ising lu.mmiba nupi machaadu
Chinglembini. The girl who is
boiling water is Chinglembi.
nom. (3ID 55C9fni 2.TTX
Jllf fflTfiT'l nang ising lu.mba
pambara? Do you like to boil
water?

Phr: J5C9tm 2.ffX ising
lu.mba ‘to boil water’, 31RID 1 -
(JtlD 2.PCS’ pukning lu.mba
‘to have full confidence’.

loy

decay

v. UfniXff 3G'« Sb2'C9flD
2*551 ningtham thaa-

da unaasing makhok loy. The
leaves are decayed during
winter.

adv. SB' IffBKHr nr

2*55 ST 2 2*8T°I unaa pumna-
mak makhok loyduna layre. All
leaves are laying decayed,
adj. *2'-

ofra^f n°i5£i'n t 2fi ma¬
khok loyraba unaasingdi ken-
khragani. Those decayed
leaves will be tailing down,
nom. e^erTOfinsr

yo dj if ' ff

^nnafflnrwcjfl makhok loyra-
basingdu hanggaampaan ma-
chu chang-ngakpani. Those
decayed leaves turn into yel¬
lowish colour.

Phr: f£F*HT 2*55 IT makhok
loyba ‘to become decay
(leaves)’.

loyna

associate, along with
v. f£F*55 tII2f fk^PF Wff-
G'f^ID’S 6 2*552*I makhoyani
matam pumnamakta loynay.
They (two) are always associ¬
ated with each other,
adv. 2K°IF 2*5522
JSOflip 5*VR5fl52*l nache-
ga loynana iskul chatminnaw.
Go to school along with your
elder sister.

adj. f£K°lF 2*5526rfX

319

g b nr iok 2

tM'lIJStf B9°R£tJfl machega
loynariba angaangdu Kemuni.
The child who is associated
with his older sister is Kemu.
nom. (K'P 5*JSBfirfT-
OflDET B3ft' 51H'ffST°l maaga
loynaribasingdu kayaa paangde.
Those who are associated
with him are not to our expecta¬
tion.

Phr: fkeri-ra'ni

loynaba marup-mapaang
"companion” cf loyna-

bi ‘one's wife”.

(5 b J* lo.y

finish

V . f^yo'nr e'^erfnr m'.*

^ & .5^er°l mahaak laayrik
paa.ba lo.yrc. She has finished
reading.

adv. K!7o ID 1 5^ S’
wVX'flTI mahaak iba loyra-
duna pothaari. She is taking
rest after finishing writing,
atlj. ST B # SePT C?eriir£
^ofUffol iba loyraba saruktu
yengge. Let me see the portion
which is finished writing,
nom. S & Js0T'X’C9fHIST
tESfffSI 3GffH£l iba loyrabas-
ingdu adomda thammu. Keep
those finished ones that side.
Phr: iba loyba

‘finish writing”, C9 teU'S
saannaba loyba ‘to fin¬
ish play”.

^ nr iok i

harvest

v. m'KU'Si e* e'wv \

poynuda law loknay. People
do harvesting in the month of
Poynu (Oct-Nov)
adv. e* e*nro: e 6 nnr E'ff-
Rtf 3GYHFC2 ^Rfl law lokna
lokna phaamgi thabaksu taw-
wi. People do work in the farm
while they are harvesting,
adj.

BTrafl law lokpa thaabu
poynu kawwi. The month in
which people do harvesting is
called Poynu.

noni. S’ £T QTZG

poynubu

lawrokthaa haayna kawwi.
Poynu is called the month of
harvesting.

Phr: & law lokpa ‘to

harvest”,

lawrok paanthaa ‘harvesting
season”

e’nr iok i

collect woods from river

V. ^ero!5BT-

IPf & S*nTHl chahi khuding-
gi turendagi u lok-i. Every year
people collect woods from the
river (those carried by flood
water).

adv. f£'C ^

^'BTHT^I maana u lok-

320

g*FF lo.m l

ingayda nong taarak-i. It start¬
ed raining while he was col¬
lecting woods,
adj. ^ 6 nrC9^5^

HST'IFsST JHTFBT°I loksalla-
ba udu kadaayda thamkhre?
Where have you put the wood
you have collected?
nom. ^ <? 6 nrM
(JfUI^er'l u lokpa yaawning-
bara? Are you interested in
collecting wood?

Phr: S^IFJIR u lokpa ‘to

collect woods from river’.

lo.m 1

be end

v. onr:/o°<5(j ^ iks 6 "®
<? 6 .IT Rtf I sak-henna u kaaba
maton lo.mmi. Sak-hen’s climb¬
ing of tree reaches the top.
adv. C9nT7o°iE(J SaST RtS^lS

sak-henna
udu maton lomphaaw kaay.
Sak-hen climbed the tree up to
the top.

adj. S ffll'XST (CS 61 ©
KTSt u

kaabada maton lomkhiba midu
kanaano? Who was the per¬
son climbed the tree up to the
top?

nom. CIIIC9 55 89 1T5T

(£5^(5 JlR'ffYGT'l

nangsu u kaabada maton lom-
ba paambara? Do you also like
to reach the top of the tree?

Phr: maton

lornba ‘to reach the top*

lorn 2

substitute, on behalf of
v. aincoferYf
c fU cJ 6 ffRtfi nungsiraygi
mahut ibelayna lommi. Ibclay
substituted Nungsiray.
adv. tt'&U RtvW ^ a ff-

c?mc9fer" fkx' uw '

\HK 5lR%Ffl ibelayna mahut
lommingayda nungsiray
machaa nupaa ama pokkhi.
Nungsiray born a son when
lbelay was substituting her.
adj. tJ lUCOf fiT^IPf I£y3 ^
C^ITCJ'S' Rtf cffr°l nungsir¬
aygi mahut lomnaba mi layre.
There is a person who would
be on behalf of Nungsiray.
nom. u in mc9fer^i^f

M'ffYGT'l
nang nungsiraygi mahut lom-
ba paambara? Do you like to
substitute Nungsiray?

Phr: Rtyo^ cJ 6 FF1T mahut
lomba ‘to substitute someone’

lom 3

stammer

v. RTstf n' fker*

c^ffRtfl maadi waa ngaang-
bada maray lommi. He stam¬
mered in speaking,
adv. Ker* 5‘ffB R'

2 fl]'lD 2 lDfl maray lomna lomna

321

d*.l5 lo.n i

maana waa ngaang-ngi. He
spoke stammeredly.
adj. Ker* KfB R'

affl'm'S' S 6 "? GtHU'TSS 6 ”!
maray lomba mina waa
ngaangba taaba nung-ngaay-
te. Listening to the speech of a
stammerer is not interesting,
nom. Ht £T* c 6 ff IT ST
TJ^'nr® IHBTf 3G 6 DTTfl ma¬
ray lombadu nahaakka kari
thoknay? Who is the stammer¬
er to you?

Phr: OT* Kf maray

lomba mi ‘a stammerer’, ft
^'tD^ST 5* waa

ngaangbada lay lomba ‘to
stammer while speaking’

5*© Ion i

knit, embroider

v. C9f3^er

cf^ST I tombitonna sitar lolli.
Tombiton is knitting a sweater,
adv. OfS^GT

sTnr

tombitonna sitar loll-
ingayda tanawna chaak
thong-ngi. Tanaw cooked
while Tombiton was knitting
sweater,
adj.

rtSGfTET'l tombi¬
tonna lonba sitardu loyrabara?
Has the sweater knitted by
Tombiton completed?

n o m. C_JifBEK'OflDC

5 b ©X R'FFB Sl'ff-

(Cfl nupimachaasingna lonba-
khotpa yaamna paammi.
Young girls like embroidery
very much.

Phr: Eif. phi. lonba ‘to

embroider’, £fTC9f <5 jar-
si lonba ‘to knit jersey’.

Ion 2

shut, close

v. ft'KtnsiiiiirasT x 6 nj e b <5-

Of^cM yaachang-ngakpada
thong lonsillu. Shut the door
at twilight.

adv. (c'g x'm e^efiorsi
X 8 ni Xf^FcJOrEbl maana
thong lollirgayda thong thil-
lak-i. Someone knocked at
while she was shutting the
door.

adj. 5 # ©Ff* StBfE
HcjDD' C9er°l thong lonkhiba
dukaan mangaa sure. It is now
five shops that have closed,
nom. ElStf x‘m
31R' ff ST ¥ 0T' I nangdi thong
lonba paamdabara? Don't you
like to close your shop?

Phr: X 6 D1 thong lon¬

ba ‘to close a door’, C9 B c? WZ
so lonba ‘ to fasten with a lock'

^*.(5 lo.n 1

pile up one after another

322

6 (5 lo.n 2

v. s'^erfnrofnjst ffcer^r
ffcer 6 3 S^.lgFtfSl laay¬
rik si ngdu marol marol
lo.nkhatlu. Pile up those books
one after another,
adv. r iG s ^erfnr kbp t
K 6 P 6 T S^F^SfdfST
ke'u K^arnrHl maana
laayrik marol marol
lo.nkhatlingayda mamaana
kawrak-i. Her mother called her
when she was piling up books,
adj. s 6 .<gws* s'^Bpfnr-
C9fm ursr Et mfkc m-

OfTSl lo.nkhatlaba laay-
riksing adu phi. amana kupsil-
lu. Cover those piled up books
with a cloth.

nom. rcer'.eyofins!.
5'serf¥ IB55' 051'B‘I

aro.nbasingdu laayrik kayaa
kayaano? How many books
are there in each pile (ot
books)?

Phr: EBP^T RtBP 6 ^ S’
marol marol lo.nba ‘to pile up
one after another'

lo.n 2

boil

v. I'cr^c'sssrf
cJ a .TSfl thaaniljaawdi chuhi
lo.lli. Thaaniljaaw is boiling
sugar cane juice,
adv. ITS X/5f S^SMfST
(JfflOtV C9f^SHT>bl maana

chuhi lo.llingayda nungsit sit-
lak-i. The wind stalled blowing
when he was boiling sugar
cane juice.

adj. Xyof S 6 .!5X S M'K
X'UfTS'^Sfl chuhi lo.nba
nupaadu thaaniljaawni. The
man who boiled sugar cane
juice is Thaaniljaaw.
nom. K,73f

55'FFC 2*1 mahaakti
chuhi lo.nba yaamna hay. He is
skilful in boiling sugar cane
juice.

Phr: K>of S a .<5X chuhi
lo.nba ‘to boil sugar cane

joke’, i/oVne'er s\m

hawaayjaar lo.nba ‘to boil soy¬
abean'

cJ a lII long

be forked

v. iM'tn msr rcsf

er 5 IBjri angaang adu khubi
ani long-ngi. The child has a
forked thumb.

adv. & nm EC9'
tusf stains 23*nfi u

paambi adu masaa ani longna
hawwi. The tree grows with
forked branches,
adj. RtC?' S 6 HJX FEBEBUT
Km ranr&i masaa longba
udu makak makak kak-u. Cut
the tree which has forked
branches into logs

323

€ lay 2

noni. iko' rcer l, nixc9fni^
cJ 5^ GEUTcE^Si masaa
arongbasingdu loyna kak-
thatlu. Cut all those forked
branches down.

Phi". RtC9 £>10* masaa
longba ‘to have branches'.
5^C9fm HBT a ni ising ; >ong ‘a
river tributary 1

c?*nj lo.ng

lace upward

v. (CIK'TS

£ B .nJ^£fl nong-ngaallay-
na mamaay lo.ngkhatli. Nong-
ngaallay faces upward,
adv. K^'nTG EHT UTKST
f£Ffc'5^ £*.IDG yofMfl ma-
haakna phak amada mamaay
lo.ngna hippi. She lies on a mat
facing upward.
adj.kfk'E G'.DJdDIF'
mf* cj^maffl'^TsiifGrf I

mamaay lo.ng-ngaga hippiba
midu nong-ngaallayni. The
person who is lying taco up¬
ward is Nong-ngaallay.
nom. GDG*?f Slfff-

5T6T I nangdi lo.ngba paam-
dra? Don’t you like to lie face
upward?

Phr: e\WG sifMW lo.ngna
hippa ‘to lie face upward',

G\njyLar 'nr s*.jn*

lo.ngkhraak lo.ngba ‘to com¬
pletely lie face upward'

lay 1

turn

v. 51R FTCFfcUr KW.

fE'lSGG €*\

makhoy pumnamak chap
maannana yetlomda lay. All of
them turned to the right simul¬
taneously,
adv.

^erfanTst rc 6 -

^£r*ffST 5*1 makhoyna yet-
lomda layringayda montekna
oyromda lay. When they were
turning to the right, Montek
turned to the left,
adj. nr*Her a ffs? 5*0rf*
Kfk FS^^olirGfl oyromda
layriba midu montckni. The
man who is turning to the left
is Montek.

nom. 5>f*-

C9fra yetlomda

layribasingdu achumbani.
Those who are turning to the
right are right.

Phr: 91°^ 5>FFST S 1$ yet¬
lomda layba ‘turn to right'.
fk'35 5** maay layba ‘to re¬
treat; turn to another direction'

ZF lay 2

buy

v. oru kk'ifT s ?%mer

5*1 mamaaha machaagi daay-
par lay. The mother bought di¬
aper for her child.

324

5*. la.y

adv. KRc'tJ fkK'Ff

^erfjTsr kk'gt-

M

Jllf SOTTSl mamaana machaa-
gi daaypar layringayda
machaanupaa laak-i. Her son
came while the mother was
buying diaper for her baby,
adj. merV Kf s>erxstf
mu'u mV tf'EsriHjfi aray-
ba mi laytrabadi kanaana pot yon-
bigani? Who will sell articles if
there is no buyer,
nom. IJfkfV X°lD2lDX(JfU

merVcbfnic?

M

yjtg^fiT°1 numit thengnga-
banina araybasingsu loyna
hankhre. As time is late all cus¬
tomers have gome home.

Phr: tllfirV arayba

V 0

mamal ‘buyer’s price’, S fiT-

~ vp sp_y

T 2 ID ST S ./) X layringayda
layhawba ‘to buy while buy-
ing\ e’Vnr ^of©
laythok laysin tawba ‘to buy
occasionally’, S^TT
layba yonba ‘buying and sell¬
ing’, mV c!** pot layba ‘to
buy things’

Proverb: S'STtJ S*fir”SSTf
C9'f£ laydana layrabadi

saamu layba ‘being done the
best thing’

5*. la.y

live

v. 3G'lUira 5*1 baabu

M

thaang-gada la.y. Baabu lives
at Thaang-ga.

adv. Rt'TJ BB fiT . ID ST

s'.5sc?tn to

^fiTIFEl maana karaa.ngda
la.yringayda laa.ysang ama
urak-i. When he was at
karaa.ng, he saw a temple there.

adj. iser'.insT s*firfY Kf-
C9ftnST J' E'STTJ yofUJafllfl

co M

karaa.ngda laa.yriba misingdu
ngaa phaaduna hing-ngi. Those
who are the inhabitants of
karaa.ng make their livelihood
by fishing.

nom. Her'.lust s'*, fir f s’-
ofins ^rnuDfl

karaa.ngda la.yribasingna
nung-ngaayna hing-ngi. The
inhabitants of kakraa.ng live
happily.

Phr: 0er'.UJST S*.S

karaa.ngda la.yba ‘live at
karaa.ng’, c^.S’lFf ^

la.ybagi mahaaw ‘the pleasure
of living’

g'JS laay

be easy

v. Fk^'nrK dmusssTf
5Sfir'JS S'fSl I mahaakka
ngaangnabadi iraay laay. It is
easy to deal with him.

adv. R'EsFTST ffcTfUTSSTf

n

\ y

S d El waaphamdu

mahaaknadi laayna lawwi. He

325

considered the matter easily.

ad j.

3 fw'ZtY S^IFSl

M M

araayba waaphainni haaydana
thawsaadaba tawganu. Don't
take it lightly that the matter is
an easy one.

nom. rcer'jsx 3 o' 5 *X UK
FUT (ffiYUfl araayba li aav-
ba ama khak laytabani. There
is nothing easy as such.

Phr: R'erf araayba

vvaari ‘a simple story’,

S' khangbada laayba

‘easy to know', 7)

haaybada laayba
‘easy in saying', tT
51R ' FT araayba paambay
‘easy means'

E'JSfir laayra

be poor

v. f£25'nr^f S'E^I ma-
haakti laayray. He is poor,
adv. f£;oVs s'^ererfjnfsT
VI 'ITS R'^f. mahaakna
laayraringayda yaamna waa-
khi. He suffered a lot when he
was poor.

ntij. e'jserx left? yfcY

3^1DST 0 1 laayraba mina hawna-
ba khangde. Poor people
know not for social decency.

nom. IKttr‘jS'& 5IR!5<X>fSt
e'ssGr^c? tiin'x rcfKtzfi

mioyba punsida laayrabasu
awaaba amani. Poverty is also

g* law

a suffering in life.

Phr: S'^BTX laayraba ‘be
poor’, S'J5£TX He5?' laayra
machaa 'a person of poor fam¬
ily'. R'5^R S ^fiTIT waakhal
laayraba ‘to have a poor
knowledge'

Proverb: S JSGTX RtJlTC (5

SflDST 0 laayraba mapaan
thaadc inaakkhunba mau
lingde ‘nothing is permanent'

law

take

V. ?'55ETftr OTOf e'l laayrik
asi law. Take this book.

adv. e'jserrnr s'erCjnfst

V°q s’er 4 l laayrik lawrin-
gayda chesu lawro. While you
are taking book, take paper
too.

adj. s’ff'fx e'Earfnr^; mf-
ST'eriPfUfl lawriba laayriktu
kodaargini. The book you are
taking belongs to Kodaar.
nom. S^firfYOtlD^ DBBTf
Gflfirf(J b | lawribasingdu kari
karino? What are those things
that you have been taking?
Phr: C9GTlir S*1T saruk law-
ba ‘to take one's share’, 5*-
ST & IU X'S khudong

ehaaba lawba ‘to seize oppor¬
tunity, take advantage of’.

g la.w I 326

3^. la.w i

bum on fire

v. BlE'Stf affl' ^.BTfl namaa-
di ngaa la.wri. Your mother is
burning fish on fire,
adv. fEK'U 2ffl'

erTjnTsr k'cj Hiwfi ma-
khoy mamaana ngaa
la.wringayda maana kappi. He
was crving wlien his mother
was burning fish on fire.

adj. ^ y .erf* am'sT ei'bm

la.wriba ngaadu kaarc. The
fish that is being burned is
over burnt.

nom. tur'.'sofiDSt JD'er-

rnrs 6 ^o'JltJlRl ara.wbasingdu
ngaarubaakta haappu. Put those
burnt ones (fish) into
Ngaarubaak (a basket for keep¬
ing fish).

Phr: S' ngaa la.wba

‘to bum fish on lire', TC6T .IT
am' ara.wba ngaa ‘burned fish*

3*la.w 2

hook, fasten

v. ttt'fl'erofmsT, nr kif

tECT oyaars-

ingdu amaga amaga
la.wsinnay. Those wires fasten
each other.

adv. nrVer mpraf nrofsr

oyaar amadi
asida la.wduna la.yre. One wire
is being hooked here,
adj. gf.erf* mVerofnjsr

pcKiu (feXDi er'a^nrai

la.wriba oyaarsingdu mathang
mathang lawthok-u. Take out
those hooked wires one by
one.

iioin. 5' , .S'fTOfni®
^ v 3j t QT'?‘ 0 l la.wribasingdu
haanna lawthokkho. Unfasten
those liooked ones first.

Phr: rcVer wicc e’.x

oyaar amatia la.wba ‘hooked
by a wire'

Idiom: R^DJ Off

khunu makhong
samla.wba ‘an obstacle, a hin¬
drance'

3 P% » laaw

be broad

v. JIR'551 mC9f KJrp e'ss-

Rfl paaip asi makhul laawwi.
The hole of this pipe is big.
adv. FET e'&tJ

ukhuldu khara laawna

M M

hutlu. Make the hole a little
bigger.

adj. nrar'&* icfto fk5^m
tEOflPf nr a 5SC9fl araawba
makhuldu makhong asigi oysi.
Let this post be for the big
hole.

nom. nTBr'^X ^^fniRtlF

^erffil'er araawba

khudingmak darkaar layte. All
big holes are not required.
Phr: nEGT'S* kom

327

m hat 2

araawba ‘a big pit'.

araawba makhul 'a big

hole'.

laa.w

shout

v. mjD'ni hestc mkz'zJ
aTSTCJ S'.&eTfflfcfl angaang
aduna ngamjabi thaaduna
laa.wrammi. The boy shouted
at the top of his voice,
adv. tH dD' ID <HST G
e'.&BrfjflFsr mdD'ni

O'tSUBTfl angaang aduna
laa.wringayda angaang khara-
na saannari. When the boy is
shouting some boys are play¬
ing.

adj. f* tttjIQ ID ST

laa.wriba angaangdu kundaa-
laygi machaani. The boy who
is shouting is the son of
Kundaalay.

nom. e'.SWf W'Z°VO
Bfl'TgtJIT 5*1 laa.wbagi saa-
jensu kaannaba lay. The prac¬
tice of shouting is also useful.
Phr: SSBT'.SS’Sf C9'(g5SV

uraa.wbi saannaba/
taannaba ‘to play Uraawbi (a
game for children)'

0

AX hat l

make a design (weaving)
v. Ef. KW'^TOfSTf HfiTff
Ti'KU fl phi. mapaalsi-

di karam haayna hath? How
the border (of the cloth) is be¬
ing designed?

adv. DIKIJ Ef. E51TC'3

C9'5^i nupiama-
na phi. mapaal hat hattuna
saay. A woman wove making
patterns at the border,
adj. RcJlR ~T </o^5X Ef.Stf
ftofflYST EZ?I mapaal hatlaba
phi.di yengbada phajay. I he
cloth having patterned border
is beautiful to look at.
nom. K5IR 3 yo^^S’COflESt
S^DHD'TSG' mapaal

hattabasingdu tong-ngaanna
thammu. Keep those unpat¬
terned (border) ones separate¬
ly*

Phr: K^er'DJEf.
moyraangphi hatpa ‘making
Moyraangphi (a popular bor¬
der design) design'.

7&C hat 2

tickle

v.

TfCJSM tiki hatlakkanu.

yoIIF hak l

328

haynade. Don't tickle me. I feel
it uneasy.

adv. fk'tJ 7M-

f£f£'(5(JXC9f ID St

vp M

I maana tiki hat hattuna
mamaannabasingdu laknay.
She provoked tickling her
friends.

adj. fk'Stf

G'SJIDSr? Kf&fl maadi tiki
hatpada naachungdaba mini.
He is a person not susceptible
to tickling.

notn. yo^Ji EVS 6 ®!

tiki hatpa phatte. Tickling is
not good.

Phr: yO^JlR tiki hatpa

‘to tickle', 7MW f£f

tiki hatkanba mi ‘person who
habitually tickles others'

Ml F hak 1

be heavy

v. nr am' in tuofsTf ;onr^i
angaang asidi hak-i. This kid is
heavy. Fk'lFf KK'C? yOlF^I
maagi machaasu hak-i. His
child also is heavy,
adv. mdD'm nTOf
MITCKIFS 6 ^oUT^C 5V-
GTfl angaang asi matam pum-
namakta haktuna laygani.

T his kid will always be heavy,
adj. HTyoHra tM'lIIETf f£C?'
E'S’ ^IT 2 ID mufl ahakpa an-
gaangdi masaa phaba an-

gaangni. A heavy kid is a
healthy child,
nom. nr^nr tiryonrw
5^®^T 6 nr^l ahak ahakpa ma-
khay khandok-u. Pick out
those heavy ones. Rc'Pf
KK'STf JlR e HTMST R'ffiJ
mwmuU maagi machaadi
pokpada yaamna hakpani. Her
kid was veiy heavy at birth.
Phr: HTyOlFM UCaDl'lII ahakpa
angaang ‘heavy kid', nTyOUT
TOyDflTW maffl'm ahak ahakpa
angaang 'a number of heavy
kids’. yODrS^U cf’lT haktuna
lavba ‘to remain heavy'

7)UT hak 2

engrave

v. SST I£FT FfcFT
^□T^l uda maklial makhal
yaamna hak-i. Many things are
engraved in wood,
adv. OfiQlIJIPf EOT^'niS!
ffllfirf K'KU yoQT-

S' i surunggi phaklaang-
da kari karino yaamna haktuna
lay. There are many things en¬
graved on the cave wall.
adj.EnrS'njST yDOTEY fktt-
onrofni nrsr wu'u

M

JIR ST 0 1 phaklaangda hak-iba
mayeksing adu kanaana paa-
khre? Who has deciphered the
writings on the wall?

nom. EnrS’ IDST 7>nT5 : a'8'-

329

.Afll ha.ng

C9fm jest

U'L£W\ FST-

PFCJfl phaklaangda hak-ibas-
ing adu mioybagi n~atki
chaawkhatpagi khudanmi.
Those engraved signs on the
wall are (.he symbol of human
cultural civilization.

Phr: HTyoDTJUI ahakpa

laa.y ‘carved picture', -/dUTM
Tf'Z FFcf hakpa hayba mi ‘skill
engraver’, Or^OlFJIR crVm
ahakpa layrong ‘carved flower
design'

han

prick

v. Jill f (5 > 535 ; I pin

amana hallu. Prick it with a pin.
adv. 5lRfl5C yo^cfzfll ST
S'om jnUTHQGT I pinna hal-
lingayda leng-ngakkanu.
Don't move when you are
pricking with a pin
adj. TiTcJf'S RtEFFST Tt> ZG -
nrtEol halliba maphamda i
thok-e. It's bleeding where
pricking takes place,
nom. Ef.

JITC15C935I hanpham-
du phi. machet amana punsal-
lu. Bind the place of pricking
with a bandage.

Phr:

tingkhang hanba ‘to take out
thorn by pricking'.

ha.n

return

v. e'Herfnrof rzjirst teeut
>0.T5'S'f&ET B l laayriksi mapu-
da amuk ha.nbikhro. Return
this book to the owner,
adv. e'jsflprirs* a.isa
yO.TgC yo.T5ST° >0 ^GT° i
laayriktu ha.nna ha.nna ha.nde
haayre. It is said that the book
has not been returned, al¬
though it was already returned,
adj. 5 J^GTl OTJ^

QSST'EiST K^^GT 0 ! ha.nkhra-
ba laayriktu kadaayda chat-
khare? Where has the book
gone that has been returned
already 4 ?
nom.

5?°Hr S 6 ’’! ha.llakpasing adu
chek taw. You check among
those returned ones.

Phr: e'^erfnr laayrik

ha.nba ‘to return book to own-
cr/library'.

yS.Hf ha.ng

ask

v. 5 ID fflerf > 0 .TDGTfIDJDri

nang kari ha.ngning-ngi? Do
you like to ask something?
adv. tfZ'U 51RGT' yO.Mf-
aOT ST S'QJIFGM ojaana paraa
ha.ng-ngingayda laangganu.
Don't make a noise when
teacheres are asking questions.

yo' haa l

330

adj. yO.nJdBflT R'yoDJST
00rf2 8 FMM'I ha.ng-
ngiba vvaahangdu karino
khang-ngabra? Do you know
the question that is being
asked?

nom. TLIDdllfiroflD^ R^C
S 6 '^>1 ha.ng-naibasingdu
munna taaw. Listen those
questions carefully.

Phr: IR'TjlD yO.lUX waahang
ha.ngba ‘to ask question’. Ref
yOUT mi ha.ngba ‘to enquire
about someone’, H ThUHT
waa ha.ngba ‘to ask about
some information’.

St haa l

choke

v. fEyo'nr jsofra xwwsi

TfjF&l mahaak ising lhakpada
haay. He was choked in drink¬
ing water.

adv. R^'nrtJ ^'erf^sT

ih 2'2 8 Ef'eriroff-

Rtfl mahaakna haaringayda
kanaano am ana kawrak-ammi.
Someone called him when he
was choking.

adj. !FSC9ftD 3GHTJIKST 75 '¥
(JflD^FF^fCJf! ising
thakpada haaba nupidu ning-
tambini. The woman who was
choked in drinking water is
Ningtambi.

nom. CfUJ^JirsT-

(jfl ahaabadu ningtambini.
The one who is choked is
Ningtambi.

Phr: K' 75 ¥ chaa haaba ‘to
choke throat in drinking tea'.

7f haa 2

deposit sand, blot
V. FkEff niOf K75t FSTflU-
IFf 7)'El maphamasi

chahi khudinggi layngoy
haay. This place is deposited
sand every year,
adv. 2*2111^ 75 U yo XL Tlszf
FSTftniPf El b ^l

layngoy haana haana chahi
khudinggi ingkhol kov. They
grow vegetables in spite ot de¬
posit of sand every' year,
adj. cTjO] 8 ^ RiiEFFST

ffcF 8 EPf rtEfftff! layn¬
goy haakhiba mapharndu ma-
khoygi mongphamni. The
place where sand was deposit¬
ed is their family graveyard,
nom. RtUT yo'EFFST RtHTK -
Ytu £zu (J3Rj; 8 Iir^l muk
haaphamdu mukchaabina
phajana napthok-u. Clean the
biot nicely with a blotting pa¬
per.

Phr: RclD 1 75'¥ muk haaba ‘to
stain or spoil by ink'. 2 2 H] 5^
75 ¥ layngoy haaba ‘to de¬
posit sand’.

331

y5\ haa. 3

yO\ haa. i

(honorific) eat

v. mV enr yo'.erfi

aygaa idhaw luk haa.ri. Aygaa
Idhaw is having his meal.

adv. mV nzrV enr
yD'.erfjflf^ 5Vot
OT^l aygaa idhawna luk haar-
ingayda imaasi leng-ngak-i.
lmaasi came while Aygaa
Idhaw is having his meal.

adj.^nr ^'.erf* Kfsr mV

5^81 Vf I luk haariba midu
aygaa idhawni. The gentleman
who is having his meal is Ayg¬
aa Idhaw.

noni. SHT a'.'S ^olDIFSTGr'l
luk haa.ba lenggadara? Would
you please go have your
meal?

Phr: cliff a'X& luk haa.ba ‘to
have one's meal', c[lff 175 XL
~A XL luk haa.na haa.na ‘while
taking meal'

3f. haa. 2

quake

V . fkufmersr iaerfii£ff*

H'lgST Slyo'ET a\J^\ ma-
nipurda karigumba kaanda yu-
haar haa.y. Sometimes earth¬
quake takes place in Manipur,
adv. Vi A Bf A GTf 2 lB SI 5^ Iff
dD' 5=f nr jin' yo'^cTl yuhaar
haaringayda chaak ngaa
chaak ngaa haaynay. People

say Chaak Ngaa Chaak Ngaa
while the earth is quaking,
adj. ftTo'er a'Y

f£SffC9 5*1 yuhaar toyna
haaba maphamsu lay. There
are also places where earth¬
quake takes place frequently,
noni. V.A 0' A S' RiA C9 -
n^f OffUfl yuhaar haa¬
ba mahawsaagi khutsemni.
Earthquake is a natural phe¬
nomenon.

Phr: Va' ft a'* yuhaar

M V

haaba ‘earthquake', VA ft
>0 y^flT REEff yuhaar haakhi-
ba mapham ‘the place where
earthquake took place'

3f. haa. 3

hawk

v. fff^ff mf£ST fC'C9
iV yo'.BTfffkf!
matani amada maasu kaythen-
da pot haa.rammi. At one time
he was also a hawker (carrying
about and offering goods for
sale in the market),
adv. R ZXL A GT 1 2 ED ffl

SKJFfTOfl maa-
na pot haaringayda laysaa-
bidu unakhibani. lie met the
girl when he was a hawker,
adj. MA BTf'S’ C31R ^1

cufsTiff tahrsux cjm'ufi

M M

pot haariba nupaadu nupid-
uga koynaba nupaani. I he

332

yp v ?5 haay

hawker is the boy friend of that
girl.

nom. K'6TEKf S 6

mV a'rt? ZGomcjiT^-

u\\ sarojini maarketta pot haa-
ba yaamna thcngnagani. You
will come across a number of
hawkers at Sarojini Market.
Phr: mV 7f .¥ pot haa.ba
‘to hawk', MV yo'.lHF'f
X^QT pot haabagi thabak
‘work of a hawker’

TfSS haay

say

v. Rcyo'HTd yo'5^1 mahaakna
haay. He said it. Rc2o'lF U
7)'5^Jrefl mahaakna haayg-
ani. He will say it.
adv. K'C yo'^erfJ^m

maana haayringay-
da ay taahawwi. 1 heard it
when he was telling it.
adj. Tf^BTfV R'EITSI

^er'^ !

haayriba waaphamdu taraay
taraay tawganu. The informa-
tion that you have said should
not be taken lightly,
nom. 2o'^VfVc9flIJC9f
(jfQJiLfCJ 5^C9T2l haayrib-
asingsi ningthina isallu. Take
note of these deliverations
carefully.

Phr: R' waa haayba

‘to say something’,

9Z V 7)TsCY haaynaba yaa-

ba haaynaba ‘to discuss ex¬
ploring all possible ways'.

haa.y

swing

v. fkVflT £ y 0Tf 25'^GTfi
mahaak thawri haayri. She is
swinging.

adv. fcyo'nr yo'.HtJ

yo'.HU mahaak thawri
haa.yna haa.vna laawri. She is
shouting while swinging.

adj. X*err

BSHfEK'St 0(c»5'cri
thawri haa.yriba nupim-
achaadu Sumclaani. The girl
who is swinging is Sumelaa.
nom. 25'.!FaWirC9fIDSt CBC'
BSC'(3 6 1 haa.yribasingdu
kanaa kanaano? Who are
those swinging over there?
Phr: iVf i'.TSYf V'UZUY
thawri haa.ybi saannaba ‘to
play swinging'.

7)\S5 haa.w

be tasty, delicious
v. 3G 6 lU'8 r Tf.S&Rfl yen
thongba haawwi. Chicken cur-
ry is tasty.

adv.

ma-

khoydi yensaang haawna
haawna chaay. They always
eat curry tastily.

adj. HI 75 "%* Roigo'ni

333

./fSTC haap 2

CIUC2 £C'(JfID][frl ahaavvba
yensaang nangsu chaaning-
bra? Do you also like lo eat
tasty curry?

nom. UE

cT 6 5^(J 57'C£T 6 I ahaawbas-
ingdu nang loyna chaajaro.
You take all those tasty
ones.

P h v : fll yo' Y fS f ZG 5^

ahaawba mithaay "tasty
sweet’, s5 V ^>C K 'S’ haawna
chaaba ‘to eat relishly’,

c e°nrx & nrm

haawmanduna lekthokpa ‘can¬
not eat because of too much
oil’.

y5'31T haap i

put

v. ETffe'ofnisT iic‘1
©OfST 75'5I!iI 6 l komlaas-
ingdu thumok asida haappo.
Put those oranges into this
basket. T^BTTF 7f3TCF a l khara-
ga haapkho. Put some more,
adv. KK'njjnfStStf Ef.OflD-
C?f S^YSt XfTU-

no ^

fTffR&fl mamaang-ngaydadi
phisingsi taabuda haaptuna
thamnarammi. In olden days
clothes were kept in Taabu
(large bamboo basket with lid)
adj. e'yserfnr Xn

^HrlD^t laayrik

haappa upudu imungda pusal-

lu. Take the box which con¬
tains books inside the house.

nom. HI3R5TRffoHCRrlF

ahaappa

makhay amuk loyna lawthok-
o. Whatever you put things
inside take them out.

Phr: a'pr iP'errsr

evs^jru 1 o© ip'erfsr

7)'31tJI hawaa gaarida nattra-
ga san gaarida haappa ‘loaded
on a vehicle or a bullock
cart',

haap 2

serve, give, offer

v. ijkW ^srrnjnM’ ^jiRfs-
U K UT TfJUMfl numitkhud-

-»

inggi nupiduna chaak haappi.
Everday the woman served
rice.

adv. {JMfErG K'nr yo'lCJ
y5'3R(J Tj'JSl nupiduna chaak
haapna haapna haay. The
woman said sending the rice,
adj. X nr a'rcwfs awtst
fk^er'tnETPfafi chaak
haappiba nupidu moyraang-
dagini. The woman who is
serving rice is from Moyraang.
nom. IE°KfK'nr
^'3lt5IK HVJ'fl memyodi
chaak haappa chatkhi. Memyo
went out to seive rice.

Phr: 5^°IH 5^ HT ./Q 3TCM
cheng chaak haappa ‘give rice

yo'3It haap 3

334

(uncooked), etc.*, ID

CJ'Mf yo'JlHJR yensaang naa-
pi haappa ‘offer vegetables (as
items for offering to deities)’,
3o'3TC5IR pot-haappa
‘tilings given free’.

yo'3ll haap 3

be ready

v. ySTCIFF*®* dUPf K'DT
/5'3TC31R>I hallakkhoko nanggi
chaak haappe. Be sure to come
back. Your meal (may be lunch
or dinner) is ready here,
adv. fk'e X'nr
XffFfc°l maana chaak haaptu-
na thamme. She has kept the
meal ready,
adj. K'DT yo'MfX

uw!u!\ chaak
haappiba nupidu yaayphaba-
gi nupini. The woman who is
making the meal ready is the
wife of Yaayphaba.
nom. tflDIPfq X'HT yo'M
W'JTS0T'I nanggisu chaak
haappa paambara?. Do you
also like to make your meal
ready here?

Phr: 3T DT yo')K5lRf¥ chaak
haappiba ‘to serve meal for
some one', chaak haaptuna
thamba ‘to keep the meal
ready’

haat l

to comb

v.F'f£o^' C9ff5W

khaamelaa sainchet haatli.
Khaamelaa is combing her
hairs.

adv. K'U

a'HTZ UDie?' ft'ESTfl maa-
na samchet haatna haatna
nungsaa yaayri. She is bask¬
ing in the sun combing her
hairs,
adj.

(JMfST F?l£>c3'(Jfl samchet
haatliba nupidu khaamelaani.
The woman who is combing
her hairs is Khaamelaa.
nom. 2 D 1 C;'^

HIU' EKJ'tJ 6 !
ngasaay samchet haatpas-
ingdu kanaa kanaano? Who
are those combing hairs some
time back?

Phr: OFTSW a'HW sam¬
chet haatpa ‘combing hairs',
C9ffK° 5** sam¬

chet haattuna layba ‘to remain
combing hairs for sometime'

7f V haat 2

kill

v. jin' rc^fniTOfujFi mu'u
~A '^c2fl ngaa ahingbasingdu
kanaana haatli? Who killed
those fishes?

adv.

S*'Ffl ma-
khoyna yensingdu haat haat¬
tuna chaakhi. They had eaten

335

TT.FF haa.m

the chickens killing one alter
another.

adj. R°!SC9fnm

l haatlaba yens-
ingdu semkhrabara? Have
those killed chickens been
dressed?

no in. To' ^ O \ DJ ST,
CQoff ST s nr^6T °i haatlabas-
ingdu semdokkhre. Those
killed ones have been dressed.
Phr: To'^M yen haat-

pa To kill hen’, HcfTO Rtf
mihaatpa mi ‘murderer*.

Tftf haat 3

exploit, cheat
v. WffC'JSG R'ffB
KfinTtSSTI^f »:i 75'V5fl
sanijaayna yaamna toyna min-
gondagi sel haatli. Samjaay
quite often exploited people
by fraud,
adv. K'Slf

DT5 6 KflPf 03 TS'XPU
5^1 maadi matani pumnamakta
migi sel haattuna lay. He al¬
ways cheated people for mon¬
ey.

adj. 03 yo'^JIR fJJlR ^
HT C9f ST I sel haatpa

nupaadu asida chatle. There
goes the man who cheated
people for money,
nom. 03 To ^ JIR C9 ** OJ f?
5 t-> 03 5^ sel haatpas-

ingna ikaayba layte. There is

no sense of shame for those
frauds.

Phr: OTF ToV5lR sel haatpa
‘cheating for money’, 03
To'^SIR f^f sel haatpa mi
‘fraudster’

yo ff haam

wash hands

v. uw &zu To'ffsrtra
nakhut phajana haamdok-u.
Wash your hands properly,
adv. nrsffl'm^ z'ff-

STC cf*! angaangdu makhut
haamduna lay. The child is
washing his/ her hands,
adj. KFV 7>'ffFfX
mai'lDST makhut

haamkhiba angaangdu tomni.
The child who had washed his
hands is Torn.

nom. amq ujsv to' it*
JIR'FFYfiT'l nangsu nakhut
haamba paambara? Do you
also like to wash your hands?
Phr: To'FFY khut haam-

ba ‘to wash hands’, ID
To'PH? khong haamba ‘to
wash legs'

Idiom: T^DI To'ffT khong
haamba ‘to answer call of na¬
ture’.

Tf.FF haa.m

be useless

v. Ker„wrniof

A 15 haan

336

J&yo'.ff hawaay

marusingsi ihaa.m haa.mme.
All these bean seeds are use¬
less.

adv. H^erc9fnic9f
ya'.FFSTC S*Er°l marusingsi
ayaambana haamduna layre.
Most of the seeds are lying
useless.

adj. fkeroftDSTf

> 0 l 5 ¥ST 'Sl°\ ahaamba

marusingdi hunbada hawde.
Useless seeds do not grow af¬
ter sowing.

nom. mST 6 FFST 5lferf¥ST
HU/o'.fflT aflfUT^JJfl adomda
payribadu ahaa.mba ngaak-
tani. The heap of grains over
there is useless one.

Phr: Es* myj'.ffTT phaw
ahaa.mba ‘useless paddy’,
ffc0T myo\lT¥ rnaru ahaa.mba

h

‘useless seeds'

^'15 haan

to piss

v. yoJS HIRt Sl-FlTf RcR ST
Rt^OJ ~A huyama Iambi
mayaada mavung haalli. A dog
is pissing by the road,
adv. G’SIlfffcK'ST ffc^QJ
yo'TgTJ yo'TS U nu-

paamachaadu mavung haanna
haanna chenkhre. The boy ran
away (as he is) pissing,
adj. EDT^'IDST fksp >5'©-

;g555T UTOftJfl
phaklaangda mayung haanjal-
lamba huydu asini. This is the
dog that pissed at the wall,
nom. (ZIHC2 TJRDJ ^
(jfnJYBr'l nangsu nayung
haanningbara? Do you also
want to urinate?

Phr: ft ID yung

haanpham ‘urinal' (See also
under thok), ft 1IJ]75'T5 Ef.
(HEjflflDPf) yung-haan phi
(angaang-gi) ‘diaper’

7f.t5 haa.n l

be first

v. E^o'nru Fsrfni-

IFf e'nni mahaak-

na numit khudinggi laakpa
haalli. He is the first to come
everyday.

adv. GKfv ys,5TfmiFf
Rcyo'OTU 7)'.T5(J cTOfEl nu¬
mit khudinggi mahaakna haan¬
na laak-i. Everyday he came
first.

adj. TJfkf^STfWf 75\mU

e'HTM Eyo'nTTJfl nu-

mitkhudinggi haanna laakpa
midu mahaakni. He is the man
who come first everyday
nom. niyo'sir ifffYer'?
ahaanba paambara? Do you
like to be the first?

Phr: Tt;73\T5ir Ef ahaanba
mi ‘first man’, Tffyo'.TSlT

337

7j;T5STS ahaanba khudaaba
‘first settlement', TH>0 .T3S
Fk^' ahaanba machaa ‘first
child'.

M haa.n 2

put something into
v. E’CPflDOf xV'St
y5\(3£f3c[l phawsi.igsi bo-
raada haa.njillu. Put these pad¬
dies into the gunny bags,
adv. llTC?(Knr E*

7)'.T5STO cTl makhoy pum-
namak phaw haa.nduna lav. All
of them arc putting paddies
into the bags.

adj. E* XV. HR'

C9 0T°I phaw haa.llaba boraa
kayaa sure? How many bags
are there which are filled with
paddy?

nom. To'.^SSCOflDST
nrC9°FF5T haa.llaba-

singdu asomda thammu. Put
those filled ones this side.
Phr: E* 7) WE phaw haa.nba
‘fill paddy in the bag', S a 0T ST
7$ Wtf Wo boraada haa.njinba
‘put into gunny bag’.

haa.n 3
to pump, inflate
v. FETo'HT O'JSfflR SlDOlV
To'.^c^fl mahaak saaykal
nungsit haalli. He is inflating
his cycle.

OJ haang

adv. K'U tt'KBR T£DIC9lV
yS'.TCfdTfl IP b 5lf3 ^'HT^I
maana saaykal nungsit
haa.llingayda gopaal laak-i.
Gopaal came while he is inflat¬
ing his cycle.

adj. TJDJOftf To'.TSFtS

mufmf ^R'ersr ra'^eM

nungsit haa.nkhiba maninggi
tayaardu kaayre. The hind tyre
which was inflated is punc¬
tured.

nom. CID CJOtV To'.ISS
TfSET'l nang nungsit haa.nba
haybara? Do you know how to
inflate?

Phr: CC9f ^ Tf.TSY nungsit
haa.nba ‘to inflate', (7DJC9fV
EPST3 7$ WE nungsit kanna
haa.nba ‘to inflate hard'.

^o'DJ haang

be empty, vacant
v. HTSTSTf 5^/0 lU ID-
afflfl yum adudi ihaang hang-
ngi. That house is vacant,
adv. Ef DIKSTf 7501-

ST(3 (2*0?°I kaa amadi kuyna
haangduna layre. One room is
lying vacant for a long time,
adj. HI 73' ID S’ El' THK
CTo-HTC C9f£fTStJS ft'P-
(Jfl ahaangba kaa ama na-
haakna sijinnaba yaagani. You
can use one of the vacant

rooms.

338

■/T.IJ haa.ng

nom. HTyo'lDXOrniST C9 6
e 6 (5C9f(5ST XL
ahaangbasingdu so lonsindu-
na thammu. Keep those vacant
ones under lock and key.

Phr: HT^'IDS W IFCJfHI
ahaangba pukning ‘empty
mind’, fllyO OUT QB ahaangba
kaa ‘vacant room’

yo'.IU haa.ng

open

v. ^'.DJSr'nral thong

haa.ngdok-u. Open the door.
£*in ;o\mouj thong
haa.ngsanu. Let the door
open,
adv. CJ*HI

IPf ^ffofnisrf £ 6 id

yo'.lIISTU XffRtfl nong
ngaallabadi mitaygi yumsingdi
thong haa.ngduna thammi. As
day break the door of the Mi-
tay houses is kept open.

ail j. i“njofni

R'serxstf ifnirf^ej

ahaa.ngba thongsing yaawra-
badi thingjillu. Close the doors
if they are open,
nom. TJX >0'. IE 'S' WFfCRtlir
I ahaa.ngba
pumnamak thingjallammu.
Shut all those open ones
(doors).

Phr: 3G a ID Tf.linr thong
haa.ngba ‘to open door’,

^o'.IDST 6 lir^S DG 6 QJ haa.ng-
doklaba thong ‘door which is
kept open’

yof. hi.

trim

v. mcx>r E ZXL yof-

ST d nrm & l waachet asi phajana
hidok-o. Trim this piece of
bamboo evenly.

adv. UTi'WU 5'HTJJR
ffcyo'HT^f

S*BTfl nahaakna laakpa kaan-
da mahaakti waachet hi.duna
la.yri. When you came here he
was trimming the piece of bam¬
boo.

adj. n'sw yof.erfs fkfsr
Hrir'lDOflFf fkM'Ufl waa¬
chet hi.riba tnidu angaangsigi
mapaani. The man who is trim¬
ming the piece of bamboo is
the father of this kid.
nom. yof.S

waachet hi.ba haybara? Do
you know how to trim a piece
of bamboo?

Phr: n'5T o/ ^ yof.1T waachet
hiba ‘trimming piece of bam¬
boo’

7)f,nW hi.gat

be careless

v. GR' yof.ITWIEKJl TCC?f-
STf E'lFf UmP°\ nayaa
hi.gatkanu; punsidi phaagi

natte. Don't be careless; life is
not a joke.

ad v. tffSiRIDX Rt f C?

sit.wPv i<sof

apangba mina higaltuna punsi
lelli. Ignorant people spent life
carelessly.

adj. tja'

^f.ilWSFFX (CforiSt 6

KTifU n'ernTMdfl nahaa
oyringayda hi.gatlaniba mis-
ingdo chahina waarakpani.
Those who were careless in
their days of youth are chas¬
tened by time.

no in. wa ' ni^arr^sT
yof.iF^w nr^oT m b ^er-
e'(5St hum Jitsofpf

nahaa oyringay¬
da hi.gatpa, ahal oyrakaanda
kappa punsigi havvnasaani. To
spent life carelessly during the
period of youth and suffer re¬
pentance when one grows old
is the way of life.

Phr: U35' rc^erfnfst
nahaa oyringayda
hi.gatpa ‘spending a careless
life'

idiom: yof.tCX

hi.gatlaga hi.thaba ‘careless¬
ness begets repentence’

TifH hip

lie down

v. nfSTOfl 0 EUT iffKSt Tjfl-

5lfl aarke phak amada hippi.
Aarke is lying on a mat.
adv. UEilD 01 He57 IfttJ EiHc-
HIE? yofltZ yafJIttJ O'tg-
{jerfl angaang machaaduna
phamungda hipna hipna saan-
nari. The baby is playing lying
on a crib.

adj. ySfJKJIRr* RIJD'ID^
JIR'K®3IlM’ fCH'tJfl hippiba
angaangdu paamelgi

machaani. The lying kid is
Paamel’s child.

no ni. E HJ 1 5^ A f 3H 51R f IT St

phakta hippibadu
kanaano? Who is the person
lying on a mat?

Phr: 2lD7j'nr 75f3TCSIR ngahaak
hippa ‘lie for a while’, c? DHT
TifM longna hippa ‘to lie on
back’

idiom: EfflT 573C1T 0
yof JltJIR 57 WZ phamba challa-
ga hippa chanba ‘see under
pham"

Ttfnr hik

be loose

v. is'iPf ^arnr snsof
yofnr^l maagi kliurak uchansi
hik-i. His dovetail is loose.
(JOJIPf EflDff^Of Stf
^yafnr yofOT5Sl nanggi
kaangthonsidi ihik hik-i. Your
cot is not very tight,
adv. fft'U 57t31T Bfl HIJj t3S?

yofin hing

340

^fnr^fnr e'&'siu £*wfi

maana chanba kaangthondu
hik hik laawduna laybani. The
cot he made is lying loose,
adj. TIIySfliniR ffl'lD^TSStf
BBTJ'C9 W ' ff 5T 0 1 ahikpa
kaangthondi kanaasu paaind-
abani. No body likes a loose
cot.

norn. TIIi/ofnniR Rt5^ TURtlir
75J5U KT5WSi ahikpa ma-
khay amuk hanna chankhallu.
Reassemble again those loose
cots.

Phr: >5fnr ^fnr e'ssx
n’Hff f hik hik laawba
chawkri ‘loose chair’.

yOflD hing

be alive, raw

v» 2 d nr si yofnuDttr&ri
ngaa adu hing-ngibani. The
fish is still alive,
adv. 7)5^ niRcU 2 d'ST yoflHTJ
K'^0T°l huy amana
ngaadu hingna hingna chaa-
khre. A dog has eaten the fish
raw (uncooked),
adj. £'JIR'T3ST HTyofllJ'S' 2 IH

niFi y^ersTf stfmu x'u *I

japaanda ahingba ngaa makhal
kharadi hingna chaanay. Some
fresh fish are eaten uncooked
in Japan.

nom, morxorm eVnrF*

urstF qofraTOfm taste

XFfflc 6 ! asibasing lawthok-o

aduga ahingbasing aduna tham-
mo. Pick out those dead
ones and keep those are alive.
Phr: 2 ID' menus' ngaa ah¬
ingba ‘fresh fish', 2 ID'^0fID
FftTJff ngaahing manam ‘smell
of fresh fish'

Idiom: yofHJC9f OflT hingsi
siba ‘lost dignity of a person'.

^0°nr hek

pluck

v. (5*. yO°nrff0CJl la.yhekkanu.
Don’t pluck flowers.
fkK'ofniTz 5* yMTEnSfl
nupi machaasingna la.y hek-
kalli. Young girls usually pluck
flowers.

adv. (5*. A°-

nrjsanTsr e'nr^i

makhoyna la.y hek-ingayda
paamelaa laak-i. Paamelaa
came when they are plucking
flowers

adj. ^nr^nrnrx s*c9fnjsr
Jim cr y 3GT b l hektok-aba
laysingdu nang lawjaro. You
take those flowers whick are
plucked.

nom. m!7j o Iinirc CJDFTFf

ahekpa makhay
nanggi oyjaro. You take those
already plucked ones.

Phr: c . /0°nniR la.y hekpa

\o

‘to pluck flower’, C? .
y0°Hr5IRf'S' la.y hekpiba ‘pluck

flower for someone’.

341

hu

hen l

be more

v. tf'F'stiPf m'firm* a
E-jcIlT yO^STl aygaadagi
aarkcna phajaba helli. Aarke is
more beautiful than Aygaa.

adv. in2H1 in

0910120111

aarkcna angaang mayaai.idagi
henna sing-ngi. Aarke is wiser
than all other boys.

adj. nrm'ni nzofro

ahenba angaang
masing kayaano? What is the
number of excess boys?
nom. HX9o°15YC9fni^[ fltZGOI
flfl'ET EFFi/O^cM ahenbas-
ingdu mathang kaada pham-
hallu. Let those excess ones sit
in the next room.

Phr: FEC9flIJ ahen¬

ba masing ‘excess number",
0T7) o n3ir Wahenba paaw
‘extra news', MffyO 0 ® yO°15X
pumhen henba ‘best of all*.

3WJ5 hen 2

be less

v. KB"

hcllenaa charaa helli. Hellenaa
is fasting.

adv. Ker'

Tdoigv 9o®1513 HI 6 EfC9
chinglemba charaa
henna henna ophis chatkhi.
Chinglemba left tor office with¬

out taking food.

adj. K£T'

HTC9f0J'^ RtfCfl charaa helliba
midu asingba mini. He who is
fasting is a wise person,
nom. Her' ?5°©TO WEOf
O'ffl^nTyO^cJfi charaa hen-
bana punsi saangdok-halli.
Fasting lengthen one’s life.
Phr: 5^BT s5°{57? charaa hen¬
ba ‘fasting’, RET 90 o 4'<?f'8'
Ref charaa helliba mi ‘one who
is fasting or one who is under¬
going fast or a hunger striker".

3 hu

to steal

v. fkflPf fEHV TjJHJ! migi
mapot huganu. Don't steal oth¬
er’s property.

adv. ItfW (EIMV a, 7iWZ
fflR'ff H55C PormiFGfl migi
mapot hu huduna kayaam kuy-
11 a hinggani? How long will
you live stealing other’s prop¬
erty?

adj. W'V'Z ISfSTf HUJ'CC9
CJ ID Of ST 0 1 huraanba midi
kanaanasu nungside. Nobody
likes a thief.

nom. 90BT'15X ft'ffC
XXnnjfl huraanba
yaamna phattaba thabakni.
Stealing is a grave crime.

Phr: 7>er':i(5P' TZ'Y huraall-
aga chaaba ‘make a living by

stealing’, ^er'<5^e/ e'u
R°HT5r huraanduna/ Iona
yengba ‘to spy’.

Proverb: TjBT'lSinP'f S^BT'-
uf KsgiPfVta huraabagi
taraani mapugi nongma ‘every
dog has his day', >0 SUJ

hudana

hurabadi layma huba “if you are
to take risk, take it for a great
cause’

35. hu.

slough

v. FZfm f£® >0.K khajin-
gna maku hu.y. A prawn cast off
it’s skin.

adv. SflStJ Ik® J5U 7VZ
linna maku buna huna
chaawwi. A snake grows bigger
by casting off it’s old skin,
adj. Rt® eftsstf

K^o^S’lP'UfI maku
huraba lindi chaawba hellagani.
A snake that casts off it’s old
skin will be bigger,
nom. cffl5U He® 7y% ^BT-
YBf'l linna maku huba ura-
bara? Have you seen the cast¬
ing off old skin of a snake?
Phr: cTflS He® TjX linmaku
huba ‘to slough’, ®8r 6; T yjjlT
kurol huba ‘to have bruise'.

355I£ hup

involve together

v. 5^15 JUnTUHeOT TjJTC^BM

kliun pumnamak hupkhre. The
village as a body got involved.

adv. KF b 35

5^3y£r°l makhoy loyna hup-
tuna chatkhre. They have
gone en bloc. GHUSTf ®ETf

s^erf icf si ff UK nr

nangdi kari tawri
« ■■ ■ — *—

mi pumnamak hupkhrabada?
What arc you doing when
people got involved en masse,
adj. 175305 U HcTT-

GT^OfUI^ cT^U E'Zf-
{g3^BT°l huptuna chatkhiba
mahayrousingdu loyna phaa-
jinkhre. Stundents who have
gone en bloc have been arrest¬
ed.

nom. >0 3R3^& 5? ^ 3o f IT -
C9flD^ b'KU E'M' 0 ! hup¬
tuna chatkhibasingdo loyna
phaakhre. Those who have
gone en bloc have been arrest¬
ed.

Phr: huptu¬

na chatpa ‘go en bloc'

hut

to bore

v. tM'inst kzu' >5v£frfi

M <*»

angaangdu manaa huttri. The
child is not getting his/ her ear¬
lobe bored.

adv. 31H'Rc°S' RcU 7)^-
f£/5'HT S'HT551
paamelaa manaa hutlingayda

343

^HF huk

mahaak laak-i. He came when
Paamelaa is getting her car
lobe bored.

adj. ICC' /5V5¥ CjmfK-
5?'Et EEr-Sl'Bfl manaa hut-
laba nupimachaadu Pnare-
daani. The girl who got her ear
lobe bored is Phareda.
nom. EU' yOtf^TOflDST
WZC b Hry^ST & l manaa hutlabas-

ro

ingdu puthokkhro. Take out
those who have got their ear
lobe bored.

Phr: U' SJVJKPf I'BTff
naa hutpagi thawratn ‘ear lobe
boring ceremony', XL >2^51-
ipf naa hutpagi

chatnabi ‘custom of ear lobe
boring’

yjHP huk

to garland

v * Vera 5t 5*JRfiMn

^HT^I borna kaynaada lay-
pareng huk-i. The bridegroom
garlanded the bride,
adv. tfu'u * 6 ers? &

5iRar°ni ^nnsaiiFsi

ofmc X'R'k P'u n°Mf\

kaynaana borda lay pareng
huk-ingayda mawnahaasin-
gna thawaay taana yeng-ngi.
A bevy of young ladies are in¬
tensely watching while the
bride is garlanding the bride¬
groom.

adj. Mff'KFF
& yoOTFfY

nr^fUfl praaym ministarda
lay hukkhiba nupimachaadu
asini. This is the girl who gar¬
landed the Prime Minister,
nom. cT HT5IR c? a H£T°l

y 6 st sfu' ^ y cfnr ERc id

KIDslDIP'CJfl lay hukpa loyre.
bor kaynaa hawjik imung
chang-ngagani. The garland¬
ing is over. The bride and
bridegroom will now inter into
the house.

Phr: 5* ^DTM lay hukpa ‘to
garland’, c ^oUrWlFf 'yzmi-
ITf lay hukpagi chatnabi ‘cus¬
tom of garlanding’.

3glir huk

put into mouth

v. nrcof cm TinrOTc^i asi

nang hukchallo. Take this into
your mouth.

adv. KTfnro: K'nr ^nrc
^OlITCJ yo'^ernr^l mahaakna
chaak hukna hukna haayrak-i.
He said taking rice (cooked)
into his mouth.

adj. n'nr csnrof

n'erf chaak huk-

iba nupaasi waari libaduni.
The man who is taking rice into
the mouth is the story teller,
nom. x'nr ^HT^TOflD^
tM'm JD'nr^afl chaak huk-
ibsingdu angaang ngaaktani.

Jd ft hum

344

Those who are eating rice are
children.

Phr: 5TlF >onF5IR chaak huk-
pa To eat cooked rice’

Idiom: F H P W'JSY

ft's t ^utjir
KK' lPf/ S'Ja* fll>fl

khutta paaypa itaawgi. yaada
hukpa ichaagi, kut laawba aygi
‘There is a slip between the
cup and the lip’

7) ft' hum

catch fish with both hands

v. qref wvs 6 fv

M

vO FF FTTf I makhoy ani paatta
khut hummi. They (two) are
catching fish (with hands un¬
der water) at the lake.

adv. mef u

^Frsre e^erfanTsi

e'flnSl makhoy anina khut
humduna layringayda waan-
glen laak-i. Waanglen came
when they (two) are catching
fish (with hands under water)
adj.

Re^'ei'efl

khut hummiba nupaadu waan-
glen-gi machaa nupaani. The
man who is catching fish (with
hands under water) is the son
of Waanglen.

nom. em nang

khut humba haybara? Do you
know how to catch fish (with

hands under water)?

Phr: 5^ 7)ffo khut humba
‘to catch fish with both hands
under water'

Tj.ft hu.m l

to winnow
v. Fare e*

makhoy kharana pha.w
hu.mmi. Some of them are win¬
nowing paddy.

adv. IKJ' # JS J'B'U E*.

si.rrtj Ti.ffU EC? JDMfl

makhoy kharana pha.w
hu.mna hu.mna isay nga.ng-
ngi. Some of them are singing
song while winnowing paddy.

adj. E'.OflDST

C^FFST 3G.FFflrl hu.mmaba

M

pha.wsingdu somda tha.mmu.
Keep this side those win¬
nowed paddies.

Phr: E*. TjfflT pha.whu.mba
*to winnow paddy’, 3o.PFFE .5E
hu.mmaa.y ‘winnowing fan'

yj.ft hu.m 2

to cany away by wind
v. x°£<Wfnjk
er a 55a che-

jetsingdu nungsitna loyna
hu.mdokkhre. All those pieces
of paper have been carried
away by wind.

adv. flifEV flrBfl'^C9fni^C2

3o.ffST(Z M.F6T°I amot

M « M " -

akaaysingdusu h u. m d u n a
pu.khre. All those garbages
also have been blown (by the
wind).

adj. Tj.FFSf tfoS-V-

OftDSt mifiS 6 3G f X
5^ in ?JQ3 S' 4 °5^ I hu.mdokkhraba
chejetsingdu amata thiba
khang-ngaroy. All those
blown pieces of paper will not
be traceable.

nom. y&.ffSCnrSff TOfUI

ms? ifcnr ifflrer&j

hu.mdokkhrabasing adu aniuk
thiruranu. Don't try to find out
those blown things (pieces of
paper).

Phr: (JlH09ftfU yo.ffSTU
nungsitna hu.mduna
pu.khiba ‘carried away by
wind.

hoy

drive cattle

v. 09(5S°(5 UTi'U 09(5
Ti^erfl sanjen nahaana sail
hoyri. The shepherd is driving
cattle.

adv. OE

c a ra F'ernrsi

makhoyna san hoyringayda
nong taarak-i. It started raining
when they were driving cattle,
adj. 09(5 M'OJ-

Of in St 09(5£°(5(Jyo'
affl'nrs 6 ^! san hoyriba an-

gaangsingdu sanjennahaa
ngaaktani. Those children
who are driving cattle are
shepherds.

nom. 09(5 9o*Eerf*09fnT5(
EJ(J' 05(Z'(J a ! sail hoyribas-
ingdu kanaa kanaano? Who
arc those driving the cattle?
Phr: 09(5 san hoyba

‘to drive cattle'.

>0*311 hop

be loose

v. EartV nro9fstf

Cl

5^GT yO^JTCJIRfl phurit asidi
nang-ngonda khara lioppi.
This shirt is rather loose for
you.

adv. B2'(55Tf EfirtV

elVaerVafl

hawjik kaandi phurit hopna
hopna litnarabani. Novv-a-
days shirts being worn loose¬
ly.

adj. OCnrfSTStf m^JIW
EfffV efVGETffSTol

M

mamaang-ngaydadi alioppa
phurit litnaramde. In olden
days wearing loose shirts was
not in voque.

nom. nr^MOOfmSt F(5-
ST a IF5^(J 3G.lTRtl ahoppas-
ingdu khandoktuna tha.mmu.
Take out those loose ones.
Phr: EfiTtV phurit

alioppa ‘loose shirt',

346

>oV hot 1

5*Y'nr ahoppa laybaak
'loose soil'

7>V hot l

do a sum

v. hi m Fie c? tt id ns

7)fV c? f I angaang amana ang¬
les hotli. A child is doing a sum
(practising an arithmetical
problem).

adv. ^IE 2 £D HI mSTGT UTID®
fkVtSCY-
OfQJST S’'QT5b I angaang adu-
na angka hotlingayda
mamaannabasingdu laak-i.
When the child is practising
an arithmetical problem his
playmates came,
adj. ®mai

tM'DJET tifS'Pf (CK'Cfl

angka hotliba angaangdu
ojaagi machaani. The child
who is doing the sum is the
son of a teacher,
noin. yoVSTOfmtf HftD-
XfS ZGffffcl hotlabasingdu
ningthina thammu. Keep
those worked out sums prop¬
erly (neat and clean).

Phr: Hill® angka

hotpa ‘to work out a sum'

hot 2

run away

v. ra aferrasr rcdfm-
C9fDJ^r I mapu

thorakpada angaasingdu hot-
khre. The children ran away
when the owner came out.

adv. sidirnjorinsTs ki

yo°nr 5To(g-

Ffl angaangsingduna mapu
hek ubaga hottuna chenkhi.
No sooner had the children
seen the owner than they ran
away quickly,
adj. TfsfUTS 6
tJaQTlDOflllST BKZ'
hawjikta hotkhiba an-
gaangsingdu kanaa kanaano?
Who are those children ran
away just now?
noin. hawjik hotkhibasingdu
kanaagi machaasingno?
Whose children are they who
have just ran away?

Phr:

EH 2 IB'EDCOf m hottuna chenkhi-
ba angaangsing ‘children who
ran away quickly'

See also chen

hot 3

scratch

v. Ti'WZY 75\-

cTfl hanuba ama haakajaba
hotli. An old man is scratching
his itch.

adv.HMf UlfkO yoV-
5T^Ffl nupi amasu hot
hottuna chatkhi. A woman also
went on scratching.

347

adj. JD'^To'Dr &PU -*V

ca ini' mc9f ^er

R°QJ¥fRl ngaayhaak lavtana
hotliba angaangsi khara yeng-
hivu. Please take care of the
child who is scratching himself
quite often,
nom.

ITCJfl liotmallabadi phatta-
bani. Too much scratching is
not advisable.

Phr: 75'HS* 7i\m baaka-
jaba hotpa ‘scratching itch'
Idiom: Q3ffc? UT5 6

To'UB^erfP' SFffSt
kamlaakta haakkajaraga
lukhamda hotpf ‘be in ner¬
vous confusion'

See also khot

y5 6 ff horn 1

be juicy

v. J^ff'S'lElEriPf fflf^FT-
g?f"lCy5f R'FFG ^‘FFKfl
churaachaanpurgi kihomdi
mahi yaamna hommi. The pine¬
apple of Churachanpur is very
juicy.

adv. Ut^FFStf KW'G K?of
G'SSFG 5*1 ki-
homdi masaana malii hom honi
laawduna lay. A pineapple is
juicy by nature,
adj. E53f FI'FFG S Ef-
yfffgtt IFF"? r vefl mahi
yaamna homba kihomdi thum-

.^FF hom 2

ba waatli. The very juicy pine-
apple is not sweet enough,
nom. K/5f FI'FFG 7i*FFY-
C9fm 3X5? FlgSfflT&l mahi
yaamna hombasing adu khan-
dok-u. Pick out those very
juicy ones.

Phr: f£7)f 7) 6 FFX mahi hom¬
ba ‘be juicy 1 , RcTof R FFU
T^FFSTIT mahi yaamna honida-
ba ‘one which is not very
juicy*

FF hom 2

be loose soil

v. fkEFF rcsriPf tfVnr^f
yO^FFffcfl mapham adugi lay-
baakti hommi. The soil of the
place is loose.

adv. ^ST°3 fklflSPf &-

Y'nrs 6 ? ko'c ^ffs&e 5*1

turel mapaan-gi laybaakti
masaana homduna lay. The
soil of the river bank is loose
by nature.

adj. eYnrs 6 kg'

KOfIB K°l ahomba laybaakta
manaa masing phay. Vegeta¬
bles grow well at loose soil,
nom. eVlF^STf
tffFEEfl lavbaaktudi khuhom
amani. The looseness of the
soil is exceptional.

Phr: UIy0 6 ffY S'VUT ahom-

_b

ba laybaak ‘loose soil 1 , A FF-
7) a ff hom hom

7? hay 1

348

laawba niapham ‘a place of
loose soil’

7 ? hay i

cast, mould

v. x'jas fswd ^erfi
chaawba khudeng hayri.
Chaawba is casting a bath tub.

adv. K'SStfE FSMD sf-

erfaofst m'arfflocj fxgt

31R'0Tfl chaawbana khudeng
hayringayda aarkena khabar
paari. When Chaawba is cast¬
ing a bath tub. Aarke is reading
a newspaper.

adj. 3^5T°ID ~A GTfX CJM'ST

khudeng hay riba
nupaadu chaawbani. The man
who is casting a bath tub is
Chaawba.

nom. FST°nJ TfflTfXST
085 5*1 khudeng hayribadu
kanaano? Who is the person
casting the bath tub?

Phr: ffifT kol hayba *to
mould utensil', 5^5T°III A
pf JjXlir khudeng haybagi
thabak ‘work of moulding bath
tub’

y3 hay 2

fill up earth

v. 5**'nr fb r

Tf^f^TcTl komdu laybaak kha-
ra hayjallu. Fill up the pit with
earth.

adv. g^Y'nr ^erfjflfsr o'®-
5PCl laybaak hayringayda
saannaganu. Don't play while
Filling the pit up with earth.

adj.VVUT yferfX

tHEnr ^off^nr^l laybaak
hayriba maphamdu amuk
temthok-u. You level the
ground after filling up the
place.

uom. eVnr yferfTOfni^
S3 GTf 5ffSTPf5*l laybaak
hayribasingdu kari lamdagi-
no? Where do the labourers
come from?

Phr: eVnr Tf'S' laybaak
hayba ‘to fill with earth at a
place’

7 ? hay 3

pour

v. 5EC9fm fbt ^ernrsi ising
khara hayrak-u. Pour me some
water.

adv. FIX 2 ID CJ nrStFJ 5^C9flD
yftfU XU 0'®5fiTfl an-

m cn

gaang aduna ising hayduna
hayduna saannari. The child is
playing pouring water repeat¬
edly.

adj. norm Serfs’ 5*0'-
STST 31R'K°5'Pf KK'UU

ising hayriba laysaabidu
paamelaagi machaani. The girl
who is pouring water is the
daughter of Paamelaa.

349

haw 2

nom. C91UTF & FF TfflrfTOfniSJ
HEIG' MG'17 6 1 sanggom
hayribasingdu kanaa

kanaano? Who are those
pouring milk?

Phr: CQlH^ff y?Y sanggom
hayba ‘to pour milk’, 5?
tTgIT MJit chaa haynaba cup
‘cup for pouring tea'

2). ha.y

be skilful

v. GJIRfSE!' mcofSTf ft'ffG
wr.tDaDiri nupimpchaa
asidi yaamna ha.y si.ng-ngi.
This girl is very skilful,
adv. (Jl' ’ f£5S' XUC9f
G'Eerfiir jstT. ^»nr >f.G
K'niafflol nupaamachaa asi
laayrik iha.y hek ha.yna
maang-nge. This boy is
spoiled in spite of his having
. good academic career.

adj. tT. C9f.mX XTEaffl'inSTf

G°ITG K'OISM ha.y si.ngba
angaangdi lemna maangde.
An intelligent girl/ boy is an
asset of the society,
nom. yf.Ol\HFXOfl& JJ-
5T*ID EfflalDfl ha.y

si.ngbasingna khudongchaa-
ba phang-ngi. Those who are
intelligent got the advantage.
Phr: 7r.C9f.inir ha.ysi.ngba
‘intelligent’,

ha.ythoy

si.ngthoyba ‘exceptionally
brilliant'.

jf haw l

be loud

v. GftUXoffSTf 7*^1

ningthemdi makhol havvvvi.
Ningthem has a loud voice,
adv. K'Stf 9o y G 7*G

T7' M'tDMfl maadi makhol
hawna havvna waa ngaang-gi.
He normally speaks with a
loud voice.

adj. WcF'l 7*7 ICfSJ,
GfniT^ffGfl makhol hawba
midu ningthemni. The man
who has got a loud voice is
Ningthem.

nom. TfT Bil>f
KFSGfl khol hawba nupaa-
gi magunni. Having a loud
voice is a masculine quality.
Phr: m7*7 ahawba

makhol ‘loud voice’, Rc5o
5^7* X3JFF& makhol khuhaw
ama ‘exceptionally loud voice’

7? haw 2

grow

v. amip'ff icer
G 3^G S) fiT 0 1 hanggaam
maru hunkhibadu loyna
hawre. The mustard seeds we
sow have started growing.

adv. riff jsb F*©sf e*.
m'Frxf bsz' yfw

350

A haw 3

the husband ot Maalikaa.

5*. I maagi ingkhonda la.y
paambi makhal kayaa hawdu-
na lay. Different types of flow¬
ers are found growing in his
garden.

adj. 3IH ff1TTC9f IUST

ysofni hawraba

paambisingdu ising chaay-
biyu. Water those already
grown plants.

nom. ^erTOflDST EflD-
DufC WgCXfRI hawrabas-
ingdu ningthina sennabiyu.
Take good care of those
plants, which are well grown.
Phr: ~A'Z kobi hawba

‘to grow cabbage", 5^ A IT tu
hawba ‘to grow body hair’.

7f haw 3

be ill

v.

nupimachaadu
laa.yhaw hawri. The girl is suf¬
fering from fever.

adv. Rt U

TfvUtfX TCZ*1\

machaana laa.yhaw hawrin-
gayda mamaana waajakhi. The
mother suffered a lot when her
daughter was suffering from
fever.

adj. ^erfx

tJ m'uf\

laa.yhaw haw r riba nupaadu
maalikaagi nupaani. The man
who is suffering from fever is

nom. 5\55y? /> *

X'Pf la.yhaw

hawba kaalen thaagi
laaynaani. Fever is the disease
of summer season.

Phr: yf'Z til hawba 'be

ill (for children)’.

la.yhaw hawba 'to have

fever"

/t. ha.w l

begin, start

v. ££T°I meting

ha.wkhre. The meeting has al-

i

ready started.

adv. fl^flD Kf-

»•»

meting luvwraduna mi pumna-
mak tumin la.ykhre. All are qui¬
et as the meeting started.

adj. E'G y5*.8IfiCf*

H^nnsr c9'£ffc?finpnzTi

matam chaana ha.wdriba meet-
ingdu saatrasinggini. The
meeting which is not started
in time is of the students,
nom. A .IT ^

meting ha.wba yaarc. It's time
to start meeting.

Phr: aha.wbada in

the beginning 1 , ./) .fiTffER Yz’R
ha.wramdaaydn 'the time
about to start ,

lO* aha.wbama-

ktada ‘at the very outset"

351

Tt waa

71 *. ha.w 2

prepare

v. K'5 S 6 ^ Pf.fiTfl

chaak'.c .d tal ha.wri. The
cook is preparing ta! (puri. cha-
patti, etc.).

a dv. KtJffkK'CJ
yO *. £T f dlf ST ^FF3fni^
^'nrysi manimachaana tal
ha.wringayda lan.jingba laak-i.
Lamjingba came when Manim-
achaa was preparing tal (puri,
etc.).

adj. yf.ffTX t7
5 6 nTS c> 'erfCfl la! ha.wriba
nupidu tamaataarini. The
woman who is preparing tal is
Tamaataari.

noDi. X‘lD5*55 Ti'.'S
7?.\ chongloy tal hawba hay.
Chongioy knows how to pre¬
pate tal.

Phr: ST IT 75*,Y yerum

ha.wba “to prepare omelette'

A . ha.W 3

bring, invite

v. BIB'G* ® k m'ffElo

sp ^

75 •£fin kanaano ama aarke
ha.wruro. One of you go and
bring Aarke.

adv. Ft'STf fkfk'TgtJ'S’tJ
yf.fiTSTtZ EVFflM maadi

w -

m a m a a n n aba n a h a. w radu n a
chatkhre. He has gone with his
friend

adj. nr'erffi® 75*.ky (£fsr

aarke

ha.wruba midu tolentonni. The
man who went to invite Aarke
is Tolenton.
nom. di'er® 0
yf.Y KVFfl Aarke mamaan-
naba ha.wba chatkhi. Aarke
went to invite liis friend.

Phr: 75*.Y cJ UTW ha.wba
laakpa “come for company'.

75* .Y mamaanna-
ba ha.wba ‘invite friend for
company'.

R' waa

be tire

v. f£' Vl'VtlJ R'eM maa
yaainna waare. He is very tired
or he is in a very poor condi¬
tion.

adv. Fk^'nr R'fcTgSTa
JlH^X'GTfl mahaak waa-
manduna potthaari. He is tak¬
ing rest as he is dog tired,
adj. Pl^Y M©C9fSTf
JlRtSOfafl tallaba
punsidi awaaba punsini. A lazy
life is a miserable life,
nom. M (5 C9 f ST TE R' Y
JIR'fflUrXSTf 3GYD T IffltSB

TtX waat

352

C9l punsida awaaba paamdra-
badi thabak kanna su. Work
hard if you want to avoid dis¬
satisfaction in life.

Phr: ©57''? tifWW awaaba
kokpa ‘devoid of suffering".
R'0T1T 5111 ©C9f vvaaraba punsi
‘miserable life'.

Idiom*, ©57 15 f£57
fk'niSH awaaba machaa lem-
na maangde. Every action has
a result, tin IT ©5IR -I

M

awaaba mapaal thaade, nung-
ngaayba mau lingde. Riches
have no wings.

TC'-( waat

lit 57'Y^fl masidi chaama
sugadaba ama waatli. It is one
less than one hundred.

adv. Rc'tJ ElUEFf ik UTM

CXSEFFSIIPT 57'vu

maana phangpham
thokpa senphamdagi waatna
pukhre. He has taken the mon¬
ey less than the actual amount.

adj. y>'J5*DISt'©T worst

wk'v* 5"ers itsoro

<**. | taaybangpaanba asida
awaatpa laytaba punsisu la.y.
In this universe there is a life
without want.

nom. ©JK'ff'?

©57'^51Il 5*£fl.‘°l apaamba
laytrabadi awaatpa laytre. 11
there is no desire, there is no
want.

Phr: ©57'tf©5HT awaat apaa
‘requirement'. 57 ^./0 5^
waat-haw khot-hawba anything
left out’

Yri5 waan

buy

v. o'oYf f^ir a nra 57°tn
sosogi mabokna
cheng waalli. Soso's grand¬
mother is buying rice,
adv. e'HfiTX
57'© 57'©ETt? 57'Hl laayra-
ba mina cheng waan waandu-
na chaay. Poor people live
from hand to mouth,
adj. nflMSUPf 57-7
HoQjst nrofer'l kaytheldagi
waalluba chengdu asira? Is it
the rice bought from the mar¬
ket?

non), dier'in SJHflgStlPf

57'^SS WStlZ ffiSi'J5G' 0 l

ngaraang dukaandagi waallu¬
ba aduna kadaayno? Which is
the one that bought from the
shop yesterday?

Phr: 57° ID 57'©"S' cheng
waanba 'to buy rice'. 57 ^c?ir
X ff waallaba thum ‘pur-
chased salt'.

353

3TH> waay

waa.n

eat

a . tM'tnofni kgt'

angaangsing charaa waa.lli.
Children are taking their break¬
fast.

adv. niiffl'mc^rm kbt' n'<s-
tfz'wm u' wuero\

angaangsing charaa waa.llin-
gayda ojaasing laaknare.
Teachers have started coming
wlien children are taking their
breakfast.

adj. ner' n'lev

C 9 ftDST Elg 'C 9 S 6

<V>

KlD^©^jr 6 l charaa
waa.llaba angaangsingdu
klasta chang-hankhro. Let the
children who have taken
breakfast go to classroom,
non). K£T W TcTf <TC9i HIE7
X'^'nrertD-^l charaa
waallibasingdu thuna thaa-
dorak-u. Send them out those
who are taking breakfast
quickly.

Phr: KBT' charaa

waa.nba ‘to eat breaktast

H\f waa.ng

be tall, high

V. EV ftrnr

n'.lllalllf ! angaaldi phut taruk
waa.ng-ngi. Angaal is six feet
tall.

adv. emc'cfnHJ

TT'.niC M'Tai langjaasingna
waa.ngna waa.ngna paay. Vul¬
tures generally (ly high,
adj. ft'.tna m'^erfx

^x°nrc9finc9f ^nie'efi

waa.ngna paayriba uchek-
singsi langjaani. 1 hese birds
flying high are vultures.

nom. ^W'.ID7C9rniC9f

r*3K fkx'ofnnzfl

awaa.ngbasingsi yurop
machaasingni. These tall fel¬
lows are Europeans.

Phr: f ID

awaa.ngba ching ‘high moun¬
tain'.

awaa.ngba nupi ‘tall woman

Proverb: Tl

R'M'S’STf EH'DrCJ EffST°-
nr^i Waatonna waa.ng-nga-
badi kwaa.kna phamdek-i.
Pride goes before fall. See
also under Pham'

TVTz> waay

hire

v. f£ a or° KVJiniPf n 1 'erf

BJft' R'5^er°l moreh chatpagi
gaari kayaa waayre? How
many vehicles have you hired
for the trip to Moreh?
adv. KF 6 J5Rf C2f£ a

TC% TWefl ma-

khoydi tata sumo waay waay-
duna chatli. They go hiring
Tata Sumo every time.

waa.y

354

adj. UF'KU IP'-

erfof msr p\(£°<sa

E’£f tg^GP °1 nakhoyna
vvaayruba gaarisingdu
go.menna phaajinkhre. Those
vehicles you have hired have
been detained by the govern¬
ment.

Phr: fflfaefnr kol-lik

waayba ‘to hire utensils’,
mwVjfofni awaay-
ba potchaysing ‘hired articles'

Tl'.Jz waa.y

gore

v. n'.Eiref K°nr-

Of^cTl sanna waa.ygani
cheksillu. Take care lest you
should be gored by the cow.

adv. M ID 7

san angaangba adu-
na amubadu waa.y waa.yduna
taankhi. The red bull chased
the black bull by goring,
adj. C9Q5 M'DIYST U
R'.EJEffX C9(S5T C9'CTf-
Ui\ san angaangbaduna
waa.ykhraba sandu saamugi-
ni. The bull gored by the red
bull belongs to Saamu.
nom. dDO'JSlF’f C915

n w

ngasaaygi san khuwaa.y-
nadudi phajay. The bull tight
some time ago is interesting.

Phr: C9I5 san

waa.ynaba ‘bull fight , C9(3(J
sanna waa.yba ‘to

gore’

waa.w l

be dirty (skin)

v. K'STf 5^6T

ST.SlPTCfl maadi mahaw-
saana khara waa.wgalli. He is
generally rather dirty,
adv. RE'Stf TCH'FF - ? IkFffST
R'.SE R'.SU S'nrJSl maa-
di ayaainba matamda waa.wna
waa.wna laak-i. He came dirty
most of the time,
adj. ttdD'nJST

EKJ'lFf awaa.wba

angaangdu kanaagi

machaano? Whose son is he
who came always dirty?
nom. Tnr'.^ir^rnisT 5^ -
jfll'lgU

awaa.wbasingdu tongaanna
phamhallu. Let those dirty
ones sit separately.

Phr: M'lD

awaa.wba angaang ‘dirty
boy’, 5*R'.S5 TCRc khuwaa.w
ama ‘exceptionally dirty one’

waa.w 2

be impolite in speaking

v. fTsrf nrR'ffX

R'.SSJSl maadi ayaainba
matamda kho.l waa.wwi. He is

355

*yl\ yaa. 1

most of the time indecent in
speaking.

adv. K'Stf 57' ^

57'.^U K'.'&G dfMfl maa-
di waa ngaangbada kho.!
waa.wna waa.wna ngaang-
ngi. He always speaks inde¬
cently.

adj. 57'.5*¥

HCXl kho.l waa.wba nu-
paadu kanaano? Who is the
man who speaks impolitely
nom. 5^.-7 57 S’ Y Af-
E5?‘ P'KYUf K'Ktf
e y 57fl kho.l waa.wba lay-
baakmachaa tadabani haayna
lawnay. To be rough, in speak¬
ing is considered uncultured.
Phr: n'jD'm Oifl'fn 57'.
waangaang sangaang

waa.wba “indecent in speak¬
ing'. 57 affi SO 57 .S6T3R
57'.^eri ^Y waangaang
waa.wrap waa.wrap tawba ‘be
lack of decency in speaking'

TtM waa.w 3

be brown

V. E8l^

57'.^57fl paamclaagi phurit
machudi waa.wwi. The colour
of Pamelaa's shirt is brown.

adv. 7 I 2 III HUT c? ff

izky 57'.

^BM angaangna laykhom
taysallamba mapbamdu

waa.wduna lavre. The place
where children smeared mud
has been tainted brown,
adj. Eyo'nra 57\SGT3It 5° Y
fkksi mahaakna

waa.wrap tawba machudu
kh?lie. He has selected the
slightly brown colour.

noni. 5ttJ7'.^^C9fni^ F©-

^t 6 nr^l awaa.wbasingdu
khandok-u. Pick out those
brown ones.

Phr: n'.&JTlDdr
w aa.wthaangnaba machu
‘rather brown colour ,
57'.^6T UY

waa.wrunaba machu light
brown colour'

woy

(see under oy)

Q

*fI\ yaa. 1

a £ rCe „ 6

v.

yo'5S7 H'.fiM tolendu
aykhoyna haayba yaa re. Tolen
has agreed with us.

adv. a'KY

ft'.ersrcz srfef

57V£f2>l aykhoyna haayba
yaa.raduna tolen dili chatkhre.
Tolen has gone to Delhi as he
has agreed with us.
adj. ier'ni r'.gsts 57'e-

iTst siDc^r nrflinr f&uy iff

356

ft'. yaa. 2

°l tigaraang
yaa.nakhraba waaphamdu
ngasi amuk khannabagi
mathaw taadre. The matter
agreed upon yesterday need
not be open today,
nom. aflier'm

r'.ufgt xoftnsr ®erf

- M

HBTfCJ I ngaraang yaa.na-
khrabasingdu kari karino?
What are those that agreed
upon yesterday?

Phr:kc9' KC9' Vl'.UZY
masaa masaa yaa.najaba ‘to
have mutual agreement or love
each other’, TZ'.UlTIPf F-ETFF
yaa.nabagi khudarn ‘token of
agreement’, HI9?'. m9?\lT
ayaa. ayaa.ba ‘whatever
agreed upon’

ft'. yaa. 2

match, may

v. TCUf Uff*' Vl\ 551

makhoy ani lambaa yaa.y.
They two are probable match.

ffcyD'nr amor u'nra h'jsi

mahaak ngasi laakpa ya.y. He
may come today,
adv. u'nra vC.u

VI'.U U'nTSN mahaak laakpa
yaa.na yaa.na laakte. He
doesn’t come in spite of his
being able to come.

adj. H^'nrc? u'nra vi'.y

RcfUfl mahaaksu laakpa

yaa.ba mini. He is also a proba¬
ble man for coming,
nom. cJ HT5IR VI .Y

50 9?'(3 6 1 nakhoygi laakpa
yaa.ba kayaano? How many
probable persons do you have
(for the trip)?

Phr: 5FF1T 9?'.IT lambaa
yaa.ba ‘to be probable match',
9?'.IT chaaba yaa.ba 'be
eatable or to agree to eat’

ft'. yaa. 3

receive (take) on behalf of

v. ffc'ipf C9firnr^ uni fot

9Z'.'S'fST 6 1 rnaagi saruktu nang
khara yaa.biro. You receive
(take) his share on behalf of
him.

adv. Efe'lPf C9firHTS^ $>*-
W.'SIU kaa-

laagi saruktu tolenna yaaduna
laawkhre. Tolen has received
(taken) Kaalaa’s share on be¬
half of him (Kaalaa).
adj. kaalaana yaakhiba saruk¬
tu tolen-gini. What was re¬
ceived by Kaalaa is Tolen’s
share.

nom. oarnr

ms? C9firor 9?'.^fTOfOIU
K'k JIRiratfUfl sarukyaa-
khrabasing adu saruk yaa-
khibasingna daay pugadabni.
Those who received shares on
behalf of others should be

357

held responsible for the shares
they received.

Phr: C9EP ID 1 97'.IT saruk
yaa.ba ‘receive share on be¬
half of some one', C9QT HT
97 saruk yaa.mi-

nnaba ‘receive share jointly'

ft*. yaa. 4

collect water

v. P'W 55Wfni

97'.firf! tombimachaa toti ising
yaa.ri. Tombimachaa is collect¬
ing tap water.

adv. KOfl

^'.erfinTsr s'nrKl

tombimachaanu ising

yaa.ri ngayda memchaanu
laak-i. Memchaanu came when
Tombimachaa is collecting wa¬
ter.

adj. ^orni 97\erfx sitfst
S^FnTfEK'Sfi ising yaariba
nupidu tombimachaani. The
woman who is collecting water
is Tombimachaa.
nom. 55C9fin 97 .frfTTC^flllTft
TZ 5lRf 2 lD' nr P XZ f 1 ising
yaa.ribasingdu nupi ngaak-
tani. Those who are collecting
water are women.

Phr: 97'.X toti

ising yaa.ba ‘to collect tap wa¬
ter*, 73 IE 97 ./of 97 non-
gyaahi yaaba ‘to collect rain
water*

ft ^ yaat

ft'tf yaat

cut with scissors
v. nrer'niEffsxT? s^'niiP
97'^Sfl araangphamduna
(Araangpham: a proiessional
who is hired for preparing var¬
ious ritual items) taangga (a
circular shaped cut made of
plantain leave) yaatli. The
Araangpham is cutting Taang¬
ga-

adv. mer'niEffc s^'inn 1
97' ^ S f 2flf Et lUToT
S’'nr 5^ I araangpham na taang¬
ga yaatli ngayda ahal ama laak-
i. An old man came when
Araangpham is preparing
Taangga.

adj. 97'tfSfX ^'ffllPST

x'sser'nrs Eofra E397'

C9 OPo I yaatliba taanggadu
chaawraakna masing kayaa
sure? What is the approxinate
number of laanggas that are
being cut?

nom. UIH'VWOfinSJ,
H^C9Tm Xf97l ayaatpasingdu
masing thiyu. Count those
that are already cut.

Phr: 5^'nJlf 97'^5Hi taangga
yaatpa ‘to cut Taangga', E-
Gfftf Ef 97' 5111 phurit phi
yaatpa ‘cut cloth for making
shirt", ft'VJI

tharoyna yaatpa ‘ cut with a
snail*

ft'DT yaak 1

358

ft'DT yaak i

be salty

v. RcC9fBTf masidi

yak-i. It tastes salty. 5Rfffff°

Kofsrf R'nrurPGft

chumme, masidi yak-agani.
Yes, you are right. It will be
salty.

adv. Kp“55STf ^EO'DI^t

xff ft'nrc ^'nrc

makhoydi yensaangdu thutn
yaakna yaakna chaakhre.
They have taken the curry in
spite of excess salt,
adj. xff R'nmx
O'lDST X'ersrtfl thumyaak-
aba yengsaangdu chaaruranu.
Stop taking (eating) the curry
that has excess salt,
nom. xff ft'nr^inr Rt5^
Xfffff 6 ! thumyaak-
aba makhay tongaanna tham-
mo. Keep separately those
that are having excess salt.
Phr: Xff R'lITW 5W3C9'0J
thum yaakpa yensaang ‘curry
having excess salt', 3^ ff
R'nr^nr thum yaaktak

tawba ‘taste having slightly
more salt’

ft'IF yaak 2

be late for marriage
v. B3 *mT C2er°l Chahi

kayaa sure? How old are you?
C9GM 35 sure.

1 am thirty five. CTftff ^

¥ET'I nay urn pallabara? Are
you married? 5iH ISHfifi I paan-
dri. No. 1 am not married. HIST-
STf (JHISTf ^'DNTlF'Ufl adudi
nangdi yaak-agani. Then you
will be late for marriage,
adv. ^fnr M'lgstf 3TR'^m

eVYfofmof q'nr n' nr-

c^CGM hawjik kaandi
paakhang laysaabisingsi yaak
yaaktuna laynare. Nowa¬
days boys and girls are being
delayed in marriage,
adj. Fffttff ft'-

nrnY vi'ku e'en

mayum paanbada yaak-aba
laysaabi yaamna layre. There
are many girls who are late for
marriage.

nom. R'flm'YOfiniM

fkofnj R/of

yaak-abasing-
gi masing chahi khudinggi
hen-gatlak-i. Number of those
who are

late for marriage is increasing
every year.

Phr: R'OTTIT yaak-

aba laysaabi ‘girl who is late
for marriage’

ft\ff yaa.m

be many

v. R^f

R'.ffFfffl makhoygi soraatti mi

359

*Ft J& yaa.n i

yaa.mmi. There were many
people present at their Sradha
Ceremony.

adv. C9 er'v^f

f£f ft\FFI£<3tf(J EffE.ff
e*FfH£fo| makhoygi soraatti
mi yaa.mmanduna phampham
laykhidre. There were no suffi¬
cient seats because of too
many people present at theii
Sradha Ceremony,
adj. KfStf

EFFGFf§£T°l avaa.mba midi
kuyna phamnakhidre. Most of
the people had left quickly,
nom. ^ft'-ffTO wVfWD

HRffiTlF XVUFtl ayaa.m-
bana potyeng piraga chatna-
khi. Most of them leit immedi¬
ately after giving Potyeng
(obligatory amount paid).
Phr:Kf H'.ffB mi

yaa.mna tinba ‘to assemble a
big crowd’, ft R& ft^ .RelT
HIT)'5ft yaa.mma
yaa.mmaba athum ahaaw
‘many veriety of sweets'.

ft'tg yaan

chop, cut

v. tM'mofnia 3 tThist

angaa.igsingna ch-
ingda u. yaalli. Children are
cutting trees in the hills.

adv. tM'IDOfnKJ KftDST

TTIk 51R a -

^'^ernr^l angaangsingna

chingda u. yaallingayda bom
ama pokhaayrak-i. A bomb
blasted when children are cut¬
ting trees.

adj. ft &.C9flUSj!

ro M

yaanthatlaba u.singdu matup
rnatup kakthatkhre. Those
trees which were chopped oil
were cut into logs,
nom. R'eivexwfnisT
EEFF K'e S*J5OT?I yaan-
tliatlabasingdu mapham chaa-
na loysallu. Keep those
chopped ott ones at a proper
place.

Phr: ft JS. yaallaba u.

‘cut down tree’. «I> ft ^5^
thaangna yaanba ‘cut with a
sword’.

yaa.n 1

hang

v. GWfKK'gsa Enrs'm^r
tEfE ft'.TCfl nupim-
achaaduna phaklaangda laa.y
ama yaa.lli. The girl is hanging
a picture on the wall,
adv. UWnZX'ZlG EUT-

e'msr u\ k ft'.^faflTsr

OfflOfV C9t VS AT 551 nupirn-

M

achaaduna phaklaangda laa.y
yaa.llingada nungsit sitlak-i.
The wind started blowing
when the girl was hanging a
picture on the wall.

360

9T.(g yaa.n 2

adj. ?'JSST ETO-

IP'3 ^GT^IPfCJn yaa.l-
liba laa.ydu thaanggaal
jenarelgini. The picture which
is hanging is of Thaanggaal
general.

nom. R'.^ST 'S' C9 f DJ5T

e’.Rc e’i 4 nr si

yaa.llibasingdu lo.yna law-
thok-u. Remove all of those
which are hanging.

Phr: x y arf K'&ZIU Of.7
thawri vaa.nduna si.ba 'kill
oneself by hanging',
HtJ'PFFX TTRtBT 97'.
kanaagumba amada yaa.nba
‘hang on someone for sup¬
port'

Vt.l 5 yaa.n 2

mix

v. C9DJ ST in

97 .TSIPIJ! sanggomda ising
yaa.n-ganu. Don’t mix water in
the milk.

adv. e>m5T 5^C9fDJ
f^sr TEar's Kf
C HT5SI sanggomda ising
yaa.llingayda arayba mi lak-i.
T he customer came when wa¬
ter is pouring in the milk,
adj. onup 6 -

FFSTf 5Z TTST ising

yaa.lba sanggomdi chaabada
haawte. The milk which is
mixed with water is not tasty.

nom. 97\T5^GTf¥ST
Mf97l yaa.n-

r-> J

dribadu avngonda piyu. Give
me the one which is not adul¬
terated.

Phr: KOflU 97\(S* ising
yaa.nba ‘mix with water'.
97 FT IF 97'.15 IT yaamga
yaa.nba ‘mix with flour’,
TEft'.Tg* avaa.nba

a

potchay ‘adulterated articles'.

H'm yaang

fast in speed

v. R'lni^js ft'm-

amn waangthoy lamjen yaang-
ngi. Waangthoy is fast in run¬
ning.

adv. TEST (J

sirirf test'sst H'er n'm

I draaybhar aduna Iambi
achawbada kaar yaangna
thawwi. The driver drove the
car fast on super highway.

adj. TE97'lII¥ H'GT^ K 6 -

Gff97 5T O'lTUn ayaangba
kaardu koriyaada saabani. The
fast car is made in Korea,
nom. E'Tg P*WIZ
W'KWimf 5y$7'nj TEFTctJf!
phaantomna thawba saaykaldi
khuvaang amani. The cycling
by Phaantom is superfast.
Phr: ^FFE'oTS 57'HIX .amjen
yaangba ‘fast in running’,
TIFf ft 'm

khwaaydagi yaangba tren
‘fastest train'.

$TM yaa.ng

be light

v. tn: affl v m nr e>f srf
BfCDjlDf STlUSM

angaang asidi yaa.nggaoaboy
ning-ngi yaa.ngdc. I thought
this child would be light, but it
is not.

adv. <n7S3 nfEerxc? fE'srf

KC9' rh'.id n'.m
ahal oyrabasu maadi masaa
iyaa.ng yaa.ngna chatli. He
goes without effort even
though he is old.
adj. nVnnafstf nrft'.mx
EOfoR C9f^f(5(J v l aanokkidi
avaa.ngba phrem sijinnaw.
Use light frame for spectacles,
nom. m:RMD70flD5T

ayaa.ngbasingdu topna khan-
doktuna thammu. Pick out
those light ones and keep
them separately.

Phr: m 92ID 'S' EJT°ff
ayaa.ngba phrem ‘light frame',
s^er' ^E^F^nr h'.id* tcr-
aa mapholmuk yaa.ngba ‘as
light as feather’, 92 .EUcl>6P & ID
51'.ID 7 yaa.ngthrong
yaa.ngba ‘very light'

yaa.y i

roast

v. H25Z'ff 5Z°<2

92'. 6Tf I niakhoy mayaam

361_yaa.y 2

yen yaa.yri. They are barbecu¬
ing chicken.

r adv. icyejsc

I R'JsarftfsT 5*o'xf nref

v m C9 cTHT^l makhoyna
t yen yaa.yringayda laysaabi
: t ani amasu lak-i. Two more girls
came when they are barbecu-
p ing chicken.

, adj. 5?°(SSTf STf-

f£'<5 52'Rtf cf.l ayaa.yba
yen-di dimaan yaamna la.y.
There ia a great demand tor

II barbecued chicken.

nom. tH5Z'.5^YC9f ID ST E b ID
* E*ID C9'EJ XFFfkl ayaa.y-

ii basingdu phong phong saana

f- thammu. Keep those roasted

>. ones always warm.

T Phr: 51 <>® yen

l 1 ayaa.yba ‘roasted chicken',

i-

it x

p yaa.y 2

sit by fire

T v. ^UY EFR R?E 92\J5GTfl

\ hanuba ania mayphu yaa.yri.

r- An old man is sitting by the

is firepot.

m adv. yoiJ'E' nrstu R2*

g H'.JStJ R'.HG R'enf 5fl

hanuba aduna may yaayna
yaayna waari li. The old man is
telling a story sitting by the
fire.

5 adj. Rf 73ETS

in R'BTf SfS’Gfj may yaa.yriba

362

ft'& yaaw

hanubadu waari libani. The old
man who is sitting by the fire is
a story teller.

nom. £JniC9 ft •55^’

W'ff^fif I nangsu may
yaa.yba paambara? Do you
also like to sit by the fire?

Phn F£ ft .KIT may yaa.yba
‘sit by the fire', ft

nungsaa yaayba to bask

ft'& yaaw

join

v. fk'STf ^GT'Pf

M'er^fST R'SSftfl maadi
chahi taraagi mamaangda
konggres paartida yaawwi. He
joined in the congress party
ten years ago.
adv. RTC

W'GT^fST ft'^erf^BT
HBTfft GTFfI maana
konggres paartida yaawrin-
gayda karisu tawramde. He did
nothing when he was in the
congress party,
adj^ lD*nHEff 0 C9 M'fiT^fST

H'serfr fkfofnist kiht*

Olrfi konggres parti-
da yaawriba misingdu ma-
bukchel seng-ngi. Those
members who are in the con¬
gress party are honest,
nom. W'GT^fST

ft'^arfTOfni msriFf fif°-

tUfk konggres

partida yaawribasing adugi re-
kot ama thammu. Keep a
record of those members who
are in the congress paity
ph r: SllT ET S 6 f ft ^ ^
paartida yaawba ‘join in a par¬
ty'. ft'^X khanbada

yaawba ‘included in the selec¬
tion', d'er°ni ft

sayreng thiba yaawba ‘join in
recitation of poems

ftotf yet l

to coil

v. affloffir* tu -

^'gp ^oi^S’fl nungsiray
ukhongda oyaar yetlii. Nung¬
siray is coiling ware around
the pillar.

adv. (JIDOfer C
m 6 ft' ft^C wu 255^

fflalDfl nungsirayna ukhongda
oyaar yetna yetna huy khong-
ngi. Nungsiray is whistling
while coiling ware around the
pillar.

adj. m 6 ft fif ft^cf^

nisi main'ra M'ys/o^piJi

oyaar yetlaba ukhongdu an-
gaang paayhan-ganu. Don t
allow children to hold the pillai
which is being coiled with
ware.

nom. Sr'ft Bf ft 0 ^ S’ ^ ■
C9fIJJBT 5 t>6 2lD'©U IFFR*,!

363

yet 4

oyaar yetiabasingdu tongaan-
na thammu. Keep those coiled
ones separately.

Plir: bendej

yetpa ‘bind bandage*. BB Vl oL 6
R°^31R ko(k)yct yetpa ‘prepare
turban', DT^GT R°^51R oyaar
yetpa ‘coil ware'

9Z o£ ^ yet 2

argue

v. 5*0' tfl* KR'ff RcGT v
92°^tJ6rfl laysaabi mayaam
maray yetnari. A bevy of girls
are arguing among them¬
selves.

adv. BFft'FF Rt GT v

ftrfET 5iR5fo
5'nr^l makhoy mayaam ma¬
ray yetnaringayda pulis laak-i.
Police arrived when they are
arguing among themselves.

adj.Of H«V5fX DD'ID?g

5*1 maray yetliba
kaangbudu mathavvnaa lay.
The group that has been argu¬
ing is courageous.

nom. HtGT* $?°^5f'8 , C9f BJ
EVCfO© SIR'fiP-

M

maray yetlibasing adu-
di opojisan paartini. Those
who have been arguing are of
opposition party.

Phr: Fker* HID Rtf RtfM
maray kangyet yetpa ‘to op-
pose with dry' argument', RtBT

R°tf TZ1? maray yetnaba ‘to ar¬
gue between two parties'

EW yet 3

be entangled

v. RTlM KEfET

R°tf OfTSFLiT o| maagi

maphidu sambalda yetsinkhre.

Her cloth has entangled at the

fence.

adv. K'lpf ffcEfET OFFSET
Rotf of^SfallfST R&ffc'
5'nrT5l maagi maphidu sam¬
balda yetsillingayda mamaa
laak-i. Her mother came when
her cloth is entangling at the
fence.

adj. RotfOf^SfX EfST
$>MZ SCUTES] yetsilliba
phidu tapna lawthok-u. Re¬
move the entangled cloth
slowly.

nom. RotfoT^arsofni
msr Fk'tnx F'eM

M

yctsilkhrabasing adu maang-
ba taare. Those that have been
entangled will have to be
spoiled.

Phr: OFFXTST HotfOttSS

sambalda yetsinba ‘entangle
at a fence’, cG*£Tf RotfOfTS-
UY thawri yetsinnaba ‘to en¬
tangle ropes’

yet 4

interfere, oppose

R°DT yek l

364

v. Rc>0 tF(J RcS^FT MFFTJfit-
nrs 5 swefi ma-

haakna matani punmamakta
ayngonda yetii. He is always
interfering me.
adv. F Z'U

nEK y x ofnju*

tee maana yetpidu-

na ayngonda achawba
singnaba ama oykhi. It was a
big challenge because of his
interference with me.
adj. SIR El'nJX ST

JIRcffC?^ ayetpa

kaangbudu pulista laykhre.
The party opposed the issue
has been at police custody,
noni. TCft°tfJIRC9fni JESTTJ
K°OE C9'^To|
ayetpasing aduna makhoygi
kemp saakhre. Those oppos-
ers have set up their camp.
Phr: Wf7 ayetpa

piba ‘to interfere', m9?°^3IR
^J^nTJIR ayetpa lawthokpa
‘to remove obstruction’

ft°nr yek 1

paint

v. UTaffl'm HIF£

<?'£> R°nT5 : 5! angaang ama
thawaay yaawna laay yek-i. A
child is painting a picture at¬
tentively.

adv. qiaffl'ni HISTCJ ^ .Hi
ST tfiiffc TJ ./icf J-T

Mernm! angaang aduna laay

M

yek-ingayda mamaana halu-
waa purak-i. When the child is
painting his mother brought in
haluwaa.

adj. TU9J°nr5iR yscofinsT
IKST'^ST 57°^&6T°I ayekpa
laaysingdu kadaayda chat-
khre? Where have those paint¬
ed pictures gone?
nom. 9£°IF5 : ''firC9fnJST 5T°nT-
C9fTSGT DGFF£f3cH yekkhib-
singdu cheksinna thamjillu.
Keep those painted ones with
care.

Phr: cfHi ayekpa

laay ‘painted picture’, Hi
RoUT^X TTaffl lD laay yek-iba
angaang ‘a child who is paint¬
ing a picture’

9MF yek 2

be pain

v. p'm* inier'ni Kxnr
9Z°nr3o y 3Tfl Tomba ngaraang
mabuk yck-hawwi. Yesterday
Tomba was suffering from
stomach pain,
adv. P'KYU K'S.nr

nnsdirs! x'%uu Ef. o'erfi

tombana mabuk yek-ingayda
chaawnuna phi. saari.
Chaawnu is weaving when
Tomba was suffering from
stomach pain.

adj. EXHT n°UTJSX awfst

365

*rl o M ye.n i

(CK'CJfl ma-
buk yck-iba nupidu helienaagi
uiamaani. The woman who is
suffering from stomach pain is
Hcllenaa's mother,
nom. exot ^°nry&TOrin^
5^C9fm DEXffX 9Tff(J JIRf3G-
nrS5! mabuk yek-ibasingdu ising
achamba yaamna pithak-u. Give
plenty of plain water to those
who are suffering from stomach
pain.

Phr: MW ft°nTM puk yekpa
‘suffer from stomach pain or
engaged on labour pain'

9WITO yekna

be the enemy

v. STEP DHE1P

K'WU I makhoy amaga ama-
ga yeknay. They are hostile to
each other.

adv. wf'ku ^onraerfjflTsT

e Ffi makhoyna ycknarin-
gayda atoppana khudong
chaaba lawkhi. People took ad¬
vantage of them when they are
at loggerheads,
adj. er'^Uf^fBT n°WUY
Rtf yD S’ raajnitida
yeknaba mi haayba layte.
There is no enemy in politics,
nom. ft°nrdirc9f nj ursr
5T o ^3^6T°l yeknabas-
ing adu loyna chenkhre. All

those enemies fled away.
tfVf VOIDS’ 9WF£*8Tf
DT^^lTSfl aygi asengba
yeknabadi atanbani. My real
enemy is laziness.

Phr: noWUYU

5TISX yeknabana laanggoy

chanba ‘seized by enemy',

R°nnzx

yeknaba laanba tawba ‘to con¬
front with enemy’

R°.IS ye.n I

distribute

v. JSCf Tt'wrfjfX Ef.K57'
DtfftRtff R°^JSfl isay haw-
dringayda phi.machaa
amamam yelli. They distribut¬
ed a small piece of cloth before
starting the ritual singing,
adv. Ef.

fanfsr Kf 2 ftVnrcsi

makhoyna phi. yellingayda mi
ataysu yawrak-i. Other people
also arrived while they were
distributing cloth,
adj. ftotgFerfy Ef.ofms?
Kf-OflD HT5TCJ i
RtftlTST yenkhriba

phi.singdu mi-sing aduna
mayum mayumda punakhi.
The people took those distrib¬
uted cloths to their home.

110m. 9?°tg5M-rTOfin DTST
E ID 2 ID f X C9 f ID m ST TFf
PI *73 5^STIT (?f I yenkhrabas-

T2 ye.n 2

366

ing ada phang-ngibasing adu-
gi oykhrabni. Those distribut¬
ed things became the property
of the receivers.

Phr: HlXff TO'S
athum ahaaw yenba 'distribu¬
tion of sweets’, BIB
kwaa yenba ‘distribution of
paan’

ye.n 2

divide share
v. X*

CJErfl makhoy pot-chay yen-
nari. They are dividing their
shares (of things),
adv. SlV 5f

CETf^st g*id F'ernrjsi

makhoyna pot-chay yennarin-
gayda nong taarak-i It started
raining when they were dividing
their shares (of tilings).

adj.E^KB 5W5I*lirCfirS

sntVofra qrwf ici

yS(7BT°l makhoyna ycnthok-
naraba potsing adugi mapu
oynare. They became owners
of those divided shares.

nom. ft°(5X 6 nraer , TOftD

ycnthoknarabasing
adu makhona haraawna
lawnakhi. They took those di¬
vided shares happily.

Phr: oernr C9ernr

saruk saruk yennaba ‘to divide

shares’, E £ ST Y

khuven phajadaba 'unfair dis¬
tribution of shares’

Idiom: n b m ^ ft 0 ®*
vongna tal yenba 'exploitation
of fools by the wise’

ye.n 3
sell

v. EffE'^ST 3T°ID TOU
^o^sri imphaalda cheng
hongna yelli. Rice sells cheap¬
ly in Imphaal.

adv. K°ID A HJU 9Z°(5(J

ftotgu m;*nru'sr £°id

ElDST o l cheng hongna yenna
yenna oknaba cheng phangde.
No sufficient quantity of rice is
available in spite of selling it
cheaply.

adj.H® 35 T* 5 WDOflH
Kfetm^PfUfl yelliba
chengsing adu mammgtagini.
Those rice which are selling
cheaply is for the sake of name
only.

nom. K°ID ^°-?cn ITOflDSt
i£f

cheng yellibasingdu go.men-
gi mingaaktani. Tliose who are
selling rice are of government
agents.

Phr: 5T°HJ 8 cheng yen¬
ba 'to sell rice', M>lll 5Z o: TUfSr
f£f cheng yelliba mi 'an agent
for selling rice’

367

ft°nj ye.ng 3

^°.0J ye.ng i

look at

v. Rt75 IF 2 ID' ma-

haak ngaa yc.ng-ngi. He is
looking at the fish (in the wa¬
ter).

adv. fkTfnrC dflf ft°nj-
jfltfjiifs? B“ni F'ernrEi ma-

haakna ngaa yeng-ngingavda
nong taarak-i. It started raining
when he was looking at the
fish.

adj. Rt'CJ 2 ID'-

ofnisT 0.^1

M <-“1 r~>

maana yeng-ngiba ngaas-
ingdu niakhal ahum su.y. The
fishes he was looking at are of
three different varieties.

nom.

yeng.

ngambasingdu ioyna hanna-
khre. All those onlookers had
* gone.

Phr: M'FQI 9Z°HJX paa-
khang yengba ‘to look at
boy friend*, 5^111 30(5(1

9?°UIX tung-hanna yengba
‘to look behind’

SZ°.IIJ ye.ng 2

give obligatory contribution
v. rcfl'lD ii'iF'irYStr
51 R e ^' 97 o .ni 2 niri angaang pok-
abadi potye.ng-ngi. If a child is
bom relatives and friends give
obligatory contribution.

adv. JlltVRo.Mf-

2flf5T

mayaamna potye.ng-ngingay-
da manglemdi chatkhre. Man-
glcm had gone when people
are giving obligatory contribu¬
tion.

adj. 5H! ! Vtt'>. Kf-
wfmsT uwfu ra:n'ff¥ijri

po ty e. ng - ngi ba m i s i n gdu
nupina ayaambani. Most of
the people who are giving
obligatory contribution are
women.

nom. JlIlV^o.tDdDlTXCPfin^

m^Efomr Hfnjxcn

M

potye.ng-ngambasingdu
ophiski kaangbuni. Those
who have just given obligato-
17 contribution are from the of¬
fice party.

Phr: mVR».ni JKfX poty-
eng piba ‘to give obligatory
contribution’, ft 0 .EIT
3T^51E potye.ngba chatpa ‘to
participate a newly born
child’s ritual ceremony’

R°.DJ ye.ng 3

consult astrologer

v. (CTfnr 7?z fur si'tsef

mahaak hawjik paan-
ji yeng-ngi. He is now consult¬
ing an astrologer.

adv. f£7o'nr(7 lf(5£f

fto.HJdDf^

Ro.lH ye.ng 4

368

mahaakna paanji
ve.ng-ngingayda chaavvrel
laak-ammi. Chaawrel came
when he was consulting an
astrologer.

adj. TOl'ESf fto.MfX Kt-
C9flDST 6 affx'ur

paanji ye.ng-ngiba
misingdo masaabu namthaak
tawjabani. Those who are con¬
sulting astrologers are sell de¬
featists.

noni. W'T&Zf 9Z°.lDjIDffTr-

paanji

ye.ng-ngambasingdo chat-
khrabara? Have those who
have been consulting the as¬
trologer gone?

Phr: JIH'lSCf paanji

ye.ngba ‘consult an astrolo-
aer" HEX 9?°.1D^

aphaba numit ye.ngba ‘con¬
sulting astrologer for an auspi¬
cious day’, DT
Ro.OJY khubaak mayi ye.ngba
‘to consult a palmist

9Z°. ID ye.ng 4

try

v. \£'u maf
TS'HSttZ R°.M°I maanaani
ahumlak haayduna ye.ng-nge.
He had tried requesting (him)
two three times,
adv. ^oTDJDfanfSt

ST 7o v ^fl mahaakna

yeng-ngingayda matamdu
hawkhi. The time passed
when he was trying (to know the
truth)

adj. ysissmrifflforstr
Ro.nKJfni'H’ KJF'lDTJfl han-
.dakkisidi ye.ngningba
mataangni. This is a chance
worth to try this time .
noni. tftuq K'M* 3IR'ff-
9Z°.lD7o y 0r 6 l nangsu
ye.ngba paammabadi ye.ng-
hawro. Try this time if you like
to have a try.

Phr: ZoVaS![(J hot-

naduna ye.ngba ‘to have a try
with a determination', 9?°.IDC9f
ye.ng-si ‘let us have a try'.

y u

prick

v. fk^'nr ^fniFin

mahaak tingkhang yure. He
got pricked with a thorn,
adv. f£yo'nr ^fniFin ftSUJ
onm°i mahaak
tingkhang yuduna makhong
sek-e. He’s limping as he got
pricked with a thorn,
adj. FflDFtn ttSTX KfC

jf(7 T^niafflf 1 tingkhang yura-
ba mina chaynaa khang-ngi.
Those who arc pricked with a
thorn know the pain,
nom. ripr prnj'iD
C9'Xfl maagi tingkhang
khuyusi saathi. His pricking

369

5g.jp' yu.ng

with a thorn is of serious na¬
ture.

Phr: IDFQJ 9^ dng-

khang yuba ‘prick with a
thorn’

Jdiom: WfEflTFEIirS 6 ^

F^ertJ 92 X siramaktada maru-
na yuba ‘prolong bad effect’
Riddle: W^U 9Z2T I'WX
OUTM petna yuba naadana
sekpa ‘human excreta’. See
also Sek.

VI yu. i

Up lpol/

v. CffllPf SffffOf 5iETo|
nanggi dramsi yure. Your drum
gets leaked.

adv. ¥'^5 e> flSC9fin ^EC9f

KW? SV 0 ! baaltins ‘

ing asi loyna yuduna layre. All
these buckets are lying leaked,
adj. *£92 Y t Wl'Tl

m'FFiP&fl ayuba baaltinbu
kanaana paamgani? Who will
like the leaky bucket?
nom.

ayubasiagdu
loyna khandok-o. Pick out all
the leaky ones.

Phr: HT92Y Ki ayuba cha-
phu ‘a leaky pitcher’, ^92Y
ayuba utong 'a leaky
bamboo barrel’.

5J. Y u - 2

unable to see or understand

KKftf 92. EM an .
gaang asidi nahaa oyna mamit
yu.re. (It is pity that) this young
man is unable to see.
adv. um aikfV fl.erTanTsr
KfU 00'lglZY EIU^EM nan-
gna namit yu.ringayda mina
kaannaba phangkhre. When
you are sitting over the matter,
someone has taken the advan¬
tage- „ ,

adj. kkIV 97.erY PErc9frao:-
«f H'©G*

EMHTOfl mamit yu.raba mis-
ingnadi kadaaydagi kaannaba
phang-ngagani? How those
people who are unable to un¬
derstand the situation will get
the advantage?
nom. 7) y £fHr Ffo5^ffST

eeT* ^.Enrofmsr

DJ'S'ST R'ETITOfi hawjik
matamda mamit yu.rabasingdu
hingbada waaragani. Now-a-
days those who are unware of
social behayiours will have a
difficult living.

Phr: fkfktV 92.Y mamit
yuba ‘be unaware of’

£J,!H yu.ng

be vertical

v. K5 F6T 5J.nHKBE£M
madu khara yu.ngmankhre.
That one is too vertical,
adv. sjem

'

370

yot

eerc^f i makhoyna ukhong
yu.ng-ngayda aykhoy waa
lawrusi. Let’s go and bring
bamboos when they are put¬
ting pillars in the holes (verti¬
cal ly).

adj. R.OJM'X J&F'tH UTKlir

Enr£ 6 nrm srsifl>i

yu.ngkhraba ukhong amuk
phuktokpa yaadre. Pillars once
put into the hole cannot be re¬
moved.

nom. R.niEfirTOfni

ursTff

M M

yu.ngkhrabasing adudi adum
layjarasanu. Let those already
put into the hole be there as
they are.

Phr: 5jJ.ID'S’ ukhong

yu.ngba ‘put pillar into the

hole’, ifnnjfin r.iex

pukning chap yu.ngba ‘to
make up one’s mind’.

5 lV yot

swallow, gulp down

V.

linna hang-ngoy yotli. Snakes
swallow frogs. 3^'HTS^ &ZU
C9'55eriP Chaaktu

phajana saayraga yotlu. You
swallow the rice after thor¬
oughly chewed,
adv. ftV

U Jllf KX'OflDG’

linna

hang-ngoy yotlingayda nu-
paamachaasingna lindu haat-
ke tawvvi. Boys tried to kill the
snake when it was swallowing
a frog.

adj.'Sirs'

Titm x e eriir®s’ > 55i yot-
khraba hang-ngoydu hingna
thorak-aroy. The swallowed
frog will not come out alive,
nom. XC9flHC

^ v erfTOfiD^
BSlgXfftl yotkhrabasingna
yotkhre, layhawribasingdu
kanbiyu. Those that have
been swallowed let it be; you
try to save the remaining ones.
Phr: yOalD^ RVm hangoy
yotpa ‘to swallow frog’,

teblet yotpa
‘to gulp down tablet’.

ft*nr yok

rear

v. f^cjfMsriFf s^anTig

dfeEFFsr 2 ID' ft 6 nr-

C6T°I inanipurgi tongaan ton-
gaanba maphamda ngaa
yoknare. People started rear¬
ing fish at different places in
Manipur.

adv. KS*J5G id' R^BTfSiUfST
E'ff S^Rfl ma-
khoyna ngaa yok-i-ngayda
aykhoyna phaam tawwi. We

371

yo.n

started a farm when they were
rearing fish.

adj.V ft*IF^¥ KEff

mstst m: 6 nrc9 n'J * !

M M

ngaa yok-iba mapham aduda
oksu loyba yaay. A piggery
also may start where you are
rearing fish.

nom. am' ft*nrs* Jfnrst
0°1 ESC JR'JSfiM ngaa
yok-ibasingdu sel phajana
paayre. Those who are rearing
fish are well off now.

Phr: affl' ft*QT5IR ngaa yokpa
‘to rear fishy ft 0 ® ft* 5IR yen
yokpa ‘to keep a poultry farm’

yom

wrap

v. e'jserfnr wsi n° vtfeu
E£U ft*FFFEfl laayrik adu chc
amana phajana yornmi. The
book was nicely wrapped with
a paper.

adv. ^'JSGTflir IHSI
tfwm XffKfl laayrik adu
chena yomduna thammi. The
book is kept being wrapped
with a paper.

adj. e'EBrfrrr^

cT. 5iR 6T ° 0] C ft yommiba
laayriktu la.yparengni. The
book being wrapped with a
paper is La.ypareng (a book of
poems by Dr. komol).
nom. ft*ffC^eTOflDST
HEQ9*FFST 3GffRs' yomsillabas-

ingdu asomda thammo. Keep
this side those already
wrapped ones.

Phr: f£ft*ff Eft*ff mayom
niayom ‘number of packages'.
^ft*ff khuyom phaja-

ba ‘nice packing'.

yo.n

sell

v. ©KB KB' KC9fID

9? l, .35fl hanubi amana manaa
masing yo.lli. An old woman is
selling vegetables,
adv. CJJIRf TCSTtf KG'
lEOfm K5T

C!f'B S'OTJSI nupi

aduna manaa masing yo.lling-
ayda machaa nupaana lawba
laak-i. When the woman is sell¬
ing vegetables her son came to
take her.

adj. ff.ssrs mV urFcnr
753<?nniR 5i'8TJC°l yo.n-
khraba pot amuk hallakpa yaa-
dre. Goods once sold cannot
be returned back,
nom. Fttft*.®1TC!)fID^[ KftlT
KftffST ayo.n-

basingdu mayum mayumda
ha.nnakhre. Those sellers
have gone back home.

Phr: UV ft*.®^ pot yo.nba
‘to self, ft'.TCf* Kf
pot yo.lliba mi ‘person who is
selling goods'

i

372

5T yay l

yay i
beat, strike
v. fEfk'tJ Jf KJ?'

mRc(J R I mamaana
machaadu chaymachaa amana
yay. The mother beat her child
with a small stick,
adv. fEfk'C ffarfjflTsr

UTRt ^'nrj^l mamaana
machaa yayringayda ahal ama
laak-i. An old man came when
the mother is beating her child,
adj. SfyfflT* tM'lDST ToflF
Tofnr B33TCMfl yaybiraba an-
gaangdu hik hik kappi. The
child who is beaten is sobbing,
nom. tM'lU tfY m'TalgCJ
R ST BN angaang yayba aain-
na yaadre. Child beating is
banned by law.

Phr: V? Y chayna yayba

‘hit with a stick’, chay ani
yaynaba ‘strike two sticks’
Idiom: fikPOTC *rfY ma-
chekna yayba ‘speak ironical¬
ly’, *r?Y khonna yay¬

ba ‘say sarcastically’

yay 2

harvest

v. To^offl

R PCfl hayeng makhoygi
law yaygani. Tomorrow they
will have their harvesting;

adv. IKF*55G & fferraOTsi
<tfV55C jfH' E'JSl makhoy-

na law yayringayda aykhoyna
ngaa phaay. We caught fish
when they were harvesting,
adj. sferfY T£jiRfc?fnjfl
TttOfPfGTl law yayriba
nupisingdu khul asigini.
Those women who are har¬
vesting are villagers of this vil¬
lage.

nom. 5* R-err^CTflDSI

KF'RII'f Cl'

U)

cT U I law yayribasingdu ma¬
khoy makhoygi mathaw
laynay. Those harvesters have
their division of labour.

Phr: cJ y V?Y law yayba ‘to
harvest or act of harvesting’,

y y)

E R ^ phaw yayba ‘to
thrash paddy or act of thrash¬
ing paddy’

yayna

fight

v. mRnrs 6 nrdn'in mcf
R*T?0riTfkfl ayukta angaang
ani yaynarammi. Two boys
were fighting in the morning.

adv. ur^'m qrorf R y c-

erfaiifsr otg qric

CPf^^nrJSl angaang ani yay-
naringayda san ama chensil-
lak-i. A bull came running
when two boys were fighting.

adj. tfuerfx tm'iu rcaf

vlyi jTira'&iPf E57'c9fin-

Cfl yaynarinba angaang ani

373

adu paakchaawgi machaasing-
ni. The two boys who were
fighting are the children of
Paakchaaw.

nom. SftffirfSOfnJSr EKJ'

yaynaribasingdu
kanaa kanaano? Who are
those fighting over there?

Phr: Ref 9 tUT mi

mayaam yaynaba ‘mob fight¬
ing’, fkf 9fU'S> mi yaynaba
‘to fight or act of fighting’.

9T. ya.w

reach

v. CJIUd&f^ 31DJ

(OFFST EI^ES 6 ' H’.eM
makhoy nungthil pung ahum-
da kolkataa ya.wre. They have
reached Kolkata at 3 o'clock in
the evening.

adv. 9? .BTSTfJ

t&WtssT e 6 <s s^.ernruM

kolkataa ya.wraduna ayngon-
da phon ta.wrak-e. Having
reached Kolkata they called
me over phone,
adj. IH^TQflS 6 ' O'©-

PGT^OflllST
^fFFlFfCZfl kolkataa ya.wraba
saannaroysingdu phutbol
timgini. Those players who
have reached Kolkata belong
to football team,
nom. 9? fiTTT-

OflDST

ft*. ya.w

kolkata ya.wrab^singdu
hokiroysingni. Those who
have reached Kolkata are
hockey players.

Phr: JIRSXIDEff 9Z*.1T pan-
thungpham ya.wba "to reach
goal’, C3 6 ID97 E 9? .Y non-
gyaay ya.wba ‘to be at mid¬
night’

Appendix

List oflmportcd English Words in Mitay Lon (Manipuri)

(English)

(Manipuri)

Words

MU ay Mayek

Roman

absent

epsen

academy

tH°Ef

ekaadami

accident

HoIirC9fFto{g

eksiden

account

ekaawn

accountant

ekaawnten

acid

uiocrtv

esit

acre

tttoHer

ekar

action

tuonro©

eksan

actor

tuonr^BT

ektar

actress

ektres

addict

m°8Tfnr

edik

address

trcosreroo

edres

ad hoc

tiiozr 6 nr

edhok

adjective

nr^ur^fi

ejektip

adjourn

VL°Z\T5

ejo.n

adjust

VloZV

ejas

administration

etministresan

admiral

mo

etmirel

admission

etmisan

advance

etbhaans

advantage

etbhaantej

adventure

mo^rfotg^er

etbhenchar

advertise

etbhartaayj

advice

etbhaays

advocate

etbhoket

aerodrome

tiro0r 6 ^ar 5 ff

erodrom

aeroplane

m°er 6 JIc?°ts

eroplen

affair

nr°Ef^'fir

ephiyaar

affect

tn°E°nr

ephek

375

affidavit

afford

afternoon

again

agent

agriculture

Aids

aim

air condition

air force

air hostess

airport

alarm clock

album

alert

algebra

algorithm

allergy

allowance

alphabet

alternative

aluminium

ambassador

ambition

amplifier

angle

answer

answer script

antibiotic

antiseptic

any

apiary

appeal

apple

application

applique

tn>EfST°Xf

ephidebit

epha.t

dimmer cm

aptarnun

egen

ejen

tiioiiyfirfiERKer

egrikalchar

tn>^c9

ets

tE°ff

e.m

tuo^er

eyar kandisan

tEoften

eyar pho.s

eyar hostes

tEo^er

eyar po.t

tE°c?'ff

elaam kiok

aalbum

elaa.t

tE'^xer'

aaljabraa

qr.^erfsiff

elgoridam

elarji

tE°e'ft°<5C9

elaawens

tE'^TE'Xo

aalphaabet

oltanetip

eluminiam

tE°ff Y°C9°Sf£T

embesedar

tEoff^fOtE

embisan

tE°ff

empliphaayar

tEMDM

enggal

tE°<3C9'0T

ensaar

tE°t5C9'Br 75C?®B:f31t

ensaar iskrip

entibaayotik

raxg^fojrc^fnj’

entiseptik

tE°Uf

eni

tEoWf^BTf

epiari

tE'ltf^

aapil

epal

d[°SISfEI°0©

eplikesan

nromsrnr

eplik

376

apply

gr°we'^

eplaay

appointment

epoymen

appreciate

gr°wfrfc9fft°^

eprisiyet

approach

nr°j!fr*R

eproch

approval

grower

eprubhel

approve

grower.^

eprup

april

gr°W8rf^

epril

apron

gr<>wer 6 t5

epron

aquarium

gr°lH'erfgrff

ekwaariam

arc

gf.nr

aa.k

archaeology

gr'BBfRVcr

aarkiyologi

argument

gr'eriFF^otg

aargumen

army

gr'er^f

aarmi

arrange

gr°ar°G£

erenj

arrangement

gr°ar°KKo^

erenjmen

arrest

gF°er°o

eres

art

gr\^

aa.t

artist

gi'er^fc?

aartis

aspect

gr°c9W°nr

espek

assembly

gro^off^r

esembli

association

groC9 6 C9f9i[o(X)(5

esosiyesan

assumption

esumsan

astrology

gr°c9£jr 6 e 6 z;f

estroloji

astronaut

groC9s^r a cjV

estronot

astronomy

groos^r 6 tj 6 Kf

estronomi

asylum

groo'yseff

esaaylam

athlete

gi°<E5 oZ ^

ethlet

atom

groj 6 ^

etom

atomic

gro^fkfnr

etomik

attendance

etendens

attendant

gio^otgsTots

etenden

attention

etensan

attractive

gro^fironr^rjjf

etrektip

auction

gr'nro®

oksan

audience

qi a ST°GX?

odens

audiovisual

gr & sTfgr aj Tf3tnq

odiobhiiual

377

audit

auditor

auditorium

August

aunty

author

authority

authorize

auto

automatic

autonomy

average

avoid

award

baby

bachelor

backbiting

tir'STtV

qfsrrFar

or i 'srr5 6t erf<n:Ff

HflKO

ar a s 6>!>

ur^^^fur

<n:‘’5 6 ‘ > c 1 tef

hc^atos

®oJT*J5V

s'-nrs'E^fm

backbone

JoJFJ*^

backdate

backdrop

x<>iijw 6 jir

background

x°mw v &©

backlog

jowe*w

’ backward

bacteria

^nr^arfR'

badge

J*Z

badminton

bag

baggage

Jo^o^

bail

J*1

balance

JoZoQU

balcony

bale

Jo J

ball

7*1

ballad

Jo-golf

balloon

J ogJQ

ballot

Jo<5\

odit

oditar

oditoriam

aagas

anti

othar

othariti

otharaayj

oto

otometik

otonomi

ebharej

ebhoyt

ewaa.t

bebi

bechalar

bekbaayting

bekbon

bekdet

bekdrop

bekgrawn

beklok

bekwaa.t

bektariyaa

bej

betmintan

bek

begej

bel

belens

belkoni

bel

bol

belet

belun

belot

378

ban

IT 0 ®

ben

bandage

bendej

bandmaster

Yotgfk'o^er

benmaastar

bank

benk

bankrupt

bengkrap

Baptist

beptis

bar

¥'er

baar

barbecue

Y'erxfHfft

M

baarbikiyu

bargain

^'eriF°t5

baargen

barometer

xofir^f^er

beromitar

barrel

berel

basic

x°ofar

besik

basis

X°C9fQ9

besis

basketball

baasketbol

bathroom

Y'vern

baat rum

battalion

betaaliyan

battery

X°£GTf

betri

beam

Xf.ff

bi.m

bearing

xfft'erfm

biyaaring

bedcover

betkobhar

bedpan

'%° L £ 51R 0 t5

betpen

beggar

x°per

begar

behalf

YfTo'l

bihaap

behaviour

YfTo^m'BT

bihebiyaar

bell

bel

belt

belt

bench

X°dE

bench

best

bes

bias

baayas

bike

x'.^nr

baa.yk

bilingual

baaylingguyel

bill

st;r

bil

biochemistry

baayokemistri

biography

r^n b m'&

baayographi

biology

rKx'e'zf

baayoloji

biopsy

Y'j=>n b wwf

baayopsi

379

biotechnology

x'55R ! ’5 6 °tirG' 4 e*ef

baayoteknoloji

birthday

Y'MYl*

baa.tde

biscuit

sfoniv

M

biskut

blackboard

iSonrxV

blekbo.t

blackmail

Yg°nrR^ o:: T

blekmel

blade

blet

blank

blengk

blanket

irg'niEw

blaangket

blessing

l£°c?fni

blesing

block

le^nr

blok

blockade

blokket

blouse

blaawj

blue

blu

blueprint

bluprin

board

Y*M

bo.t

body

bodi

body-building

x^r^f^srrni

bodibilding

bogus

yVo

bogas

bomb

Y*W

bom

bomber

bombar

bond

bon

bonus

Y*UO

bonas

book

YW

buk

boot

YM

n

bu.t

border

Y'.YIB 1

bo.dar

bore

x*er

bor

boss

Y*W

bos

botany

y'Pu f

botani

bottle

botal

boundary

x'&igE?erf

baawndari

boutique

x^fnr

botik

bowl

X'J&TT

baawl

box

Y b mv

boks

boxing

y'nrofto

boksing

boycott

x'jsin'V

boykot

bra

la"

braa

r

380

brain

7ff°15

bren

brake

7ff°nr

brek

brandy

Tff'^STf

braandi

bread

7ff°tf

bret

breakfast

brekphaas

bribe

Iff'HI

braayp

brilliant

brilen

brochure

server
- - «

brochur

bronchitis

brongkaaytis

brush

YffC?

bras

budget

bajet

buffet

baphet

building

bilding

bulb

balap

bulldozer

^;ret*eer

buldojar

bumper

7ff3ITCff

bampar

bundle

71SSR

bandal

bungalow

70JP5 6

bangalo

burden

7BTST®

bardan

bureaucrat

7ff 6 Hff°^

burokret

bus

io

bas

business

tfZtUoV

bijines

bye-bye

7'5S 7'TS

baay baay

cadet

kedet

cadre

El'STff

kaadar

cake

0 oOT

kek

calamity

kelaamiti

calcium

kelsiyam

calculation

kaalkulesan

calculator

kaalkuletar

calendar

Hog'otgSTff

kelendar

calibre

Ho5f7ff

kelibar

camera

H°ffc°6r'

kemeraa

camp

Bfl°f£31R

kemp

campaign

00 o ff3IR°15

kempen

campus

BffloffMO

kempas

381

canal

cancel

cancer

candidate

candle

canteen

canto

canvass

capacity

capital

capitalist

captain

car

carat

carbon

carburettor

card

career

caretaker

carp

carpet

casebook

’cash book

cashier

cassette

caste

casual

cave

CD

ceiling

cell

cement

cemetery

census

central

centre

Q0°©8T3

09°t5 J TC9

IM'CW

EbJIKf^'efC?

eTst

®o0To//

E'Gr^ 6 t5

Ef'ff'^GTo^GT

M'M

Hi°firfrc'er

mr^'er^offiiEr

IH'.JIt

Eferjnw

iffloo^nr

M

xnr

MoTrc'er

EI°CW

M'O

0fl°£ft o: T

M

BD°31t

ofsrf

ofefni

o^r

corner

C9fEo^r

C?°t5C9C9

Otg^ffoZJ

ots^er

kenel

kensel

kensar

kendidet

kendal

kaantin

kento

kenbhaas

kepaasiti

kepi-el

kepitaalis

kepten

kaar

keret

kaarbon

kaarburetar

kaa.t

keriyaar

kiyaartekar

kaa.p

Kaarpet

kesbuk

kes buk

kesiyaar

keset

kaas

kejuyel

kep

sidi

siling

sel

simen

simetri

sensas

sentrel

sentar

century

ceremony

certificate

chain

chair

chairman

chairperson

chalk

challenge

chamber

chance

382

CMg^GTf

oerff?3jf

ate'er

Efa'ErK*©

5*f5?'GrSR'firC9tS

x 6 nr

Roeouz

x°ffxer

yz'uo

K'tgoeer

senchuri

sermoni

saatiphiket

chen

chiyaar

chiyaarmen

chiyaarpaarsan

chok

chelenj

chembar

chaans

chaanselar

change

X°UZ

chen]

channel

chenel

chapter

jwit^er

cheptar

character

HGToiir^er

karektar

charge

x'e rz

chaarj

charity

^erW

cheriti

chart

JZ\ *4

chaa.t

check

nr

che.k

chemistry

kemistri

cheque

K°.DT

che.k

chess

5W

ches

chief

Kf.m

chi.p

chloroform

klorophom

cholera

H^oer'

koleraa

Christian

khristiyaan

Christmas

yysrfo^fk'c?

khristamaas

chronic

BtfrWnr

kronik

church

cha.ch

cinema

ofrjoK'

sinemaa

circle

O'BTISn

saarkal

circus

oeriao

sarkas

citizen

sitijan

city

C9f^f

siti

class

EfflcfO

klaas

383

classical

M2"OfE°:j

klaasikel

classification

QLg v C9fEfEI°C3l5

klaasiphikesan

classroom

Hg'oeriT

* - M

klaasrum

clause

ws'z

kloj

clear

l^fR'er

kliyaar

clerk

ae'nr

klaak

clinic

Hefofnr

ktinik

clip

icrnrc

klip

club

klap

clue

BIS'

-D

klu

coach

HI*K

koch

coat

m\

kot

code

ko.t

coffee

H 4 Ef

kophi

column

Elgff

kalam

comic

aa^rnr

komik

comma

ITk'

komaa

command

BE'®

kamaan

commander

HK'Esier

kamaandar

commando

bk'bst*

kamaando

comment

EHK°©

kamen

. commission

HJKfCT®

kamisan

committee

taicr^r

kamiti

community

HKicr^r

kamuniti

competition

kampitisan

complicated

kampliketet

compound

BIFF SIR'S©

kampaawn

compromise

kampromaayj

compulsory

EiffOTTOerf

kampalsari

computer

Kffw^er

M

kamputar

concentration

stocks

kansentresan

concept

bhsojr

kansep

conclusion

BH51fflggl5

kanklujan

concrete

ra 6 <5EierlV

konkrit

condition

EBStfO©

kandisan

condolence

B©St*5<>BO

kandolens

384

condom

conductor

conference

confidence

confirm

confuse

congress

connection

consent

consequence

consonant

conspiracy

construction

constructive

consumer

contact

context

continue

contractor

contrast

contribution

control

cooker

cooperative

copy

copybook

copyright

comer

corruption

counter

coupon

course

court

cousin

cover

crane

kondom

ffinssrnnper

kandaktar

HtgEeroGc?

kanpharens

konphidens

HUSE'ff

kanphaam

kanphiuj

ianiPBr°c9

kanggres

EC°lirC9t5

kaneksan

kansen

kansikuyens

E! 6 tgC9 8 iJ°<S

konsonen

konspiresi

Ejt5C9^rnrc9i5

kanstraksan

Enso^frnr^fi

kanstraktip

mugger

kanjumar

iHios^onr

kantek

kanteks

kantiniyu

kantrektar

kantraas

kantribiyusan

kantro!

Kiser

kukar

BaVsinero^fi

ko-oparetip

K 8 Jlf

kopi

Eftotf^nr

kopibuk

kopiraayt

K 8 aer

konar

Eieric9<5

karapsan

is'&tg^er

kaawntar

kupan

E! 6 .C9

Ko.s

ko.t

lBZflS

kajin

Ei 6 ner

kobhar

kren

credit

raer°s?tv

kredit

cricket

BBGTflEIotf

kriket

crime

kraaym

criteria

Eier'^^oBPfR'

kraayteriyaa

critic

larf^fnr

kritik

criticism

nerf^tWeff

kritisijam

cross

BB£f a C9

kros

crossing

I0^ a c9fnj

krosing

culture

EHxer

kalchar

curator

kiuretar

curfew

karphiyu

curriculum

karikulam

cushion

kusan

cycle

v'% mi

saaykal

dairy

ST'J^GTf

daayri

dais

daays

dam

St'ff

daam

damn

ET°RF

dem

dance

57'CC?

daans

dash

STfft'CJ

diyaas

data

SJ'5 6 '

daataa

deadline

detlaayn

dealer

stfear

dilar

dealing

stfcrfm

diling

debate

STf"?°V

dibet

decade

Slfffll ‘M

dike.t

decision

stfofz:©

disijan

decoration

st»H 5 er<'0©

dekoresan

definition

STfEfGfO®

diphinisan

decree

StfEfff

digri

demerit

stfH^arfv

dimerit

demand

sine'©

dimaan

democracy

STfR^lffOr

dimokresi

denomination

8?fC i, |£fCJ‘'C9!g

dinominesan

dentist

dentis

department

8TfW'K°<2

dipaamen

386

departure

STfJlR'KGT

dipaachar

depend

dipen

deposit

dipojit

deputation

STfJlR ^009(5

M

diputesan

deputy

diputi

design

dijaayn

designer

STfe'^aer

dijaaynar

desk

SHHC?

deks

detail

ditel

dialect

daaylek

diamond

daayman

diaper

ST'^MBT

daaypar

diarrhoea

sr'jserfH'

daayriyaa

diary

sr'^erf

daayri

dictation

diktesan

dictator

stfnr^o^er

diktetar

diesel

dijal

diet

daayt

difference

srfEer°£e?

dipharens

digest

st'5S£°o

daayjes

digit

stfsfv

dijit

diphthong

STf3H3G a m

dipthong

diploma

STfl^V

diplomaa

director

ST'jseMir^er

daayrektar

discharge

StfC9X\3

dischaa.j

discipline

STfOfJKf®

disiplin

discus

STfOEIO

diskas

discussion

STfOHOtg

diskasan

dismiss

StfOKfO

dismis

dispensary

BTfOMolgOBTf

dispensari

distinction

BTfC^flUOlg

distingsan

division

rpttc©

dibhijan

doctor

sr'nr^fir

daaktar

documentary

« 5 HKo®^fiPf

dokumentari

donor

St*GGT

donar

dose

ST b 3

doj

387

double

dozen

draft

drainage

drama

draw

drawer

drawing

drill

driver

drum

dustbin

duty

dynamo

dysentery

economics

editor

education

effigy

ego

electric

elementary

emblem

emergency

enamel

energy

engine

engineer

English

envelope

epic

epicentre

escort

essay

estimate

exam

8TS3

dabal

see

dajan

draap

^er°u°s

drenej

siefffc'

dramaa

w 6

dro

Sff t R£r

drowar

in

drow-ing

dril

gff'ssner

draaybhar

dram

dasbin

diyuti

St'J5G»IC*

daaynemo

daaysentri

JSBlVlEfinS?

ikonomiks

HSTf^BT

iditar

edukesan

iphiji

HIE 6

igo

jsff-nrefffnp

ilektrik

ilimentari

m>ff££oR:

emblem

3SK8TS-®C9f

imarjensi

tIE o G^ Rc°-T

enaamel

Huersf

inarji

injin

injiniyaar

Hinefo

inglis

ttt«tgJ7«e3H

enbhelap

HWfnr

ipik

JSWfCMgtf’GP

ipisentar

isko.t

HoO

ese

istimet

tuonrc'ff

ekjaam

388

example

tn>nr3'ffiR

ekjaampal

excise

eksaayj

excursion

ekskarsan

exercise

tuonroero'^z:

eksarsaayj

expect

ekspek

expel

m°B9C9flrc o: 3

ekspel

expert

ekspaat

explain

tH°EC9SlRg°t5

eksplen

expression

ttt°0C?M'oC9t5

ekspresan

ex-serviceman

c9'er¥foK°^

eks

extension

TOofflIC9tf>o<gC?tg

saarbismen

ekstensan

facility

phesiliti

factory

Eonr^err

phektari

father

E'srer

phaadar

fee

Ef

phi

fiction

Ernro©

phiksan

fifteen

Efl^ftg

phiptin

fifty

Efl^f

phipti

fmure

Effper

phigar

file

E'5S3

phaayl

film

Ef^ff

philam

final

phaaynel

finance

E'^a'fJC?

phaaynaans

fine

E\E©

phaa.in

fire-brigade

e'e^et *erfiP»v

phaayaar

briget

firm

E'ff

phaam

fishery

EfC9GTf

phisari

fit

EtV

phit

fixture

Efnr^sr

phikchar

flag

Ee°nr

phlek

flask

gg'lffiO

phlaaks

flexible

EgoiirofY^

phleksibal

floor

E£ 6 er

phlor

flu

phlu

folklore

E a nre & ar

phoklor

foot

Etf

M

phut

football

phutbol

force

E*.C9

pho.s

foreign

E a er°t5

phoren

forest

phores

form

E*ff

phom

foundation

phaawndesan

founder

E'SbSTGT

phaawndar

frame

EGf°FF

phrem

free

EETf

phri

freedom

garfstff

phridam

freeze

serfs

phrij

fresh

E0>O

phres

function

EflJC9t5

phangsan

fund

E<5

phan

furniture

EGTGfKfiT

pharnichar

future

Ef^^er

phiyuchar

gallon

IF-oS -6 ^

gelon

game

poff

gem

garage

W'off'oZ

gerej

gate

IF° V

get

gazette

P°£ o ^

gejet

gearbox

pfsTer^isc?

giyaarboks

gender

jendar

general

^otjero^

jenarel

generator

^otjer^er

jenaretar

geography

3*iEfr'Ef

jograaphi

geology

Sr W J

SftttVsf

jioloji

genn

ZM

ja.m

geyser

IFfSfiT

gijar

ghee

Kf

ghi

gift

IFfSt

gip

gin

Sftg

jin

glass

IE£'C9

glaas

globe

IM 6 ^

glop

390

glove

glop

glucose

glukos

glycerine

ipgf<x)ertts(iPfoe°<2)

glisarin (gislen)

goal

gol

goalkeeper

iF 6 ^isif3iRer

golkipar

goalpost

lp 6 «*C9

golpos

godown

IPST'ff

M

gudaam

golf

ip 6 ei

golp

good

ipy

gut

goodbye

IPtfX'E

M

gutbaay

government

IP 6 f£°t5

go.men

governor

1f 6 tobt

gobanar

gown

1P\&<5

gaa.wn

grade

lPff°tf

gret

graduate

IPff° S5W

grejuyet

grammar

IPGTRt'GT

gramaar

grant

IPGT'tg

graan

graph

IPff'l

graap

graphite

grephaayt

green-room

iparf^erff

grinrurn

grinder

iper'^tssrer

graayndar

grocery

iper a c?erf

grosari

ground

1PGT':*®

graawn

group

If GT JR

grup

grudge

ip ere:

graj

guard

ip\^

gaa.t

guest

JPoC?

ges

guide

ip'ev

gaayt

gum

ip 6 ff

gom

guru

IP GT

«“* M

guru

gym

Zfff

jim

gypsy

Sf3llC?f

jipsi

habit

z«*iv

hebit

half

7)'H

haap

hall

75*1

hol

handbag

75°^Y°\^

henbek

391

hanger

hardware

hawker

head

headmaster

headache

helicopter

hero

heroine

high

higher

high jump

hijack

historian

history

hockey

holiday

horticulture

hospital

hostel

hub

hydrogen
• hygiene
hyphen
idea
identity
imagination
important
income
increment
indent
individual
indoor
industry
inspector
instalment

simper

75 'erK‘ftfir

rtmtr

33<>v

^o^onr

^ferH t n!5 6 0'

3>°er #

y5°er s E!j

yS'JS

^'c»nr

^tWerffT®

/ofos^erf

3'55&ff‘z:°®

ar'ESTf?!'

55K'2:fG»C5©

EffMVs 6 ”©

TaEBSff

E®8?°®

EssifnrcP!-^

H®sr‘er

?5®STO£fff

K®oit°nr5 b er

henggar

haarwoyar

hokar

het

hetmastar

hedek

helikoptar

hero

heroin

haay

haayyar

haayjam

haayjek

historiyaan

histri

hoki

holide

hotikatchar

hospitaal

hostel

hap

haaydrojen

haayjin

haayphen

aaydiyaa

aaydentiti

imaajinesan

importen

inkam

inkrimen

inden

indibhijuyel

indor

indastri

nspektar

instolmen

392

insurance

intention

interest

interview

item

jacket

jail

javelin

jeep

jersey

join

joker

judge

jug

July

junction

jungle

kangaroo

kettle

kidney

kilo

kinetic

knockout

knowledge

labour

ladies

laser

last

late

latrine

law

leader

leak

legend

leprosy

lesson

z°m°^

z°i

£oJ7<>c?f{g

ZfW

£0TC9f

Z b K*S

£ 6 mgt

z.z

enr

re'js

zwo®

zwi

KtniF'er

Wf'SlUf

Efysa^fnr

u b e°z

^°XGT

S’o^GT

^'09

eTsxer

^fnr

S’°JEGP 6 C9f

insurens

intensan

intares

interbhiyu

aaytem

jeket

jel

jebhelin

j«P

jarsi

join

jokar

ja.j

jak

julaay

jangsan

janggal

kanggaaru

ketali

kidani

kilo

kaaynetik

nok-aawt

nolej

lebar

ledij

lejar

laas

let

letrin

lo

lidar

lik

li.jen

leprosi

lesan

393

library

licence

lipstick

list

literature

litre

loan

logic

logo

lunch

machine

madam

magic

magistrate

major

majority

manager

manner

marble

margin

mark

matric(ulate)

meaning

mechanic

medium

meeting

member

merit

method

microphone

microscope

mile

minimum

minister

miss

missile

erotic?

etc?

efs 6 Br°5?er

ef^er

€*.15

e 6 £fnr

€U3

HOST'S

R^efnr

feojjoZK

fk°(jGr

K'GT^f®

K'nr

Fk°£erfnr

RMSTGTtir

Refill
raffs’ er
f£°ertv

lk'553

fdWfkff

ikmfc^er

Kfo

laaybreri

laaysens

lipstik

lis

litarechar

litar

lo.n

lojik

logo

lanch

mechin

medaam

mejik

majistret

mejor

mejoriti

menejar

menar

maarbal

maarjin

maak

metrik

mening

mekaanik

mediyam

meting

membar

merit

methat

maaykrophon

maaykroskop

maayl

minimam

ministar

mis

misaayl

394

mission

misan

mixture

isrnrKer

mikchar

mobile

IEVJ53

mobaayl

model

model

monologue

KV? 6 nr

monolok

motor cycle

motor saaykal

mug

ffc nr

mak

muscle

masal

museum

f£n*£fRFF

miujiyam

nature

nechar

navy

UoT[f

nebhi

negative

negetip

nervous

cjerJ7C9

narbhas

next

neks

nitrogen

naaytrojen

nominate

nominet

normal

tj'fiTfkoqr

normel

notice

u'prv

notis

noun

U"&15

naawn

novel

U*T]

nobhel

number

nambar

nurse

u.o

na.s

nylon

aaylon

October

tn^nrs^sar

oktobar

of

op

office

ophis

officer

m'Efo'er

ophisaar

one

JT'©

waan

operation

m 6 M0ToO(5

oparesan

opposite

rcVcriv

opojit

opposition

rcVefotg

opojisan

organization

rc a erip°tr^£oo<g

orgenaayjesan

original

m a 0Tf3fCJ°^r

originel

out

aawt

outdated

nr'^^sTo^o^

aawtdetet

oxygen

oksijen

395

packet

peket

packing

swarm

peking

page

w°z

pej

paint

W-UJt

pent

pair

ilfn'ET

piyaar

paralysis

5IR»er°5'5SOfO

perelaaysis

parcel

w'eroq

paarsel

park

sir nr

paak

parking

sn'ermifnj

paarking

part

SIR'V

paat

partition

sn'erFfc?©

paartisan

partner

w'MUtr

paa.tnar

party

SK'flPf’f

paarti

pass

SR'O

paas

pastor

SI'O^BT

paastar

pedal

pedal

penalty

51R°(jm2 r S e> 95

penaalti

pencil

SlR-EOfa

pensil

pension

pensan

period

snt°er°v

peret

permanent

3i'erK°cj»E

paarmenen

permission

w'erEfc?©

paarmisan

petrol

5H!o5^ff s q

petrol

petticoat

snto^fnV

petikot

phantom

E'ES^IT

phaantom

pharmacy

e'eric'or

phaarmaasi

philosophy

Ef5*C9*Ef

philosophi

philosopher

Ef5 e S‘Eff

philojophar

phone

e‘©

phon

photo

eV*

photo

physics

EfSffflC?

phijiks

picnic

jifnrcrnr

piknik

pilot

paaylot

pin

51 fE

pin

pipe

sn'jsm

paayp

plane

plen

plastic

Mg'oWw

plaastik

plate

plet

play

pie

player

JKoR'er

pleyaar

please

me!z

plij

plot

kV

plot

pocket

poket

point

poyn

poison

poyjan

police

SIR c?fC9

pulis

policy

polisi

politics

politiks

polo

m b e b

polo

pose

w b z

poj

position

pojisan

powder

if;* star

paawdar

power

ifrc'9r

pawwaar

present

WEZ°t5

prajen

president

werofsr°t5

prasiden

press

3nraroC9

pres

prime minister

fkfetWer

praaym

ministar

principle

prinsipal

principal

werft5C9fM^

prinsipal

private

pribhet

prize

suer's

praayj

problem

5I£r & I£°FF

problem

programme

prograam

progress

wer^ero

progres

promotion

werffifots

pramosan

pump

jirrci

pamp

puncture

items'

pangchar

quarter

HHW

kwaatar

question

Gffl 6 ftC9t5

koysan

quiz

Erne

kuyj

quota

iY'

kotaa

rack

er°nr

rek

radio

redio

rail

er°3

rel

rank

6T°2fllEB

renk

rate

fi'oV

ret

ready

er°srf

redi

receipt

risip

record

rekot

refugee

erfEfscf

refiuji

regiment

GT °JF : 'fK 0 ^5

rejimen

regular

rtpeer

rigular

repair

errsim'er

ripiyaar

report

GTtV.tf

ripo.t

reserve

rijaa.p

resign

erfc'E©

rijaayn

respect

eroC9M»nr

respek

retire

Erf^'JSHer

ritaayyar

rickshaw

erfnrc9 6

rikso

right

er'Etf

raayt

robot

erVtf

robot

rocket

er*EW

roket

rubber

GTYGT

rabar

salad

salaat

sample

sempal

sandal

015ST3

sendal

school

JSCNBH

M

iskul

science

C9'EUC9

saayns

scooter

iskutar

screw

HC91JET

iskru

seat

Of.V

si.t

second

OI0°{g

seken

secretariat

C9°lffiir°56 er fftotf

sekretariyet

secretary

OotgjTo^GTf

sekretari

section

onrots

seksan

selfish

CWEfO

selphis

semicolon

C9oKfiffl # 5rig

semikolan

398

seminar

senior

sense

sentence

sentry

service

set

seven

seventy

shampoo

shape

shawl

show

side

sign

simple

sinus

size

skirt

smart

society

soda

solo

spare

special

sport

spy

standard

start

state

station

stool

strike

style

subject

summon

OlEftTGr

CMJfftfir

OgC?

C9tg£arr

o'arxfo

C9oV

OFPJIR
OJIJ "

C9'^(g

W'^UO

JSOMfft'er

EOMfCW

5^C9J1RV

JSOM'E

jsojP'v

5^09^0 v

5505*7

M

5SC?£ff'J5Hr

OT^oQT

oV©

seminaar

seniyar

sens

sentens

santri

saarbis

set

saben

sabenti

sempu

sep

saal

so

saayt

saayn

simpal

saaynas

saayj

iskat

ismaat

sosaayti

sodaa

solo

ispiyaar

ispisel

ispot

ispaay

istendar

istaat

istet

istesari

istul

istraayk

istaayl

sapjek

somon

399

supply

sweater

system

table

tank

tape

target

tax

taxi

team

telephone

television

tension

test

textbook

theory

third

ticket

tie

tin

tincture

tonsil

total

towel

town

tractor

train

transfer

tray

tribal

tribe

trick

truck

type

typhoid

typist

of^er

^nrof

S^fFF

^<>©09(5

^oC9

x fur erf

x'ar

^fEW

s*f®

^T®5? er

s 6 flours 6 sr

£ff'®C9EBT

Cff*

£irfnr

£ertir

S 6 ‘JSJKfO

saplaay

sitar

sistem

tebal

tengk

tep

taarget

teks

teksi

tim

teliphon

telibhijan

tensan

tes

teksbuk

thiari

thaar

tiket

taay

tin

tinchar

tonsil

tote I

taawyel

taawn

trektar

tren

traansphar

tre

traaybel

traayp

trik

trak

taayp

taayphat

taaypis

400

tyre

taayyaar

uncle

minus -J

angkal

underground

mtgsieriPir's®

andargraawn

under-secretary

master ossir o ^erf

andar sekretari

unfit

mtselV

anphit

union

jsssufRm

iuniyan

university

yunibharsiti

up-to-date

mi sw

fn

ap tu det

van

(n'tg)

bhen (bhaan)

verb

n'l

bhaap

video

^Tfsrfm 6

bhidio

walking

jTElftD

waaking

war

rc'er

waar

warning

R'ercfin

waarning

welcome

JWIHIff

welkam

wire

rVbt

woyaar

workbook

rc'nrxnr

waakbuk

workshop

jTnro'i

waaksop

world

waarl

Xerox

3°er a ic?

jeroks

X-ray

m°ic?er°

eksre

yellow

yelo

youth

yut

zero

rTer 6

jiro

zip

3fl

j'P

zone

jon

zoo

ju

About Author

M S Ningomba, retired Professor of Manipuri Language and
Linguistics, Department of Linguistics. Manipur University,
received his M.A and Ph D degrees in linguistics Irom the
University of Poona, got his lexicography and lexicology training
from the Central Institute of English and Foreign Languages
(CIEFL), Hyderabad and he was one of the lirst Joint Secretaries
of the Lexicographical Society ol India. His main publications
include Mitay Lonmit, A Course in Manipuri, Manipuri Grammar
(co-author with DNS Bhat), published in Germany. Currently he is
the President of the Manipuri Language Development Society
(MALADES). Imphal.